[gtk+] The big versioning cleanup
- From: Matthias Clasen <matthiasc src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gtk+] The big versioning cleanup
- Date: Tue, 6 Feb 2018 06:19:01 +0000 (UTC)
commit 4c150d8eb518c35c484802e5cd7da572e4030f25
Author: Matthias Clasen <mclasen redhat com>
Date: Mon Feb 5 20:13:20 2018 +0100
The big versioning cleanup
Remove all the old 2.x and 3.x version annotations.
GTK+ 4 is a new start, and from the perspective of a
GTK+ 4 developer all these APIs have been around since
the beginning.
docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-docs.xml | 48 -----
docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-sections.txt | 58 +-----
docs/reference/gtk/gtk4-docs.xml | 52 -----
gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaydisplay.h | 4 +-
gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaymonitor.h | 2 +-
gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c | 8 -
gdk/gdkcairo.c | 10 -
gdk/gdkcairo.h | 8 +-
gdk/gdkclipboard.c | 8 -
gdk/gdkclipboard.h | 42 ++--
gdk/gdkcontentdeserializer.h | 34 ++--
gdk/gdkcontentformats.h | 52 +++---
gdk/gdkcontentprovider.c | 6 -
gdk/gdkcontentprovider.h | 14 +-
gdk/gdkcontentproviderimpl.h | 4 +-
gdk/gdkcontentserializer.h | 34 ++--
gdk/gdkcursor.c | 14 --
gdk/gdkcursor.h | 12 +-
gdk/gdkdevice.c | 80 +--------
gdk/gdkdevice.h | 18 +-
gdk/gdkdevicepad.c | 8 -
gdk/gdkdevicepad.h | 10 +-
gdk/gdkdevicetool.c | 6 -
gdk/gdkdevicetool.h | 8 +-
gdk/gdkdisplay.c | 66 ------
gdk/gdkdisplay.h | 26 ++--
gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c | 16 --
gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.h | 2 +-
gdk/gdkdnd.c | 38 ----
gdk/gdkdnd.h | 14 +-
gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c | 14 --
gdk/gdkdrawcontext.h | 6 +-
gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.c | 18 --
gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.h | 12 +-
gdk/gdkevents.c | 51 -----
gdk/gdkevents.h | 82 ++++----
gdk/gdkframeclock.c | 13 --
gdk/gdkframeclock.h | 20 +-
gdk/gdkframetimings.c | 8 -
gdk/gdkframetimings.h | 18 +-
gdk/gdkgl.c | 4 -
gdk/gdkglcontext.c | 36 ----
gdk/gdkglcontext.h | 40 ++--
gdk/gdkkeys.c | 22 --
gdk/gdkkeys.h | 8 +-
gdk/gdkmonitor.c | 14 --
gdk/gdkmonitor.h | 26 ++--
gdk/gdkrectangle.c | 4 -
gdk/gdkrectangle.h | 4 +-
gdk/gdkrgba.c | 16 --
gdk/gdkrgba.h | 4 +-
gdk/gdkseat.c | 24 ---
gdk/gdkseat.h | 18 +-
gdk/gdkselection.c | 2 -
gdk/gdktexture.c | 26 ---
gdk/gdktexture.h | 20 +-
gdk/gdkversionmacros.h.in | 346 +-------------------------------
gdk/gdkvulkancontext.h | 26 ++--
gdk/gdkwindow.c | 133 ------------
gdk/gdkwindow.h | 46 ++--
gdk/quartz/gdkquartzmonitor.h | 2 +-
gdk/quartz/gdkquartzutils.h | 2 +-
gdk/wayland/gdkdevice-wayland.c | 8 -
gdk/wayland/gdkdisplay-wayland.c | 6 -
gdk/wayland/gdkmonitor-wayland.c | 1 -
gdk/wayland/gdkvulkancontext-wayland.h | 2 +-
gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddevice.h | 6 +-
gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddisplay.h | 4 +-
gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandglcontext.h | 2 +-
gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandmonitor.h | 4 +-
gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandwindow.h | 10 +-
gdk/wayland/gdkwindow-wayland.c | 14 --
gdk/win32/gdkdisplay-win32.c | 2 -
gdk/win32/gdkglcontext-win32.c | 2 -
gdk/win32/gdkvulkancontext-win32.h | 2 +-
gdk/win32/gdkwin32display.h | 4 +-
gdk/win32/gdkwin32glcontext.h | 4 +-
gdk/win32/gdkwin32keys.h | 2 +-
gdk/win32/gdkwin32monitor.h | 2 +-
gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c | 2 -
gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-x11.c | 6 -
gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c | 34 ---
gdk/x11/gdkglcontext-x11.c | 2 -
gdk/x11/gdkkeys-x11.c | 4 -
gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c | 8 -
gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c | 14 --
gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c | 10 -
gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c | 2 -
gdk/x11/gdkvulkancontext-x11.h | 2 +-
gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c | 18 --
gdk/x11/gdkx11device.h | 2 +-
gdk/x11/gdkx11devicemanager.h | 2 +-
gdk/x11/gdkx11display.h | 14 +-
gdk/x11/gdkx11glcontext.h | 4 +-
gdk/x11/gdkx11keys.h | 4 +-
gdk/x11/gdkx11monitor.h | 4 +-
gdk/x11/gdkx11screen.h | 4 +-
gdk/x11/gdkx11window.h | 12 +-
gdk/x11/gdkxid.c | 2 -
gsk/gskrenderer.c | 24 ---
gsk/gskrenderer.h | 20 +-
gsk/gskrendernode.c | 14 --
gsk/gskrendernode.h | 174 ++++++++--------
gsk/gskrendernodeimpl.c | 48 -----
gsk/gskroundedrect.c | 8 -
gsk/gskroundedrect.h | 20 +-
gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessibleparent.h | 2 +-
gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxaccessible.h | 2 +-
gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxchildaccessible.h | 2 +-
gtk/a11y/gtklistboxrowaccessible.h | 2 +-
gtk/a11y/gtkpopoveraccessible.h | 2 +-
gtk/a11y/gtkstackaccessible.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c | 100 ---------
gtk/gtkaboutdialog.h | 16 +-
gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c | 12 -
gtk/gtkaccelgroup.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkaccellabel.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkaccellabel.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkaccelmap.c | 8 -
gtk/gtkaccessible.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkactionable.c | 16 +--
gtk/gtkactionable.h | 14 +-
gtk/gtkactionbar.c | 14 --
gtk/gtkactionbar.h | 16 +-
gtk/gtkadjustment.c | 36 ----
gtk/gtkadjustment.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkappchooser.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c | 18 --
gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c | 24 ---
gtk/gtkapplication.c | 44 ----
gtk/gtkapplication.h | 28 ++--
gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c | 12 -
gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.h | 14 +-
gtk/gtkassistant.c | 63 ------
gtk/gtkassistant.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkbbox.c | 8 -
gtk/gtkbbox.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkbindings.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkborder.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkbox.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkbox.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkbuildable.c | 20 --
gtk/gtkbuilder.c | 54 -----
gtk/gtkbuilder.h | 22 +-
gtk/gtkbutton.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkbutton.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkcalendar.c | 30 ---
gtk/gtkcalendar.h | 2 -
gtk/gtkcellarea.c | 108 ----------
gtk/gtkcellarea.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcellareabox.c | 20 --
gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c | 26 ---
gtk/gtkcelleditable.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkcelllayout.c | 20 --
gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c | 44 ----
gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c | 14 --
gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c | 10 -
gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c | 10 -
gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c | 12 -
gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c | 8 -
gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c | 8 -
gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c | 16 --
gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkcellview.c | 28 ---
gtk/gtkcellview.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkcenterbox.c | 18 --
gtk/gtkcenterbox.h | 20 +-
gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c | 18 --
gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c | 18 --
gtk/gtkcolorchooser.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcolorutils.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkcombobox.c | 102 ----------
gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c | 22 --
gtk/gtkcontainer.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkcontainer.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkcssprovider.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkcssprovider.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkcsssection.c | 18 --
gtk/gtkcsssection.h | 24 +--
gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkdialog.c | 10 -
gtk/gtkdialog.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkdnd-quartz.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkdnd.c | 8 -
gtk/gtkdnd.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkdragdest.c | 10 -
gtk/gtkdragsource.c | 16 --
gtk/gtkdragsource.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c | 14 --
gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkentry.c | 180 -----------------
gtk/gtkentry.h | 32 ++--
gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c | 34 ---
gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c | 78 -------
gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkenums.h | 46 ++---
gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c | 14 --
gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c | 8 -
gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.h | 10 +-
gtk/gtkexpander.c | 34 ---
gtk/gtkexpander.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkfilechooser.c | 137 -------------
gtk/gtkfilechooser.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c | 20 --
gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c | 10 -
gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkfilefilter.c | 22 --
gtk/gtkfilefilter.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkflowbox.c | 76 -------
gtk/gtkflowbox.h | 76 ++++----
gtk/gtkfontbutton.c | 24 ---
gtk/gtkfontchooser.c | 39 ----
gtk/gtkfontchooser.h | 38 ++--
gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkgesture.c | 45 ----
gtk/gtkgesture.h | 36 ++--
gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c | 12 -
gtk/gtkgesturedrag.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.c | 14 --
gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkgesturepan.c | 10 -
gtk/gtkgesturepan.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkgesturerotate.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkgesturerotate.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c | 22 --
gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h | 18 +-
gtk/gtkgestureswipe.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkgestureswipe.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkgesturezoom.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkgesturezoom.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkglarea.c | 50 -----
gtk/gtkglarea.h | 40 ++--
gtk/gtkgrid.c | 20 --
gtk/gtkgrid.h | 20 +-
gtk/gtkheaderbar.c | 36 ----
gtk/gtkheaderbar.h | 32 ++--
gtk/gtkicontheme.c | 82 --------
gtk/gtkicontheme.h | 36 ++--
gtk/gtkiconview.c | 156 --------------
gtk/gtkiconview.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkimage.c | 43 ----
gtk/gtkimage.h | 16 +-
gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkinfobar.c | 38 ----
gtk/gtkinfobar.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkinvisible.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkinvisible.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtklabel.c | 60 ------
gtk/gtklabel.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtklevelbar.c | 42 ----
gtk/gtklevelbar.h | 38 ++--
gtk/gtklinkbutton.c | 16 --
gtk/gtklistbox.c | 96 +---------
gtk/gtklistbox.h | 88 ++++-----
gtk/gtkliststore.c | 16 --
gtk/gtklockbutton.c | 6 -
gtk/gtklockbutton.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkmain.c | 20 --
gtk/gtkmain.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkmenu.c | 61 ------
gtk/gtkmenu.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkmenubar.c | 14 --
gtk/gtkmenubar.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkmenubutton.c | 38 ----
gtk/gtkmenubutton.h | 28 ++--
gtk/gtkmenuitem.c | 22 --
gtk/gtkmenushell.c | 20 --
gtk/gtkmenushell.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c | 10 -
gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c | 20 --
gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c | 18 --
gtk/gtkmodelbutton.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkmodules.h | 2 -
gtk/gtkmountoperation.c | 12 -
gtk/gtkmountoperation.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtknativedialog.c | 32 ---
gtk/gtknativedialog.h | 24 +-
gtk/gtknotebook.c | 30 ---
gtk/gtknotebook.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkorientable.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkoverlay.c | 16 --
gtk/gtkoverlay.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkpagesetup.c | 54 -----
gtk/gtkpagesetup.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c | 10 -
gtk/gtkpaned.c | 32 ---
gtk/gtkpaned.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkpapersize.c | 46 -----
gtk/gtkpapersize.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkplacesview.c | 16 --
gtk/gtkpopover.c | 42 ----
gtk/gtkpopover.h | 36 ++--
gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkpopovermenu.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkprintcontext.c | 22 --
gtk/gtkprinter.c | 54 +-----
gtk/gtkprinter.h | 2 -
gtk/gtkprintjob.c | 64 ------
gtk/gtkprintjob.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkprintoperation.c | 120 -----------
gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c | 6 -
gtk/gtkprintsettings.c | 154 --------------
gtk/gtkprintsettings.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c | 36 ----
gtk/gtkprogressbar.c | 12 -
gtk/gtkradiobutton.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c | 12 -
gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c | 10 -
gtk/gtkrange.c | 38 ----
gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c | 74 -------
gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h | 8 -
gtk/gtkrender.c | 32 ---
gtk/gtkrender.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkrevealer.c | 16 --
gtk/gtkrevealer.h | 18 +-
gtk/gtkscale.c | 16 --
gtk/gtkscale.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkscalebutton.c | 28 ---
gtk/gtkscrollable.c | 26 ---
gtk/gtkscrollable.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkscrollbar.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkscrollbar.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c | 62 ------
gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h | 30 ++--
gtk/gtksearchbar.c | 16 --
gtk/gtksearchbar.h | 16 +-
gtk/gtksearchentry.c | 14 --
gtk/gtksearchentry.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtkselection.c | 46 -----
gtk/gtkselection.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkseparator.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c | 6 -
gtk/gtksettings.c | 48 -----
gtk/gtksettings.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c | 14 --
gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkshortcutssection.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkshow.c | 2 -
gtk/gtkshow.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtksizegroup.c | 2 -
gtk/gtksizerequest.c | 6 -
gtk/gtksnapshot.c | 24 ---
gtk/gtksnapshot.h | 52 +++---
gtk/gtkspinbutton.c | 14 --
gtk/gtkspinbutton.h | 12 +-
gtk/gtkspinner.c | 8 -
gtk/gtkstack.c | 74 +------
gtk/gtkstack.h | 46 ++--
gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c | 8 -
gtk/gtkstacksidebar.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c | 8 -
gtk/gtkstackswitcher.h | 8 +-
gtk/gtkstatusbar.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkstylecontext.c | 74 -------
gtk/gtkstylecontext.h | 58 +-----
gtk/gtkswitch.c | 14 --
gtk/gtkswitch.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtktestutils.c | 8 -
gtk/gtktestutils.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtktextbuffer.c | 22 --
gtk/gtktextbuffer.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtktextiter.c | 27 ---
gtk/gtktextiter.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtktextmark.c | 2 -
gtk/gtktexttag.c | 28 ---
gtk/gtktexttag.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtktextview.c | 59 ------
gtk/gtktextview.h | 35 ++--
gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c | 8 -
gtk/gtktoolbar.c | 16 --
gtk/gtktoolbutton.c | 24 ---
gtk/gtktoolitem.c | 48 -----
gtk/gtktoolshell.c | 14 --
gtk/gtktooltip.c | 17 --
gtk/gtktooltip.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtktreemenu.c | 44 ----
gtk/gtktreemodel.c | 16 --
gtk/gtktreemodel.h | 4 +-
gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c | 22 --
gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c | 2 -
gtk/gtktreeselection.c | 10 -
gtk/gtktreestore.c | 16 --
gtk/gtktreeview.c | 96 ---------
gtk/gtktreeview.h | 6 +-
gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c | 20 --
gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h | 2 +-
gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c | 4 -
gtk/gtkwidget.c | 278 -------------------------
gtk/gtkwidget.h | 124 +++++-------
gtk/gtkwidgetpath.c | 57 ------
gtk/gtkwidgetpath.h | 18 +-
gtk/gtkwindow.c | 124 ------------
gtk/gtkwindow.h | 30 ++--
gtk/gtkwindowgroup.c | 6 -
423 files changed, 1276 insertions(+), 7995 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-docs.xml b/docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-docs.xml
index e9c4261..353bc81 100644
--- a/docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-docs.xml
+++ b/docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-docs.xml
@@ -61,54 +61,6 @@
<title>Index of deprecated symbols</title>
<xi:include href="xml/api-index-deprecated.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
</index>
- <index id="api-index-3-0" role="3.0">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.0</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.0.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-2" role="3.2">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.2</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.2.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-4" role="3.4">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.4</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.4.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-6" role="3.6">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.6</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.6.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-8" role="3.8">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.8</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.8.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-10" role="3.10">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.10</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.10.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-12" role="3.12">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.12</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.12.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-14" role="3.14">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.14</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.14.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-16" role="3.16">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.16</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.16.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-18" role="3.18">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.18</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.18.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-20" role="3.20">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.20</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.20.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-22" role="3.22">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.22</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.22.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
<xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
diff --git a/docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-sections.txt b/docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-sections.txt
index 5ac8c2f..c3cf294 100644
--- a/docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-sections.txt
+++ b/docs/reference/gdk/gdk4-sections.txt
@@ -12,21 +12,7 @@ GDK_WINDOWING_QUARTZ
GDK_WINDOWING_WAYLAND
<SUBSECTION>
-GDK_VERSION_3_0
-GDK_VERSION_3_2
-GDK_VERSION_3_4
-GDK_VERSION_3_6
-GDK_VERSION_3_8
-GDK_VERSION_3_10
-GDK_VERSION_3_12
-GDK_VERSION_3_14
-GDK_VERSION_3_16
-GDK_VERSION_3_18
-GDK_VERSION_3_20
-GDK_VERSION_3_22
-GDK_VERSION_3_90
-GDK_VERSION_3_92
-GDK_VERSION_3_94
+GDK_VERSION_4_0
GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED
GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED
GDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS
@@ -69,49 +55,13 @@ gdk_window_type_get_type
gdk_window_type_hint_get_type
gdk_wm_decoration_get_type
gdk_wm_function_get_type
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_0
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_4_0
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GDK_UNAVAILABLE
GDK_DEPRECATED
GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_0
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_0_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_10
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_10_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_12
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_12_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_14
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_14_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_18
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_18_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_2
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_20
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_20_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_22
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_22_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_2_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_4
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_4_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_6
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_6_FOR
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_8
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_8_FOR
+GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_4_0
+GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_4_0_FOR
GDK_VERSION_CUR_STABLE
GDK_VERSION_PREV_STABLE
</SECTION>
diff --git a/docs/reference/gtk/gtk4-docs.xml b/docs/reference/gtk/gtk4-docs.xml
index 29914f7..c953d86 100644
--- a/docs/reference/gtk/gtk4-docs.xml
+++ b/docs/reference/gtk/gtk4-docs.xml
@@ -384,58 +384,6 @@
<title>Index of deprecated symbols</title>
<xi:include href="xml/api-index-deprecated.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
</index>
- <index id="api-index-3-0" role="3.0">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.0</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.0.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-2" role="3.2">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.2</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.2.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-4" role="3.4">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.4</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.4.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-6" role="3.6">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.6</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.6.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-8" role="3.8">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.8</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.8.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-10" role="3.10">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.10</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.10.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-12" role="3.12">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.12</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.12.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-14" role="3.14">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.14</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.14.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-16" role="3.16">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.16</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.16.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-18" role="3.18">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.18</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.18.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-20" role="3.20">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.20</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.20.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-22" role="3.22">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.22</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.22.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
- <index id="api-index-3-90" role="3.90">
- <title>Index of new symbols in 3.90</title>
- <xi:include href="xml/api-index-3.90.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
- </index>
<xi:include href="xml/annotation-glossary.xml"><xi:fallback /></xi:include>
diff --git a/gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaydisplay.h b/gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaydisplay.h
index 6648a55..4f4931a 100644
--- a/gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaydisplay.h
+++ b/gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaydisplay.h
@@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ typedef struct _GdkBroadwayDisplayClass GdkBroadwayDisplayClass;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_broadway_display_get_type (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_broadway_display_show_keyboard (GdkBroadwayDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_broadway_display_hide_keyboard (GdkBroadwayDisplay *display);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaymonitor.h b/gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaymonitor.h
index d7dfa0d..4fe9e6a 100644
--- a/gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaymonitor.h
+++ b/gdk/broadway/gdkbroadwaymonitor.h
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GdkBroadwayMonitor GdkBroadwayMonitor;
typedef struct _GdkBroadwayMonitorClass GdkBroadwayMonitorClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_broadway_monitor_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c b/gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c
index 68acd7f..c82bcf0 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c
@@ -186,8 +186,6 @@ gdk_app_launch_context_get_display (GAppLaunchContext *context,
* When the workspace is not specified or @desktop is set to -1,
* it is up to the window manager to pick one, typically it will
* be the current workspace.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gdk_app_launch_context_set_desktop (GdkAppLaunchContext *context,
@@ -210,8 +208,6 @@ gdk_app_launch_context_set_desktop (GdkAppLaunchContext *context,
* focus to the newly launched application when the user is busy
* typing in another window. This is also known as 'focus stealing
* prevention'.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gdk_app_launch_context_set_timestamp (GdkAppLaunchContext *context,
@@ -234,8 +230,6 @@ gdk_app_launch_context_set_timestamp (GdkAppLaunchContext *context,
* notification.
*
* See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon_name().
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon (GdkAppLaunchContext *context,
@@ -267,8 +261,6 @@ gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon (GdkAppLaunchContext *context,
* If neither @icon or @icon_name is set, the icon is taken from either
* the file that is passed to launched application or from the #GAppInfo
* for the launched application itself.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon_name (GdkAppLaunchContext *context,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcairo.c b/gdk/gdkcairo.c
index 83cdac3..a53b01b 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcairo.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkcairo.c
@@ -84,8 +84,6 @@ gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cairo_t *cr,
* @rgba: a #GdkRGBA
*
* Sets the specified #GdkRGBA as the source color of @cr.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gdk_cairo_set_source_rgba (cairo_t *cr,
@@ -107,8 +105,6 @@ gdk_cairo_set_source_rgba (cairo_t *cr,
* @rectangle: a #GdkRectangle
*
* Adds the given rectangle to the current path of @cr.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gdk_cairo_rectangle (cairo_t *cr,
@@ -128,8 +124,6 @@ gdk_cairo_rectangle (cairo_t *cr,
* @region: a #cairo_region_t
*
* Adds the given region to the current path of @cr.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gdk_cairo_region (cairo_t *cr,
@@ -253,8 +247,6 @@ gdk_cairo_surface_paint_pixbuf (cairo_surface_t *surface,
* the pixbuf.
*
* Returns: a new cairo surface, must be freed with cairo_surface_destroy()
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
cairo_surface_t *
gdk_cairo_surface_create_from_pixbuf (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
@@ -296,8 +288,6 @@ gdk_cairo_surface_create_from_pixbuf (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
*
* The pattern has an extend mode of %CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE and is aligned
* so that the origin of @pixbuf is @pixbuf_x, @pixbuf_y.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gdk_cairo_set_source_pixbuf (cairo_t *cr,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcairo.h b/gdk/gdkcairo.h
index 5283842..9417b0f 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcairo.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkcairo.h
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ cairo_region_t *
gdk_cairo_region_create_from_surface
(cairo_surface_t *surface);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_surface_t * gdk_cairo_surface_create_from_pixbuf (const GdkPixbuf *pixbuf,
int scale,
GdkWindow *for_window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_cairo_draw_from_gl (cairo_t *cr,
GdkWindow *window,
int source,
@@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ void gdk_cairo_draw_from_gl (cairo_t *cr,
int width,
int height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDrawingContext * gdk_cairo_get_drawing_context (cairo_t *cr);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_cairo_surface_upload_to_gl (cairo_surface_t *surface,
int target,
int width,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkclipboard.c b/gdk/gdkclipboard.c
index df82147..8776b9a 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkclipboard.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkclipboard.c
@@ -363,8 +363,6 @@ gdk_clipboard_class_init (GdkClipboardClass *class)
* GdkClipboard:display:
*
* The #GdkDisplay that the clipboard belongs to.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_DISPLAY] =
g_param_spec_object ("display",
@@ -380,8 +378,6 @@ gdk_clipboard_class_init (GdkClipboardClass *class)
* GdkClipboard:formats:
*
* The possible formats that the clipboard can provide its data in.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_FORMATS] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("formats",
@@ -396,8 +392,6 @@ gdk_clipboard_class_init (GdkClipboardClass *class)
* GdkClipboard:local:
*
* %TRUE if the contents of the clipboard are owned by this process.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_LOCAL] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("local",
@@ -413,8 +407,6 @@ gdk_clipboard_class_init (GdkClipboardClass *class)
*
* The #GdkContentProvider or %NULL if the clipboard is empty or contents are
* provided otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_CONTENT] =
g_param_spec_object ("content",
diff --git a/gdk/gdkclipboard.h b/gdk/gdkclipboard.h
index 2733f65..3b470d1 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkclipboard.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkclipboard.h
@@ -34,89 +34,89 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GDK_CLIPBOARD(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), GDK_TYPE_CLIPBOARD, GdkClipboard))
#define GDK_IS_CLIPBOARD(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), GDK_TYPE_CLIPBOARD))
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_clipboard_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gdk_clipboard_get_display (GdkClipboard *clipboard);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_clipboard_get_formats (GdkClipboard *clipboard);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_clipboard_is_local (GdkClipboard *clipboard);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentProvider * gdk_clipboard_get_content (GdkClipboard *clipboard);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_store_async (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
int io_priority,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_clipboard_store_finish (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GAsyncResult *result,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_read_async (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
const char **mime_types,
int io_priority,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GInputStream * gdk_clipboard_read_finish (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
const char **out_mime_type,
GAsyncResult *result,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_read_value_async (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GType type,
int io_priority,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GValue * gdk_clipboard_read_value_finish (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GAsyncResult *result,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_read_texture_async(GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gdk_clipboard_read_texture_finish (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GAsyncResult *result,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_read_text_async (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
char * gdk_clipboard_read_text_finish (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GAsyncResult *result,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_clipboard_set_content (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GdkContentProvider *provider);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_set (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GType type,
...);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_set_valist (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GType type,
va_list args);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_set_value (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
const GValue *value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_set_text (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
const char *text);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_clipboard_set_texture (GdkClipboard *clipboard,
GdkTexture *texture);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcontentdeserializer.h b/gdk/gdkcontentdeserializer.h
index d0fc4cc..f98ec61 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcontentdeserializer.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkcontentdeserializer.h
@@ -50,48 +50,48 @@ typedef struct _GdkContentDeserializer GdkContentDeserializer;
*/
typedef void (* GdkContentDeserializeFunc) (GdkContentDeserializer *deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_content_deserializer_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gdk_content_deserializer_get_mime_type (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_content_deserializer_get_gtype (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GValue * gdk_content_deserializer_get_value (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GInputStream * gdk_content_deserializer_get_input_stream (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_content_deserializer_get_priority (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GCancellable * gdk_content_deserializer_get_cancellable (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gpointer gdk_content_deserializer_get_user_data (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_deserializer_set_task_data (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer,
gpointer data,
GDestroyNotify notify);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gpointer gdk_content_deserializer_get_task_data (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_deserializer_return_success (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_deserializer_return_error (GdkContentDeserializer
*deserializer,
GError *error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_union_deserialize_gtypes (GdkContentFormats *formats);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_union_deserialize_mime_types(GdkContentFormats *formats);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_register_deserializer (const char *mime_type,
GType type,
GdkContentDeserializeFunc
deserialize,
gpointer data,
GDestroyNotify notify);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_deserialize_async (GInputStream *stream,
const char *mime_type,
GType type,
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ void gdk_content_deserialize_async (GInputS
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_content_deserialize_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
GValue *value,
GError **error);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcontentformats.h b/gdk/gdkcontentformats.h
index a383434..a530325 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcontentformats.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkcontentformats.h
@@ -30,50 +30,50 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GDK_TYPE_CONTENT_FORMATS (gdk_content_formats_get_type ())
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gdk_intern_mime_type (const char *string);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_content_formats_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_new (const char **mime_types,
guint
n_mime_types);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_new_for_gtype (GType type);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_ref (GdkContentFormats *formats);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_formats_unref (GdkContentFormats *formats);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_formats_print (GdkContentFormats *formats,
GString *string);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
char * gdk_content_formats_to_string (GdkContentFormats *formats);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GType * gdk_content_formats_get_gtypes (GdkContentFormats *formats,
gsize *n_gtypes);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * const * gdk_content_formats_get_mime_types (GdkContentFormats *formats,
gsize
*n_mime_types);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_union (GdkContentFormats *first,
const GdkContentFormats *second)
G_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_content_formats_match (const GdkContentFormats *first,
const GdkContentFormats *second);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_content_formats_match_gtype (const GdkContentFormats *first,
const GdkContentFormats *second);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gdk_content_formats_match_mime_type (const GdkContentFormats *first,
const GdkContentFormats *second);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_content_formats_contain_gtype (const GdkContentFormats *formats,
GType type);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_content_formats_contain_mime_type (const GdkContentFormats *formats,
const char *mime_type);
@@ -81,32 +81,32 @@ gboolean gdk_content_formats_contain_mime_type (const GdkConten
typedef struct _GdkContentFormatsBuilder GdkContentFormatsBuilder;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_content_formats_builder_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormatsBuilder *gdk_content_formats_builder_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormatsBuilder *gdk_content_formats_builder_ref (GdkContentFormatsBuilder *builder);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_formats_builder_unref (GdkContentFormatsBuilder *builder);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_builder_free_to_formats (GdkContentFormatsBuilder *builder)
G_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_builder_to_formats (GdkContentFormatsBuilder *builder)
G_GNUC_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_formats_builder_add_formats (GdkContentFormatsBuilder *builder,
const GdkContentFormats *formats);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_formats_builder_add_mime_type(GdkContentFormatsBuilder *builder,
const char *mime_type);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_formats_builder_add_gtype (GdkContentFormatsBuilder *builder,
GType type);
/* dunno where else to put this */
#define GDK_TYPE_FILE_LIST (gdk_file_list_get_type ())
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_file_list_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.c b/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.c
index ee47488..0e6618b 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.c
@@ -174,8 +174,6 @@ gdk_content_provider_class_init (GdkContentProviderClass *class)
* GdkContentProvider:formats:
*
* The possible formats that the provider can provide its data in.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_FORMATS] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("formats",
@@ -190,8 +188,6 @@ gdk_content_provider_class_init (GdkContentProviderClass *class)
* GdkContentProvider:storable-formats:
*
* The subset of formats that clipboard managers should store this provider's data in.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_STORABLE_FORMATS] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("storable-formats",
@@ -206,8 +202,6 @@ gdk_content_provider_class_init (GdkContentProviderClass *class)
* GdkContentProvider:content-changed:
*
* Emitted whenever the content provided by this provider has changed.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
signals[CONTENT_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new ("content-changed",
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.h b/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.h
index 7af585f..d4b4ab5 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkcontentprovider.h
@@ -91,18 +91,18 @@ struct _GdkContentProviderClass
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_content_provider_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_provider_ref_formats (GdkContentProvider *provider);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_provider_ref_storable_formats (GdkContentProvider *provider);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_provider_content_changed (GdkContentProvider *provider);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_provider_write_mime_type_async (GdkContentProvider *provider,
const char *mime_type,
GOutputStream *stream,
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ void gdk_content_provider_write_mime_type_async (GdkCont
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_content_provider_write_mime_type_finish (GdkContentProvider *provider,
GAsyncResult *result,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_content_provider_get_value (GdkContentProvider *provider,
GValue *value,
GError **error);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcontentproviderimpl.h b/gdk/gdkcontentproviderimpl.h
index aae5c65..8bf0587 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcontentproviderimpl.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkcontentproviderimpl.h
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@
G_BEGIN_DECLS
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentProvider * gdk_content_provider_new_for_value (const GValue *value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentProvider * gdk_content_provider_new_for_bytes (const char *mime_type,
GBytes *bytes);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcontentserializer.h b/gdk/gdkcontentserializer.h
index b2c34d4..15cb467 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcontentserializer.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkcontentserializer.h
@@ -50,48 +50,48 @@ typedef struct _GdkContentSerializer GdkContentSerializer;
*/
typedef void (* GdkContentSerializeFunc) (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_content_serializer_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gdk_content_serializer_get_mime_type (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_content_serializer_get_gtype (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GValue * gdk_content_serializer_get_value (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GOutputStream * gdk_content_serializer_get_output_stream (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_content_serializer_get_priority (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GCancellable * gdk_content_serializer_get_cancellable (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gpointer gdk_content_serializer_get_user_data (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_serializer_set_task_data (GdkContentSerializer *serializer,
gpointer data,
GDestroyNotify notify);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gpointer gdk_content_serializer_get_task_data (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_serializer_return_success (GdkContentSerializer *serializer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_serializer_return_error (GdkContentSerializer *serializer,
GError *error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_union_serialize_gtypes (GdkContentFormats *formats);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats * gdk_content_formats_union_serialize_mime_types (GdkContentFormats *formats);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_register_serializer (GType type,
const char *mime_type,
GdkContentSerializeFunc serialize,
gpointer data,
GDestroyNotify notify);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_content_serialize_async (GOutputStream *stream,
const char *mime_type,
const GValue *value,
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ void gdk_content_serialize_async (GOutput
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_content_serialize_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
GError **error);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcursor.c b/gdk/gdkcursor.c
index 57a80fc..bf7a9b9 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcursor.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkcursor.c
@@ -322,8 +322,6 @@ gdk_cursor_equal (gconstpointer a,
*
* Returns: (nullable): a new #GdkCursor, or %NULL if there is no
* cursor with the given name
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
GdkCursor*
gdk_cursor_new_from_name (const gchar *name,
@@ -361,8 +359,6 @@ gdk_cursor_new_from_name (const gchar *name,
* sufficently new version of the X Render extension.
*
* Returns: a new #GdkCursor.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkCursor *
gdk_cursor_new_from_texture (GdkTexture *texture,
@@ -397,8 +393,6 @@ gdk_cursor_new_from_texture (GdkTexture *texture,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the fallback of the cursor or %NULL to use
* the default cursor as fallback.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkCursor *
gdk_cursor_get_fallback (GdkCursor *cursor)
@@ -417,8 +411,6 @@ gdk_cursor_get_fallback (GdkCursor *cursor)
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the name of the cursor or %NULL if it is not
* a named cursor
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
const char *
gdk_cursor_get_name (GdkCursor *cursor)
@@ -437,8 +429,6 @@ gdk_cursor_get_name (GdkCursor *cursor)
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the texture for cursor or %NULL if it is a
* named cursor
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkTexture *
gdk_cursor_get_texture (GdkCursor *cursor)
@@ -456,8 +446,6 @@ gdk_cursor_get_texture (GdkCursor *cursor)
* pixel that will be directly above the cursor.
*
* Returns: the horizontal offset of the hotspot or 0 for named cursors
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
int
gdk_cursor_get_hotspot_x (GdkCursor *cursor)
@@ -475,8 +463,6 @@ gdk_cursor_get_hotspot_x (GdkCursor *cursor)
* pixel that will be directly above the cursor.
*
* Returns: the vertical offset of the hotspot or 0 for named cursors
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
int
gdk_cursor_get_hotspot_y (GdkCursor *cursor)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkcursor.h b/gdk/gdkcursor.h
index 6f8c759..c1ef584 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkcursor.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkcursor.h
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_cursor_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkCursor* gdk_cursor_new_from_texture (GdkTexture *texture,
int hotspot_x,
int hotspot_y,
@@ -53,15 +53,15 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkCursor* gdk_cursor_new_from_name (const gchar *name,
GdkCursor *fallback);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkCursor * gdk_cursor_get_fallback (GdkCursor *cursor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char *gdk_cursor_get_name (GdkCursor *cursor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture *gdk_cursor_get_texture (GdkCursor *cursor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_cursor_get_hotspot_x (GdkCursor *cursor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_cursor_get_hotspot_y (GdkCursor *cursor);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdevice.c b/gdk/gdkdevice.c
index fb5cf9a..30b7a5e 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdevice.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdevice.c
@@ -121,8 +121,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:display:
*
* The #GdkDisplay the #GdkDevice pertains to.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
device_props[PROP_DISPLAY] =
g_param_spec_object ("display",
@@ -135,8 +133,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:name:
*
* The device name.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
device_props[PROP_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("name",
@@ -149,8 +145,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:type:
*
* Device role in the device manager.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
device_props[PROP_TYPE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("type",
@@ -166,8 +160,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
*
* Associated pointer or keyboard with this device, if any. Devices of type #GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER
* always come in keyboard/pointer pairs. Other device types will have a %NULL associated device.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
device_props[PROP_ASSOCIATED_DEVICE] =
g_param_spec_object ("associated-device",
@@ -180,8 +172,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:input-source:
*
* Source type for the device.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
device_props[PROP_INPUT_SOURCE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("input-source",
@@ -196,8 +186,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:input-mode:
*
* Input mode for the device.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
device_props[PROP_INPUT_MODE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("input-mode",
@@ -212,8 +200,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
*
* Whether the device is represented by a cursor on the screen. Devices of type
* %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER will have %TRUE here.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
device_props[PROP_HAS_CURSOR] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-cursor",
@@ -227,8 +213,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:n-axes:
*
* Number of axes in the device.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
device_props[PROP_N_AXES] =
g_param_spec_uint ("n-axes",
@@ -242,8 +226,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:vendor-id:
*
* Vendor ID of this device, see gdk_device_get_vendor_id().
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
device_props[PROP_VENDOR_ID] =
g_param_spec_string ("vendor-id",
@@ -257,8 +239,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:product-id:
*
* Product ID of this device, see gdk_device_get_product_id().
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
device_props[PROP_PRODUCT_ID] =
g_param_spec_string ("product-id",
@@ -272,8 +252,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:seat:
*
* #GdkSeat of this device.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
device_props[PROP_SEAT] =
g_param_spec_object ("seat",
@@ -289,8 +267,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* The maximal number of concurrent touches on a touch device.
* Will be 0 if the device is not a touch device or if the number
* of touches is unknown.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
device_props[PROP_NUM_TOUCHES] =
g_param_spec_uint ("num-touches",
@@ -304,8 +280,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
* GdkDevice:axes:
*
* The axes currently available for this device.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
device_props[PROP_AXES] =
g_param_spec_flags ("axes",
@@ -350,8 +324,6 @@ gdk_device_class_init (GdkDeviceClass *klass)
*
* The ::tool-changed signal is emitted on pen/eraser
* #GdkDevices whenever tools enter or leave proximity.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
signals[TOOL_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("tool-changed"),
@@ -566,8 +538,6 @@ gdk_device_get_state (GdkDevice *device,
* coordinates are those of its master pointer, this function
* may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
* unless there is an ongoing grab on them. See gdk_device_grab().
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
void
gdk_device_get_position_double (GdkDevice *device,
@@ -607,8 +577,6 @@ gdk_device_get_position_double (GdkDevice *device,
* coordinates are those of its master pointer, This function
* may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
* unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gdk_device_get_position (GdkDevice *device,
@@ -643,8 +611,6 @@ gdk_device_get_position (GdkDevice *device,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GdkWindow under the
* device position, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_device_get_window_at_position_double (GdkDevice *device,
@@ -693,8 +659,6 @@ gdk_device_get_window_at_position_double (GdkDevice *device,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GdkWindow under the
* device position, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_device_get_window_at_position (GdkDevice *device,
@@ -809,8 +773,6 @@ gdk_device_free_history (GdkTimeCoord **events,
* Determines the name of the device.
*
* Returns: a name
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
const gchar *
gdk_device_get_name (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -828,8 +790,6 @@ gdk_device_get_name (GdkDevice *device)
* This is not meaningful for keyboard devices, which don't have a pointer.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the pointer follows device motion
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
gboolean
gdk_device_get_has_cursor (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -846,8 +806,6 @@ gdk_device_get_has_cursor (GdkDevice *device)
* Determines the type of the device.
*
* Returns: a #GdkInputSource
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
GdkInputSource
gdk_device_get_source (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -864,8 +822,6 @@ gdk_device_get_source (GdkDevice *device)
* Determines the mode of the device.
*
* Returns: a #GdkInputSource
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
GdkInputMode
gdk_device_get_mode (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -916,8 +872,6 @@ gdk_device_set_mode (GdkDevice *device,
* Returns the number of keys the device currently has.
*
* Returns: the number of keys.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
**/
gint
gdk_device_get_n_keys (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -938,8 +892,6 @@ gdk_device_get_n_keys (GdkDevice *device)
* and fill in @keyval and @modifiers with the keyval settings.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if keyval is set for @index.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
gboolean
gdk_device_get_key (GdkDevice *device,
@@ -994,8 +946,6 @@ gdk_device_set_key (GdkDevice *device,
* Returns the axis use for @index_.
*
* Returns: a #GdkAxisUse specifying how the axis is used.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
GdkAxisUse
gdk_device_get_axis_use (GdkDevice *device,
@@ -1061,8 +1011,6 @@ gdk_device_set_axis_use (GdkDevice *device,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay. This memory is owned
* by GTK+, and must not be freed or unreffed.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_device_get_display (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1088,8 +1036,6 @@ gdk_device_get_display (GdkDevice *device)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The associated device, or
* %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkDevice *
gdk_device_get_associated_device (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1196,8 +1142,6 @@ _gdk_device_remove_slave (GdkDevice *device,
* Returns the device type for @device.
*
* Returns: the #GdkDeviceType for @device.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkDeviceType
gdk_device_get_device_type (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1214,8 +1158,6 @@ gdk_device_get_device_type (GdkDevice *device)
* Returns the number of axes the device currently has.
*
* Returns: the number of axes.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gint
gdk_device_get_n_axes (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1235,8 +1177,6 @@ gdk_device_get_n_axes (GdkDevice *device)
*
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkAtom):
* A #GList of strings, free with g_list_free().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GList *
gdk_device_list_axes (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1270,8 +1210,6 @@ gdk_device_list_axes (GdkDevice *device)
* by gdk_device_list_axes()
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gdk_device_get_axis_value (GdkDevice *device,
@@ -1415,9 +1353,7 @@ get_native_grab_event_mask (GdkEventMask grab_mask)
*
* Returns: %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful.
*
- * Since: 3.0
- *
- * Deprecated: 3.20. Use gdk_seat_grab() instead.
+ * Deprecated: Use gdk_seat_grab() instead.
**/
GdkGrabStatus
gdk_device_grab (GdkDevice *device,
@@ -1478,8 +1414,6 @@ gdk_device_grab (GdkDevice *device,
*
* Release any grab on @device.
*
- * Since: 3.0
- *
* Deprecated: 3.20. Use gdk_seat_ungrab() instead.
*/
void
@@ -1508,8 +1442,6 @@ gdk_device_ungrab (GdkDevice *device,
* control of the user. This function was added to cover
* some rare use cases like keyboard navigation support
* for the color picker in the #GtkColorSelectionDialog.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gdk_device_warp (GdkDevice *device,
@@ -1857,8 +1789,6 @@ _gdk_device_window_at_position (GdkDevice *device,
* application's windows.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (allow-none): the last window the device
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GdkWindow *
gdk_device_get_last_event_window (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1907,8 +1837,6 @@ gdk_device_get_last_event_window (GdkDevice *device)
* ]|
*
* Returns: (nullable): the vendor ID, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
const gchar *
gdk_device_get_vendor_id (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1928,8 +1856,6 @@ gdk_device_get_vendor_id (GdkDevice *device)
* it. See gdk_device_get_vendor_id() for more information.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the product ID, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
const gchar *
gdk_device_get_product_id (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1962,8 +1888,6 @@ gdk_device_set_seat (GdkDevice *device,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GdkSeat. This memory is owned by GTK+ and
* must not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GdkSeat *
gdk_device_get_seat (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1978,8 +1902,6 @@ gdk_device_get_seat (GdkDevice *device)
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns the axes currently available on the device.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
GdkAxisFlags
gdk_device_get_axes (GdkDevice *device)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdevice.h b/gdk/gdkdevice.h
index 28a0c20..bddaa71 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdevice.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkdevice.h
@@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ GdkWindow *
(GdkDevice *device,
gint *win_x,
gint *win_y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_device_get_position_double (GdkDevice *device,
gdouble *x,
gdouble *y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow *
gdk_device_get_window_at_position_double
(GdkDevice *device,
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ GList * gdk_device_list_slave_devices (GdkDevice *device);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDeviceType gdk_device_get_device_type (GdkDevice *device);
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_20_FOR(gdk_seat_grab)
+GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(gdk_seat_grab)
GdkGrabStatus gdk_device_grab (GdkDevice *device,
GdkWindow *window,
GdkGrabOwnership grab_ownership,
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ GdkGrabStatus gdk_device_grab (GdkDevice *device,
GdkCursor *cursor,
guint32 time_);
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_20_FOR(gdk_seat_ungrab)
+GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(gdk_seat_ungrab)
void gdk_device_ungrab (GdkDevice *device,
guint32 time_);
@@ -241,18 +241,18 @@ void gdk_device_warp (GdkDevice *device,
gint x,
gint y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow *gdk_device_get_last_event_window (GdkDevice *device);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar *gdk_device_get_vendor_id (GdkDevice *device);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar *gdk_device_get_product_id (GdkDevice *device);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkSeat *gdk_device_get_seat (GdkDevice *device);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkAxisFlags gdk_device_get_axes (GdkDevice *device);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdevicepad.c b/gdk/gdkdevicepad.c
index cfb4780..aa0642e 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdevicepad.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdevicepad.c
@@ -72,8 +72,6 @@ gdk_device_pad_default_init (GdkDevicePadInterface *pad)
* current mode.
*
* Returns: The number of button/ring/strip groups in the pad.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
gint
gdk_device_pad_get_n_groups (GdkDevicePad *pad)
@@ -93,8 +91,6 @@ gdk_device_pad_get_n_groups (GdkDevicePad *pad)
* Returns the number of modes that @group may have.
*
* Returns: The number of modes available in @group.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
gint
gdk_device_pad_get_group_n_modes (GdkDevicePad *pad,
@@ -116,8 +112,6 @@ gdk_device_pad_get_group_n_modes (GdkDevicePad *pad,
* Returns the number of features a tablet pad has.
*
* Returns: The amount of elements of type @feature that this pad has.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
gint
gdk_device_pad_get_n_features (GdkDevicePad *pad,
@@ -140,8 +134,6 @@ gdk_device_pad_get_n_features (GdkDevicePad *pad,
* or -1 if feature/index do not exist in @pad.
*
* Returns: The group number of the queried pad feature.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
gint
gdk_device_pad_get_feature_group (GdkDevicePad *pad,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdevicepad.h b/gdk/gdkdevicepad.h
index 040f0da..9d00bc7 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdevicepad.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkdevicepad.h
@@ -50,21 +50,21 @@ typedef enum {
GDK_DEVICE_PAD_FEATURE_STRIP
} GdkDevicePadFeature;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_device_pad_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gdk_device_pad_get_n_groups (GdkDevicePad *pad);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gdk_device_pad_get_group_n_modes (GdkDevicePad *pad,
gint group_idx);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gdk_device_pad_get_n_features (GdkDevicePad *pad,
GdkDevicePadFeature feature);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gdk_device_pad_get_feature_group (GdkDevicePad *pad,
GdkDevicePadFeature feature,
gint feature_idx);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdevicetool.c b/gdk/gdkdevicetool.c
index be81225..a56f8e4 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdevicetool.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdevicetool.c
@@ -160,8 +160,6 @@ gdk_device_tool_new (guint64 serial,
* physical tool (eg. a tablet pen) across program executions.
*
* Returns: The serial ID for this tool
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
guint64
gdk_device_tool_get_serial (GdkDeviceTool *tool)
@@ -186,8 +184,6 @@ gdk_device_tool_get_serial (GdkDeviceTool *tool)
* but having different hardware identificators.
*
* Returns: The hardware identificator of this tool.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
guint64
gdk_device_tool_get_hardware_id (GdkDeviceTool *tool)
@@ -205,8 +201,6 @@ gdk_device_tool_get_hardware_id (GdkDeviceTool *tool)
*
* Returns: The physical type for this tool. This can be used to figure out what
* sort of pen is being used, such as an airbrush or a pencil.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
GdkDeviceToolType
gdk_device_tool_get_tool_type (GdkDeviceTool *tool)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdevicetool.h b/gdk/gdkdevicetool.h
index 34a3200..4954592 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdevicetool.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkdevicetool.h
@@ -61,16 +61,16 @@ typedef enum {
GDK_DEVICE_TOOL_TYPE_LENS,
} GdkDeviceToolType;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_device_tool_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint64 gdk_device_tool_get_serial (GdkDeviceTool *tool);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint64 gdk_device_tool_get_hardware_id (GdkDeviceTool *tool);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDeviceToolType gdk_device_tool_get_tool_type (GdkDeviceTool *tool);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdisplay.c b/gdk/gdkdisplay.c
index 2e370c7..aa846da 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdisplay.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdisplay.c
@@ -186,8 +186,6 @@ gdk_display_class_init (GdkDisplayClass *class)
*
* %TRUE if the display properly composits the alpha channel.
* See gdk_display_is_composited() for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
props[PROP_COMPOSITED] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("composited",
@@ -201,8 +199,6 @@ gdk_display_class_init (GdkDisplayClass *class)
*
* %TRUE if the display supports an alpha channel. See gdk_display_is_rgba()
* for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
props[PROP_RGBA] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("rgba",
@@ -236,8 +232,6 @@ gdk_display_class_init (GdkDisplayClass *class)
*
* The ::closed signal is emitted when the connection to the windowing
* system for @display is closed.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
signals[CLOSED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("closed"),
@@ -257,8 +251,6 @@ gdk_display_class_init (GdkDisplayClass *class)
*
* The ::seat-added signal is emitted whenever a new seat is made
* known to the windowing system.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
signals[SEAT_ADDED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("seat-added"),
@@ -275,8 +267,6 @@ gdk_display_class_init (GdkDisplayClass *class)
*
* The ::seat-removed signal is emitted whenever a seat is removed
* by the windowing system.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
signals[SEAT_REMOVED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("seat-removed"),
@@ -293,8 +283,6 @@ gdk_display_class_init (GdkDisplayClass *class)
*
* The ::monitor-added signal is emitted whenever a monitor is
* added.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
signals[MONITOR_ADDED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("monitor-added"),
@@ -311,8 +299,6 @@ gdk_display_class_init (GdkDisplayClass *class)
*
* The ::monitor-removed signal is emitted whenever a monitor is
* removed.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
signals[MONITOR_REMOVED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("monitor-removed"),
@@ -329,8 +315,6 @@ gdk_display_class_init (GdkDisplayClass *class)
*
* The ::setting-changed signal is emitted whenever a setting
* changes its value.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
signals[SETTING_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("setting-changed"),
@@ -422,8 +406,6 @@ gdk_display_finalize (GObject *object)
*
* Closes the connection to the windowing system for the given display,
* and cleans up associated resources.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
void
gdk_display_close (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -448,8 +430,6 @@ gdk_display_close (GdkDisplay *display)
* Finds out if the display has been closed.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the display is closed.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_display_is_closed (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -468,8 +448,6 @@ gdk_display_is_closed (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the next #GdkEvent to be processed,
* or %NULL if no events are pending
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
GdkEvent *
gdk_display_get_event (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -493,8 +471,6 @@ gdk_display_get_event (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the first #GdkEvent on the
* event queue
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
GdkEvent *
gdk_display_peek_event (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -527,8 +503,6 @@ gdk_display_put_event_nocopy (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Appends a copy of the given event onto the front of the event
* queue for @display.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gdk_display_put_event (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1058,8 +1032,6 @@ gdk_display_device_is_grabbed (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Returns: a string representing the display name. This string is owned
* by GDK and should not be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
const gchar *
gdk_display_get_name (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1074,8 +1046,6 @@ gdk_display_get_name (GdkDisplay *display)
* @display: a #GdkDisplay
*
* Emits a short beep on @display
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
void
gdk_display_beep (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1098,8 +1068,6 @@ gdk_display_beep (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are
* handled synchronously, this function will do nothing.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
void
gdk_display_sync (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1122,8 +1090,6 @@ gdk_display_sync (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are
* handled synchronously, this function will do nothing.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gdk_display_flush (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1143,8 +1109,6 @@ gdk_display_flush (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The default group leader window
* for @display
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_display_get_default_group (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1202,8 +1166,6 @@ gdk_display_get_primary_clipboard (GdkDisplay *display)
* be used to create shaped windows on @display.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if shaped windows are supported
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gdk_display_supports_shapes (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1221,8 +1183,6 @@ gdk_display_supports_shapes (GdkDisplay *display)
* be used to modify the input shape of windows on @display.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if windows with modified input shape are supported
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gdk_display_supports_input_shapes (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1253,8 +1213,6 @@ gdk_display_real_get_app_launch_context (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a new #GdkAppLaunchContext for @display.
* Free with g_object_unref() when done
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GdkAppLaunchContext *
gdk_display_get_app_launch_context (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1272,8 +1230,6 @@ gdk_display_get_app_launch_context (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if the
* display could not be opened
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_display_open (const gchar *display_name)
@@ -1290,8 +1246,6 @@ gdk_display_open (const gchar *display_name)
* to be processed.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there are events ready to be processed.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gdk_display_has_pending (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1320,8 +1274,6 @@ _gdk_display_get_next_serial (GdkDisplay *display)
* with custom startup-notification identifier unless
* gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called to
* disable that feature.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gdk_display_notify_startup_complete (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1390,8 +1342,6 @@ _gdk_display_create_window (GdkDisplay *display)
* Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkKeymap *
gdk_display_get_keymap (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1445,8 +1395,6 @@ gdk_display_set_debug_flags (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Returns: Whether windows with RGBA visuals can reasonably be
* expected to have their alpha channels drawn correctly on the screen.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
gboolean
gdk_display_is_composited (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1491,8 +1439,6 @@ gdk_display_set_composited (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if windows are created with an alpha channel or
* %FALSE if the display does not support this functionality.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
gboolean
gdk_display_is_rgba (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1569,8 +1515,6 @@ gdk_display_remove_seat (GdkDisplay *display,
* Returns the default #GdkSeat for this display.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the default seat.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GdkSeat *
gdk_display_get_default_seat (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1592,8 +1536,6 @@ gdk_display_get_default_seat (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkSeat): the
* list of seats known to the #GdkDisplay
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GList *
gdk_display_list_seats (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1613,7 +1555,6 @@ gdk_display_list_seats (GdkDisplay *display)
* #GdkDisplay::monitor-added or #GdkDisplay::monitor-removed signal.
*
* Returns: the number of monitors
- * Since: 3.22
*/
int
gdk_display_get_n_monitors (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1635,7 +1576,6 @@ gdk_display_get_n_monitors (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GdkMonitor, or %NULL if
* @monitor_num is not a valid monitor number
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GdkMonitor *
gdk_display_get_monitor (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1663,8 +1603,6 @@ gdk_display_get_monitor (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the primary monitor, or any monitor if no
* primary monitor is configured by the user
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GdkMonitor *
gdk_display_get_primary_monitor (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1684,7 +1622,6 @@ gdk_display_get_primary_monitor (GdkDisplay *display)
* or a nearby monitor if the point is not in any monitor.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the monitor containing the point
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GdkMonitor *
gdk_display_get_monitor_at_point (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1745,7 +1682,6 @@ gdk_display_get_monitor_at_point (GdkDisplay *display,
* of all monitors.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the monitor with the largest overlap with @window
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GdkMonitor *
gdk_display_get_monitor_at_window (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1829,8 +1765,6 @@ gdk_display_emit_opened (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the setting existed and a value was stored
* in @value, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
gboolean
gdk_display_get_setting (GdkDisplay *display,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdisplay.h b/gdk/gdkdisplay.h
index 76fafc3..9e46649 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdisplay.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkdisplay.h
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ void gdk_display_close (GdkDisplay *display);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_display_is_closed (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_display_is_composited (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_display_is_rgba (GdkDisplay *display);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ GdkDisplay *gdk_display_get_default (void);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow *gdk_display_get_default_group (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkClipboard * gdk_display_get_clipboard (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkClipboard * gdk_display_get_primary_clipboard (GdkDisplay *display);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -98,31 +98,31 @@ void gdk_display_notify_startup_complete (GdkDisplay *display,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkAppLaunchContext *gdk_display_get_app_launch_context (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkSeat * gdk_display_get_default_seat (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList * gdk_display_list_seats (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_display_get_n_monitors (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkMonitor * gdk_display_get_monitor (GdkDisplay *display,
int monitor_num);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkMonitor * gdk_display_get_primary_monitor (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkMonitor * gdk_display_get_monitor_at_point (GdkDisplay *display,
int x,
int y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkMonitor * gdk_display_get_monitor_at_window (GdkDisplay *display,
GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkKeymap * gdk_display_get_keymap (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_display_get_setting (GdkDisplay *display,
const char *name,
GValue *value);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c b/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c
index 4ff88a5..faa05ba 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c
@@ -149,8 +149,6 @@ gdk_display_manager_class_init (GdkDisplayManagerClass *klass)
* @display: the opened display
*
* The ::display-opened signal is emitted when a display is opened.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
signals[DISPLAY_OPENED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("display-opened"),
@@ -246,8 +244,6 @@ static const gchar *allowed_backends;
* This call must happen prior to gdk_display_open(),
* gtk_init(), or gtk_init_check()
* in order to take effect.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gdk_set_allowed_backends (const gchar *backends)
@@ -296,8 +292,6 @@ static GdkBackend gdk_backends[] = {
* Returns: (transfer none): The global #GdkDisplayManager singleton;
* gdk_parse_args(), gdk_init(), or gdk_init_check() must have
* been called first.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
GdkDisplayManager*
gdk_display_manager_get (void)
@@ -318,8 +312,6 @@ gdk_display_manager_get (void)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if
* there is no default display.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_display_manager_get_default_display (GdkDisplayManager *manager)
@@ -336,8 +328,6 @@ gdk_display_manager_get_default_display (GdkDisplayManager *manager)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if
* there is no default display.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_display_get_default (void)
@@ -351,8 +341,6 @@ gdk_display_get_default (void)
* @display: a #GdkDisplay
*
* Sets @display as the default display.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (GdkDisplayManager *manager,
@@ -375,8 +363,6 @@ gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (GdkDisplayManager *manager,
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkDisplay): a newly
* allocated #GSList of #GdkDisplay objects. Free with g_slist_free()
* when you are done with it.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
GSList *
gdk_display_manager_list_displays (GdkDisplayManager *manager)
@@ -393,8 +379,6 @@ gdk_display_manager_list_displays (GdkDisplayManager *manager)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if the
* display could not be opened
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_display_manager_open_display (GdkDisplayManager *manager,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.h b/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.h
index 00c2dec..3951426 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.h
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ GSList * gdk_display_manager_list_displays (GdkDisplayManager *m
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gdk_display_manager_open_display (GdkDisplayManager *manager,
const gchar *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_set_allowed_backends (const gchar *backends);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdnd.c b/gdk/gdkdnd.c
index 725d70d..a8aecbb 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdnd.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdnd.c
@@ -112,8 +112,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_display (GdkDragContext *context)
* Retrieves the formats supported by this context.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkContentFormats
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkContentFormats *
gdk_drag_context_get_formats (GdkDragContext *context)
@@ -131,8 +129,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_formats (GdkDragContext *context)
* gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action() returns %GDK_ACTION_ASK.
*
* Returns: the #GdkDragAction flags
- *
- * Since: 2.22
**/
GdkDragAction
gdk_drag_context_get_actions (GdkDragContext *context)
@@ -149,8 +145,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_actions (GdkDragContext *context)
* Determines the suggested drag action of the context.
*
* Returns: a #GdkDragAction value
- *
- * Since: 2.22
**/
GdkDragAction
gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (GdkDragContext *context)
@@ -167,8 +161,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (GdkDragContext *context)
* Determines the action chosen by the drag destination.
*
* Returns: a #GdkDragAction value
- *
- * Since: 2.22
**/
GdkDragAction
gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (GdkDragContext *context)
@@ -185,8 +177,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (GdkDragContext *context)
* Returns the #GdkWindow where the DND operation started.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
- *
- * Since: 2.22
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_drag_context_get_source_window (GdkDragContext *context)
@@ -203,8 +193,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_source_window (GdkDragContext *context)
* Returns the destination window for the DND operation.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_drag_context_get_dest_window (GdkDragContext *context)
@@ -384,8 +372,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_class_init (GdkDragContextClass *klass)
*
* The #GdkContentProvider or %NULL if the context is not a source-side
* context.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_CONTENT] =
g_param_spec_object ("content",
@@ -401,8 +387,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_class_init (GdkDragContextClass *klass)
* GdkDragContext:display:
*
* The #GdkDisplay that the drag context belongs to.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_DISPLAY] =
g_param_spec_object ("display",
@@ -418,8 +402,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_class_init (GdkDragContextClass *klass)
* GdkDragContext:formats:
*
* The possible formats that the context can provide its data in.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_FORMATS] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("formats",
@@ -436,8 +418,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_class_init (GdkDragContextClass *klass)
* @reason: The reason the context was cancelled
*
* The drag and drop operation was cancelled.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
signals[CANCEL] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("cancel"),
@@ -454,8 +434,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_class_init (GdkDragContextClass *klass)
* @time: the time at which the drop happened.
*
* The drag and drop operation was performed on an accepting client.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
signals[DROP_PERFORMED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("drop-performed"),
@@ -473,8 +451,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_class_init (GdkDragContextClass *klass)
* The drag and drop operation was finished, the drag destination
* finished reading all data. The drag source can now free all
* miscellaneous data.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
signals[DND_FINISHED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("dnd-finished"),
@@ -491,8 +467,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_class_init (GdkDragContextClass *klass)
* @action: The action currently chosen
*
* A new action is being chosen for the drag and drop operation.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
signals[ACTION_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("action-changed"),
@@ -615,8 +589,6 @@ gdk_drop_finish (GdkDragContext *context,
* meaningless at other times.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the drop was successful.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gdk_drag_drop_succeeded (GdkDragContext *context)
@@ -753,8 +725,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_write_finish (GdkDragContext *context,
* @cancellable:
* @callback:
* @user_data: (closure):
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gdk_drop_read_async (GdkDragContext *context,
@@ -791,8 +761,6 @@ gdk_drop_read_async (GdkDragContext *context,
* @error:
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the #GInputStream, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GInputStream *
gdk_drop_read_finish (GdkDragContext *context,
@@ -825,8 +793,6 @@ gdk_drop_read_finish (GdkDragContext *context,
* the drag operation is over.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the drag window, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
GdkWindow *
gdk_drag_context_get_drag_window (GdkDragContext *context)
@@ -848,8 +814,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_get_drag_window (GdkDragContext *context)
* Sets the position of the drag window that will be kept
* under the cursor hotspot. Initially, the hotspot is at the
* top left corner of the drag window.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gdk_drag_context_set_hotspot (GdkDragContext *context,
@@ -877,8 +841,6 @@ gdk_drag_context_set_hotspot (GdkDragContext *context,
* The #GdkDragContext will only take the first gdk_drag_drop_done()
* call as effective, if this function is called multiple times,
* all subsequent calls will be ignored.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gdk_drag_drop_done (GdkDragContext *context,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdnd.h b/gdk/gdkdnd.h
index 683b508..16442a5 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdnd.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkdnd.h
@@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ typedef enum {
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_drag_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gdk_drag_context_get_display (GdkDragContext *context);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDevice * gdk_drag_context_get_device (GdkDragContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkContentFormats *gdk_drag_context_get_formats (GdkDragContext *context);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDragAction gdk_drag_context_get_actions (GdkDragContext *context);
@@ -116,14 +116,14 @@ void gdk_drop_finish (GdkDragContext *context,
gboolean success,
guint32 time_);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_drop_read_async (GdkDragContext *context,
const char **mime_types,
int io_priority,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GInputStream * gdk_drop_read_finish (GdkDragContext *context,
const char **out_mime_type,
GAsyncResult *result,
@@ -142,14 +142,14 @@ GdkDragContext * gdk_drag_begin (GdkWindow
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_drag_drop_succeeded (GdkDragContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_drag_drop_done (GdkDragContext *context,
gboolean success);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow *gdk_drag_context_get_drag_window (GdkDragContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_drag_context_set_hotspot (GdkDragContext *context,
gint hot_x,
gint hot_y);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c b/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c
index 1ca7d41..2566d01 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c
@@ -136,8 +136,6 @@ gdk_draw_context_class_init (GdkDrawContextClass *klass)
* GdkDrawContext:display:
*
* The #GdkDisplay used to create the #GdkDrawContext.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
pspecs[PROP_DISPLAY] =
g_param_spec_object ("display",
@@ -151,8 +149,6 @@ gdk_draw_context_class_init (GdkDrawContextClass *klass)
* GdkDrawContext:window:
*
* The #GdkWindow the gl context is bound to.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
pspecs[PROP_WINDOW] =
g_param_spec_object ("window",
@@ -180,8 +176,6 @@ gdk_draw_context_init (GdkDrawContext *self)
* onto it.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the context is between begin_frame() and end_frame() calls.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gboolean
gdk_draw_context_is_drawing (GdkDrawContext *context)
@@ -205,8 +199,6 @@ gdk_draw_context_is_drawing (GdkDrawContext *context)
* The function does not clear the background. Clearing the backgroud is the
* job of the renderer. The contents of the backbuffer are undefined after this
* function call.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gdk_draw_context_begin_frame (GdkDrawContext *context,
@@ -234,8 +226,6 @@ gdk_draw_context_begin_frame (GdkDrawContext *context,
* This function may call `glFlush()` implicitly before returning; it
* is not recommended to call `glFlush()` explicitly before calling
* this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gdk_draw_context_end_frame (GdkDrawContext *context,
@@ -259,8 +249,6 @@ gdk_draw_context_end_frame (GdkDrawContext *context,
* Retrieves the #GdkDisplay the @context is created for
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_draw_context_get_display (GdkDrawContext *context)
@@ -279,8 +267,6 @@ gdk_draw_context_get_display (GdkDrawContext *context)
* Retrieves the #GdkWindow used by the @context.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkWindow or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GdkWindow *
gdk_draw_context_get_window (GdkDrawContext *context)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.h b/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.h
index b03529e..8c9c982 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkdrawcontext.h
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GDK_DRAW_CONTEXT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((obj), GDK_TYPE_DRAW_CONTEXT,
GdkDrawContext))
#define GDK_IS_DRAW_CONTEXT(obj) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((obj), GDK_TYPE_DRAW_CONTEXT))
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_draw_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gdk_draw_context_get_display (GdkDrawContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gdk_draw_context_get_window (GdkDrawContext *context);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.c b/gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.c
index d0ae2a4..3c408a5 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.c
@@ -174,8 +174,6 @@ gdk_drawing_context_class_init (GdkDrawingContextClass *klass)
* GdkDrawingContext:window:
*
* The #GdkWindow that created the drawing context.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
obj_property[PROP_WINDOW] =
g_param_spec_object ("window", "Window", "The window that created the context",
@@ -187,8 +185,6 @@ gdk_drawing_context_class_init (GdkDrawingContextClass *klass)
* GdkDrawingContext:clip:
*
* The clip region applied to the drawing context.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
obj_property[PROP_CLIP] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("clip", "Clip", "The clip region of the context",
@@ -200,8 +196,6 @@ gdk_drawing_context_class_init (GdkDrawingContextClass *klass)
* GdkDrawingContext:paint-context:
*
* The #GdkDrawContext used to draw or %NULL if Cairo is used.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
obj_property[PROP_PAINT_CONTEXT] =
g_param_spec_object ("paint-context", "Paint context", "The context used to draw",
@@ -235,8 +229,6 @@ gdk_cairo_set_drawing_context (cairo_t *cr,
* context @cr.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a #GdkDrawingContext, if any is set
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GdkDrawingContext *
gdk_cairo_get_drawing_context (cairo_t *cr)
@@ -264,8 +256,6 @@ gdk_cairo_get_drawing_context (cairo_t *cr)
* the contents of the #GdkWindow. The context is owned by the
* #GdkDrawingContext and should not be destroyed. %NULL is
* returned when a paint context is in used.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
cairo_t *
gdk_drawing_context_get_cairo_context (GdkDrawingContext *context)
@@ -307,8 +297,6 @@ gdk_drawing_context_get_cairo_context (GdkDrawingContext *context)
* Retrieves the window that created the drawing @context.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GdkWindow *
gdk_drawing_context_get_window (GdkDrawingContext *context)
@@ -327,8 +315,6 @@ gdk_drawing_context_get_window (GdkDrawingContext *context)
* Retrieves the paint context used to draw with.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDrawContext or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GdkDrawContext *
gdk_drawing_context_get_paint_context (GdkDrawingContext *context)
@@ -347,8 +333,6 @@ gdk_drawing_context_get_paint_context (GdkDrawingContext *context)
* Retrieves a copy of the clip region used when creating the @context.
*
* Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a Cairo region
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
cairo_region_t *
gdk_drawing_context_get_clip (GdkDrawingContext *context)
@@ -370,8 +354,6 @@ gdk_drawing_context_get_clip (GdkDrawingContext *context)
* Checks whether the given #GdkDrawingContext is valid.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the context is valid
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_drawing_context_is_valid (GdkDrawingContext *context)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.h b/gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.h
index f7e044f..4a67281 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkdrawingcontext.h
@@ -33,20 +33,20 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GdkDrawingContextClass GdkDrawingContextClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_drawing_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gdk_drawing_context_get_window (GdkDrawingContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDrawContext* gdk_drawing_context_get_paint_context (GdkDrawingContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_region_t *gdk_drawing_context_get_clip (GdkDrawingContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_drawing_context_is_valid (GdkDrawingContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_t * gdk_drawing_context_get_cairo_context (GdkDrawingContext *context);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/gdkevents.c b/gdk/gdkevents.c
index 83c676d..7f1b84a 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkevents.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkevents.c
@@ -252,8 +252,6 @@ _gdk_event_queue_append (GdkDisplay *display,
* the queue, onto the tail of the event queue.
*
* Returns: the newly appended list node.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
GList*
_gdk_event_queue_insert_after (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -280,8 +278,6 @@ _gdk_event_queue_insert_after (GdkDisplay *display,
* the queue, onto the head of the event queue.
*
* Returns: the newly prepended list node.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
GList*
_gdk_event_queue_insert_before (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -485,7 +481,6 @@ gdk_event_handler_set (GdkEventFunc func,
* Creates a new event of the given type. All fields are set to 0.
*
* Returns: a newly-allocated #GdkEvent. Free with g_object_unref()
- * Since: 2.2
*/
GdkEvent*
gdk_event_new (GdkEventType type)
@@ -589,8 +584,6 @@ gdk_event_set_pointer_emulated (GdkEvent *event,
* from a touch event), as opposed to a real one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if this event is emulated
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_pointer_emulated (GdkEvent *event)
@@ -789,8 +782,6 @@ gdk_event_finalize (GObject *object)
* Extracts the #GdkWindow associated with an event.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GdkWindow associated with the event
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GdkWindow *
gdk_event_get_window (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -1159,8 +1150,6 @@ gdk_event_set_coords (GdkEvent *event,
* Extract the button number from an event.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a button number
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_button (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1200,8 +1189,6 @@ gdk_event_get_button (const GdkEvent *event,
* Extracts the click count from an event.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a click count
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_click_count (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1237,8 +1224,6 @@ gdk_event_get_click_count (const GdkEvent *event,
* Extracts the keyval from an event.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a key symbol
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_keyval (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1283,8 +1268,6 @@ gdk_event_set_keyval (GdkEvent *event,
* Also see gdk_event_get_scancode().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a hardware keycode
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_keycode (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1410,8 +1393,6 @@ gdk_event_get_key_is_modifier (const GdkEvent *event,
* Extracts the scroll direction from an event.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event delivered a scroll direction
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_scroll_direction (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1448,8 +1429,6 @@ gdk_event_get_scroll_direction (const GdkEvent *event,
* Retrieves the scroll deltas from a #GdkEvent
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event contains smooth scroll information
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
gboolean
gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas (const GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1498,8 +1477,6 @@ gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas (const GdkEvent *event,
* Stop scroll events always have a a delta of 0/0.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event is a scroll stop event
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
gboolean
gdk_event_is_scroll_stop_event (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -1599,8 +1576,6 @@ gdk_event_get_axis (const GdkEvent *event,
* Sets the device for @event to @device. The event must
* have been allocated by GTK+, for instance, by
* gdk_event_copy().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gdk_event_set_device (GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1617,8 +1592,6 @@ gdk_event_set_device (GdkEvent *event,
* it, else it will return %NULL.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDevice, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkDevice *
gdk_event_get_device (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -1637,8 +1610,6 @@ gdk_event_get_device (const GdkEvent *event)
*
* The event must have been allocated by GTK+,
* for instance by gdk_event_copy().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gdk_event_set_source_device (GdkEvent *event,
@@ -1662,8 +1633,6 @@ gdk_event_set_source_device (GdkEvent *event,
* return %NULL.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDevice, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkDevice *
gdk_event_get_source_device (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -1692,8 +1661,6 @@ gdk_event_get_source_device (const GdkEvent *event)
* event->button == %GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event should trigger a context menu.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
gboolean
gdk_event_triggers_context_menu (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -1766,8 +1733,6 @@ gdk_events_get_axis_distances (GdkEvent *event1,
* (as in a straight line going from @event1 to @event2) will be returned.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the distance could be calculated.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gdk_events_get_distance (GdkEvent *event1,
@@ -1791,8 +1756,6 @@ gdk_events_get_distance (GdkEvent *event1,
* Y axis.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the angle could be calculated.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gdk_events_get_angle (GdkEvent *event1,
@@ -1834,8 +1797,6 @@ gdk_events_get_angle (GdkEvent *event1,
* will be returned in @x and @y.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the center could be calculated.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gdk_events_get_center (GdkEvent *event1,
@@ -1901,8 +1862,6 @@ gdk_event_get_display (const GdkEvent *event)
* to which the event belongs. Otherwise, return %NULL.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the event sequence that the event belongs to
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
GdkEventSequence *
gdk_event_get_event_sequence (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -1973,8 +1932,6 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GdkEventSequence, gdk_event_sequence,
* Retrieves the type of the event.
*
* Returns: a #GdkEventType
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GdkEventType
gdk_event_get_event_type (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -1991,8 +1948,6 @@ gdk_event_get_event_type (const GdkEvent *event)
* Returns the #GdkSeat this event was generated for.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GdkSeat of this event
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GdkSeat *
gdk_event_get_seat (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -2018,8 +1973,6 @@ gdk_event_get_seat (const GdkEvent *event)
* persistently across runs, see gdk_device_tool_get_serial()
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The current device tool, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
GdkDeviceTool *
gdk_event_get_device_tool (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -2039,8 +1992,6 @@ gdk_event_get_device_tool (const GdkEvent *event)
* @tool: (nullable): tool to set on the event, or %NULL
*
* Sets the device tool for this event, should be rarely used.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
void
gdk_event_set_device_tool (GdkEvent *event,
@@ -2073,8 +2024,6 @@ gdk_event_set_scancode (GdkEvent *event,
* some extended flags.
*
* Returns: The associated keyboard scancode or 0
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
int
gdk_event_get_scancode (GdkEvent *event)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkevents.h b/gdk/gdkevents.h
index de5987a..27e0bbc 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkevents.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkevents.h
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ typedef enum
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_event_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_event_sequence_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ GdkEvent* gdk_event_copy (const GdkEvent *event);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_event_free (GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow *gdk_event_get_window (const GdkEvent *event);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
gdouble *x_win,
gdouble *y_win);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_event_set_coords (GdkEvent *event,
gdouble x,
gdouble y);
@@ -450,42 +450,42 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_root_coords (const GdkEvent *event,
gdouble *x_root,
gdouble *y_root);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_button (const GdkEvent *event,
guint *button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_click_count (const GdkEvent *event,
guint *click_count);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_keyval (const GdkEvent *event,
guint *keyval);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_event_set_keyval (GdkEvent *event,
guint keyval);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_keycode (const GdkEvent *event,
guint16 *keycode);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_key_is_modifier (const GdkEvent *event,
gboolean *is_modifier);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_key_group (const GdkEvent *event,
guint *group);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_string (const GdkEvent *event,
const char **string);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_scroll_direction (const GdkEvent *event,
GdkScrollDirection *direction);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas (const GdkEvent *event,
gdouble *delta_x,
gdouble *delta_y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_is_scroll_stop_event (const GdkEvent *event);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ void gdk_event_set_source_device (GdkEvent *event,
GdkDevice *device);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDevice* gdk_event_get_source_device (const GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_triggers_context_menu (const GdkEvent *event);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -524,19 +524,19 @@ void gdk_event_handler_set (GdkEventFunc func,
gpointer data,
GDestroyNotify notify);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_event_set_display (GdkEvent *event,
GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay *gdk_event_get_display (const GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkEventSequence *gdk_event_get_event_sequence (const GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkEventType gdk_event_get_event_type (const GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkSeat *gdk_event_get_seat (const GdkEvent *event);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -544,74 +544,74 @@ void gdk_set_show_events (gboolean show_events);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_get_show_events (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDeviceTool *gdk_event_get_device_tool (const GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_event_set_device_tool (GdkEvent *event,
GdkDeviceTool *tool);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_event_get_scancode (GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_pointer_emulated (GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_event_set_user_data (GdkEvent *event,
GObject *user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_is_sent (const GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_drag_context (const GdkEvent *event,
GdkDragContext **context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_crossing_mode (const GdkEvent *event,
GdkCrossingMode *mode);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_crossing_detail (const GdkEvent *event,
GdkNotifyType *detail);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_touchpad_gesture_phase (const GdkEvent *event,
GdkTouchpadGesturePhase *phase);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_touchpad_gesture_n_fingers (const GdkEvent *event,
guint *n_fingers);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_touchpad_deltas (const GdkEvent *event,
double *dx,
double *dy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_touchpad_angle_delta (const GdkEvent *event,
double *delta);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_touchpad_scale (const GdkEvent *event,
double *scale);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_touch_emulating_pointer (const GdkEvent *event,
gboolean *emulating);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_grab_window (const GdkEvent *event,
GdkWindow **window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_focus_in (const GdkEvent *event,
gboolean *focus_in);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_pad_group_mode (const GdkEvent *event,
guint *group,
guint *mode);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_pad_button (const GdkEvent *event,
guint *button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_pad_axis_value (const GdkEvent *event,
guint *index,
gdouble *value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_event_get_axes (GdkEvent *event,
gdouble **axes,
guint *n_axes);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkframeclock.c b/gdk/gdkframeclock.c
index 5e32930..a1f20c4 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkframeclock.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkframeclock.c
@@ -265,7 +265,6 @@ gdk_frame_clock_init (GdkFrameClock *clock)
* the actual previous frame time, or if that’s too old, an updated
* time.
*
- * Since: 3.8
* Returns: a timestamp in microseconds, in the timescale of
* of g_get_monotonic_time().
*/
@@ -292,8 +291,6 @@ gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
* you should use gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating() instead, since
* this allows GTK+ to adjust system parameters to get maximally
* smooth animations.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gdk_frame_clock_request_phase (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
@@ -314,8 +311,6 @@ gdk_frame_clock_request_phase (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
* This function may be called multiple times and frames will be
* requested until gdk_frame_clock_end_updating() is called the same
* number of times.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
@@ -331,8 +326,6 @@ gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
*
* Stops updates for an animation. See the documentation for
* gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating().
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
@@ -369,7 +362,6 @@ _gdk_frame_clock_thaw (GdkFrameClock *clock)
* Returns: inside frame processing, the value of the frame counter
* for the current frame. Outside of frame processing, the frame
* counter for the last frame.
- * Since: 3.8
*/
gint64
gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
@@ -397,7 +389,6 @@ gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
* Returns: the frame counter value for the oldest frame
* that is available in the internal frame history of the
* #GdkFrameClock.
- * Since: 3.8
*/
gint64
gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
@@ -452,7 +443,6 @@ _gdk_frame_clock_begin_frame (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
* Returns: (nullable): the #GdkFrameTimings object for the specified
* frame, or %NULL if it is not available. See
* gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start().
- * Since: 3.8
*/
GdkFrameTimings *
gdk_frame_clock_get_timings (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
@@ -486,7 +476,6 @@ gdk_frame_clock_get_timings (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
* being processed, or even no frame is being processed, for the
* previous frame. Before any frames have been processed, returns
* %NULL.
- * Since: 3.8
*/
GdkFrameTimings *
gdk_frame_clock_get_current_timings (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock)
@@ -560,8 +549,6 @@ _gdk_frame_clock_debug_print_timings (GdkFrameClock *clock,
* presentation times are separated by the refresh interval,
* predicts a presentation time that is a multiple of the refresh
* interval after the last presentation time, and later than @base_time.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gdk_frame_clock_get_refresh_info (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkframeclock.h b/gdk/gdkframeclock.h
index 6d7d94d..801af37 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkframeclock.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkframeclock.h
@@ -72,34 +72,34 @@ typedef enum {
GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_AFTER_PAINT = 1 << 6
} GdkFrameClockPhase;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_frame_clock_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint64 gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_frame_clock_request_phase (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
GdkFrameClockPhase phase);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_frame_clock_end_updating (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock);
/* Frame history */
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint64 gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint64 gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkFrameTimings *gdk_frame_clock_get_timings (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
gint64 frame_counter);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkFrameTimings *gdk_frame_clock_get_current_timings (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_frame_clock_get_refresh_info (GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
gint64 base_time,
gint64 *refresh_interval_return,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkframetimings.c b/gdk/gdkframetimings.c
index 6fe08a3..797638d 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkframetimings.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkframetimings.c
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ _gdk_frame_timings_steal (GdkFrameTimings *timings,
* Increases the reference count of @timings.
*
* Returns: @timings
- * Since: 3.8
*/
GdkFrameTimings *
gdk_frame_timings_ref (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
@@ -97,8 +96,6 @@ gdk_frame_timings_ref (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
*
* Decreases the reference count of @timings. If @timings
* is no longer referenced, it will be freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gdk_frame_timings_unref (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
@@ -121,7 +118,6 @@ gdk_frame_timings_unref (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
* this frame was drawn.
*
* Returns: the frame counter value for this frame
- * Since: 3.8
*/
gint64
gdk_frame_timings_get_frame_counter (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
@@ -145,7 +141,6 @@ gdk_frame_timings_get_frame_counter (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if all information that will be available
* for the frame has been filled in.
- * Since: 3.8
*/
gboolean
gdk_frame_timings_get_complete (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
@@ -184,7 +179,6 @@ gdk_frame_timings_get_frame_time (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
* Returns: the time the frame was displayed to the user, in the
* timescale of g_get_monotonic_time(), or 0 if no presentation
* time is available. See gdk_frame_timings_get_complete()
- * Since: 3.8
*/
gint64
gdk_frame_timings_get_presentation_time (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
@@ -211,7 +205,6 @@ gdk_frame_timings_get_presentation_time (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
* Returns: The predicted time at which the frame will be presented,
* in the timescale of g_get_monotonic_time(), or 0 if no predicted
* presentation time is available.
- * Since: 3.8
*/
gint64
gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
@@ -232,7 +225,6 @@ gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
* Returns: the refresh interval of the display, in microseconds,
* or 0 if the refresh interval is not available.
* See gdk_frame_timings_get_complete().
- * Since: 3.8
*/
gint64
gdk_frame_timings_get_refresh_interval (GdkFrameTimings *timings)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkframetimings.h b/gdk/gdkframetimings.h
index 93db908..cfe6435 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkframetimings.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkframetimings.h
@@ -29,26 +29,26 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GdkFrameTimings GdkFrameTimings;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_frame_timings_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkFrameTimings *gdk_frame_timings_ref (GdkFrameTimings *timings);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_frame_timings_unref (GdkFrameTimings *timings);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint64 gdk_frame_timings_get_frame_counter (GdkFrameTimings *timings);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_frame_timings_get_complete (GdkFrameTimings *timings);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint64 gdk_frame_timings_get_frame_time (GdkFrameTimings *timings);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint64 gdk_frame_timings_get_presentation_time (GdkFrameTimings *timings);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint64 gdk_frame_timings_get_refresh_interval (GdkFrameTimings *timings);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint64 gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time (GdkFrameTimings *timings);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/gdkgl.c b/gdk/gdkgl.c
index cf0fbd5..5e9b9cc 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkgl.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkgl.c
@@ -324,8 +324,6 @@ gdk_gl_texture_quads (GdkGLContext *paint_context,
* with alpha components, so make sure you use #GL_TEXTURE if using alpha.
*
* Calling this may change the current GL context.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gdk_cairo_draw_from_gl (cairo_t *cr,
@@ -576,8 +574,6 @@ gdk_gl_texture_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface,
* bound context
*
* Uploads the contents of a Cairo @surface to a GL texture @target.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gdk_cairo_surface_upload_to_gl (cairo_surface_t *surface,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkglcontext.c b/gdk/gdkglcontext.c
index 64d7297..f82a240 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkglcontext.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkglcontext.c
@@ -342,8 +342,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_class_init (GdkGLContextClass *klass)
* GdkGLContext:shared-context:
*
* The #GdkGLContext that this context is sharing data with, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
obj_pspecs[PROP_SHARED_CONTEXT] =
g_param_spec_object ("shared-context",
@@ -446,8 +444,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_has_unpack_subimage (GdkGLContext *context)
*
* The #GdkGLContext must not be realized or made current prior to
* calling this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gdk_gl_context_set_debug_enabled (GdkGLContext *context,
@@ -470,8 +466,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_set_debug_enabled (GdkGLContext *context,
* Retrieves the value set using gdk_gl_context_set_debug_enabled().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if debugging is enabled
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gdk_gl_context_get_debug_enabled (GdkGLContext *context)
@@ -497,8 +491,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_get_debug_enabled (GdkGLContext *context)
*
* The #GdkGLContext must not be realized or made current prior to calling
* this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gdk_gl_context_set_forward_compatible (GdkGLContext *context,
@@ -521,8 +513,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_set_forward_compatible (GdkGLContext *context,
* Retrieves the value set using gdk_gl_context_set_forward_compatible().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the context should be forward compatible
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gdk_gl_context_get_forward_compatible (GdkGLContext *context)
@@ -546,8 +536,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_get_forward_compatible (GdkGLContext *context)
*
* The #GdkGLContext must not be realized or made current prior to calling
* this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gdk_gl_context_set_required_version (GdkGLContext *context,
@@ -596,8 +584,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_set_required_version (GdkGLContext *context,
*
* Retrieves the major and minor version requested by calling
* gdk_gl_context_set_required_version().
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gdk_gl_context_get_required_version (GdkGLContext *context,
@@ -662,8 +648,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_get_required_version (GdkGLContext *context,
* kind of shader programs to load.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the GL context is in legacy mode
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
gboolean
gdk_gl_context_is_legacy (GdkGLContext *context)
@@ -703,8 +687,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_set_is_legacy (GdkGLContext *context,
* You should check the return value of gdk_gl_context_get_use_es() after
* calling gdk_gl_context_realize() to decide whether to use the OpenGL or
* OpenGL ES API, extensions, or shaders.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gdk_gl_context_set_use_es (GdkGLContext *context,
@@ -726,8 +708,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_set_use_es (GdkGLContext *context,
* Checks whether the @context is using an OpenGL or OpenGL ES profile.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the #GdkGLContext is using an OpenGL ES profile
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_gl_context_get_use_es (GdkGLContext *context)
@@ -752,8 +732,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_get_use_es (GdkGLContext *context)
* It is safe to call this function on a realized #GdkGLContext.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the context is realized
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gdk_gl_context_realize (GdkGLContext *context,
@@ -857,8 +835,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_check_extensions (GdkGLContext *context)
* @context: a #GdkGLContext
*
* Makes the @context the current one.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gdk_gl_context_make_current (GdkGLContext *context)
@@ -900,8 +876,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_make_current (GdkGLContext *context)
* Retrieves the #GdkDisplay the @context is created for
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_gl_context_get_display (GdkGLContext *context)
@@ -918,8 +892,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_get_display (GdkGLContext *context)
* Retrieves the #GdkWindow used by the @context.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkWindow or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GdkWindow *
gdk_gl_context_get_window (GdkGLContext *context)
@@ -936,8 +908,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_get_window (GdkGLContext *context)
* Retrieves the #GdkGLContext that this @context share data with.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkGLContext or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GdkGLContext *
gdk_gl_context_get_shared_context (GdkGLContext *context)
@@ -958,8 +928,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_get_shared_context (GdkGLContext *context)
* Retrieves the OpenGL version of the @context.
*
* The @context must be realized prior to calling this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gdk_gl_context_get_version (GdkGLContext *context,
@@ -984,8 +952,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_get_version (GdkGLContext *context,
*
* Any OpenGL call after this function returns will be ignored
* until gdk_gl_context_make_current() is called.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gdk_gl_context_clear_current (void)
@@ -1006,8 +972,6 @@ gdk_gl_context_clear_current (void)
* Retrieves the current #GdkGLContext.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the current #GdkGLContext, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GdkGLContext *
gdk_gl_context_get_current (void)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkglcontext.h b/gdk/gdkglcontext.h
index 2c22fb7..f338a75 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkglcontext.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkglcontext.h
@@ -36,60 +36,60 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GDK_GL_ERROR (gdk_gl_error_quark ())
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GQuark gdk_gl_error_quark (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_gl_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gdk_gl_context_get_display (GdkGLContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gdk_gl_context_get_window (GdkGLContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkGLContext * gdk_gl_context_get_shared_context (GdkGLContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_gl_context_get_version (GdkGLContext *context,
int *major,
int *minor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_gl_context_is_legacy (GdkGLContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_gl_context_set_required_version (GdkGLContext *context,
int major,
int minor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_gl_context_get_required_version (GdkGLContext *context,
int *major,
int *minor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_gl_context_set_debug_enabled (GdkGLContext *context,
gboolean enabled);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_gl_context_get_debug_enabled (GdkGLContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_gl_context_set_forward_compatible (GdkGLContext *context,
gboolean compatible);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_gl_context_get_forward_compatible (GdkGLContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_gl_context_set_use_es (GdkGLContext *context,
int use_es);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_gl_context_get_use_es (GdkGLContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_gl_context_realize (GdkGLContext *context,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_region_t * gdk_gl_context_get_damage (GdkGLContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_gl_context_make_current (GdkGLContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkGLContext * gdk_gl_context_get_current (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_gl_context_clear_current (void);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/gdkkeys.c b/gdk/gdkkeys.c
index 108e3b6..d8096b4 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkkeys.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkkeys.c
@@ -178,8 +178,6 @@ gdk_keymap_class_init (GdkKeymapClass *klass)
*
* The ::direction-changed signal gets emitted when the direction of
* the keymap changes.
- *
- * Since: 2.0
*/
signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("direction-changed"),
@@ -196,8 +194,6 @@ gdk_keymap_class_init (GdkKeymapClass *klass)
*
* The ::keys-changed signal is emitted when the mapping represented by
* @keymap changes.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
signals[KEYS_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("keys-changed"),
@@ -216,8 +212,6 @@ gdk_keymap_class_init (GdkKeymapClass *klass)
* The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the state of the
* keyboard changes, e.g when Caps Lock is turned on or off.
* See gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("state-changed"),
@@ -362,8 +356,6 @@ gdk_keymap_get_direction (GdkKeymap *keymap)
* languages are in use.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there are layouts in both directions, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gdk_keymap_have_bidi_layouts (GdkKeymap *keymap)
@@ -380,8 +372,6 @@ gdk_keymap_have_bidi_layouts (GdkKeymap *keymap)
* Returns whether the Caps Lock modifer is locked.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if Caps Lock is on
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gboolean
gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state (GdkKeymap *keymap)
@@ -398,8 +388,6 @@ gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state (GdkKeymap *keymap)
* Returns whether the Num Lock modifer is locked.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if Num Lock is on
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gdk_keymap_get_num_lock_state (GdkKeymap *keymap)
@@ -416,8 +404,6 @@ gdk_keymap_get_num_lock_state (GdkKeymap *keymap)
* Returns whether the Scroll Lock modifer is locked.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if Scroll Lock is on
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
gboolean
gdk_keymap_get_scroll_lock_state (GdkKeymap *keymap)
@@ -434,8 +420,6 @@ gdk_keymap_get_scroll_lock_state (GdkKeymap *keymap)
* Returns the current modifier state.
*
* Returns: the current modifier state.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
guint
gdk_keymap_get_modifier_state (GdkKeymap *keymap)
@@ -641,8 +625,6 @@ gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state (GdkKeymap *keymap,
*
* This function is useful when matching key events against
* accelerators.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
void
gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers (GdkKeymap *keymap,
@@ -669,8 +651,6 @@ gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers (GdkKeymap *keymap,
* same non-virtual modifier. Note that %FALSE is also returned
* if a virtual modifier is mapped to a non-virtual modifier that
* was already set in @state.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gdk_keymap_map_virtual_modifiers (GdkKeymap *keymap,
@@ -730,8 +710,6 @@ gdk_keymap_real_get_modifier_mask (GdkKeymap *keymap,
* expected result.
*
* Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
GdkModifierType
gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (GdkKeymap *keymap,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkkeys.h b/gdk/gdkkeys.h
index afb11b3..d6a0f0c 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkkeys.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkkeys.h
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ struct _GdkKeymapKey
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_keymap_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gdk_keymap_get_display (GdkKeymap *keymap);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state (GdkKeymap *keymap);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_keymap_get_num_lock_state (GdkKeymap *keymap);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_keymap_get_scroll_lock_state (GdkKeymap *keymap);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gdk_keymap_get_modifier_state (GdkKeymap *keymap);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers (GdkKeymap *keymap,
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers (GdkKeymap *keymap,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_keymap_map_virtual_modifiers (GdkKeymap *keymap,
GdkModifierType *state);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkModifierType gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (GdkKeymap *keymap,
GdkModifierIntent intent);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkmonitor.c b/gdk/gdkmonitor.c
index 6ae8696..b1502e9 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkmonitor.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkmonitor.c
@@ -277,7 +277,6 @@ gdk_monitor_class_init (GdkMonitorClass *class)
* Gets the display that this monitor belongs to.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the display
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_monitor_get_display (GdkMonitor *monitor)
@@ -295,8 +294,6 @@ gdk_monitor_get_display (GdkMonitor *monitor)
* Retrieves the size and position of an individual monitor within the
* display coordinate space. The returned geometry is in ”application pixels”,
* not in ”device pixels” (see gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor()).
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gdk_monitor_get_geometry (GdkMonitor *monitor,
@@ -326,8 +323,6 @@ gdk_monitor_get_geometry (GdkMonitor *monitor,
* Note that not all backends may have a concept of workarea. This
* function will return the monitor geometry if a workarea is not
* available, or does not apply.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gdk_monitor_get_workarea (GdkMonitor *monitor,
@@ -349,8 +344,6 @@ gdk_monitor_get_workarea (GdkMonitor *monitor,
* Gets the width in millimeters of the monitor.
*
* Returns: the physical width of the monitor
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
int
gdk_monitor_get_width_mm (GdkMonitor *monitor)
@@ -367,7 +360,6 @@ gdk_monitor_get_width_mm (GdkMonitor *monitor)
* Gets the height in millimeters of the monitor.
*
* Returns: the physical height of the monitor
- * Since: 3.22
*/
int
gdk_monitor_get_height_mm (GdkMonitor *monitor)
@@ -422,7 +414,6 @@ gdk_monitor_get_model (GdkMonitor *monitor)
* where it is better to use gdk_window_get_scale_factor() instead.
*
* Returns: the scale factor
- * Since: 3.22
*/
int
gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (GdkMonitor *monitor)
@@ -442,7 +433,6 @@ gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (GdkMonitor *monitor)
* is returned as 60000.
*
* Returns: the refresh rate in milli-Hertz, or 0
- * Since: 3.22
*/
int
gdk_monitor_get_refresh_rate (GdkMonitor *monitor)
@@ -460,7 +450,6 @@ gdk_monitor_get_refresh_rate (GdkMonitor *monitor)
* primaries for each pixel in this monitor, if available.
*
* Returns: the subpixel layout
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GdkSubpixelLayout
gdk_monitor_get_subpixel_layout (GdkMonitor *monitor)
@@ -478,7 +467,6 @@ gdk_monitor_get_subpixel_layout (GdkMonitor *monitor)
* (see gdk_display_get_primary_monitor()).
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @monitor is primary
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_monitor_is_primary (GdkMonitor *monitor)
@@ -635,8 +623,6 @@ gdk_monitor_invalidate (GdkMonitor *monitor)
* physical monitor is unplugged or removed.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the object corresponds to a physical monitor
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
gboolean
gdk_monitor_is_valid (GdkMonitor *monitor)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkmonitor.h b/gdk/gdkmonitor.h
index 887bbbd..fe68365 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkmonitor.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkmonitor.h
@@ -62,34 +62,34 @@ typedef enum {
GDK_SUBPIXEL_LAYOUT_VERTICAL_BGR
} GdkSubpixelLayout;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_monitor_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gdk_monitor_get_display (GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_monitor_get_geometry (GdkMonitor *monitor,
GdkRectangle *geometry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_monitor_get_workarea (GdkMonitor *monitor,
GdkRectangle *workarea);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_monitor_get_width_mm (GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_monitor_get_height_mm (GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gdk_monitor_get_manufacturer (GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gdk_monitor_get_model (GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_monitor_get_scale_factor (GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_monitor_get_refresh_rate (GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkSubpixelLayout gdk_monitor_get_subpixel_layout (GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_monitor_is_primary (GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_monitor_is_valid (GdkMonitor *monitor);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/gdkrectangle.c b/gdk/gdkrectangle.c
index 9dab82c..641d093 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkrectangle.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkrectangle.c
@@ -145,8 +145,6 @@ gdk_rectangle_intersect (const GdkRectangle *src1,
* Returns #TRUE if @rect contains the point described by @x and @y.
*
* Returns: #TRUE if @rect contains the point
- *
- * Since: 3.92
**/
gboolean
gdk_rectangle_contains_point (const GdkRectangle *rect,
@@ -169,8 +167,6 @@ gdk_rectangle_contains_point (const GdkRectangle *rect,
* Checks if the two given rectangles are equal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the rectangles are equal.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
gboolean
gdk_rectangle_equal (const GdkRectangle *rect1,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkrectangle.h b/gdk/gdkrectangle.h
index 244339d..3b6349c 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkrectangle.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkrectangle.h
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ void gdk_rectangle_union (const GdkRectangle *src1,
const GdkRectangle *src2,
GdkRectangle *dest);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_rectangle_equal (const GdkRectangle *rect1,
const GdkRectangle *rect2);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_rectangle_contains_point (const GdkRectangle *rect,
int x,
int y);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkrgba.c b/gdk/gdkrgba.c
index 8ed5768..833396b 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkrgba.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkrgba.c
@@ -67,8 +67,6 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GdkRGBA, gdk_rgba,
* The result must be freed through gdk_rgba_free().
*
* Returns: A newly allocated #GdkRGBA, with the same contents as @rgba
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GdkRGBA *
gdk_rgba_copy (const GdkRGBA *rgba)
@@ -81,8 +79,6 @@ gdk_rgba_copy (const GdkRGBA *rgba)
* @rgba: a #GdkRGBA
*
* Frees a #GdkRGBA created with gdk_rgba_copy()
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gdk_rgba_free (GdkRGBA *rgba)
@@ -98,8 +94,6 @@ gdk_rgba_free (GdkRGBA *rgba)
* would not produce any change.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the @rgba is clear
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gboolean
gdk_rgba_is_clear (const GdkRGBA *rgba)
@@ -115,8 +109,6 @@ gdk_rgba_is_clear (const GdkRGBA *rgba)
* will not retain any results from previous contents.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the @rgba is opaque
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gboolean
gdk_rgba_is_opaque (const GdkRGBA *rgba)
@@ -188,8 +180,6 @@ parse_rgb_value (const gchar *str,
* a is a floating point value in the range 0 to 1.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the parsing succeeded
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gdk_rgba_parse (GdkRGBA *rgba,
@@ -319,8 +309,6 @@ gdk_rgba_parse (GdkRGBA *rgba,
* table that stores #GdkRGBAs.
*
* Returns: The hash value for @p
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
guint
gdk_rgba_hash (gconstpointer p)
@@ -341,8 +329,6 @@ gdk_rgba_hash (gconstpointer p)
* Compares two RGBA colors.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gdk_rgba_equal (gconstpointer p1,
@@ -383,8 +369,6 @@ gdk_rgba_equal (gconstpointer p1,
* different representation.
*
* Returns: A newly allocated text string
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gchar *
gdk_rgba_to_string (const GdkRGBA *rgba)
diff --git a/gdk/gdkrgba.h b/gdk/gdkrgba.h
index 3a9e85c..7a4e458 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkrgba.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkrgba.h
@@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ GdkRGBA * gdk_rgba_copy (const GdkRGBA *rgba);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_rgba_free (GdkRGBA *rgba);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_rgba_is_clear (const GdkRGBA *rgba);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_rgba_is_opaque (const GdkRGBA *rgba);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
diff --git a/gdk/gdkseat.c b/gdk/gdkseat.c
index c0b7290..e193187 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkseat.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkseat.c
@@ -122,8 +122,6 @@ gdk_seat_class_init (GdkSeatClass *klass)
*
* The ::device-added signal is emitted when a new input
* device is related to this seat.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
signals [DEVICE_ADDED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("device-added"),
@@ -142,8 +140,6 @@ gdk_seat_class_init (GdkSeatClass *klass)
*
* The ::device-removed signal is emitted when an
* input device is removed (e.g. unplugged).
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
signals [DEVICE_REMOVED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("device-removed"),
@@ -166,8 +162,6 @@ gdk_seat_class_init (GdkSeatClass *klass)
* will emit the #GdkDevice::tool-changed signal accordingly.
*
* A same tool may be used by several devices.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
signals [TOOL_ADDED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("tool-added"),
@@ -185,8 +179,6 @@ gdk_seat_class_init (GdkSeatClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted whenever a tool is no longer known
* to this @seat.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
signals [TOOL_REMOVED] =
g_signal_new (g_intern_static_string ("tool-removed"),
@@ -201,8 +193,6 @@ gdk_seat_class_init (GdkSeatClass *klass)
* GdkSeat:display:
*
* #GdkDisplay of this seat.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
props[PROP_DISPLAY] =
g_param_spec_object ("display",
@@ -228,8 +218,6 @@ gdk_seat_init (GdkSeat *seat)
* Returns the capabilities this #GdkSeat currently has.
*
* Returns: the seat capabilities
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GdkSeatCapabilities
gdk_seat_get_capabilities (GdkSeat *seat)
@@ -290,8 +278,6 @@ gdk_seat_get_capabilities (GdkSeat *seat)
* events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily.
*
* Returns: %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GdkGrabStatus
gdk_seat_grab (GdkSeat *seat,
@@ -322,8 +308,6 @@ gdk_seat_grab (GdkSeat *seat,
* @seat: a #GdkSeat
*
* Releases a grab added through gdk_seat_grab().
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gdk_seat_ungrab (GdkSeat *seat)
@@ -346,8 +330,6 @@ gdk_seat_ungrab (GdkSeat *seat)
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkDevice): A list of #GdkDevices.
* The list must be freed with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
* by GDK and must not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GList *
gdk_seat_get_slaves (GdkSeat *seat,
@@ -369,8 +351,6 @@ gdk_seat_get_slaves (GdkSeat *seat,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a master #GdkDevice with pointer
* capabilities. This object is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GdkDevice *
gdk_seat_get_pointer (GdkSeat *seat)
@@ -391,8 +371,6 @@ gdk_seat_get_pointer (GdkSeat *seat)
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a master #GdkDevice with keyboard
* capabilities. This object is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GdkDevice *
gdk_seat_get_keyboard (GdkSeat *seat)
@@ -480,8 +458,6 @@ gdk_seat_get_tool (GdkSeat *seat,
*
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkDevice): A list
* of master pointing devices
- *
- * Since: 3.93.
*/
GList *
gdk_seat_get_master_pointers (GdkSeat *seat,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkseat.h b/gdk/gdkseat.h
index c7bc64d..3556323 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkseat.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkseat.h
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ struct _GdkSeat
GObject parent_instance;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_seat_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkGrabStatus gdk_seat_grab (GdkSeat *seat,
GdkWindow *window,
GdkSeatCapabilities capabilities,
@@ -95,26 +95,26 @@ GdkGrabStatus gdk_seat_grab (GdkSeat *seat,
const GdkEvent *event,
GdkSeatGrabPrepareFunc prepare_func,
gpointer prepare_func_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_seat_ungrab (GdkSeat *seat);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gdk_seat_get_display (GdkSeat *seat);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkSeatCapabilities
gdk_seat_get_capabilities (GdkSeat *seat);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList * gdk_seat_get_slaves (GdkSeat *seat,
GdkSeatCapabilities capabilities);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDevice * gdk_seat_get_pointer (GdkSeat *seat);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDevice * gdk_seat_get_keyboard (GdkSeat *seat);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList * gdk_seat_get_master_pointers (GdkSeat *seat,
GdkSeatCapabilities capabilities);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkselection.c b/gdk/gdkselection.c
index 23674b7..39e4d0e 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkselection.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkselection.c
@@ -44,8 +44,6 @@
* a list of UTF-8 strings.
*
* Returns: the number of strings in the resulting list
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
gint
gdk_text_property_to_utf8_list_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
diff --git a/gdk/gdktexture.c b/gdk/gdktexture.c
index a8afe84..dd3d0d7 100644
--- a/gdk/gdktexture.c
+++ b/gdk/gdktexture.c
@@ -61,8 +61,6 @@
* GdkTexture:
*
* The `GdkTexture` structure contains only private data.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
enum {
@@ -177,8 +175,6 @@ gdk_texture_class_init (GdkTextureClass *klass)
* GdkTexture:width:
*
* The width of the texture.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_WIDTH] =
g_param_spec_int ("width",
@@ -196,8 +192,6 @@ gdk_texture_class_init (GdkTextureClass *klass)
* GdkTexture:height:
*
* The height of the texture.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
properties[PROP_HEIGHT] =
g_param_spec_int ("height",
@@ -306,8 +300,6 @@ gdk_cairo_texture_init (GdkCairoTexture *self)
* The data is assumed to be in CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32 format.
*
* Returns: a new #GdkTexture
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkTexture *
gdk_texture_new_for_data (const guchar *data,
@@ -347,8 +339,6 @@ gdk_texture_new_for_data (const guchar *data,
* @surface must be an image surface with format CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32.
*
* Returns: a new #GdkTexture
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkTexture *
gdk_texture_new_for_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface)
@@ -556,8 +546,6 @@ gdk_gl_texture_get_id (GdkGLTexture *self)
* The texture contents are still available via the
* gdk_texture_download() function, after this function
* has been called.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gdk_texture_release_gl (GdkTexture *texture)
@@ -601,8 +589,6 @@ gdk_texture_release_gl (GdkTexture *texture)
* Creates a new texture object representing the GdkPixbuf.
*
* Returns: a new #GdkTexture
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkTexture *
gdk_texture_new_for_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
@@ -634,8 +620,6 @@ gdk_texture_new_for_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf)
* gdk_texture_new_from_file() to load it.
*
* Return value: A newly-created texture
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkTexture *
gdk_texture_new_from_resource (const char *resource_path)
@@ -665,8 +649,6 @@ gdk_texture_new_from_resource (const char *resource_path)
* detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
*
* Return value: A newly-created #GdkTexture or %NULL if an error occured.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkTexture *
gdk_texture_new_from_file (GFile *file,
@@ -711,8 +693,6 @@ gdk_texture_new_from_file (GFile *file,
* an explicit call of gdk_texture_release_gl().
*
* Return value: A newly-created #GdkTexture
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkTexture *
gdk_texture_new_for_gl (GdkGLContext *context,
@@ -749,8 +729,6 @@ gdk_texture_new_for_gl (GdkGLContext *context,
* Returns the width of @texture.
*
* Returns: the width of the #GdkTexture
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
int
gdk_texture_get_width (GdkTexture *texture)
@@ -767,8 +745,6 @@ gdk_texture_get_width (GdkTexture *texture)
* Returns the height of the @texture.
*
* Returns: the height of the #GdkTexture
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
int
gdk_texture_get_height (GdkTexture *texture)
@@ -809,8 +785,6 @@ gdk_texture_download_surface (GdkTexture *texture)
* cairo_image_surface_get_stride (surface));
* cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface);
* ]|
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
void
gdk_texture_download (GdkTexture *texture,
diff --git a/gdk/gdktexture.h b/gdk/gdktexture.h
index c35820c..ea04fc1 100644
--- a/gdk/gdktexture.h
+++ b/gdk/gdktexture.h
@@ -40,23 +40,23 @@ G_DEFINE_AUTOPTR_CLEANUP_FUNC(GdkTexture, g_object_unref)
typedef struct _GdkTextureClass GdkTextureClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_texture_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gdk_texture_new_for_data (const guchar *data,
int width,
int height,
int stride);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gdk_texture_new_for_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gdk_texture_new_from_resource (const char *resource_path);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gdk_texture_new_from_file (GFile *file,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gdk_texture_new_for_gl (GdkGLContext *context,
guint id,
int width,
@@ -64,15 +64,15 @@ GdkTexture * gdk_texture_new_for_gl (GdkGLContext
GDestroyNotify destroy,
gpointer data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_texture_release_gl (GdkTexture *texture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_texture_get_width (GdkTexture *texture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gdk_texture_get_height (GdkTexture *texture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_texture_download (GdkTexture *texture,
guchar *data,
gsize stride);
diff --git a/gdk/gdkversionmacros.h.in b/gdk/gdkversionmacros.h.in
index 46eed24..b1986ba 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkversionmacros.h.in
+++ b/gdk/gdkversionmacros.h.in
@@ -52,155 +52,15 @@
/* XXX: Every new stable minor release bump should add a macro here */
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_0:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.0 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_0 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 0))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_2:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.2 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_2 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 2))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_4:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.4 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_4 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 4))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_6:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.6 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_6 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 6))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_8:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.8 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_8 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 8))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_10:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.10 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_10 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 10))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_12:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.12 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_12 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 12))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_14:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.14 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_14 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 14))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_16:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.16 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_16 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 16))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_18:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.18 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_18 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 18))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_20:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.20 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_20 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 20))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_22:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.22 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_22 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 22))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_90:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.90 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
- */
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_90 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 90))
-
-/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_92:
- *
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.92 version of GDK, in a format
- * that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
- */
#define GDK_VERSION_3_92 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 92))
-
+#define GDK_VERSION_3_94 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 94))
/**
- * GDK_VERSION_3_94:
+ * GDK_VERSION_4_0:
*
- * A macro that evaluates to the 3.94 version of GDK, in a format
+ * A macro that evaluates to the 4.0 version of GDK, in a format
* that can be used by the C pre-processor.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
-#define GDK_VERSION_3_94 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (3, 94))
+#define GDK_VERSION_4_0 (G_ENCODE_VERSION (4, 0))
/* evaluates to the current stable version; for development cycles,
@@ -225,15 +85,13 @@
* A macro that should be defined by the user prior to including
* the gdk.h header.
* The definition should be one of the predefined GDK version
- * macros: %GDK_VERSION_3_0, %GDK_VERSION_3_2,...
+ * macros: %GDK_VERSION_4_0, %GDK_VERSION_4_2,...
*
* This macro defines the lower bound for the GDK API to use.
*
* If a function has been deprecated in a newer version of GDK,
* it is possible to use this symbol to avoid the compiler warnings
* without disabling warning for every deprecated function.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
#ifndef GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED
# define GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED (GDK_VERSION_CUR_STABLE)
@@ -245,15 +103,13 @@
* A macro that should be defined by the user prior to including
* the gdk.h header.
* The definition should be one of the predefined GDK version
- * macros: %GDK_VERSION_3_0, %GDK_VERSION_3_2,...
+ * macros: %GDK_VERSION_4_0, %GDK_VERSION_4_2,...
*
* This macro defines the upper bound for the GDK API to use.
*
* If a function has been introduced in a newer version of GDK,
* it is possible to use this symbol to get compiler warnings when
* trying to use that function.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
#ifndef GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED
# if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > GDK_VERSION_PREV_STABLE
@@ -267,198 +123,18 @@
#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED
#error "GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED must be >= GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED"
#endif
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < GDK_VERSION_3_0
-#error "GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED must be >= GDK_VERSION_3_0"
+#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < GDK_VERSION_3_92
+#error "GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED must be >= GDK_VERSION_3_92"
#endif
#define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL _GDK_EXTERN
/* XXX: Every new stable minor release should add a set of macros here */
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_0
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_0 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_0_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_0 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_0_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_0
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_0 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 0)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_0 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_2
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_2 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_2_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_2 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_2_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_2
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 2)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_4
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_4 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_4_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_4 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_4_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_4
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 4)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_6
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_6 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_6_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_6 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_6_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_6
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 6)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_8
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_8 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_8_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_8 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_8_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_8
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 8)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_10
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_10 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_10_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_10 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_10_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_10
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 10)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_12
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_12 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_12_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_12 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_12_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_12
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 12)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_14
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_14 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_14_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_14 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_14_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_14
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 14)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_16
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_16
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 16)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_18
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_18 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_18_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_18 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_18_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_18
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 18)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_20
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_20 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_20_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_20 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_20_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_20
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 20)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= GDK_VERSION_3_22
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_22 GDK_DEPRECATED
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_22_FOR(f) GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(f)
-#else
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_22 _GDK_EXTERN
-# define GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_22_FOR(f) _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_22
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 22)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_90
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 90)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_92
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 92)
-#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 _GDK_EXTERN
-#endif
-
-#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_3_94
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(3, 94)
+#if GDK_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < GDK_VERSION_4_0
+# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_4_0 GDK_UNAVAILABLE(4, 0)
#else
-# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 _GDK_EXTERN
+# define GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_4_0 _GDK_EXTERN
#endif
diff --git a/gdk/gdkvulkancontext.h b/gdk/gdkvulkancontext.h
index 40b132c..089a32b 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkvulkancontext.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkvulkancontext.h
@@ -40,38 +40,38 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GDK_VULKAN_ERROR (gdk_vulkan_error_quark ())
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GQuark gdk_vulkan_error_quark (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_vulkan_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
#ifndef __GI_SCANNER__
#ifdef GDK_RENDERING_VULKAN
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gdk_vulkan_strerror (VkResult result);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
VkInstance gdk_vulkan_context_get_instance (GdkVulkanContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
VkPhysicalDevice gdk_vulkan_context_get_physical_device (GdkVulkanContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
VkDevice gdk_vulkan_context_get_device (GdkVulkanContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
VkQueue gdk_vulkan_context_get_queue (GdkVulkanContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
uint32_t gdk_vulkan_context_get_queue_family_index (GdkVulkanContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
VkFormat gdk_vulkan_context_get_image_format (GdkVulkanContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
uint32_t gdk_vulkan_context_get_n_images (GdkVulkanContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
VkImage gdk_vulkan_context_get_image (GdkVulkanContext *context,
guint id);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
uint32_t gdk_vulkan_context_get_draw_index (GdkVulkanContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
VkSemaphore gdk_vulkan_context_get_draw_semaphore (GdkVulkanContext *context);
#endif /* GDK_RENDERING_VULKAN */
diff --git a/gdk/gdkwindow.c b/gdk/gdkwindow.c
index 6641c12..2eda7db 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkwindow.c
+++ b/gdk/gdkwindow.c
@@ -256,8 +256,6 @@ gdk_window_class_init (GdkWindowClass *klass)
*
* The mouse pointer for a #GdkWindow. See gdk_window_set_cursor() and
* gdk_window_get_cursor() for details.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
properties[PROP_CURSOR] =
g_param_spec_object ("cursor",
@@ -271,8 +269,6 @@ gdk_window_class_init (GdkWindowClass *klass)
*
* The #GdkDisplay connection of the window. See gdk_window_get_display()
* for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
properties[PROP_DISPLAY] =
g_param_spec_object ("display",
@@ -311,8 +307,6 @@ gdk_window_class_init (GdkWindowClass *klass)
* flipping, but before any possible sliding. @final_rect is @flipped_rect,
* but possibly translated in the case that flipping is still ineffective in
* keeping @window on-screen.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
* Stability: Private
*/
signals[MOVED_TO_RECT] =
@@ -1011,8 +1005,6 @@ gdk_window_new (GdkDisplay *display,
* manager.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #GdkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_window_new_toplevel (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1042,8 +1034,6 @@ gdk_window_new_toplevel (GdkDisplay *display,
* management.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #GdkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_window_new_popup (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1074,8 +1064,6 @@ gdk_window_new_popup (GdkDisplay *display,
* You most likely do not want to use this function.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #GdkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_window_new_temp (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1102,8 +1090,6 @@ gdk_window_new_temp (GdkDisplay *display)
* Creates a new client-side child window.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #GdkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_window_new_child (GdkWindow *parent,
@@ -1457,8 +1443,6 @@ gdk_window_get_window_type (GdkWindow *window)
* Gets the #GdkDisplay associated with a #GdkWindow.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay associated with @window
- *
- * Since: 2.24
**/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_window_get_display (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -1474,8 +1458,6 @@ gdk_window_get_display (GdkWindow *window)
* Check to see if a window is destroyed..
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the window is destroyed
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gdk_window_is_destroyed (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -1490,8 +1472,6 @@ gdk_window_is_destroyed (GdkWindow *window)
* Checks whether the window has a native window or not.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the @window has a native window, %FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_window_has_native (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -1645,8 +1625,6 @@ gdk_window_peek_children (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Returns: (transfer container) (element-type GdkWindow):
* list of child windows inside @window
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
GList *
gdk_window_get_children_with_user_data (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -1920,8 +1898,6 @@ gdk_window_get_paint_gl_context (GdkWindow *window,
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the newly created #GdkGLContext, or
* %NULL on error
- *
- * Since: 3.16
**/
GdkGLContext *
gdk_window_create_gl_context (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -1953,8 +1929,6 @@ gdk_window_create_gl_context (GdkWindow *window,
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the newly created #GdkVulkanContext, or
* %NULL on error
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
GdkVulkanContext *
gdk_window_create_vulkan_context (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -2117,8 +2091,6 @@ gdk_window_end_paint_internal (GdkWindow *window)
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDrawingContext context that should be
* used to draw the contents of the window; the returned context is owned
* by GDK.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GdkDrawingContext *
gdk_window_begin_draw_frame (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -2182,8 +2154,6 @@ gdk_window_begin_draw_frame (GdkWindow *window,
*
* It is an error to call this function without a matching
* gdk_window_begin_frame() first.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gdk_window_end_draw_frame (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -3173,8 +3143,6 @@ gdk_window_constrain_size (GdkGeometry *geometry,
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The window underneath @device
* (as with gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the
* window is not known to GDK.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_window_get_device_position_double (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -3230,8 +3198,6 @@ gdk_window_get_device_position_double (GdkWindow *window,
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The window underneath @device
* (as with gdk_device_get_window_at_position()), or %NULL if the
* window is not known to GDK.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_window_get_device_position (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -3522,8 +3488,6 @@ gdk_window_lower (GdkWindow *window)
* If @window is a toplevel, the window manager may choose to deny the
* request to move the window in the Z-order, gdk_window_restack() only
* requests the restack, does not guarantee it.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gdk_window_restack (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -3808,8 +3772,6 @@ gdk_window_get_events (GdkWindow *window)
* #GdkEventMask enumeration.
*
* See the [input handling overview][event-masks] for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gdk_window_set_device_events (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -3853,8 +3815,6 @@ gdk_window_set_device_events (GdkWindow *window,
* Returns the event mask for @window corresponding to an specific device.
*
* Returns: device event mask for @window
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkEventMask
gdk_window_get_device_events (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4114,7 +4074,6 @@ gdk_window_move_resize (GdkWindow *window,
* Connect to the #GdkWindow::moved-to-rect signal to find out how it was
* actually positioned.
*
- * Since: 3.22
* Stability: Private
*/
void
@@ -4206,8 +4165,6 @@ gdk_window_scroll (GdkWindow *window,
* that not covered by the new position of @region are invalidated.
*
* Child windows are not moved.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gdk_window_move_region (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4273,8 +4230,6 @@ gdk_window_set_cursor_internal (GdkWindow *window,
* returned object is owned by the #GdkWindow and should not be
* unreferenced directly. Use gdk_window_set_cursor() to unset the
* cursor of the window
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
GdkCursor *
gdk_window_get_cursor (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -4360,8 +4315,6 @@ gdk_window_set_cursor (GdkWindow *window,
* returned object is owned by the #GdkWindow and should not be
* unreferenced directly. Use gdk_window_set_cursor() to unset the
* cursor of the window
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GdkCursor *
gdk_window_get_device_cursor (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4387,8 +4340,6 @@ gdk_window_get_device_cursor (GdkWindow *window,
* %NULL for the @cursor argument to gdk_window_set_cursor() means that
* @window will use the cursor of its parent window. Most windows should
* use this default.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gdk_window_set_device_cursor (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4492,8 +4443,6 @@ gdk_window_get_geometry (GdkWindow *window,
* size on the X server.
*
* Returns: The width of @window
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
int
gdk_window_get_width (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -4514,8 +4463,6 @@ gdk_window_get_width (GdkWindow *window)
* size on the X server.
*
* Returns: The height of @window
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
int
gdk_window_get_height (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -4567,8 +4514,6 @@ gdk_window_get_origin (GdkWindow *window,
* window coordinates. This is similar to
* gdk_window_get_origin() but allows you to pass
* in any position in the window, not just the origin.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gdk_window_get_root_coords (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4610,8 +4555,6 @@ gdk_window_get_root_coords (GdkWindow *window,
* values of gdk_window_get_position() to the child coordinates.
*
* See also: gdk_window_coords_from_parent()
- *
- * Since: 2.22
**/
void
gdk_window_coords_to_parent (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4644,8 +4587,6 @@ gdk_window_coords_to_parent (GdkWindow *window,
* values of gdk_window_get_position() from the parent coordinates.
*
* See also: gdk_window_coords_to_parent()
- *
- * Since: 2.22
**/
void
gdk_window_coords_from_parent (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4837,8 +4778,6 @@ gdk_window_merge_child_shapes (GdkWindow *window)
*
* On the Win32 platform, this functionality is not present and the
* function does nothing.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4905,8 +4844,6 @@ do_child_input_shapes (GdkWindow *window,
* for all children of @window, ignoring the input shape mask of @window
* itself. Contrast with gdk_window_merge_child_input_shapes() which includes
* the input shape mask of @window in the masks to be merged.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gdk_window_set_child_input_shapes (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -4939,8 +4876,6 @@ gdk_window_set_child_input_shapes (GdkWindow *window)
* without pass through, so you can get events on a subset of a window. And in
* that cases you would get the in-between related events such as the pointer
* enter/leave events on its way to the destination window.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
**/
void
gdk_window_set_pass_through (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4959,8 +4894,6 @@ gdk_window_set_pass_through (GdkWindow *window,
* below.
*
* See gdk_window_set_pass_through() for details
- *
- * Since: 3.18
**/
gboolean
gdk_window_get_pass_through (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -4982,8 +4915,6 @@ gdk_window_get_pass_through (GdkWindow *window)
* This function is distinct from gdk_window_set_child_input_shapes()
* because it includes @window’s input shape mask in the set of
* shapes to be merged.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gdk_window_merge_child_input_shapes (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5002,8 +4933,6 @@ gdk_window_merge_child_input_shapes (GdkWindow *window)
* has modal behaviour.
*
* Returns: whether or not the window has the modal hint set.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_window_get_modal_hint (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5021,8 +4950,6 @@ gdk_window_get_modal_hint (GdkWindow *window)
* the window does not want to receive input focus.
*
* Returns: whether or not the window should receive input focus.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_window_get_accept_focus (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5041,8 +4968,6 @@ gdk_window_get_accept_focus (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Returns: whether or not the window wants to receive input focus when
* it is mapped.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_window_get_focus_on_map (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5059,8 +4984,6 @@ gdk_window_get_focus_on_map (GdkWindow *window)
* Determines whether or not the window is an input only window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @window is input only
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_window_is_input_only (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5077,8 +5000,6 @@ gdk_window_is_input_only (GdkWindow *window)
* Determines whether or not the window is shaped.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @window is shaped
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_window_is_shaped (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5336,8 +5257,6 @@ _gdk_window_find_descendant_at (GdkWindow *window,
* Emits a short beep associated to @window in the appropriate
* display, if supported. Otherwise, emits a short beep on
* the display just as gdk_display_beep().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gdk_window_beep (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5372,8 +5291,6 @@ gdk_window_beep (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Multidevice aware windows will need to handle properly multiple,
* per device enter/leave events, device grabs and grab ownerships.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -5400,8 +5317,6 @@ gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (GdkWindow *window,
* devices.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the window handles multidevice features.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5752,8 +5667,6 @@ _gdk_windowing_got_event (GdkDisplay *display,
* This function always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a
* pointer to a “nil” surface if @other is already in an error state
* or any other error occurs.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
**/
cairo_surface_t *
gdk_window_create_similar_surface (GdkWindow * window,
@@ -5835,8 +5748,6 @@ gdk_window_create_similar_surface (GdkWindow * window,
* This function always returns a valid pointer, but it will return a
* pointer to a “nil” surface if @other is already in an error state
* or any other error occurs.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
cairo_surface_t *
gdk_window_create_similar_image_surface (GdkWindow * window,
@@ -5922,8 +5833,6 @@ gdk_window_set_type_hint (GdkWindow *window,
* This function returns the type hint set for a window.
*
* Returns: The type hint set for @window
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GdkWindowTypeHint
gdk_window_get_type_hint (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -5962,8 +5871,6 @@ gdk_window_set_modal_hint (GdkWindow *window,
* function should not be called in addition,
* instead you should allow the window to be treated according to
* standard policy for its semantic type.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gdk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -5985,8 +5892,6 @@ gdk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GdkWindow *window,
* not be called in addition, instead you should
* allow the window to be treated according to standard policy for
* its semantic type.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gdk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6002,8 +5907,6 @@ gdk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GdkWindow *window,
*
* Toggles whether a window needs the user's
* urgent attention.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gdk_window_set_urgency_hint (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6101,9 +6004,6 @@ gdk_window_set_role (GdkWindow *window,
*
* When using GTK+, typically you should use gtk_window_set_startup_id()
* instead of this low-level function.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
- *
**/
void
gdk_window_set_startup_id (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6188,8 +6088,6 @@ gdk_window_get_frame_extents (GdkWindow *window,
*
* On X, it is the responsibility of the window manager to interpret this
* hint. ICCCM-compliant window manager usually respect it.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gdk_window_set_accept_focus (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6211,8 +6109,6 @@ gdk_window_set_accept_focus (GdkWindow *window,
* On X, it is the responsibility of the window manager to interpret
* this hint. Window managers following the freedesktop.org window
* manager extension specification should respect it.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gdk_window_set_focus_on_map (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6401,8 +6297,6 @@ gdk_window_unmaximize (GdkWindow *window)
* fullscreenification actually happening. But it will happen with
* most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get
* it to happen.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gdk_window_fullscreen (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -6419,7 +6313,6 @@ gdk_window_fullscreen (GdkWindow *window)
* the window covers the entire screen and is above any panels or task bars.
*
* If the window was already fullscreen, then this function does nothing.
- * Since: UNRELEASED
**/
void
gdk_window_fullscreen_on_monitor (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6458,8 +6351,6 @@ gdk_window_fullscreen_on_monitor (GdkWindow *window,
* Not all window managers support this, so you can’t rely on the fullscreen
* window to span over the multiple monitors when #GDK_FULLSCREEN_ON_ALL_MONITORS
* is specified.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
void
gdk_window_set_fullscreen_mode (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6486,8 +6377,6 @@ gdk_window_set_fullscreen_mode (GdkWindow *window,
* Obtains the #GdkFullscreenMode of the @window.
*
* Returns: The #GdkFullscreenMode applied to the window when fullscreen.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
GdkFullscreenMode
gdk_window_get_fullscreen_mode (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -6511,8 +6400,6 @@ gdk_window_get_fullscreen_mode (GdkWindow *window)
* unfullscreenification actually happening. But it will happen with
* most standard window managers, and GDK makes a best effort to get
* it to happen.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gdk_window_unfullscreen (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -6534,8 +6421,6 @@ gdk_window_unfullscreen (GdkWindow *window)
* “keep above”; so you can’t rely on the window being kept above.
* But it will happen with most standard window managers,
* and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gdk_window_set_keep_above (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6558,8 +6443,6 @@ gdk_window_set_keep_above (GdkWindow *window,
* “keep below”; so you can’t rely on the window being kept below.
* But it will happen with most standard window managers,
* and GDK makes a best effort to get it to happen.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gdk_window_set_keep_below (GdkWindow *window, gboolean setting)
@@ -6574,8 +6457,6 @@ gdk_window_set_keep_below (GdkWindow *window, gboolean setting)
* Returns the group leader window for @window. See gdk_window_set_group().
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the group leader window for @window
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_window_get_group (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -6694,8 +6575,6 @@ gdk_window_set_functions (GdkWindow *window,
* with window managers that support the
* [Extended Window Manager Hints](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec)
* but has a fallback implementation for other window managers.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gdk_window_begin_resize_drag_for_device (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6755,8 +6634,6 @@ gdk_window_begin_resize_drag (GdkWindow *window,
* example. The function works best with window managers that support the
* [Extended Window Manager Hints](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec)
* but has a fallback implementation for other window managers.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gdk_window_begin_move_drag_for_device (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6818,8 +6695,6 @@ gdk_window_begin_move_drag (GdkWindow *window,
* for your widgets.
*
* Support for non-toplevel windows was added in 3.8.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gdk_window_set_opacity (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -6985,7 +6860,6 @@ gdk_window_set_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window,
* never changes unless the window is reparented to a new toplevel
* window.
*
- * Since: 3.8
* Returns: (transfer none): the frame clock
*/
GdkFrameClock*
@@ -7017,7 +6891,6 @@ gdk_window_get_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window)
* The scale of a window may change during runtime, if this happens
* a configure event will be sent to the toplevel window.
*
- * Since: 3.10
* Returns: the scale factor
*/
gint
@@ -7090,8 +6963,6 @@ gdk_window_get_unscaled_size (GdkWindow *window,
* the @window background is opaque, as we know where the opaque regions
* are. If your window background is not opaque, please update this
* property in your #GtkWidget::style-updated handler.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gdk_window_set_opaque_region (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -7133,8 +7004,6 @@ gdk_window_set_opaque_region (GdkWindow *window,
* Note that this property is automatically updated by GTK+, so this
* function should only be used by applications which do not use GTK+
* to create toplevel windows.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gdk_window_set_shadow_width (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -7172,8 +7041,6 @@ gdk_window_set_shadow_width (GdkWindow *window,
* on the window decorations.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the window menu was shown and %FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
gboolean
gdk_window_show_window_menu (GdkWindow *window,
diff --git a/gdk/gdkwindow.h b/gdk/gdkwindow.h
index e33e70c..3938fdf 100644
--- a/gdk/gdkwindow.h
+++ b/gdk/gdkwindow.h
@@ -445,16 +445,16 @@ struct _GdkWindowClass
*/
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_window_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gdk_window_new_toplevel (GdkDisplay *display,
int width,
int height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gdk_window_new_popup (GdkDisplay *display,
const GdkRectangle *position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gdk_window_new_temp (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gdk_window_new_child (GdkWindow *parent,
const GdkRectangle *position);
@@ -572,10 +572,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_merge_child_input_shapes (GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_set_pass_through (GdkWindow *window,
gboolean pass_through);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_window_get_pass_through (GdkWindow *window);
/*
@@ -633,11 +633,11 @@ cairo_region_t *gdk_window_get_clip_region (GdkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_region_t *gdk_window_get_visible_region(GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDrawingContext *gdk_window_begin_draw_frame (GdkWindow *window,
GdkDrawContext *context,
const cairo_region_t *region);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_end_draw_frame (GdkWindow *window,
GdkDrawingContext *context);
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_get_frame_extents (GdkWindow *window,
GdkRectangle *rect);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gdk_window_get_scale_factor (GdkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ GdkWindow * gdk_window_get_device_position (GdkWindow *window,
gint *x,
gint *y,
GdkModifierType *mask);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gdk_window_get_device_position_double (GdkWindow *window,
GdkDevice *device,
gdouble *x,
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList * gdk_window_get_children (GdkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList * gdk_window_peek_children (GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList * gdk_window_get_children_with_user_data (GdkWindow *window,
gpointer user_data);
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ cairo_surface_t *
cairo_content_t content,
int width,
int height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_surface_t *
gdk_window_create_similar_image_surface (GdkWindow *window,
cairo_format_t format,
@@ -806,13 +806,13 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_unmaximize (GdkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_fullscreen (GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_fullscreen_on_monitor (GdkWindow *window,
GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_set_fullscreen_mode (GdkWindow *window,
GdkFullscreenMode mode);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkFullscreenMode
gdk_window_get_fullscreen_mode (GdkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ void gdk_window_begin_resize_drag (GdkWindow *window,
gint root_x,
gint root_y,
guint32 timestamp);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_begin_resize_drag_for_device (GdkWindow *window,
GdkWindowEdge edge,
GdkDevice *device,
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ void gdk_window_begin_move_drag (GdkWindow *window,
gint root_x,
gint root_y,
guint32 timestamp);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_begin_move_drag_for_device (GdkWindow *window,
GdkDevice *device,
gint button,
@@ -911,27 +911,27 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (GdkWindow *window);
/* Frame clock */
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkFrameClock* gdk_window_get_frame_clock (GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_set_opaque_region (GdkWindow *window,
cairo_region_t *region);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_window_set_shadow_width (GdkWindow *window,
gint left,
gint right,
gint top,
gint bottom);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_window_show_window_menu (GdkWindow *window,
GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkGLContext * gdk_window_create_gl_context (GdkWindow *window,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkVulkanContext *
gdk_window_create_vulkan_context(GdkWindow *window,
GError **error);
diff --git a/gdk/quartz/gdkquartzmonitor.h b/gdk/quartz/gdkquartzmonitor.h
index e012e5c..01dd9ea 100644
--- a/gdk/quartz/gdkquartzmonitor.h
+++ b/gdk/quartz/gdkquartzmonitor.h
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GdkQuartzMonitor GdkQuartzMonitor;
typedef struct _GdkQuartzMonitorClass GdkQuartzMonitorClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_quartz_monitor_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
diff --git a/gdk/quartz/gdkquartzutils.h b/gdk/quartz/gdkquartzutils.h
index c816bf3..3f05599 100644
--- a/gdk/quartz/gdkquartzutils.h
+++ b/gdk/quartz/gdkquartzutils.h
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
NSImage *gdk_quartz_pixbuf_to_ns_image_libgtk_only (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
NSEvent *gdk_quartz_event_get_nsevent (GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gunichar gdk_quartz_get_key_equivalent (guint key);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkdevice-wayland.c b/gdk/wayland/gdkdevice-wayland.c
index 7d8882f..23bfa77 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkdevice-wayland.c
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkdevice-wayland.c
@@ -996,8 +996,6 @@ gdk_wayland_device_pad_init (GdkWaylandDevicePad *pad)
* Returns the Wayland wl_seat of a #GdkDevice.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a Wayland wl_seat
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
struct wl_seat *
gdk_wayland_device_get_wl_seat (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1017,8 +1015,6 @@ gdk_wayland_device_get_wl_seat (GdkDevice *device)
* Returns the Wayland wl_pointer of a #GdkDevice.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a Wayland wl_pointer
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
struct wl_pointer *
gdk_wayland_device_get_wl_pointer (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -1038,8 +1034,6 @@ gdk_wayland_device_get_wl_pointer (GdkDevice *device)
* Returns the Wayland wl_keyboard of a #GdkDevice.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a Wayland wl_keyboard
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
struct wl_keyboard *
gdk_wayland_device_get_wl_keyboard (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -5031,8 +5025,6 @@ gdk_wayland_device_set_selection (GdkDevice *gdk_device,
* Returns the Wayland wl_seat of a #GdkSeat.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a Wayland wl_seat
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
struct wl_seat *
gdk_wayland_seat_get_wl_seat (GdkSeat *seat)
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkdisplay-wayland.c b/gdk/wayland/gdkdisplay-wayland.c
index e30c329..6861f7d 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkdisplay-wayland.c
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkdisplay-wayland.c
@@ -843,8 +843,6 @@ gdk_wayland_display_get_next_serial (GdkDisplay *display)
* The startup ID is also what is used to signal that the startup is
* complete (for example, when opening a window or when calling
* gdk_notify_startup_complete()).
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
void
gdk_wayland_display_set_startup_notification_id (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1120,8 +1118,6 @@ _gdk_wayland_display_update_serial (GdkWaylandDisplay *display_wayland,
* Returns the Wayland wl_display of a #GdkDisplay.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a Wayland wl_display
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
struct wl_display *
gdk_wayland_display_get_wl_display (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1138,8 +1134,6 @@ gdk_wayland_display_get_wl_display (GdkDisplay *display)
* Returns the Wayland global singleton compositor of a #GdkDisplay.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a Wayland wl_compositor
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
struct wl_compositor *
gdk_wayland_display_get_wl_compositor (GdkDisplay *display)
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkmonitor-wayland.c b/gdk/wayland/gdkmonitor-wayland.c
index 59ab74e..189be05 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkmonitor-wayland.c
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkmonitor-wayland.c
@@ -53,7 +53,6 @@ gdk_wayland_monitor_class_init (GdkWaylandMonitorClass *class)
* Returns the Wayland wl_output of a #GdkMonitor.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a Wayland wl_output
- * Since: 3.22
*/
struct wl_output *
gdk_wayland_monitor_get_wl_output (GdkMonitor *monitor)
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkvulkancontext-wayland.h b/gdk/wayland/gdkvulkancontext-wayland.h
index 94e0ac2..dbcd5a8 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkvulkancontext-wayland.h
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkvulkancontext-wayland.h
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ struct _GdkWaylandVulkanContextClass
GdkVulkanContextClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_wayland_vulkan_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddevice.h b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddevice.h
index e7a3b9a..a828084 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddevice.h
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddevice.h
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ struct wl_pointer *gdk_wayland_device_get_wl_pointer (GdkDevice *device);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
struct wl_keyboard *gdk_wayland_device_get_wl_keyboard (GdkDevice *device);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
struct wl_seat *gdk_wayland_seat_get_wl_seat (GdkSeat *seat);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar *gdk_wayland_device_get_node_path (GdkDevice *device);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_wayland_device_pad_set_feedback (GdkDevice *device,
GdkDevicePadFeature element,
guint idx,
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddisplay.h b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddisplay.h
index c77da4f..7087566 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddisplay.h
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylanddisplay.h
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
struct wl_display *gdk_wayland_display_get_wl_display (GdkDisplay *display);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
struct wl_compositor *gdk_wayland_display_get_wl_compositor (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_wayland_display_set_cursor_theme (GdkDisplay *display,
const gchar *theme,
gint size);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_wayland_display_set_startup_notification_id (GdkDisplay *display,
const char *startup_id);
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandglcontext.h b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandglcontext.h
index a2bb2c9..a06586e 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandglcontext.h
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandglcontext.h
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GdkWaylandGLContext GdkWaylandGLContext;
typedef struct _GdkWaylandGLContextClass GdkWaylandGLContextClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_wayland_gl_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandmonitor.h b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandmonitor.h
index 966d8c1..cbc4bf5 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandmonitor.h
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandmonitor.h
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GdkWaylandMonitor GdkWaylandMonitor;
typedef struct _GdkWaylandMonitorClass GdkWaylandMonitorClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_wayland_monitor_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
struct wl_output *gdk_wayland_monitor_get_wl_output (GdkMonitor *monitor);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandwindow.h b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandwindow.h
index f74d82f..1d6f5c0 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandwindow.h
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkwaylandwindow.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ typedef struct _GdkWaylandWindowClass GdkWaylandWindowClass;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_wayland_window_get_type (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gdk_wayland_window_new_subsurface (GdkDisplay *display,
const GdkRectangle *position);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ struct wl_surface *gdk_wayland_window_get_wl_surface (GdkWindow *win
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_wayland_window_set_use_custom_surface (GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_wayland_window_set_dbus_properties_libgtk_only (GdkWindow *window,
const char *application_id,
const char *app_menu_path,
@@ -67,16 +67,16 @@ typedef void (*GdkWaylandWindowExported) (GdkWindow *window,
const char *handle,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_wayland_window_export_handle (GdkWindow *window,
GdkWaylandWindowExported callback,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify destroy_func);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_wayland_window_unexport_handle (GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_wayland_window_set_transient_for_exported (GdkWindow *window,
char *parent_handle_str);
diff --git a/gdk/wayland/gdkwindow-wayland.c b/gdk/wayland/gdkwindow-wayland.c
index 3f9db70..7a86377 100644
--- a/gdk/wayland/gdkwindow-wayland.c
+++ b/gdk/wayland/gdkwindow-wayland.c
@@ -3706,8 +3706,6 @@ _gdk_wayland_window_set_grab_seat (GdkWindow *window,
* Creates a new subsurface window.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #GdkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
GdkWindow *
gdk_wayland_window_new_subsurface (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -3735,8 +3733,6 @@ gdk_wayland_window_new_subsurface (GdkDisplay *display,
* Returns the Wayland surface of a #GdkWindow.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a Wayland wl_surface
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
struct wl_surface *
gdk_wayland_window_get_wl_surface (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -3873,8 +3869,6 @@ gdk_wayland_window_get_gtk_surface (GdkWindow *window)
* g_signal_connect (window, "realize", G_CALLBACK (widget_realize_cb), NULL);
* }
* ]|
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gdk_wayland_window_set_use_custom_surface (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -3989,8 +3983,6 @@ static const struct zxdg_exported_v1_listener xdg_exported_listener = {
* obtained from the Wayland compositor. The handle can be passed
* to other processes, for the purpose of marking windows as transient
* for out-of-process surfaces.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
static gboolean
@@ -4027,8 +4019,6 @@ gdk_wayland_window_is_exported (GdkWindow *window)
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the handle has been requested, %FALSE if
* an error occurred.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_wayland_window_export_handle (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4079,8 +4069,6 @@ gdk_wayland_window_export_handle (GdkWindow *window,
*
* Note that this API depends on an unstable Wayland protocol,
* and thus may require changes in the future.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gdk_wayland_window_unexport_handle (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -4134,8 +4122,6 @@ static const struct zxdg_imported_v1_listener xdg_imported_listener = {
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the window has been marked as transient,
* %FALSE if an error occurred.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gdk_wayland_window_set_transient_for_exported (GdkWindow *window,
diff --git a/gdk/win32/gdkdisplay-win32.c b/gdk/win32/gdkdisplay-win32.c
index a7d1903..5bc2cb6 100644
--- a/gdk/win32/gdkdisplay-win32.c
+++ b/gdk/win32/gdkdisplay-win32.c
@@ -221,8 +221,6 @@ _gdk_win32_display_init_monitors (GdkWin32Display *win32_display)
* by the application (GTK+ applications can learn about
* cursor theme changes by listening for change notification
* for the corresponding #GtkSetting).
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gdk_win32_display_set_cursor_theme (GdkDisplay *display,
diff --git a/gdk/win32/gdkglcontext-win32.c b/gdk/win32/gdkglcontext-win32.c
index 0bb5f34..c8fad5c 100644
--- a/gdk/win32/gdkglcontext-win32.c
+++ b/gdk/win32/gdkglcontext-win32.c
@@ -848,8 +848,6 @@ _gdk_win32_display_make_gl_context_current (GdkDisplay *display,
* Retrieves the version of the WGL implementation.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if WGL is available
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gdk_win32_display_get_wgl_version (GdkDisplay *display,
diff --git a/gdk/win32/gdkvulkancontext-win32.h b/gdk/win32/gdkvulkancontext-win32.h
index f93c45c..4084e21 100644
--- a/gdk/win32/gdkvulkancontext-win32.h
+++ b/gdk/win32/gdkvulkancontext-win32.h
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ struct _GdkWin32VulkanContextClass
GdkVulkanContextClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_win32_vulkan_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/win32/gdkwin32display.h b/gdk/win32/gdkwin32display.h
index 5ef92dc..7e0bf6d 100644
--- a/gdk/win32/gdkwin32display.h
+++ b/gdk/win32/gdkwin32display.h
@@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ typedef struct _GdkWin32DisplayClass GdkWin32DisplayClass;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_win32_display_get_type (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_win32_display_set_cursor_theme (GdkDisplay *display,
const gchar *name,
gint size);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
HCURSOR gdk_win32_display_get_hcursor (GdkDisplay *display,
GdkCursor *cursor);
diff --git a/gdk/win32/gdkwin32glcontext.h b/gdk/win32/gdkwin32glcontext.h
index fc6e94c..e87192d 100644
--- a/gdk/win32/gdkwin32glcontext.h
+++ b/gdk/win32/gdkwin32glcontext.h
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GdkWin32GLContext GdkWin32GLContext;
typedef struct _GdkWin32GLContextClass GdkWin32GLContextClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_win32_gl_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_win32_display_get_wgl_version (GdkDisplay *display,
gint *major,
gint *minor);
diff --git a/gdk/win32/gdkwin32keys.h b/gdk/win32/gdkwin32keys.h
index af17c53..bc7add5 100644
--- a/gdk/win32/gdkwin32keys.h
+++ b/gdk/win32/gdkwin32keys.h
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ typedef struct _GdkWin32KeymapClass GdkWin32KeymapClass;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_win32_keymap_get_type (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWin32KeymapMatch gdk_win32_keymap_check_compose (GdkWin32Keymap *keymap,
guint16 *compose_buffer,
gsize compose_buffer_len,
diff --git a/gdk/win32/gdkwin32monitor.h b/gdk/win32/gdkwin32monitor.h
index 93762bd..7814bf3 100644
--- a/gdk/win32/gdkwin32monitor.h
+++ b/gdk/win32/gdkwin32monitor.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ typedef GdkMonitor GdkWin32Monitor;
#endif
typedef struct _GdkWin32MonitorClass GdkWin32MonitorClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_win32_monitor_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c
index 6fcad7d..6f94511 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkcursor-x11.c
@@ -276,8 +276,6 @@ gdk_x11_cursor_create_for_name (GdkDisplay *display,
* by the application (GTK+ applications can learn about
* cursor theme changes by listening for change notification
* for the corresponding #GtkSetting).
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gdk_x11_display_set_cursor_theme (GdkDisplay *display,
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-x11.c
index d5ef24b..7d5add3 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-x11.c
@@ -88,8 +88,6 @@ _gdk_x11_device_manager_new (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (allow-none) (type GdkX11DeviceCore): The #GdkDevice wrapping the device ID,
* or %NULL if the given ID doesn’t currently represent a device.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
GdkDevice *
gdk_x11_device_manager_lookup (GdkX11DeviceManagerCore *device_manager,
@@ -133,8 +131,6 @@ gdk_x11_device_manager_lookup (GdkX11DeviceManagerCore *device_manager,
* > those managed via XInput 1.x), will return 0.
*
* Returns: the XInput2 device ID.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
gint
gdk_x11_device_get_id (GdkDevice *device)
@@ -170,8 +166,6 @@ gdk_x11_device_get_id (GdkDevice *device)
* applications that do mixed GDK/Xlib calls could want to disable
* multidevice support if such Xlib code deals with input devices in
* any way and doesn’t observe the presence of XInput 2.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gdk_disable_multidevice (void)
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c
index 716e20f..75dde8f 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkdisplay-x11.c
@@ -1692,8 +1692,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_open (const gchar *display_name)
*
* The X11 backend uses the program class to set the class name part
* of the `WM_CLASS` property on toplevel windows; see the ICCCM.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gdk_x11_display_set_program_class (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1903,8 +1901,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_get_default_group (GdkDisplay *display)
* To ungrab the display again, use gdk_x11_display_ungrab().
*
* gdk_x11_display_grab()/gdk_x11_display_ungrab() calls can be nested.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gdk_x11_display_grab (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -1926,8 +1922,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_grab (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* Ungrab @display after it has been grabbed with
* gdk_x11_display_grab().
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gdk_x11_display_ungrab (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -2032,8 +2026,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_finalize (GObject *object)
* Find the #GdkDisplay corresponding to @xdisplay, if any exists.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Display): the #GdkDisplay, if found, otherwise %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
GdkDisplay *
gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (Display *xdisplay)
@@ -2114,8 +2106,6 @@ _gdk_x11_display_screen_for_xrootwin (GdkDisplay *display,
* Returns the X display of a #GdkDisplay.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): an X display
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
Display *
gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -2132,8 +2122,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay (GdkDisplay *display)
* Returns the X Screen used by #GdkDisplay.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): an X Screen
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
Screen *
gdk_x11_display_get_xscreen (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -2150,8 +2138,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_get_xscreen (GdkDisplay *display)
* Returns the root X window used by #GdkDisplay.
*
* Returns: an X Window
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
Window
gdk_x11_display_get_xrootwindow (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -2289,8 +2275,6 @@ broadcast_xmessage (GdkDisplay *display,
* not normally need to call it directly. See the
* [Startup Notification Protocol
specification](http://standards.freedesktop.org/startup-notification-spec/startup-notification-latest.txt)
* for definitions of the message types and keys that can be used.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gdk_x11_display_broadcast_startup_message (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -2398,8 +2382,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_request_selection_notification (GdkDisplay *display,
* movements. See gdk_x11_window_set_user_time().
*
* Returns: the timestamp of the last user interaction
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
guint32
gdk_x11_display_get_user_time (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -2427,8 +2409,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_supports_input_shapes (GdkDisplay *display)
* Gets the startup notification ID for a display.
*
* Returns: the startup notification ID for @display
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
const gchar *
gdk_x11_display_get_startup_notification_id (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -2455,8 +2435,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_get_startup_notification_id (GdkDisplay *display)
* The startup ID is also what is used to signal that the startup is
* complete (for example, when opening a window or when calling
* gdk_notify_startup_complete()).
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gdk_x11_display_set_startup_notification_id (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -2528,8 +2506,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_set_startup_notification_id (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* This function should only be needed in unusual circumstances, e.g.
* when filtering XInput extension events on the root window.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gdk_x11_register_standard_event_type (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -2679,8 +2655,6 @@ delete_outdated_error_traps (GdkX11Display *display_x11)
* with this function.
*
* See also gdk_error_trap_push() to push a trap on all displays.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gdk_x11_display_error_trap_push (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -2785,8 +2759,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_error_trap_pop_internal (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Once the scale is set by this call it will not change in response
* to later user configuration changes.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gdk_x11_display_set_window_scale (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -2833,8 +2805,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_set_window_scale (GdkDisplay *display,
* See gdk_error_trap_pop() for the all-displays-at-once
* equivalent.
*
- * Since: 3.0
- *
* Returns: X error code or 0 on success
*/
gint
@@ -2856,8 +2826,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_error_trap_pop (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* See gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored() for the all-displays-at-once
* equivalent.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gdk_x11_display_error_trap_pop_ignored (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -2878,8 +2846,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_error_trap_pop_ignored (GdkDisplay *display)
*
* See the X Session Management Library documentation for more information on
* session management and the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gdk_x11_set_sm_client_id (const gchar *sm_client_id)
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkglcontext-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkglcontext-x11.c
index 5924946..fdd9571 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkglcontext-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkglcontext-x11.c
@@ -1297,8 +1297,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_make_gl_context_current (GdkDisplay *display,
* Retrieves the version of the GLX implementation.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if GLX is available
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gdk_x11_display_get_glx_version (GdkDisplay *display,
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkkeys-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkkeys-x11.c
index 7889b99..be54e66 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkkeys-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkkeys-x11.c
@@ -1393,8 +1393,6 @@ gdk_x11_keymap_translate_keyboard_state (GdkKeymap *keymap,
* directly includes an is_modifier field.
*
* Returns: the index of the active keyboard group for the event
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
gint
gdk_x11_keymap_get_group_for_state (GdkKeymap *keymap,
@@ -1484,8 +1482,6 @@ gdk_x11_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers (GdkKeymap *keymap,
* an is_modifier field.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the hardware keycode is a modifier key
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
gboolean
gdk_x11_keymap_key_is_modifier (GdkKeymap *keymap,
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c
index be26586..5579e6a 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkproperty-x11.c
@@ -75,8 +75,6 @@ lookup_cached_xatom (GdkDisplay *display,
* is converted to %None.
*
* Returns: the X atom corresponding to @atom, or %None
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
Atom
gdk_x11_atom_to_xatom_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -153,8 +151,6 @@ _gdk_x11_precache_atoms (GdkDisplay *display,
* #GdkAtom.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the corresponding #GdkAtom.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
GdkAtom
gdk_x11_xatom_to_atom_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -211,8 +207,6 @@ gdk_x11_xatom_to_atom_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
* faster than XInternAtom(), which is a round trip to the server each time.
*
* Returns: a X atom for a #GdkDisplay
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
Atom
gdk_x11_get_xatom_by_name_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -254,8 +248,6 @@ _gdk_x11_get_xatom_for_display_printf (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Returns: name of the X atom; this string is owned by GDK,
* so it shouldn’t be modifed or freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
const gchar *
gdk_x11_get_xatom_name_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c
index c12898f..2d973d4 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkscreen-x11.c
@@ -127,8 +127,6 @@ gdk_x11_screen_finalize (GObject *object)
* extension, 0 is returned.
*
* Returns: the XID of the monitor
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
XID
gdk_x11_screen_get_monitor_output (GdkX11Screen *x11_screen,
@@ -261,8 +259,6 @@ out:
* Returns the screen of a #GdkX11Screen.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): an Xlib Screen*
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
Screen *
gdk_x11_screen_get_xscreen (GdkX11Screen *screen)
@@ -278,8 +274,6 @@ gdk_x11_screen_get_xscreen (GdkX11Screen *screen)
*
* Returns: the position of @screen among the screens
* of its display
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
int
gdk_x11_screen_get_screen_number (GdkX11Screen *screen)
@@ -1078,8 +1072,6 @@ fetch_net_wm_check_window (GdkX11Screen *x11_screen)
* a window manager change.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the window manager supports @property
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gdk_x11_screen_supports_net_wm_hint (GdkX11Screen *x11_screen,
@@ -1157,8 +1149,6 @@ gdk_x11_screen_supports_net_wm_hint (GdkX11Screen *x11_screen,
* Returns: the name of the window manager screen @screen, or
* "unknown" if the window manager is unknown. The string is owned by GDK
* and should not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
const char*
gdk_x11_screen_get_window_manager_name (GdkX11Screen *x11_screen)
@@ -1278,8 +1268,6 @@ get_netwm_cardinal_property (GdkX11Screen *x11_screen,
* [Extended Window Manager Hints](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec) specification.
*
* Returns: the number of workspaces, or 0 if workspaces are not supported
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
guint32
gdk_x11_screen_get_number_of_desktops (GdkX11Screen *screen)
@@ -1297,8 +1285,6 @@ gdk_x11_screen_get_number_of_desktops (GdkX11Screen *screen)
* [Extended Window Manager Hints](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec) specification.
*
* Returns: the current workspace, or 0 if workspaces are not supported
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
guint32
gdk_x11_screen_get_current_desktop (GdkX11Screen *screen)
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c
index aa3babc..7f34dfc 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkselection-x11.c
@@ -53,8 +53,6 @@
*
* Returns: the number of strings stored in list, or 0,
* if the conversion failed
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
gint
gdk_x11_display_text_property_to_text_list (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -102,8 +100,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_text_property_to_text_list (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Frees the array of strings created by
* gdk_x11_display_text_property_to_text_list().
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gdk_x11_free_text_list (gchar **list)
@@ -289,8 +285,6 @@ _gdk_x11_display_text_property_to_utf8_list (GdkDisplay *display,
* locale into a form suitable for storing in a window property.
*
* Returns: 0 upon success, non-zero upon failure
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
gint
gdk_x11_display_string_to_compound_text (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -409,8 +403,6 @@ _gdk_x11_display_utf8_to_string_target (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the conversion succeeded,
* otherwise %FALSE
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
gboolean
gdk_x11_display_utf8_to_compound_text (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -480,8 +472,6 @@ gdk_x11_display_utf8_to_compound_text (GdkDisplay *display,
* gdk_x11_display_string_to_compound_text().
*
* Frees the data returned from gdk_x11_display_string_to_compound_text().
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gdk_x11_free_compound_text (guchar *ctext)
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c
index be7718f..c43c853 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkvisual-x11.c
@@ -290,8 +290,6 @@ _gdk_x11_screen_init_visuals (GdkX11Screen *x11_screen,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Visual): the #GdkVisual (owned by the screen
* object), or %NULL if the visual ID wasn’t found.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
GdkX11Visual *
gdk_x11_screen_lookup_visual (GdkX11Screen *x11_screen,
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkvulkancontext-x11.h b/gdk/x11/gdkvulkancontext-x11.h
index f275c00..c2364a8 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkvulkancontext-x11.h
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkvulkancontext-x11.h
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ struct _GdkX11VulkanContextClass
GdkVulkanContextClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_x11_vulkan_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c b/gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c
index 83f8dea..c509cb2 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkwindow-x11.c
@@ -1050,8 +1050,6 @@ x_event_mask_to_gdk_event_mask (long mask)
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
* window, or %NULL if the window has been destroyed. The wrapper
* will be newly created, if one doesn’t exist already.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
GdkWindow *
gdk_x11_window_foreign_new_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1678,8 +1676,6 @@ gdk_window_x11_lower (GdkWindow *window)
* window manager that supports multiple workspaces, as described
* in the [Extended Window Manager Hints](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec) specification.
* Will not do anything if the window is already on all workspaces.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gdk_x11_window_move_to_current_desktop (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -1746,8 +1742,6 @@ get_netwm_cardinal_property (GdkWindow *window,
* Gets the number of the workspace @window is on.
*
* Returns: the current workspace of @window
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
guint32
gdk_x11_window_get_desktop (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -1765,8 +1759,6 @@ gdk_x11_window_get_desktop (GdkWindow *window)
* Moves the window to the given workspace when running unde a
* window manager that supports multiple workspaces, as described
* in the [Extended Window Manager Hints](http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec) specification.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gdk_x11_window_move_to_desktop (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -2888,8 +2880,6 @@ gdk_x11_window_set_focus_on_map (GdkWindow *window,
* Note that this property is automatically updated by GDK, so this
* function should only be used by applications which handle input
* events bypassing GDK.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gdk_x11_window_set_user_time (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -2945,8 +2935,6 @@ gdk_x11_window_set_user_time (GdkWindow *window,
* This function modifies or removes an arbitrary X11 window
* property of type UTF8_STRING. If the given @window is
* not a toplevel window, it is ignored.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gdk_x11_window_set_utf8_property (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -3012,8 +3000,6 @@ gdk_x11_window_set_shadow_width (GdkWindow *window,
* This is the same as gdk_window_set_shadow_width() but it only works
* on GdkX11Window.
*
- * Since: 3.10
- *
* Deprecated: 3.12: Use gdk_window_set_shadow_width() instead.
*/
void
@@ -3040,8 +3026,6 @@ gdk_x11_window_set_frame_extents (GdkWindow *window,
* Note that this property is automatically updated by GTK+, so this
* function should only be used by applications which do not use GTK+
* to create toplevel windows.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gdk_x11_window_set_theme_variant (GdkWindow *window,
@@ -4800,8 +4784,6 @@ gdk_x11_window_get_scale_factor (GdkWindow *window)
* the window is not directly managed by the window manager, then frame
* synchronziation may need to be disabled. This is the case for a window
* embedded via the XEMBED protocol.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gdk_x11_window_set_frame_sync_enabled (GdkWindow *window,
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkx11device.h b/gdk/x11/gdkx11device.h
index f42613b..56cb9ed 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkx11device.h
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkx11device.h
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
G_BEGIN_DECLS
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gdk_x11_device_get_id (GdkDevice *device);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkx11devicemanager.h b/gdk/x11/gdkx11devicemanager.h
index 5b24e63..51833a9 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkx11devicemanager.h
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkx11devicemanager.h
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
G_BEGIN_DECLS
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDevice * gdk_x11_device_manager_lookup (GdkX11DeviceManagerCore *device_manager,
gint device_id);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkx11display.h b/gdk/x11/gdkx11display.h
index d820519..85f5499 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkx11display.h
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkx11display.h
@@ -54,16 +54,16 @@ typedef struct _GdkX11DisplayClass GdkX11DisplayClass;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_x11_display_get_type (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gdk_x11_display_open (const char *display_name);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
Display * gdk_x11_display_get_xdisplay (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
Screen * gdk_x11_display_get_xscreen (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
Window gdk_x11_display_get_xrootwindow (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
Cursor gdk_x11_display_get_xcursor (GdkDisplay *display,
GdkCursor *cursor);
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ const gchar * gdk_x11_display_get_startup_notification_id (GdkDisplay *d
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_display_set_startup_notification_id (GdkDisplay *display,
const gchar *startup_id);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_display_set_program_class (GdkDisplay *display,
const char *program_class);
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void gdk_x11_display_broadcast_startup_message (GdkDisplay *display,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay *gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (Display *xdisplay);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkX11Screen *gdk_x11_display_get_screen (GdkDisplay *display);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ void gdk_x11_display_grab (GdkDisplay *display);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_display_ungrab (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_display_set_window_scale (GdkDisplay *display,
gint scale);
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkx11glcontext.h b/gdk/x11/gdkx11glcontext.h
index 6d1d21a..0701869 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkx11glcontext.h
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkx11glcontext.h
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GdkX11GLContext GdkX11GLContext;
typedef struct _GdkX11GLContextClass GdkX11GLContextClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_x11_gl_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_x11_display_get_glx_version (GdkDisplay *display,
gint *major,
gint *minor);
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkx11keys.h b/gdk/x11/gdkx11keys.h
index b69f040..a011bb4 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkx11keys.h
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkx11keys.h
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ typedef struct _GdkX11KeymapClass GdkX11KeymapClass;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_x11_keymap_get_type (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gdk_x11_keymap_get_group_for_state (GdkKeymap *keymap,
guint state);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gdk_x11_keymap_key_is_modifier (GdkKeymap *keymap,
guint keycode);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkx11monitor.h b/gdk/x11/gdkx11monitor.h
index 98717e8..d136343 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkx11monitor.h
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkx11monitor.h
@@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GdkX11Monitor GdkX11Monitor;
typedef struct _GdkX11MonitorClass GdkX11MonitorClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gdk_x11_monitor_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
XID gdk_x11_monitor_get_output (GdkMonitor *monitor);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkx11screen.h b/gdk/x11/gdkx11screen.h
index 867f9ab..791bb4b 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkx11screen.h
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkx11screen.h
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
XID gdk_x11_screen_get_monitor_output (GdkX11Screen *screen,
gint monitor_num);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint32 gdk_x11_screen_get_number_of_desktops (GdkX11Screen *screen);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint32 gdk_x11_screen_get_current_desktop (GdkX11Screen *screen);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkx11window.h b/gdk/x11/gdkx11window.h
index 8257941..46b141b 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkx11window.h
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkx11window.h
@@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ Window gdk_x11_window_get_xid (GdkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_window_set_user_time (GdkWindow *window,
guint32 timestamp);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_window_set_utf8_property (GdkWindow *window,
const gchar *name,
const gchar *value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_window_set_theme_variant (GdkWindow *window,
const char *variant);
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_12_FOR(gdk_window_set_shadow_width)
+GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(gdk_window_set_shadow_width)
void gdk_x11_window_set_frame_extents (GdkWindow *window,
int left,
int right,
@@ -74,13 +74,13 @@ void gdk_x11_window_set_frame_extents (GdkWindow *window,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_window_move_to_current_desktop (GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint32 gdk_x11_window_get_desktop (GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_window_move_to_desktop (GdkWindow *window,
guint32 desktop);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gdk_x11_window_set_frame_sync_enabled (GdkWindow *window,
gboolean frame_sync_enabled);
diff --git a/gdk/x11/gdkxid.c b/gdk/x11/gdkxid.c
index 1a8171e..d74b367 100644
--- a/gdk/x11/gdkxid.c
+++ b/gdk/x11/gdkxid.c
@@ -97,8 +97,6 @@ _gdk_x11_display_remove_window (GdkDisplay *display,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (type GdkX11Window): the #GdkWindow wrapper for the native
* window, or %NULL if there is none.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
GdkWindow *
gdk_x11_window_lookup_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
diff --git a/gsk/gskrenderer.c b/gsk/gskrenderer.c
index ad5450e..877aea7 100644
--- a/gsk/gskrenderer.c
+++ b/gsk/gskrenderer.c
@@ -272,8 +272,6 @@ gsk_renderer_class_init (GskRendererClass *klass)
* GskRenderer:display:
*
* The #GdkDisplay used by the #GskRenderer.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gsk_renderer_properties[PROP_DISPLAY] =
g_param_spec_object ("display",
@@ -296,8 +294,6 @@ gsk_renderer_class_init (GskRendererClass *klass)
* GskRenderer:drawing-context:
*
* The drawing context used when rendering.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gsk_renderer_properties[PROP_DRAWING_CONTEXT] =
g_param_spec_object ("drawing-context",
@@ -327,8 +323,6 @@ gsk_renderer_init (GskRenderer *self)
* has not been realized yet, %NULL will be returned.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): a #GdkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GdkWindow *
gsk_renderer_get_window (GskRenderer *renderer)
@@ -383,8 +377,6 @@ gsk_renderer_get_drawing_context (GskRenderer *renderer)
* Retrieves the #GdkDisplay used when creating the #GskRenderer.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GdkDisplay *
gsk_renderer_get_display (GskRenderer *renderer)
@@ -403,8 +395,6 @@ gsk_renderer_get_display (GskRenderer *renderer)
* Checks whether the @renderer is realized or not.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the #GskRenderer was realized, and %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gboolean
gsk_renderer_is_realized (GskRenderer *renderer)
@@ -424,8 +414,6 @@ gsk_renderer_is_realized (GskRenderer *renderer)
*
* Creates the resources needed by the @renderer to render the scene
* graph.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gboolean
gsk_renderer_realize (GskRenderer *renderer,
@@ -456,8 +444,6 @@ gsk_renderer_realize (GskRenderer *renderer,
* @renderer: a #GskRenderer
*
* Releases all the resources created by gsk_renderer_realize().
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gsk_renderer_unrealize (GskRenderer *renderer)
@@ -490,8 +476,6 @@ gsk_renderer_unrealize (GskRenderer *renderer)
* transform node and pass that node instead.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkTexture with the rendered contents of @root.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GdkTexture *
gsk_renderer_render_texture (GskRenderer *renderer,
@@ -550,8 +534,6 @@ gsk_renderer_render_texture (GskRenderer *renderer,
*
* The @renderer will acquire a reference on the #GskRenderNode tree while
* the rendering is in progress.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gsk_renderer_render (GskRenderer *renderer,
@@ -710,8 +692,6 @@ static struct {
* The renderer will be realized when it is returned.
*
* Returns: (transfer full) (nullable): a #GskRenderer
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderer *
gsk_renderer_new_for_window (GdkWindow *window)
@@ -786,8 +766,6 @@ gsk_renderer_create_cairo_surface (GskRenderer *renderer,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDrawingContext context that should be used to
* draw the contents of the @renderer. This context is owned by GDK.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GdkDrawingContext *
gsk_renderer_begin_draw_frame (GskRenderer *renderer,
@@ -831,8 +809,6 @@ gsk_renderer_begin_draw_frame (GskRenderer *renderer,
*
* Calls to gsk_renderer_begin_draw_frame() and gsk_renderer_end_draw_frame()
* must be paired.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gsk_renderer_end_draw_frame (GskRenderer *renderer,
diff --git a/gsk/gskrenderer.h b/gsk/gskrenderer.h
index 46e160d..46509bd 100644
--- a/gsk/gskrenderer.h
+++ b/gsk/gskrenderer.h
@@ -35,38 +35,38 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GskRendererClass GskRendererClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gsk_renderer_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderer * gsk_renderer_new_for_window (GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gsk_renderer_get_window (GskRenderer *renderer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gsk_renderer_get_display (GskRenderer *renderer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gsk_renderer_realize (GskRenderer *renderer,
GdkWindow *window,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gsk_renderer_unrealize (GskRenderer *renderer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gsk_renderer_render_texture (GskRenderer *renderer,
GskRenderNode *root,
const graphene_rect_t *viewport);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDrawingContext * gsk_renderer_begin_draw_frame (GskRenderer *renderer,
const cairo_region_t *region);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gsk_renderer_render (GskRenderer *renderer,
GskRenderNode *root,
GdkDrawingContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gsk_renderer_end_draw_frame (GskRenderer *renderer,
GdkDrawingContext *context);
diff --git a/gsk/gskrendernode.c b/gsk/gskrendernode.c
index 496e4e0..9775c92 100644
--- a/gsk/gskrendernode.c
+++ b/gsk/gskrendernode.c
@@ -53,8 +53,6 @@
* GskRenderNode: (ref-func gsk_render_node_ref) (unref-func gsk_render_node_unref)
*
* The `GskRenderNode` structure contains only private data.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GskRenderNode, gsk_render_node,
@@ -103,8 +101,6 @@ gsk_render_node_new (const GskRenderNodeClass *node_class, gsize extra_size)
* Acquires a reference on the given #GskRenderNode.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GskRenderNode with an additional reference
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_render_node_ref (GskRenderNode *node)
@@ -124,8 +120,6 @@ gsk_render_node_ref (GskRenderNode *node)
*
* If the reference was the last, the resources associated to the @node are
* freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gsk_render_node_unref (GskRenderNode *node)
@@ -143,8 +137,6 @@ gsk_render_node_unref (GskRenderNode *node)
* Returns the type of the @node.
*
* Returns: the type of the #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNodeType
gsk_render_node_get_node_type (GskRenderNode *node)
@@ -161,8 +153,6 @@ gsk_render_node_get_node_type (GskRenderNode *node)
*
* Retrieves the boundaries of the @node. The node will not draw outside
* of its boundaries.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gsk_render_node_get_bounds (GskRenderNode *node,
@@ -182,8 +172,6 @@ gsk_render_node_get_bounds (GskRenderNode *node,
* Sets the name of the node.
*
* A name is generally useful for debugging purposes.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gsk_render_node_set_name (GskRenderNode *node,
@@ -204,8 +192,6 @@ gsk_render_node_set_name (GskRenderNode *node,
*
* Returns: (nullable): The name previously set via
* gsk_render_node_set_name() or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
const char *
gsk_render_node_get_name (GskRenderNode *node)
diff --git a/gsk/gskrendernode.h b/gsk/gskrendernode.h
index 6da3b71..766e4f8 100644
--- a/gsk/gskrendernode.h
+++ b/gsk/gskrendernode.h
@@ -52,260 +52,260 @@ struct _GskShadow
float radius;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gsk_render_node_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GQuark gsk_serialization_error_quark (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_render_node_ref (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gsk_render_node_unref (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNodeType gsk_render_node_get_node_type (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gsk_render_node_set_name (GskRenderNode *node,
const char *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gsk_render_node_get_name (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gsk_render_node_get_bounds (GskRenderNode *node,
graphene_rect_t *bounds);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gsk_render_node_draw (GskRenderNode *node,
cairo_t *cr);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GBytes * gsk_render_node_serialize (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gsk_render_node_write_to_file (GskRenderNode *node,
const char *filename,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_render_node_deserialize (GBytes *bytes,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_color_node_new (const GdkRGBA *rgba,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GdkRGBA * gsk_color_node_peek_color (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_texture_node_new (GdkTexture *texture,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gsk_texture_node_get_texture (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_linear_gradient_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const graphene_point_t *start,
const graphene_point_t *end,
const GskColorStop *color_stops,
gsize
n_color_stops);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const graphene_point_t * gsk_linear_gradient_node_peek_start (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const graphene_point_t * gsk_linear_gradient_node_peek_end (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gsize gsk_linear_gradient_node_get_n_color_stops (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GskColorStop * gsk_linear_gradient_node_peek_color_stops (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_repeating_linear_gradient_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const graphene_point_t *start,
const graphene_point_t *end,
const GskColorStop *color_stops,
gsize
n_color_stops);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_border_node_new (const GskRoundedRect *outline,
const float border_width[4],
const GdkRGBA border_color[4]);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GskRoundedRect * gsk_border_node_peek_outline (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const float * gsk_border_node_peek_widths (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GdkRGBA * gsk_border_node_peek_colors (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_inset_shadow_node_new (const GskRoundedRect *outline,
const GdkRGBA *color,
float dx,
float dy,
float spread,
float blur_radius);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GskRoundedRect * gsk_inset_shadow_node_peek_outline (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GdkRGBA * gsk_inset_shadow_node_peek_color (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_inset_shadow_node_get_dx (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_inset_shadow_node_get_dy (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_inset_shadow_node_get_spread (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_inset_shadow_node_get_blur_radius (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_outset_shadow_node_new (const GskRoundedRect *outline,
const GdkRGBA *color,
float dx,
float dy,
float spread,
float blur_radius);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GskRoundedRect * gsk_outset_shadow_node_peek_outline (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GdkRGBA * gsk_outset_shadow_node_peek_color (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_outset_shadow_node_get_dx (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_outset_shadow_node_get_dy (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_outset_shadow_node_get_spread (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_outset_shadow_node_get_blur_radius (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_cairo_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_t * gsk_cairo_node_get_draw_context (GskRenderNode *node,
GskRenderer *renderer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const cairo_surface_t * gsk_cairo_node_peek_surface (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_container_node_new (GskRenderNode **children,
guint n_children);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gsk_container_node_get_n_children (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_container_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node,
guint idx);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_transform_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
const graphene_matrix_t *transform);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_transform_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const graphene_matrix_t *
gsk_transform_node_peek_transform (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_opacity_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
double opacity);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_opacity_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
double gsk_opacity_node_get_opacity (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_color_matrix_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
const graphene_matrix_t *color_matrix,
const graphene_vec4_t *color_offset);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_color_matrix_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const graphene_matrix_t *
gsk_color_matrix_node_peek_color_matrix (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const graphene_vec4_t * gsk_color_matrix_node_peek_color_offset (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_repeat_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
GskRenderNode *child,
const graphene_rect_t *child_bounds);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_repeat_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const graphene_rect_t * gsk_repeat_node_peek_child_bounds (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_clip_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
const graphene_rect_t *clip);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_clip_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const graphene_rect_t * gsk_clip_node_peek_clip (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_rounded_clip_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
const GskRoundedRect *clip);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_rounded_clip_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GskRoundedRect * gsk_rounded_clip_node_peek_clip (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_shadow_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
const GskShadow *shadows,
gsize n_shadows);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_shadow_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GskShadow * gsk_shadow_node_peek_shadow (GskRenderNode *node,
gsize i);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gsize gsk_shadow_node_get_n_shadows (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_blend_node_new (GskRenderNode *bottom,
GskRenderNode *top,
GskBlendMode blend_mode);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_blend_node_get_bottom_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_blend_node_get_top_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskBlendMode gsk_blend_node_get_blend_mode (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_cross_fade_node_new (GskRenderNode *start,
GskRenderNode *end,
double progress);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_cross_fade_node_get_start_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_cross_fade_node_get_end_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
double gsk_cross_fade_node_get_progress (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_text_node_new (PangoFont *font,
PangoGlyphString *glyphs,
const GdkRGBA *color,
double x,
double y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const PangoFont * gsk_text_node_peek_font (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gsk_text_node_get_num_glyphs (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const PangoGlyphInfo *gsk_text_node_peek_glyphs (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GdkRGBA * gsk_text_node_peek_color (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_text_node_get_x (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
float gsk_text_node_get_y (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_blur_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
double radius);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRenderNode * gsk_blur_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
double gsk_blur_node_get_radius (GskRenderNode *node);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gsk/gskrendernodeimpl.c b/gsk/gskrendernodeimpl.c
index c0b5358..9167899 100644
--- a/gsk/gskrendernodeimpl.c
+++ b/gsk/gskrendernodeimpl.c
@@ -130,8 +130,6 @@ gsk_color_node_peek_color (GskRenderNode *node)
* the area given by @bounds.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_color_node_new (const GdkRGBA *rgba,
@@ -313,8 +311,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_REPEATING_LINEAR_GRADIENT_NODE_CLASS = {
* points and color stops, and render that into the area given by @bounds.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_linear_gradient_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
@@ -361,8 +357,6 @@ gsk_linear_gradient_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
* given by @bounds.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_repeating_linear_gradient_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
@@ -630,8 +624,6 @@ gsk_border_node_peek_colors (GskRenderNode *node)
* colors.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_border_node_new (const GskRoundedRect *outline,
@@ -772,8 +764,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_TEXTURE_NODE_CLASS = {
* @node: a #GskRenderNode
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkTexture
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkTexture *
gsk_texture_node_get_texture (GskRenderNode *node)
@@ -794,8 +784,6 @@ gsk_texture_node_get_texture (GskRenderNode *node)
* @texture into the area given by @bounds.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_texture_node_new (GdkTexture *texture,
@@ -1290,8 +1278,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_INSET_SHADOW_NODE_CLASS = {
* into the box given by @outline.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_inset_shadow_node_new (const GskRoundedRect *outline,
@@ -1593,8 +1579,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_OUTSET_SHADOW_NODE_CLASS = {
* around the box given by @outline.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_outset_shadow_node_new (const GskRoundedRect *outline,
@@ -1872,8 +1856,6 @@ gsk_cairo_node_new_for_surface (const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
* surface using gsk_cairo_node_get_draw_context()
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_cairo_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds)
@@ -1901,8 +1883,6 @@ gsk_cairo_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds)
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a Cairo context used for drawing; use
* cairo_destroy() when done drawing
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
cairo_t *
gsk_cairo_node_get_draw_context (GskRenderNode *node,
@@ -2107,8 +2087,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_CONTAINER_NODE_CLASS = {
* The new node will acquire a reference to each of the children.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_container_node_new (GskRenderNode **children,
@@ -2136,8 +2114,6 @@ gsk_container_node_new (GskRenderNode **children,
* Retrieves the number of direct children of @node.
*
* Returns: the number of children of the #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
guint
gsk_container_node_get_n_children (GskRenderNode *node)
@@ -2157,8 +2133,6 @@ gsk_container_node_get_n_children (GskRenderNode *node)
* Gets one of the children of @container.
*
* Returns: the @idx'th child of @container
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_container_node_get_child (GskRenderNode *node,
@@ -2296,8 +2270,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_TRANSFORM_NODE_CLASS = {
* with the given @transform.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_transform_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
@@ -2451,8 +2423,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_OPACITY_NODE_CLASS = {
* @opacity.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_opacity_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
@@ -2693,8 +2663,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_COLOR_MATRIX_NODE_CLASS = {
* for every pixel.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_color_matrix_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
@@ -2880,8 +2848,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_REPEAT_NODE_CLASS = {
* the given @bounds.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_repeat_node_new (const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
@@ -3025,8 +2991,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_CLIP_NODE_CLASS = {
* given by @clip.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_clip_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
@@ -3188,8 +3152,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_ROUNDED_CLIP_NODE_CLASS = {
* given by @clip.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_rounded_clip_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
@@ -3414,8 +3376,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_SHADOW_NODE_CLASS = {
* @shadows below it.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_shadow_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
@@ -3630,8 +3590,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_BLEND_NODE_CLASS = {
* node onto the @bottom node.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_blend_node_new (GskRenderNode *bottom,
@@ -3802,8 +3760,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_CROSS_FADE_NODE_CLASS = {
* Creates a #GskRenderNode that will do a cross-fade between @start and @end.
*
* Returns: A new #GskRenderNode
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_cross_fade_node_new (GskRenderNode *start,
@@ -4028,8 +3984,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_TEXT_NODE_CLASS = {
* color glyphs.
*
* Returns: a new text node, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_text_node_new (PangoFont *font,
@@ -4376,8 +4330,6 @@ static const GskRenderNodeClass GSK_BLUR_NODE_CLASS = {
* @radius: the blur radius
*
* Creates a render node that blurs the child.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
GskRenderNode *
gsk_blur_node_new (GskRenderNode *child,
diff --git a/gsk/gskroundedrect.c b/gsk/gskroundedrect.c
index 382d56a..d9a4d20 100644
--- a/gsk/gskroundedrect.c
+++ b/gsk/gskroundedrect.c
@@ -90,8 +90,6 @@ gsk_rounded_rect_normalize_in_place (GskRoundedRect *self)
* before returning.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the initialized rectangle
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRoundedRect *
gsk_rounded_rect_init (GskRoundedRect *self,
@@ -123,8 +121,6 @@ gsk_rounded_rect_init (GskRoundedRect *self,
* make sure the source is normalized.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the initialized rectangle
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRoundedRect *
gsk_rounded_rect_init_copy (GskRoundedRect *self,
@@ -166,8 +162,6 @@ gsk_rounded_rect_init_from_rect (GskRoundedRect *self,
* and ensure that the corner values are positive and the corners do not overlap.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the normalized rectangle
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRoundedRect *
gsk_rounded_rect_normalize (GskRoundedRect *self)
@@ -188,8 +182,6 @@ gsk_rounded_rect_normalize (GskRoundedRect *self)
* The size and corners of the rectangle are unchanged.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the offset rectangle
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRoundedRect *
gsk_rounded_rect_offset (GskRoundedRect *self,
diff --git a/gsk/gskroundedrect.h b/gsk/gskroundedrect.h
index 3abc3d9..2838441 100644
--- a/gsk/gskroundedrect.h
+++ b/gsk/gskroundedrect.h
@@ -72,44 +72,44 @@ struct _GskRoundedRect
graphene_size_t corner[4];
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRoundedRect * gsk_rounded_rect_init (GskRoundedRect *self,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const graphene_size_t *top_left,
const graphene_size_t *top_right,
const graphene_size_t *bottom_right,
const graphene_size_t *bottom_left);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRoundedRect * gsk_rounded_rect_init_copy (GskRoundedRect *self,
const GskRoundedRect *src);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRoundedRect * gsk_rounded_rect_init_from_rect (GskRoundedRect *self,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
float radius);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRoundedRect * gsk_rounded_rect_normalize (GskRoundedRect *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRoundedRect * gsk_rounded_rect_offset (GskRoundedRect *self,
float dx,
float dy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GskRoundedRect * gsk_rounded_rect_shrink (GskRoundedRect *self,
float top,
float right,
float bottom,
float left);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gsk_rounded_rect_is_rectilinear (const GskRoundedRect *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gsk_rounded_rect_contains_point (const GskRoundedRect *self,
const graphene_point_t *point);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gsk_rounded_rect_contains_rect (const GskRoundedRect *self,
const graphene_rect_t *rect);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gsk_rounded_rect_intersects_rect (const GskRoundedRect *self,
const graphene_rect_t *rect);
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessibleparent.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessibleparent.h
index b928e73..7cece0e 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessibleparent.h
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessibleparent.h
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ void gtk_cell_accessible_parent_activate (GtkCellAccessibleParent *p
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_cell_accessible_parent_edit (GtkCellAccessibleParent *parent,
GtkCellAccessible *cell);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_cell_accessible_parent_update_relationset (GtkCellAccessibleParent *parent,
GtkCellAccessible *cell,
AtkRelationSet *relationset);
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxaccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxaccessible.h
index 5194572..f22ea06 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxaccessible.h
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxaccessible.h
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ struct _GtkFlowBoxAccessibleClass
GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_flow_box_accessible_get_type (void);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxchildaccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxchildaccessible.h
index 0a52d33..5da596a 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxchildaccessible.h
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxchildaccessible.h
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ struct _GtkFlowBoxChildAccessibleClass
GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_flow_box_child_accessible_get_type (void);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtklistboxrowaccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtklistboxrowaccessible.h
index 5b6bba9..95c9030 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtklistboxrowaccessible.h
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtklistboxrowaccessible.h
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ struct _GtkListBoxRowAccessibleClass
GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_list_box_row_accessible_get_type (void);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkpopoveraccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkpopoveraccessible.h
index 8dcbd34..539449e 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtkpopoveraccessible.h
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkpopoveraccessible.h
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ struct _GtkPopoverAccessibleClass
GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_popover_accessible_get_type (void);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkstackaccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkstackaccessible.h
index ebd8ab4..11862bb 100644
--- a/gtk/a11y/gtkstackaccessible.h
+++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkstackaccessible.h
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ struct _GtkStackAccessibleClass
GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_stack_accessible_get_type (void);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c
index 14fad51..e3fdb5d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c
@@ -336,8 +336,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* which is to call gtk_show_uri_on_window().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the link has been activated
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
signals[ACTIVATE_LINK] =
g_signal_new (I_("activate-link"),
@@ -353,8 +351,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
*
* The name of the program.
* If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
props[PROP_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("program-name",
@@ -367,8 +363,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* GtkAboutDialog:version:
*
* The version of the program.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_VERSION] =
g_param_spec_string ("version",
@@ -381,8 +375,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* GtkAboutDialog:copyright:
*
* Copyright information for the program.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_COPYRIGHT] =
g_param_spec_string ("copyright",
@@ -397,8 +389,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* Comments about the program. This string is displayed in a label
* in the main dialog, thus it should be a short explanation of
* the main purpose of the program, not a detailed list of features.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_COMMENTS] =
g_param_spec_string ("comments",
@@ -422,8 +412,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* The text may contain links in this format <http://www.some.place/>
* and email references in the form <mail-to some body>, and these will
* be converted into clickable links.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_LICENSE] =
g_param_spec_string ("license",
@@ -443,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* The text may contain links in this format <http://www.some.place/>
* and email references in the form <mail-to some body>, and these will
* be converted into clickable links.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
props[PROP_SYSTEM_INFORMATION] =
g_param_spec_string ("system-information",
@@ -471,8 +457,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* For any other #GtkLicense value, the contents of the
* #GtkAboutDialog:license property are also set by this property as
* a side effect.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
props[PROP_LICENSE_TYPE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("license-type",
@@ -487,8 +471,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
*
* The URL for the link to the website of the program.
* This should be a string starting with "http://.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_WEBSITE] =
g_param_spec_string ("website",
@@ -501,8 +483,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* GtkAboutDialog:website-label:
*
* The label for the link to the website of the program.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_WEBSITE_LABEL] =
g_param_spec_string ("website-label",
@@ -517,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* The authors of the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
* Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
* as links, see the introduction for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_AUTHORS] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("authors",
@@ -533,8 +511,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* The people documenting the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
* Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
* as links, see the introduction for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_DOCUMENTERS] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("documenters",
@@ -549,8 +525,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* The people who contributed artwork to the program, as a %NULL-terminated
* array of strings. Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which
* will be displayed as links, see the introduction for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_ARTISTS] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("artists",
@@ -565,8 +539,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable.
* The string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed
* as links, see the introduction for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_TRANSLATOR_CREDITS] =
g_param_spec_string ("translator-credits",
@@ -580,8 +552,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
*
* A logo for the about box. If it is %NULL, the default window icon
* set with gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_LOGO] =
g_param_spec_object ("logo",
@@ -595,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
*
* A named icon to use as the logo for the about box. This property
* overrides the #GtkAboutDialog:logo property.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
props[PROP_LOGO_ICON_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("logo-icon-name",
@@ -609,8 +577,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass)
* GtkAboutDialog:wrap-license:
*
* Whether to wrap the text in the license dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
props[PROP_WRAP_LICENSE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("wrap-license",
@@ -1108,8 +1074,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_show (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Returns: The program name. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
const gchar *
gtk_about_dialog_get_program_name (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1152,8 +1116,6 @@ update_name_version (GtkAboutDialog *about)
*
* Sets the name to display in the about dialog.
* If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_program_name (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1184,8 +1146,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_program_name (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns: The version string. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_about_dialog_get_version (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1201,8 +1161,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_version (GtkAboutDialog *about)
* @version: (allow-none): the version string
*
* Sets the version string to display in the about dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_version (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1232,8 +1190,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_version (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns: The copyright string. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_about_dialog_get_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1250,8 +1206,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about)
*
* Sets the copyright string to display in the about dialog.
* This should be a short string of one or two lines.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1291,8 +1245,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns: The comments. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_about_dialog_get_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1309,8 +1261,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about)
*
* Sets the comments string to display in the about dialog.
* This should be a short string of one or two lines.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1348,8 +1298,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns: The license information. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_about_dialog_get_license (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1367,8 +1315,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_license (GtkAboutDialog *about)
* Sets the license information to be displayed in the secondary
* license dialog. If @license is %NULL, the license button is
* hidden.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_license (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1453,8 +1399,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_system_information (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* automatically wrapped.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the license text is wrapped
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
gboolean
gtk_about_dialog_get_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1471,8 +1415,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about)
*
* Sets whether the license text in @about is
* automatically wrapped.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1502,8 +1444,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns: The website URL. The string is owned by the about
* dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_about_dialog_get_website (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1519,8 +1459,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_website (GtkAboutDialog *about)
* @website: (allow-none): a URL string starting with "http://";
*
* Sets the URL to use for the website link.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_website (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1550,8 +1488,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_website (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns: The label used for the website link. The string is
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_about_dialog_get_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1567,8 +1503,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about)
* @website_label: the label used for the website link
*
* Sets the label to be used for the website link.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1600,8 +1534,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the authors. The array is
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar * const *
gtk_about_dialog_get_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1618,8 +1550,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about)
*
* Sets the strings which are displayed in the authors tab
* of the secondary credits dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1651,8 +1581,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the documenters. The
* array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar * const *
gtk_about_dialog_get_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1669,8 +1597,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about)
*
* Sets the strings which are displayed in the documenters tab
* of the credits dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1702,8 +1628,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A
* %NULL-terminated string array containing the artists. The array is
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar * const *
gtk_about_dialog_get_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1720,8 +1644,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about)
*
* Sets the strings which are displayed in the artists tab
* of the secondary credits dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1752,8 +1674,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about,
*
* Returns: The translator credits string. The string is
* owned by the about dialog and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_about_dialog_get_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1784,8 +1704,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about)
* purpose, since translators will already know the purpose of that msgid, and
* since #GtkAboutDialog will detect if “translator-credits” is untranslated
* and hide the tab.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1816,8 +1734,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Returns: (transfer none): the texture displayed as logo. The
* texture is owned by the about dialog. If you want to keep a
* reference to it, you have to call g_object_ref() on it.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GdkTexture *
gtk_about_dialog_get_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1842,8 +1758,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about)
* Sets the surface to be displayed as logo in the about dialog.
* If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with
* gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -1890,8 +1804,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Returns: the icon name displayed as logo. The string is
* owned by the dialog. If you want to keep a reference
* to it, you have to call g_strdup() on it.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_about_dialog_get_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -1916,8 +1828,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog *about)
* Sets the surface to be displayed as logo in the about dialog.
* If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with
* gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -2464,8 +2374,6 @@ populate_system_page (GtkAboutDialog *about)
* Creates a new #GtkAboutDialog.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkAboutDialog
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_about_dialog_new (void)
@@ -2495,8 +2403,6 @@ close_cb (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* This is a convenience function for showing an application’s about box.
* The constructed dialog is associated with the parent window and
* reused for future invocations of this function.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_show_about_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
@@ -2554,8 +2460,6 @@ gtk_show_about_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
*
* This function overrides the license set using
* gtk_about_dialog_set_license().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about,
@@ -2627,8 +2531,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about,
* Retrieves the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type()
*
* Returns: a #GtkLicense value
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkLicense
gtk_about_dialog_get_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about)
@@ -2645,8 +2547,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about)
* @people: (array zero-terminated=1): The people who belong to that section
*
* Creates a new section in the Credits page.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_about_dialog_add_credit_section (GtkAboutDialog *about,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.h b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.h
index 67be928..2d2cb7f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.h
@@ -54,18 +54,16 @@ typedef struct _GtkAboutDialogPrivate GtkAboutDialogPrivate;
* @GTK_LICENSE_BSD: The BSD standard license
* @GTK_LICENSE_MIT_X11: The MIT/X11 standard license
* @GTK_LICENSE_ARTISTIC: The Artistic License, version 2.0
- * @GTK_LICENSE_GPL_2_0_ONLY: The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only. Since 3.12.
- * @GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12.
- * @GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY: The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only. Since 3.12.
- * @GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12.
- * @GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0: The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 or later. Since: 3.22.
- * @GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 only.
+ * @GTK_LICENSE_GPL_2_0_ONLY: The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only
+ * @GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only
+ * @GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY: The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only
+ * @GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only
+ * @GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0: The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 or later
+ * @GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 only
*
* The type of license for an application.
*
* This enumeration can be expanded at later date.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
typedef enum {
GTK_LICENSE_UNKNOWN,
@@ -209,7 +207,7 @@ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_about_dialog_set_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog *about,
const gchar *icon_name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_about_dialog_add_credit_section (GtkAboutDialog *about,
const gchar *section_name,
const gchar **people);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c b/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c
index 676c800..f93c233 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c
@@ -252,8 +252,6 @@ gtk_accel_group_new (void)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there are 1 or more locks on the @accel_group,
* %FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
@@ -271,8 +269,6 @@ gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
* @accel_group. For example, #GDK_CONTROL_MASK, #GDK_SHIFT_MASK, etc.
*
* Returns: the modifier mask for this accel group.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GdkModifierType
gtk_accel_group_get_modifier_mask (GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
@@ -1188,8 +1184,6 @@ is_keycode (const gchar *string)
*
* If the parse fails, @accelerator_key, @accelerator_mods and
* @accelerator_codes will be set to 0 (zero).
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_accelerator_parse_with_keycode (const gchar *accelerator,
@@ -1469,8 +1463,6 @@ gtk_accelerator_parse (const gchar *accelerator,
* should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead.
*
* Returns: a newly allocated accelerator name.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
gchar *
gtk_accelerator_name_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1656,8 +1648,6 @@ gtk_accelerator_name (guint accelerator_key,
* should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead.
*
* Returns: a newly-allocated string representing the accelerator.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
gchar *
gtk_accelerator_get_label_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -1693,8 +1683,6 @@ gtk_accelerator_get_label_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display,
* which can be used to represent the accelerator to the user.
*
* Returns: a newly-allocated string representing the accelerator.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gchar*
gtk_accelerator_get_label (guint accelerator_key,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.h b/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.h
index d63a65d..bdb4d29 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.h
@@ -78,8 +78,6 @@ typedef gboolean (*GtkAccelGroupActivate) (GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
* @key:
* @closure:
* @data: (closure):
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
typedef gboolean (*GtkAccelGroupFindFunc) (GtkAccelKey *key,
GClosure *closure,
@@ -202,7 +200,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_accelerator_parse (const gchar *accelerator,
guint *accelerator_key,
GdkModifierType *accelerator_mods);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_accelerator_parse_with_keycode (const gchar *accelerator,
guint *accelerator_key,
guint **accelerator_codes,
@@ -210,7 +208,7 @@ void gtk_accelerator_parse_with_keycode (const gchar *accelerator,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar* gtk_accelerator_name (guint accelerator_key,
GdkModifierType accelerator_mods);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar* gtk_accelerator_name_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display,
guint accelerator_key,
guint keycode,
@@ -218,7 +216,7 @@ gchar* gtk_accelerator_name_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar* gtk_accelerator_get_label (guint accelerator_key,
GdkModifierType accelerator_mods);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar* gtk_accelerator_get_label_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display,
guint accelerator_key,
guint keycode,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccellabel.c b/gtk/gtkaccellabel.c
index 4188f81..ad9f205 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccellabel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccellabel.c
@@ -962,8 +962,6 @@ gtk_accel_label_refetch (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label)
* used regardless of any associated accel closure or widget.
*
* Providing an @accelerator_key of 0 removes the manual setting.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_accel_label_set_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label,
@@ -986,8 +984,6 @@ gtk_accel_label_set_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label,
*
* Gets the keyval and modifier mask set with
* gtk_accel_label_set_accel().
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_accel_label_get_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccellabel.h b/gtk/gtkaccellabel.h
index d10004c..3a834bb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccellabel.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccellabel.h
@@ -95,27 +95,27 @@ void gtk_accel_label_set_accel_closure (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label,
GClosure *accel_closure);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_accel_label_refetch (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_accel_label_set_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label,
guint accelerator_key,
GdkModifierType accelerator_mods);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_accel_label_get_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label,
guint *accelerator_key,
GdkModifierType *accelerator_mods);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_accel_label_set_label (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label,
const char *text);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gtk_accel_label_get_label (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_accel_label_set_use_underline (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label,
gboolean setting);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_accel_label_get_use_underline (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c b/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c
index c63586d..bbb2dd2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c
@@ -946,8 +946,6 @@ _gtk_accel_map_remove_group (const gchar *accel_path,
* locking the #GtkAccelGroup containing them. For runtime accelerator
* changes to be possible, both the accelerator path and its #GtkAccelGroup
* have to be unlocked.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_accel_map_lock_path (const gchar *accel_path)
@@ -973,8 +971,6 @@ gtk_accel_map_lock_path (const gchar *accel_path)
*
* Undoes the last call to gtk_accel_map_lock_path() on this @accel_path.
* Refer to gtk_accel_map_lock_path() for information about accelerator path locking.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_accel_map_unlock_path (const gchar *accel_path)
@@ -1006,8 +1002,6 @@ gtk_accel_map_class_init (GtkAccelMapClass *accel_map_class)
* The path is also used as the detail for the signal,
* so it is possible to connect to
* changed::`accel_path`.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
accel_map_signals[CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (accel_map_class),
@@ -1035,8 +1029,6 @@ static GtkAccelMap *accel_map;
* other accelerator map functions.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the global #GtkAccelMap object
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkAccelMap *
gtk_accel_map_get (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccessible.c b/gtk/gtkaccessible.c
index fdf2ef7..e5693c0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkaccessible.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkaccessible.c
@@ -167,8 +167,6 @@ gtk_accessible_class_init (GtkAccessibleClass *klass)
* It is the caller’s responsibility to ensure that when @widget
* is destroyed, the widget is unset by calling this function
* again with @widget set to %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
void
gtk_accessible_set_widget (GtkAccessible *accessible,
@@ -206,8 +204,6 @@ gtk_accessible_set_widget (GtkAccessible *accessible,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): pointer to the #GtkWidget
* corresponding to the #GtkAccessible, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_accessible_get_widget (GtkAccessible *accessible)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionable.c b/gtk/gtkactionable.c
index e515af2..f25cfd9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkactionable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkactionable.c
@@ -42,8 +42,6 @@
* the “win.” or “app.” prefix that are associated with the #GtkApplicationWindow
* or #GtkApplication, but other action groups that are added with
* gtk_widget_insert_action_group() will be consulted as well.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
/**
@@ -87,8 +85,6 @@ gtk_actionable_default_init (GtkActionableInterface *iface)
* See gtk_actionable_set_action_name() for more information.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the action name, or %NULL if none is set
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
const gchar *
gtk_actionable_get_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable)
@@ -115,8 +111,6 @@ gtk_actionable_get_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable)
* containing #GtkApplicationWindow or its associated #GtkApplication,
* respectively. This is the same form used for actions in the #GMenu
* associated with the window.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
void
gtk_actionable_set_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable,
@@ -137,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_actionable_set_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable,
* See gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value() for more information.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the current target value
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
GVariant *
gtk_actionable_get_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable)
@@ -169,12 +161,10 @@ gtk_actionable_get_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable)
* will be associated with the same action, but with a different target
* value for that action. Clicking on a particular button will activate
* the action with the target of that button, which will typically cause
- * the action’s state to change to that value. Since the action’s state
+ * the action’s state to change to that value. Since the action’s state
* is now equal to the target value of the button, the button will now
* be rendered as active (and the other buttons, with different targets,
* rendered inactive).
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
void
gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable,
@@ -201,8 +191,6 @@ gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable,
* If you are setting a string-valued target and want to set the action
* name at the same time, you can use
* gtk_actionable_set_detailed_action_name ().
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
void
gtk_actionable_set_action_target (GtkActionable *actionable,
@@ -232,8 +220,6 @@ gtk_actionable_set_action_target (GtkActionable *actionable,
* @detailed_action_name must be of the form `"action::target"` where
* `action` is the action name and `target` is the string to use
* as the target.)
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
void
gtk_actionable_set_detailed_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionable.h b/gtk/gtkactionable.h
index 4501d9b..af42e5e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkactionable.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkactionable.h
@@ -51,27 +51,27 @@ struct _GtkActionableInterface
GVariant *target_value);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_actionable_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar * gtk_actionable_get_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_actionable_set_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable,
const gchar *action_name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GVariant * gtk_actionable_get_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable,
GVariant *target_value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_actionable_set_action_target (GtkActionable *actionable,
const gchar *format_string,
...);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_actionable_set_detailed_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable,
const gchar
*detailed_action_name);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionbar.c b/gtk/gtkactionbar.c
index e9b4cd5..a567240 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkactionbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkactionbar.c
@@ -461,8 +461,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
*
* Adds @child to @action_bar, packed with reference to the
* start of the @action_bar.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_action_bar_pack_start (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
@@ -480,8 +478,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_pack_start (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
*
* Adds @child to @action_bar, packed with reference to the
* end of the @action_bar.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_action_bar_pack_end (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
@@ -498,8 +494,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_pack_end (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
* @center_widget: (allow-none): a widget to use for the center
*
* Sets the center widget for the #GtkActionBar.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_action_bar_set_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
@@ -517,8 +511,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_set_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
* Retrieves the center bar widget of the bar.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the center #GtkWidget or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_action_bar_get_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar)
@@ -536,8 +528,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_get_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar)
* Creates a new #GtkActionBar widget.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkActionBar
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_action_bar_new (void)
@@ -556,8 +546,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_new (void)
*
* Note: this does not show or hide @action_bar in the #GtkWidget:visible sense,
* so revealing has no effect if #GtkWidget:visible is %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_action_bar_set_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
@@ -582,8 +570,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_set_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
* Gets the value of the #GtkActionBar:revealed property.
*
* Returns: the current value of the #GtkActionBar:revealed property.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gboolean
gtk_action_bar_get_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionbar.h b/gtk/gtkactionbar.h
index dca84da..a694da7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkactionbar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkactionbar.h
@@ -57,27 +57,27 @@ struct _GtkActionBarClass
void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_action_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_action_bar_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_action_bar_get_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_action_bar_set_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
GtkWidget *center_widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_action_bar_pack_start (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_action_bar_pack_end (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_action_bar_set_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar,
gboolean revealed);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_action_bar_get_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkadjustment.c b/gtk/gtkadjustment.c
index 6e34181..2d24c60 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkadjustment.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkadjustment.c
@@ -135,8 +135,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class)
* GtkAdjustment:value:
*
* The value of the adjustment.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
adjustment_props[PROP_VALUE] =
g_param_spec_double ("value",
@@ -150,8 +148,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class)
* GtkAdjustment:lower:
*
* The minimum value of the adjustment.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
adjustment_props[PROP_LOWER] =
g_param_spec_double ("lower",
@@ -168,8 +164,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class)
* Note that values will be restricted by
* `upper - page-size` if the page-size
* property is nonzero.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
adjustment_props[PROP_UPPER] =
g_param_spec_double ("upper",
@@ -183,8 +177,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class)
* GtkAdjustment:step-increment:
*
* The step increment of the adjustment.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
adjustment_props[PROP_STEP_INCREMENT] =
g_param_spec_double ("step-increment",
@@ -198,8 +190,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class)
* GtkAdjustment:page-increment:
*
* The page increment of the adjustment.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
adjustment_props[PROP_PAGE_INCREMENT] =
g_param_spec_double ("page-increment",
@@ -216,8 +206,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class)
* Note that the page-size is irrelevant and should be set to zero
* if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar value, e.g. in a
* #GtkSpinButton.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
adjustment_props[PROP_PAGE_SIZE] =
g_param_spec_double ("page-size",
@@ -588,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_animate_to_value (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
* Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment.
*
* Returns: The current minimum value of the adjustment
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gdouble
gtk_adjustment_get_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
@@ -619,8 +605,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
* Alternatively, using a single g_object_set() for all the properties
* to change, or using gtk_adjustment_configure() has the same effect
* of compressing #GtkAdjustment::changed emissions.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_adjustment_set_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
@@ -641,8 +625,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
* Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment.
*
* Returns: The current maximum value of the adjustment
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gdouble
gtk_adjustment_get_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
@@ -667,8 +649,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
* See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple
* emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting
* multiple adjustment properties.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_adjustment_set_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
@@ -689,8 +669,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
* Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment.
*
* Returns: The current step increment of the adjustment.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gdouble
gtk_adjustment_get_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
@@ -712,8 +690,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
* See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple
* emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting
* multiple adjustment properties.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
@@ -734,8 +710,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
* Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment.
*
* Returns: The current page increment of the adjustment
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gdouble
gtk_adjustment_get_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
@@ -757,8 +731,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
* See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple
* emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting
* multiple adjustment properties.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
@@ -779,8 +751,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
* Retrieves the page size of the adjustment.
*
* Returns: The current page size of the adjustment
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gdouble
gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
@@ -802,8 +772,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
* See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple
* emissions of the GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting
* multiple adjustment properties.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_adjustment_set_page_size (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
@@ -833,8 +801,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_page_size (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
* #GtkAdjustment::changed signal. See gtk_adjustment_set_lower()
* for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of
* #GtkAdjustment::changed into one.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_adjustment_configure (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
@@ -936,8 +902,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_clamp_page (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
* Gets the smaller of step increment and page increment.
*
* Returns: the minimum increment of @adjustment
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gdouble
gtk_adjustment_get_minimum_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkadjustment.h b/gtk/gtkadjustment.h
index 8f6b4bb..3c4bf7c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkadjustment.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkadjustment.h
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void gtk_adjustment_configure (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
gdouble step_increment,
gdouble page_increment,
gdouble page_size);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gdouble gtk_adjustment_get_minimum_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooser.c b/gtk/gtkappchooser.c
index 30c88e2..35fc9cd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkappchooser.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkappchooser.c
@@ -86,8 +86,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_default_init (GtkAppChooserIface *iface)
* Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooser:content-type property.
*
* Returns: the content type of @self. Free with g_free()
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gchar *
gtk_app_chooser_get_content_type (GtkAppChooser *self)
@@ -111,8 +109,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_get_content_type (GtkAppChooser *self)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GAppInfo for the currently selected
* application, or %NULL if none is selected. Free with g_object_unref()
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GAppInfo *
gtk_app_chooser_get_app_info (GtkAppChooser *self)
@@ -125,8 +121,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_get_app_info (GtkAppChooser *self)
* @self: a #GtkAppChooser
*
* Reloads the list of applications.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_refresh (GtkAppChooser *self)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c b/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c
index 90838d1..7e3ac0e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c
@@ -626,8 +626,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_class_init (GtkAppChooserButtonClass *klass)
* The #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item property determines
* whether the dropdown menu should show the default application
* on top for the provided content type.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
properties[PROP_SHOW_DEFAULT_ITEM] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("show-default-item",
@@ -765,8 +763,6 @@ real_insert_separator (GtkAppChooserButton *self,
* that can handle content of the given type.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkAppChooserButton
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_app_chooser_button_new (const gchar *content_type)
@@ -784,8 +780,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_new (const gchar *content_type)
*
* Appends a separator to the list of applications that is shown
* in the popup.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_button_append_separator (GtkAppChooserButton *self)
@@ -811,8 +805,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_append_separator (GtkAppChooserButton *self)
* #GtkAppChooserButton::custom-item-activated signal, to add a
* callback for the activation of a particular custom item in the list.
* See also gtk_app_chooser_button_append_separator().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_button_append_custom_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self,
@@ -839,8 +831,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_append_custom_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self,
*
* Use gtk_app_chooser_refresh() to bring the selection
* to its initial state.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_button_set_active_custom_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self,
@@ -869,8 +859,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_set_active_custom_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self,
* property.
*
* Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_dialog_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self)
@@ -887,8 +875,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_dialog_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self)
*
* Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show an
* entry to trigger a #GtkAppChooserDialog.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_dialog_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self,
@@ -912,8 +898,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_dialog_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self,
* property.
*
* Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self)
@@ -930,8 +914,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self)
*
* Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show the
* default application for the given content type at top.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.h b/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.h
index e737e04..1add19a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.h
@@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ void gtk_app_chooser_button_set_heading (GtkAppChooserButton *self
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar *
gtk_app_chooser_button_get_heading (GtkAppChooserButton *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self,
gboolean setting);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c
index 87c548e..ae6527e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c
@@ -704,8 +704,6 @@ set_parent_and_flags (GtkWidget *dialog,
* to allow the user to select an application for it.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkAppChooserDialog
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_app_chooser_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent,
@@ -735,8 +733,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent,
* to allow the user to select an application for it.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkAppChooserDialog
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_app_chooser_dialog_new_for_content_type (GtkWindow *parent,
@@ -763,8 +759,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_dialog_new_for_content_type (GtkWindow *parent,
* Returns the #GtkAppChooserWidget of this dialog.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkAppChooserWidget of @self
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_app_chooser_dialog_get_widget (GtkAppChooserDialog *self)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c
index a704671..e396d05 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c
@@ -1260,8 +1260,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_iface_init (GtkAppChooserIface *iface)
* that can handle content of the given type.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkAppChooserWidget
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_app_chooser_widget_new (const gchar *content_type)
@@ -1278,8 +1276,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_new (const gchar *content_type)
*
* Sets whether the app chooser should show the default handler
* for the content type in a separate section.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_default (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
@@ -1305,8 +1301,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_default (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
* property.
*
* Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-default
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_default (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
@@ -1323,8 +1317,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_default (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
*
* Sets whether the app chooser should show recommended applications
* for the content type in a separate section.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_recommended (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
@@ -1350,8 +1342,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_recommended (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
* property.
*
* Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_recommended (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
@@ -1368,8 +1358,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_recommended (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
*
* Sets whether the app chooser should show related applications
* for the content type in a separate section.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_fallback (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
@@ -1395,8 +1383,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_fallback (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
* property.
*
* Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_fallback (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
@@ -1413,8 +1399,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_fallback (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
*
* Sets whether the app chooser should show applications
* which are unrelated to the content type.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_other (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
@@ -1440,8 +1424,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_other (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
* property.
*
* Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_other (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
@@ -1458,8 +1440,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_other (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
*
* Sets whether the app chooser should show all applications
* in a flat list.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_all (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
@@ -1485,8 +1465,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_all (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
* property.
*
* Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_all (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
@@ -1529,8 +1507,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_default_text (GtkAppChooserWidget *self,
* that can handle the content type.
*
* Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:default-text
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
const gchar *
gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_default_text (GtkAppChooserWidget *self)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplication.c b/gtk/gtkapplication.c
index cfe0b2b..91b14af 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkapplication.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkapplication.c
@@ -600,8 +600,6 @@ gtk_application_class_init (GtkApplicationClass *class)
*
* Emitted when a #GtkWindow is added to @application through
* gtk_application_add_window().
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gtk_application_signals[WINDOW_ADDED] =
g_signal_new (I_("window-added"), GTK_TYPE_APPLICATION, G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
@@ -618,8 +616,6 @@ gtk_application_class_init (GtkApplicationClass *class)
* Emitted when a #GtkWindow is removed from @application,
* either as a side-effect of being destroyed or explicitly
* through gtk_application_remove_window().
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gtk_application_signals[WINDOW_REMOVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("window-removed"), GTK_TYPE_APPLICATION, G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
@@ -632,8 +628,6 @@ gtk_application_class_init (GtkApplicationClass *class)
* GtkApplication:register-session:
*
* Set this property to %TRUE to register with the session manager.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
gtk_application_props[PROP_REGISTER_SESSION] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("register-session",
@@ -697,8 +691,6 @@ gtk_application_class_init (GtkApplicationClass *class)
* GTK+ 3.6 or later.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkApplication instance
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkApplication *
gtk_application_new (const gchar *application_id,
@@ -732,8 +724,6 @@ gtk_application_new (const gchar *application_id,
*
* GTK+ will keep the @application running as long as it has
* any windows.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_application_add_window (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -767,8 +757,6 @@ gtk_application_add_window (GtkApplication *application,
*
* The application may stop running as a result of a call to this
* function.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_application_remove_window (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -797,8 +785,6 @@ gtk_application_remove_window (GtkApplication *application,
* deletion.
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkWindow) (transfer none): a #GList of #GtkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GList *
gtk_application_get_windows (GtkApplication *application)
@@ -820,8 +806,6 @@ gtk_application_get_windows (GtkApplication *application)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the window with ID @id, or
* %NULL if there is no window with this ID
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkWindow *
gtk_application_get_window_by_id (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -854,8 +838,6 @@ gtk_application_get_window_by_id (GtkApplication *application,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the active window, or %NULL if
* there isn't one.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
**/
GtkWindow *
gtk_application_get_active_window (GtkApplication *application)
@@ -914,8 +896,6 @@ gtk_application_update_accels (GtkApplication *application)
* replaced with your own.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if you should set an app menu
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_application_prefers_app_menu (GtkApplication *application)
@@ -948,8 +928,6 @@ gtk_application_prefers_app_menu (GtkApplication *application)
*
* Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the user
* selecting these menu items.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_application_set_app_menu (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -980,8 +958,6 @@ gtk_application_set_app_menu (GtkApplication *application,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the application menu of @application
* or %NULL if no application menu has been set.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
GMenuModel *
gtk_application_get_app_menu (GtkApplication *application)
@@ -1014,8 +990,6 @@ gtk_application_get_app_menu (GtkApplication *application)
*
* Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the
* user selecting these menu items.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_application_set_menubar (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -1045,8 +1019,6 @@ gtk_application_set_menubar (GtkApplication *application,
* gtk_application_set_menubar().
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the menubar for windows of @application
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
GMenuModel *
gtk_application_get_menubar (GtkApplication *application)
@@ -1067,8 +1039,6 @@ gtk_application_get_menubar (GtkApplication *application)
* marked as idle (and possibly locked)
*
* Types of user actions that may be blocked by gtk_application_inhibit().
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
/**
@@ -1105,8 +1075,6 @@ gtk_application_get_menubar (GtkApplication *application)
* request. It should be used as an argument to gtk_application_uninhibit()
* in order to remove the request. If the platform does not support
* inhibiting or the request failed for some reason, 0 is returned.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
guint
gtk_application_inhibit (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -1128,8 +1096,6 @@ gtk_application_inhibit (GtkApplication *application,
*
* Removes an inhibitor that has been established with gtk_application_inhibit().
* Inhibitors are also cleared when the application exits.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_application_uninhibit (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -1170,8 +1136,6 @@ gtk_application_get_application_accels (GtkApplication *application)
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a %NULL-terminated array of strings,
* free with g_strfreev() when done
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gchar **
gtk_application_list_action_descriptions (GtkApplication *application)
@@ -1198,8 +1162,6 @@ gtk_application_list_action_descriptions (GtkApplication *application)
*
* For the @detailed_action_name, see g_action_parse_detailed_name() and
* g_action_print_detailed_name().
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_application_set_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -1234,8 +1196,6 @@ gtk_application_set_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application,
*
* Returns: (transfer full): accelerators for @detailed_action_name, as
* a %NULL-terminated array. Free with g_strfreev() when no longer needed
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gchar **
gtk_application_get_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -1270,8 +1230,6 @@ gtk_application_get_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application,
* If you are unsure, check it with gtk_accelerator_parse() first.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a %NULL-terminated array of actions for @accel
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
gchar **
gtk_application_get_actions_for_accel (GtkApplication *application,
@@ -1326,8 +1284,6 @@ gtk_application_handle_window_map (GtkApplication *application,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): Gets the menu with the
* given id from the automatically loaded resources
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
GMenu *
gtk_application_get_menu_by_id (GtkApplication *application,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplication.h b/gtk/gtkapplication.h
index badb3f0..e59b611 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkapplication.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkapplication.h
@@ -89,15 +89,15 @@ void gtk_application_remove_window (GtkApplication *application,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList * gtk_application_get_windows (GtkApplication *application);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GMenuModel * gtk_application_get_app_menu (GtkApplication *application);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_application_set_app_menu (GtkApplication *application,
GMenuModel *app_menu);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GMenuModel * gtk_application_get_menubar (GtkApplication *application);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_application_set_menubar (GtkApplication *application,
GMenuModel *menubar);
@@ -109,42 +109,42 @@ typedef enum
GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_IDLE = (1 << 3)
} GtkApplicationInhibitFlags;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_application_inhibit (GtkApplication *application,
GtkWindow *window,
GtkApplicationInhibitFlags flags,
const gchar *reason);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_application_uninhibit (GtkApplication *application,
guint cookie);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWindow * gtk_application_get_window_by_id (GtkApplication *application,
guint id);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWindow * gtk_application_get_active_window (GtkApplication *application);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar ** gtk_application_list_action_descriptions (GtkApplication *application);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar ** gtk_application_get_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application,
const gchar
*detailed_action_name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar ** gtk_application_get_actions_for_accel (GtkApplication *application,
const gchar *accel);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_application_set_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application,
const gchar *detailed_action_name,
const gchar * const *accels);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_application_prefers_app_menu (GtkApplication *application);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GMenu * gtk_application_get_menu_by_id (GtkApplication *application,
const gchar *id);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c b/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c
index 0d2304a..ec6fcb3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c
@@ -846,8 +846,6 @@ gtk_application_window_class_init (GtkApplicationWindowClass *class)
* Creates a new #GtkApplicationWindow.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkApplicationWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_application_window_new (GtkApplication *application)
@@ -867,8 +865,6 @@ gtk_application_window_new (GtkApplication *application)
* and menubar as needed.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @window will display a menubar when needed
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_application_window_get_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window)
@@ -883,8 +879,6 @@ gtk_application_window_get_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window)
*
* Sets whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu
* and menubar as needed.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_application_window_set_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window,
@@ -913,8 +907,6 @@ gtk_application_window_set_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window,
*
* Returns: the unique ID for @window, or `0` if the window
* has not yet been added to a #GtkApplication
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
guint
gtk_application_window_get_id (GtkApplicationWindow *window)
@@ -953,8 +945,6 @@ show_help_overlay (GSimpleAction *action,
* it.
*
* @window takes resposibility for destroying @help_overlay.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_application_window_set_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window,
@@ -995,8 +985,6 @@ gtk_application_window_set_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window,
* a prior call to gtk_application_window_set_help_overlay().
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the help overlay associated with @window, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
GtkShortcutsWindow *
gtk_application_window_get_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.h b/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.h
index abe41c9..7f243ee 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.h
@@ -65,24 +65,24 @@ struct _GtkApplicationWindowClass
gpointer padding[14];
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_application_window_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_application_window_new (GtkApplication *application);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_application_window_set_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window,
gboolean show_menubar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_application_window_get_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_application_window_get_id (GtkApplicationWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_application_window_set_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window,
GtkShortcutsWindow *help_overlay);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkShortcutsWindow *
gtk_application_window_get_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkassistant.c b/gtk/gtkassistant.c
index e6b5b49..0487a8d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkassistant.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkassistant.c
@@ -407,8 +407,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class)
* @assistant: the #GtkAssistant
*
* The ::cancel signal is emitted when then the cancel button is clicked.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[CANCEL] =
g_signal_new (I_("cancel"),
@@ -429,8 +427,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class)
*
* A handler for this signal can do any preparations which are
* necessary before showing @page.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[PREPARE] =
g_signal_new (I_("prepare"),
@@ -456,8 +452,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class)
* %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS after the confirmation page and handle
* this operation within the #GtkAssistant::prepare signal of the progress
* page.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[APPLY] =
g_signal_new (I_("apply"),
@@ -475,8 +469,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class)
* The ::close signal is emitted either when the close button of
* a summary page is clicked, or when the apply button in the last
* page in the flow (of type %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM) is clicked.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[CLOSE] =
g_signal_new (I_("close"),
@@ -507,8 +499,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class)
*
* For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer
* property, but you should only set it to %TRUE or %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_USE_HEADER_BAR,
@@ -522,8 +512,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class)
* GtkAssistant:page-type:
*
* The type of the assistant page.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class,
CHILD_PROP_PAGE_TYPE,
@@ -538,8 +526,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class)
* GtkAssistant:title:
*
* The title of the page.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class,
CHILD_PROP_PAGE_TITLE,
@@ -555,8 +541,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class)
* Setting the "complete" child property to %TRUE marks a page as
* complete (i.e.: all the required fields are filled out). GTK+ uses
* this information to control the sensitivity of the navigation buttons.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class,
CHILD_PROP_PAGE_COMPLETE,
@@ -1398,8 +1382,6 @@ gtk_assistant_remove (GtkContainer *container,
* Creates a new #GtkAssistant.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkAssistant
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_assistant_new (void)
@@ -1420,8 +1402,6 @@ gtk_assistant_new (void)
* Returns: The index (starting from 0) of the current
* page in the @assistant, or -1 if the @assistant has no pages,
* or no current page.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_assistant_get_current_page (GtkAssistant *assistant)
@@ -1451,8 +1431,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_current_page (GtkAssistant *assistant)
* Note that this will only be necessary in custom buttons,
* as the @assistant flow can be set with
* gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_assistant_set_current_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1500,8 +1478,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_current_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* This function is for use when creating pages of the
* #GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_assistant_next_page (GtkAssistant *assistant)
@@ -1525,8 +1501,6 @@ gtk_assistant_next_page (GtkAssistant *assistant)
*
* This function is for use when creating pages of the
* #GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_assistant_previous_page (GtkAssistant *assistant)
@@ -1563,8 +1537,6 @@ gtk_assistant_previous_page (GtkAssistant *assistant)
* Returns the number of pages in the @assistant
*
* Returns: the number of pages in the @assistant
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_assistant_get_n_pages (GtkAssistant *assistant)
@@ -1588,8 +1560,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_n_pages (GtkAssistant *assistant)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the child widget, or %NULL
* if @page_num is out of bounds
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_assistant_get_nth_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1625,8 +1595,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_nth_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* Prepends a page to the @assistant.
*
* Returns: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_assistant_prepend_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1646,8 +1614,6 @@ gtk_assistant_prepend_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* Appends a page to the @assistant.
*
* Returns: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_assistant_append_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1669,8 +1635,6 @@ gtk_assistant_append_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* Inserts a page in the @assistant at a given position.
*
* Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_assistant_insert_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1755,8 +1719,6 @@ gtk_assistant_insert_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* or -1 to remove the last page
*
* Removes the @page_num’s page from @assistant.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_assistant_remove_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1787,8 +1749,6 @@ gtk_assistant_remove_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* Setting @page_func to %NULL will make the assistant to
* use the default forward function, which just goes to the
* next visible page.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1843,8 +1803,6 @@ add_to_action_area (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* @child: a #GtkWidget
*
* Adds a widget to the action area of a #GtkAssistant.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_assistant_add_action_widget (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1877,8 +1835,6 @@ gtk_assistant_add_action_widget (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* @child: a #GtkWidget
*
* Removes a widget from the action area of a #GtkAssistant.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_assistant_remove_action_widget (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1912,8 +1868,6 @@ gtk_assistant_remove_action_widget (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* The title is displayed in the header area of the assistant
* when @page is the current page.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1951,8 +1905,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* Gets the title for @page.
*
* Returns: the title for @page
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar*
gtk_assistant_get_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -1982,8 +1934,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* Sets the page type for @page.
*
* The page type determines the page behavior in the @assistant.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_assistant_set_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -2030,8 +1980,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* Gets the page type of @page.
*
* Returns: the page type of @page
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkAssistantPageType
gtk_assistant_get_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -2062,8 +2010,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* This will make @assistant update the buttons state
* to be able to continue the task.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_assistant_set_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -2104,8 +2050,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* Gets whether @page is complete.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @page is complete.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_assistant_get_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -2134,8 +2078,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant,
*
* Sets whether the assistant is adding padding around
* the page.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_assistant_set_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -2174,7 +2116,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* Gets whether page has padding.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @page has padding
- * Since: 3.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_assistant_get_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant,
@@ -2208,8 +2149,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant,
* One situation where it can be necessary to call this
* function is when changing a value on the current page
* affects the future page flow of the assistant.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_assistant_update_buttons_state (GtkAssistant *assistant)
@@ -2232,8 +2171,6 @@ gtk_assistant_update_buttons_state (GtkAssistant *assistant)
* or undone. For example, showing a progress page to track
* a long-running, unreversible operation after the user has
* clicked apply on a confirmation page.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
void
gtk_assistant_commit (GtkAssistant *assistant)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkassistant.h b/gtk/gtkassistant.h
index 933a75d..5d5629a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkassistant.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkassistant.h
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_assistant_insert_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
GtkWidget *page,
gint position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_assistant_remove_page (GtkAssistant *assistant,
gint page_num);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ void gtk_assistant_update_buttons_state (GtkAssistant *assista
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_assistant_commit (GtkAssistant *assistant);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_assistant_set_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant,
GtkWidget *page,
gboolean has_padding);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_assistant_get_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant,
GtkWidget *page);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbbox.c b/gtk/gtkbbox.c
index 5a22037..743ed18 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbbox.c
@@ -344,8 +344,6 @@ gtk_button_box_get_layout (GtkButtonBox *widget)
* Returns whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
*
* Returns: whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_button_box_get_child_secondary (GtkButtonBox *widget,
@@ -1056,8 +1054,6 @@ gtk_button_box_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
* Creates a new #GtkButtonBox.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkButtonBox.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_button_box_new (GtkOrientation orientation)
@@ -1076,8 +1072,6 @@ gtk_button_box_new (GtkOrientation orientation)
* sizing.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the child is not subject to homogenous sizing
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gtk_button_box_get_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget,
@@ -1096,8 +1090,6 @@ gtk_button_box_get_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget,
* @non_homogeneous: the new value
*
* Sets whether the child is exempted from homogeous sizing.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_button_box_set_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbbox.h b/gtk/gtkbbox.h
index a191feb..c8bcf2e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbbox.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkbbox.h
@@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_button_box_set_child_secondary (GtkButtonBox *widget,
GtkWidget *child,
gboolean is_secondary);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_button_box_get_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_button_box_set_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget,
GtkWidget *child,
gboolean non_homogeneous);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbindings.c b/gtk/gtkbindings.c
index 4234db7..72ef46c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbindings.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbindings.c
@@ -833,8 +833,6 @@ gtk_binding_entry_clear_internal (GtkBindingSet *binding_set,
* Install a binding on @binding_set which causes key lookups
* to be aborted, to prevent bindings from lower priority sets
* to be activated.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_binding_entry_skip (GtkBindingSet *binding_set,
@@ -1391,8 +1389,6 @@ create_signal_scanner (void)
*
* Returns: %G_TOKEN_NONE if the signal was successfully parsed and added,
* the expected token otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GTokenType
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_from_string (GtkBindingSet *binding_set,
@@ -1574,8 +1570,6 @@ gtk_bindings_activate (GObject *object,
* @event, and if one was found, activate it.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a matching key binding was found
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_bindings_activate_event (GObject *object,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkborder.c b/gtk/gtkborder.c
index 54f4e73..434f38e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkborder.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkborder.c
@@ -33,8 +33,6 @@
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated #GtkBorder-struct.
* Free with gtk_border_free()
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GtkBorder *
gtk_border_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbox.c b/gtk/gtkbox.c
index 5568126..3567ecb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbox.c
@@ -1332,8 +1332,6 @@ gtk_box_init (GtkBox *box)
* Creates a new #GtkBox.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkBox.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_box_new (GtkOrientation orientation,
@@ -1478,8 +1476,6 @@ gtk_box_get_spacing (GtkBox *box)
* and the baseline is not allocated by the parent then
* @position is used to allocate the baseline wrt the
* extra space available.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_box_set_baseline_position (GtkBox *box,
@@ -1506,8 +1502,6 @@ gtk_box_set_baseline_position (GtkBox *box,
* Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_baseline_position().
*
* Returns: the baseline position
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
GtkBaselinePosition
gtk_box_get_baseline_position (GtkBox *box)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbox.h b/gtk/gtkbox.h
index 64539d9..57c47bb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbox.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkbox.h
@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ void gtk_box_set_spacing (GtkBox *box,
gint spacing);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_box_get_spacing (GtkBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_box_set_baseline_position (GtkBox *box,
GtkBaselinePosition position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkBaselinePosition gtk_box_get_baseline_position (GtkBox *box);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuildable.c b/gtk/gtkbuildable.c
index d16e008..0be8203 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuildable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuildable.c
@@ -54,8 +54,6 @@ gtk_buildable_default_init (GtkBuildableInterface *iface)
* @name: name to set
*
* Sets the name of the @buildable object.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
@@ -88,8 +86,6 @@ gtk_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* used to construct the @buildable.
*
* Returns: the name set with gtk_buildable_set_name()
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
const gchar *
gtk_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
@@ -116,8 +112,6 @@ gtk_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
*
* Adds a child to @buildable. @type is an optional string
* describing how the child should be added.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_buildable_add_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
@@ -144,8 +138,6 @@ gtk_buildable_add_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* @value: value of property
*
* Sets the property name @name to @value on the @buildable object.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
@@ -177,8 +169,6 @@ gtk_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* Note that this will be called once for each time
* gtk_builder_add_from_file() or gtk_builder_add_from_string()
* is called on a builder.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
@@ -206,8 +196,6 @@ gtk_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* specified in the UI definition.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the constructed child
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
GObject *
gtk_buildable_construct_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
@@ -240,8 +228,6 @@ gtk_buildable_construct_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, %FALSE
* if it doesn't.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
@@ -274,8 +260,6 @@ gtk_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
*
* This is called at the end of each custom element handled by
* the buildable.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
@@ -305,8 +289,6 @@ gtk_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
*
* This is similar to gtk_buildable_parser_finished() but is
* called once for each custom tag handled by the @buildable.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
@@ -334,8 +316,6 @@ gtk_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* Get the internal child called @childname of the @buildable object.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the internal child of the buildable object
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
GObject *
gtk_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilder.c b/gtk/gtkbuilder.c
index a548f00..c492da1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuilder.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuilder.c
@@ -274,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_builder_class_init (GtkBuilderClass *klass)
* have been marked as translatable in interface descriptions.
* If the translation domain is %NULL, #GtkBuilder uses gettext(),
* otherwise g_dgettext().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
builder_props[PROP_TRANSLATION_DOMAIN] =
g_param_spec_string ("translation-domain",
@@ -1021,8 +1019,6 @@ _gtk_builder_finish (GtkBuilder *builder)
* gtk_builder_new_from_resource() or gtk_builder_new_from_string().
*
* Returns: a new (empty) #GtkBuilder object
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
GtkBuilder *
gtk_builder_new (void)
@@ -1053,8 +1049,6 @@ gtk_builder_new (void)
* thing to do when an error is detected is to call g_error().
*
* Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
guint
gtk_builder_add_from_file (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1118,8 +1112,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_from_file (GtkBuilder *builder,
* #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids.
*
* Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
guint
gtk_builder_add_objects_from_file (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1242,8 +1234,6 @@ gtk_builder_extend_with_template (GtkBuilder *builder,
* to call g_error().
*
* Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
guint
gtk_builder_add_from_resource (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1319,8 +1309,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_from_resource (GtkBuilder *builder,
* #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids.
*
* Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
guint
gtk_builder_add_objects_from_resource (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1398,8 +1386,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_objects_from_resource (GtkBuilder *builder,
* to call g_error().
*
* Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
guint
gtk_builder_add_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1453,8 +1439,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder,
* #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids.
*
* Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
guint
gtk_builder_add_objects_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1501,8 +1485,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_objects_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the object named @name or %NULL if
* it could not be found in the object tree.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
GObject *
gtk_builder_get_object (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1525,8 +1507,6 @@ gtk_builder_get_object (GtkBuilder *builder,
* Returns: (element-type GObject) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList containing all the objects
* constructed by the #GtkBuilder instance. It should be freed by
* g_slist_free()
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
GSList *
gtk_builder_get_objects (GtkBuilder *builder)
@@ -1551,8 +1531,6 @@ gtk_builder_get_objects (GtkBuilder *builder)
*
* Sets the translation domain of @builder.
* See #GtkBuilder:translation-domain.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_builder_set_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1577,8 +1555,6 @@ gtk_builder_set_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder,
*
* Returns: the translation domain. This string is owned
* by the builder object and must not be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
const gchar *
gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder)
@@ -1596,8 +1572,6 @@ gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder)
*
* Add @object to the @builder object pool so it can be referenced just like any
* other object built by builder.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
void
gtk_builder_expose_object (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1682,8 +1656,6 @@ gtk_builder_connect_signals_default (GtkBuilder *builder,
* On Linux and Unices, this is not necessary; applications should instead
* be compiled with the -Wl,--export-dynamic CFLAGS, and linked against
* gmodule-export-2.0.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_builder_connect_signals (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1723,8 +1695,6 @@ gtk_builder_connect_signals (GtkBuilder *builder,
* could be useful where the programmer wants more control over the signal
* connection process. Note that this function can only be called once,
* subsequent calls will do nothing.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
/**
@@ -1736,8 +1706,6 @@ gtk_builder_connect_signals (GtkBuilder *builder,
* This function can be thought of the interpreted language binding
* version of gtk_builder_connect_signals(), except that it does not
* require GModule to function correctly.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_builder_connect_signals_full (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1824,8 +1792,6 @@ gtk_builder_connect_signals_full (GtkBuilder *builder,
* #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain.
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_builder_value_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -1901,8 +1867,6 @@ gtk_builder_value_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder,
* #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain.
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_builder_value_from_string_type (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -2420,8 +2384,6 @@ error:
*
* Returns: the #GType found for @type_name or #G_TYPE_INVALID
* if no type was found
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GType
gtk_builder_get_type_from_name (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -2507,8 +2469,6 @@ _gtk_builder_get_template_type (GtkBuilder *builder)
* for any callback symbols that are added. Using this method allows for better
* encapsulation as it does not require that callback symbols be declared in
* the global namespace.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -2535,8 +2495,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder,
*
* A convenience function to add many callbacks instead of calling
* gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol() for each symbol.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_builder_add_callback_symbols (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -2584,8 +2542,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_callback_symbols (GtkBuilder *builder,
* using gtk_builder_connect_signals_full()
*
* Returns: (nullable): The callback symbol in @builder for @callback_name, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GCallback
gtk_builder_lookup_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -2612,8 +2568,6 @@ gtk_builder_lookup_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder,
* user interface descriptions that are shipped as part of your program.
*
* Returns: a #GtkBuilder containing the described interface
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
GtkBuilder *
gtk_builder_new_from_file (const gchar *filename)
@@ -2639,8 +2593,6 @@ gtk_builder_new_from_file (const gchar *filename)
* description, then the program will be aborted.
*
* Returns: a #GtkBuilder containing the described interface
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
GtkBuilder *
gtk_builder_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path)
@@ -2671,8 +2623,6 @@ gtk_builder_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path)
* from untrusted sources.
*
* Returns: a #GtkBuilder containing the interface described by @string
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
GtkBuilder *
gtk_builder_new_from_string (const gchar *string,
@@ -2697,8 +2647,6 @@ gtk_builder_new_from_string (const gchar *string,
*
* You only need this function if there is more than one #GApplication
* in your process. @application cannot be %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
void
gtk_builder_set_application (GtkBuilder *builder,
@@ -2728,8 +2676,6 @@ gtk_builder_set_application (GtkBuilder *builder,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the application being used by the builder,
* or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
GtkApplication *
gtk_builder_get_application (GtkBuilder *builder)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilder.h b/gtk/gtkbuilder.h
index 959d7cf..bf50171 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbuilder.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkbuilder.h
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ guint gtk_builder_add_objects_from_file (GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *filename,
gchar **object_ids,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_builder_add_objects_from_resource(GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *resource_path,
gchar **object_ids,
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ GObject* gtk_builder_get_object (GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GSList* gtk_builder_get_objects (GtkBuilder *builder);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_builder_expose_object (GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
GObject *object);
@@ -186,32 +186,32 @@ gboolean gtk_builder_value_from_string_type (GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *string,
GValue *value,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new_from_file (const gchar *filename);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new_from_string (const gchar *string,
gssize length);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *callback_name,
GCallback callback_symbol);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_builder_add_callback_symbols (GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *first_callback_name,
GCallback first_callback_symbol,
...) G_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GCallback gtk_builder_lookup_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *callback_name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_builder_set_application (GtkBuilder *builder,
GtkApplication *application);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkApplication * gtk_builder_get_application (GtkBuilder *builder);
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ GtkApplication * gtk_builder_get_application (GtkBuilder *builder);
#define GTK_BUILDER_WARN_INVALID_CHILD_TYPE(object, type) \
g_warning ("'%s' is not a valid child type of '%s'", type, g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (object)))
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_builder_extend_with_template (GtkBuilder *builder,
GtkWidget *widget,
GType template_type,
const gchar *buffer,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbutton.c b/gtk/gtkbutton.c
index 6f46594..0d58e66 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkbutton.c
@@ -622,8 +622,6 @@ gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label)
* will be updated appropriately.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkButton displaying the themed icon
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_button_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name)
@@ -1086,8 +1084,6 @@ gtk_button_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
* Adds a #GtkImage with the given icon name as a child. The icon will be
* of size %GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON. If @button already contains a child widget,
* that child widget will be removed and replaced with the image.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_button_set_icon_name (GtkButton *button,
@@ -1129,8 +1125,6 @@ gtk_button_set_icon_name (GtkButton *button,
* Returns the icon name set via gtk_button_set_icon_name().
*
* Returns: (nullable): The icon name set via gtk_button_set_icon_name()
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
const char *
gtk_button_get_icon_name (GtkButton *button)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkbutton.h b/gtk/gtkbutton.h
index 2bd236c..6be4714 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkbutton.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkbutton.h
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_button_new (void);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (const gchar *label);
@@ -111,10 +111,10 @@ void gtk_button_set_use_underline (GtkButton *button,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_button_get_use_underline (GtkButton *button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_button_set_icon_name (GtkButton *button,
const char *icon_name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gtk_button_get_icon_name (GtkButton *button);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcalendar.c b/gtk/gtkcalendar.c
index 2d03959..5bbb6ca 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcalendar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcalendar.c
@@ -433,8 +433,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class)
* GtkCalendar:show-heading:
*
* Determines whether a heading is displayed.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SHOW_HEADING,
@@ -448,8 +446,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class)
* GtkCalendar:show-day-names:
*
* Determines whether day names are displayed.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SHOW_DAY_NAMES,
@@ -462,8 +458,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class)
* GtkCalendar:no-month-change:
*
* Determines whether the selected month can be changed.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_NO_MONTH_CHANGE,
@@ -477,8 +471,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class)
* GtkCalendar:show-week-numbers:
*
* Determines whether week numbers are displayed.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS,
@@ -493,8 +485,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class)
*
* Width of a detail cell, in characters.
* A value of 0 allows any width. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func().
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_DETAIL_WIDTH_CHARS,
@@ -509,8 +499,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class)
*
* Height of a detail cell, in rows.
* A value of 0 allows any width. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func().
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_DETAIL_HEIGHT_ROWS,
@@ -526,8 +514,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class)
* Determines whether details are shown directly in the widget, or if they are
* available only as tooltip. When this property is set days with details are
* marked.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SHOW_DETAILS,
@@ -3107,8 +3093,6 @@ gtk_calendar_new (void)
* Returns the current display options of @calendar.
*
* Returns: the display options.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkCalendarDisplayOptions
gtk_calendar_get_display_options (GtkCalendar *calendar)
@@ -3125,8 +3109,6 @@ gtk_calendar_get_display_options (GtkCalendar *calendar)
*
* Sets display options (whether to display the heading and the month
* headings).
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_calendar_set_display_options (GtkCalendar *calendar,
@@ -3344,8 +3326,6 @@ gtk_calendar_mark_day (GtkCalendar *calendar,
* Returns if the @day of the @calendar is already marked.
*
* Returns: whether the day is marked.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_calendar_get_day_is_marked (GtkCalendar *calendar,
@@ -3439,8 +3419,6 @@ gtk_calendar_get_date (GtkCalendar *calendar,
* The size of the details area can be restricted by setting the
* #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars and #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows
* properties.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gtk_calendar_set_detail_func (GtkCalendar *calendar,
@@ -3473,8 +3451,6 @@ gtk_calendar_set_detail_func (GtkCalendar *calendar,
*
* Updates the width of detail cells.
* See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gtk_calendar_set_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar,
@@ -3501,8 +3477,6 @@ gtk_calendar_set_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar,
*
* Updates the height of detail cells.
* See #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gtk_calendar_set_detail_height_rows (GtkCalendar *calendar,
@@ -3529,8 +3503,6 @@ gtk_calendar_set_detail_height_rows (GtkCalendar *calendar,
* Queries the width of detail cells, in characters.
* See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.
*
- * Since: 2.14
- *
* Returns: The width of detail cells, in characters.
*/
gint
@@ -3548,8 +3520,6 @@ gtk_calendar_get_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar)
* Queries the height of detail cells, in rows.
* See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars.
*
- * Since: 2.14
- *
* Returns: The height of detail cells, in rows.
*/
gint
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcalendar.h b/gtk/gtkcalendar.h
index 8c4870b..bff8623 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcalendar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcalendar.h
@@ -84,8 +84,6 @@ typedef enum
* specified day. Examples for such details are holidays or appointments. The
* function returns %NULL when no information is available.
*
- * Since: 2.14
- *
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): Newly allocated string with Pango markup
* with details for the specified day or %NULL.
*/
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellarea.c b/gtk/gtkcellarea.c
index f1b4224..bccaa06 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellarea.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellarea.c
@@ -679,8 +679,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
* @is_expanded: whether the view is currently showing the children of this row
*
* This signal is emitted whenever applying attributes to @area from @model
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
cell_area_signals[SIGNAL_APPLY_ATTRIBUTES] =
g_signal_new (I_("apply-attributes"),
@@ -708,8 +706,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
*
* Indicates that editing has started on @renderer and that @editable
* should be added to the owning cell-layouting widget at @cell_area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
cell_area_signals[SIGNAL_ADD_EDITABLE] =
g_signal_new (I_("add-editable"),
@@ -733,8 +729,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
*
* Indicates that editing finished on @renderer and that @editable
* should be removed from the owning cell-layouting widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
cell_area_signals[SIGNAL_REMOVE_EDITABLE] =
g_signal_new (I_("remove-editable"),
@@ -761,8 +755,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
* currently focused renderer did not change, this is
* because focus may change to the same renderer in the
* same cell area for a different row of data.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
cell_area_signals[SIGNAL_FOCUS_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus-changed"),
@@ -780,8 +772,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
* GtkCellArea:focus-cell:
*
* The cell in the area that currently has focus
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_FOCUS_CELL,
@@ -798,8 +788,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
*
* This property is read-only and only changes as
* a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_EDITED_CELL,
@@ -816,8 +804,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class)
*
* This property is read-only and only changes as
* a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_EDIT_WIDGET,
@@ -1605,8 +1591,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to add to @area
*
* Adds @renderer to @area with the default child cell properties.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_add (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1624,8 +1608,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_add (GtkCellArea *area,
* @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to remove from @area
*
* Removes @renderer from @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_remove (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1682,8 +1664,6 @@ get_has_renderer (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
* Checks if @area contains @renderer.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @renderer is in the @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_area_has_renderer (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1706,8 +1686,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_has_renderer (GtkCellArea *area,
* @callback_data: user provided data pointer
*
* Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_foreach (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1732,8 +1710,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_foreach (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area with the
* allocated rectangle inside @cell_area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1767,8 +1743,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc (GtkCellArea *area,
* Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event was handled by @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_cell_area_event (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1809,8 +1783,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_event (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Snapshots @area’s cells according to @area’s layout onto at
* the given coordinates.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_snapshot (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1864,8 +1836,6 @@ get_cell_allocation (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
*
* Derives the allocation of @renderer inside @area if @area
* were to be renderered in @cell_area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_get_cell_allocation (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1922,8 +1892,6 @@ get_cell_by_position (GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
* returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1967,8 +1935,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position (GtkCellArea *area,
* which was used to request the size of those rows of data).
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellAreaContext *
gtk_cell_area_create_context (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -1996,8 +1962,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_create_context (GtkCellArea *area)
* to be displayed.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellAreaContext *
gtk_cell_area_copy_context (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2017,8 +1981,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_copy_context (GtkCellArea *area,
* or a width-for-height layout.
*
* Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkSizeRequestMode
gtk_cell_area_get_request_mode (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -2044,8 +2006,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_request_mode (GtkCellArea *area)
* to check the @minimum_width and @natural_width of this call but rather to
* consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width() after a series of
* requests.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2084,8 +2044,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width (GtkCellArea *area,
* requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() again and then
* the full width of the requested rows checked again with
* gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2120,8 +2078,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellArea *area,
* to check the @minimum_height and @natural_height of this call but rather to
* consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height() after a series of
* requests.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2160,8 +2116,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height (GtkCellArea *area,
* requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() again and then
* the full height of the requested rows checked again with
* gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2193,8 +2147,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Connects an @attribute to apply values from @column for the
* #GtkTreeModel in use.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_attribute_connect (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2262,8 +2214,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_attribute_connect (GtkCellArea *area,
* Disconnects @attribute for the @renderer in @area so that
* attribute will no longer be updated with values from the
* model.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_attribute_disconnect (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2308,8 +2258,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_attribute_disconnect (GtkCellArea *area,
* or -1 if the attribute is not mapped.
*
* Returns: the model column, or -1
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
gint
gtk_cell_area_attribute_get_column (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2349,8 +2297,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_attribute_get_column (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Applies any connected attributes to the renderers in
* @area by pulling the values from @tree_model.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2380,8 +2326,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (GtkCellArea *area,
* Returns: The current #GtkTreePath string for the current
* attributes applied to @area. This string belongs to the area and
* should not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
const gchar *
gtk_cell_area_get_current_path_string (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -2406,8 +2350,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_current_path_string (GtkCellArea *area)
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
*
* Installs a cell property on a cell area class.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
@@ -2445,8 +2387,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the child property
* or %NULL if @aclass has no child property with that name.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GParamSpec*
gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
@@ -2471,8 +2411,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
* Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a newly
* allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*. The array
* must be freed with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GParamSpec**
gtk_cell_area_class_list_cell_properties (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
@@ -2502,8 +2440,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_list_cell_properties (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass,
*
* Adds @renderer to @area, setting cell properties at the same time.
* See gtk_cell_area_add() and gtk_cell_area_cell_set() for more details.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_add_with_properties (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2542,8 +2478,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_add_with_properties (GtkCellArea *area,
* with @first_prop_name
*
* Sets one or more cell properties for @cell in @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_cell_set (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2570,8 +2504,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_set (GtkCellArea *area,
* optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
*
* Gets the values of one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_cell_get (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2643,8 +2575,6 @@ area_set_cell_property (GtkCellArea *area,
* with @first_prop_name
*
* Sets one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_cell_set_valist (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2705,8 +2635,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_set_valist (GtkCellArea *area,
* optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL
*
* Gets the values of one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_cell_get_valist (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2764,8 +2692,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_get_valist (GtkCellArea *area,
* @value: the value to set the cell property to
*
* Sets a cell property for @renderer in @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2802,8 +2728,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property (GtkCellArea *area,
* @value: a location to return the value
*
* Gets the value of a cell property for @renderer in @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2873,8 +2797,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property (GtkCellArea *area,
* after applying new attributes to @area.
*
* Returns: whether @area can do anything when activated.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_area_is_activatable (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -2898,8 +2820,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_activatable (GtkCellArea *area)
* to how it lays out cells.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_area_focus (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2925,8 +2845,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_focus (GtkCellArea *area,
* can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus.
*
* Returns: Whether @area was successfully activated.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_area_activate (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2953,8 +2871,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_activate (GtkCellArea *area,
* #GtkCellAreaClass.focus() or #GtkCellAreaClass.event(),
* however it can also be used to implement functions such
* as gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -2995,8 +2911,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area,
* Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the currently focused cell in @area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -3027,8 +2941,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area)
*
* Events handled by focus siblings can also activate the given
* focusable @renderer.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -3072,8 +2984,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Removes @sibling from @renderer’s focus sibling list
* (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_remove_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -3111,8 +3021,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_remove_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
* (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()).
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @sibling is a focus sibling of @renderer
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_area_is_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -3150,8 +3058,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer none): A #GList of #GtkCellRenderers.
* The returned list is internal and should not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
const GList *
gtk_cell_area_get_focus_siblings (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -3182,8 +3088,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_focus_siblings (GtkCellArea *area,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer for which @renderer
* is a sibling, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_area_get_focus_from_sibling (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -3325,8 +3229,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area,
* being edited.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The currently edited #GtkCellRenderer
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -3348,8 +3250,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell (GtkCellArea *area)
* to edit the currently edited cell.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The currently active #GtkCellEditable widget
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellEditable *
gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -3379,8 +3279,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area)
* implementation.
*
* Returns: whether cell activation was successful
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_area_activate_cell (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -3476,8 +3374,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_activate_cell (GtkCellArea *area,
* edit widget.
*
* See gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell() and gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_stop_editing (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -3532,8 +3428,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_stop_editing (GtkCellArea *area,
* This is a convenience function for #GtkCellArea implementations
* to get the inner area where a given #GtkCellRenderer will be
* rendered. It removes any padding previously added by gtk_cell_area_request_renderer().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -3576,8 +3470,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area (GtkCellArea *area,
* function to request size and then use gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area()
* at render and event time since this function will add padding
* around the cell for focus painting.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_request_renderer (GtkCellArea *area,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellarea.h b/gtk/gtkcellarea.h
index ac1fc19..966d6e0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellarea.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellarea.h
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ gint gtk_cell_area_event (GtkCellArea
GdkEvent *event,
const GdkRectangle *cell_area,
GtkCellRendererState flags);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_cell_area_snapshot (GtkCellArea *area,
GtkCellAreaContext *context,
GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_cell_area_attribute_disconnect (GtkCellArea *area,
GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
const gchar *attribute);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_cell_area_attribute_get_column (GtkCellArea *area,
GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
const gchar *attribute);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c b/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c
index 7ea9851..9060212 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c
@@ -301,8 +301,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class)
* GtkCellAreaBox:spacing:
*
* The amount of space to reserve between cells.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_SPACING,
@@ -320,8 +318,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class)
*
* Whether the cell renderer should receive extra space
* when the area receives more than its natural size.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (area_class,
CELL_PROP_EXPAND,
@@ -336,8 +332,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class)
* GtkCellAreaBox:align:
*
* Whether the cell renderer should be aligned in adjacent rows.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (area_class,
CELL_PROP_ALIGN,
@@ -353,8 +347,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class)
*
* Whether the cell renderer should require the same size
* for all rows for which it was requested.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (area_class,
CELL_PROP_FIXED_SIZE,
@@ -370,8 +362,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class)
*
* A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell renderer is packed
* with reference to the start or end of the area.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (area_class,
CELL_PROP_PACK_TYPE,
@@ -2119,8 +2109,6 @@ _gtk_cell_area_box_group_visible (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
* Creates a new #GtkCellAreaBox.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkCellAreaBox
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellArea *
gtk_cell_area_box_new (void)
@@ -2141,8 +2129,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_new (void)
*
* The @renderer is packed after any other #GtkCellRenderer packed
* with reference to the start of @box.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
@@ -2186,8 +2172,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
*
* The @renderer is packed after (away from end of) any other
* #GtkCellRenderer packed with reference to the end of @box.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
@@ -2225,8 +2209,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
* Gets the spacing added between cell renderers.
*
* Returns: the space added between cell renderers in @box.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_cell_area_box_get_spacing (GtkCellAreaBox *box)
@@ -2242,8 +2224,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_get_spacing (GtkCellAreaBox *box)
* @spacing: the space to add between #GtkCellRenderers
*
* Sets the spacing to add between cell renderers in @box.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_box_set_spacing (GtkCellAreaBox *box,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c b/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c
index e8ae95e..3669123 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c
@@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
* GtkCellAreaContext:area:
*
* The #GtkCellArea this context was created by
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_CELL_AREA,
@@ -123,8 +121,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
* The minimum width for the #GtkCellArea in this context
* for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
* for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_MIN_WIDTH,
@@ -140,8 +136,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
* The natural width for the #GtkCellArea in this context
* for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
* for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_NAT_WIDTH,
@@ -157,8 +151,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
* The minimum height for the #GtkCellArea in this context
* for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
* for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_MIN_HEIGHT,
@@ -174,8 +166,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class)
* The natural height for the #GtkCellArea in this context
* for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested
* for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_NAT_HEIGHT,
@@ -327,8 +317,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_real_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
* compute a proper allocation.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellArea this context was created by.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellArea *
gtk_cell_area_context_get_area (GtkCellAreaContext *context)
@@ -423,8 +411,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
*
* After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
* requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -457,8 +443,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
*
* After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
* requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -492,8 +476,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
*
* After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
* requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -524,8 +506,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellAreaContext *contex
*
* After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever
* requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -553,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellAreaContext *contex
* If the context was not allocated in width or height, or if the
* context was recently reset with gtk_cell_area_context_reset(),
* the returned value will be -1.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_get_allocation (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -587,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_allocation (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
* the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to
* progressively push the requested width over a series of
* gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
@@ -633,8 +609,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
* the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to
* progressively push the requested height over a series of
* gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c b/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c
index 1b02665..204b571 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c
@@ -43,8 +43,6 @@ gtk_cell_editable_default_init (GtkCellEditableInterface *iface)
* GtkCellEditable:editing-canceled:
*
* Indicates whether editing on the cell has been canceled.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
g_object_interface_install_property (iface,
g_param_spec_boolean ("editing-canceled",
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c
index 241f467..a48f76a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c
@@ -358,8 +358,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_default_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
* is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.
*
* Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_cell_layout_pack_start (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
@@ -383,8 +381,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_pack_start (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
* divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE.
*
* Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_cell_layout_pack_end (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
@@ -403,8 +399,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_pack_end (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
*
* Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and
* removes all renderers from @cell_layout.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_cell_layout_clear (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
@@ -447,8 +441,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributesv (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
* The attributes should be in attribute/column order, as in
* gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute(). All existing attributes are
* removed, and replaced with the new attributes.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
@@ -478,8 +470,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
* @attribute is the parameter on @cell to be set from the value. So for
* example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the
* “text” attribute of a #GtkCellRendererText get its values from column 2.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
@@ -510,8 +500,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
* cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
*
* @func may be %NULL to remove a previously set function.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
@@ -534,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
*
* Clears all existing attributes previously set with
* gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_cell_layout_clear_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
@@ -557,8 +543,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_clear_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
*
* Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout
* for this to function properly.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_cell_layout_reorder (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
@@ -581,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_reorder (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
* a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has
* been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free()
* when no longer needed.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GList *
gtk_cell_layout_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
@@ -602,8 +584,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the cell area used by @cell_layout,
* or %NULL in case no cell area is used.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkCellArea *
gtk_cell_layout_get_area (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c
index 93ba426..be3e4ca 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c
@@ -220,8 +220,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_class_init (GtkCellRendererClass *class)
* editing when the user presses Escape.
*
* See also: gtk_cell_renderer_stop_editing().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
cell_renderer_signals[EDITING_CANCELED] =
g_signal_new (I_("editing-canceled"),
@@ -264,8 +262,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_class_init (GtkCellRendererClass *class)
* }
* }
* ]|
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
cell_renderer_signals[EDITING_STARTED] =
g_signal_new (I_("editing-started"),
@@ -391,8 +387,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_class_init (GtkCellRendererClass *class)
* GtkCellRenderer:cell-background-rgba:
*
* Cell background as a #GdkRGBA
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_CELL_BACKGROUND_RGBA,
@@ -685,8 +679,6 @@ set_cell_bg_color (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* blank space around the cell, and also the area containing the tree expander;
* so the @background_area rectangles for all cells tile to cover the entire
* @window.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_snapshot (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -922,8 +914,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_fixed_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* @yalign: the y alignment of the cell renderer
*
* Sets the renderer’s alignment within its available space.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_set_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -965,8 +955,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* @yalign: (out) (allow-none): location to fill in with the y alignment of the cell, or %NULL
*
* Fills in @xalign and @yalign with the appropriate values of @cell.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -992,8 +980,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* @ypad: the y padding of the cell renderer
*
* Sets the renderer’s padding.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_set_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1034,8 +1020,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* @ypad: (out) (allow-none): location to fill in with the y padding of the cell, or %NULL
*
* Fills in @xpad and @ypad with the appropriate values of @cell.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1060,8 +1044,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* @visible: the visibility of the cell
*
* Sets the cell renderer’s visibility.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_set_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1087,8 +1069,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* Returns the cell renderer’s visibility.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is visible
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_renderer_get_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
@@ -1104,8 +1084,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
* @sensitive: the sensitivity of the cell
*
* Sets the cell renderer’s sensitivity.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_set_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1131,8 +1109,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* Returns the cell renderer’s sensitivity.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is sensitive
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_renderer_get_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
@@ -1150,8 +1126,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
* Checks whether the cell renderer can do something when activated.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer can do anything when activated
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_renderer_is_activatable (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
@@ -1180,8 +1154,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_is_activatable (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
* This function should be called by cell renderer implementations
* in response to the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal of
* #GtkCellEditable.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_stop_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1395,8 +1367,6 @@ _gtk_cell_renderer_calc_offset (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* or a width-for-height layout.
*
* Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by this renderer.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkSizeRequestMode
gtk_cell_renderer_get_request_mode (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
@@ -1414,8 +1384,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_request_mode (GtkCellRenderer *cell)
* @natural_size: (out) (allow-none): location to store the natural size, or %NULL
*
* Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1462,8 +1430,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* @natural_size: (out) (allow-none): location to store the natural size, or %NULL
*
* Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1512,8 +1478,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
*
* Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural width if it were rendered to
* @widget with the specified @height.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1562,8 +1526,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
*
* Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural height if it were rendered to
* @widget with the specified @width.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1611,8 +1573,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
*
* Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a cell taking
* into account the widget’s preference for height-for-width management.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1674,8 +1634,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
*
* Gets the aligned area used by @cell inside @cell_area. Used for finding
* the appropriate edit and focus rectangle.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_get_aligned_area (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
@@ -1711,8 +1669,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_aligned_area (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* the given #GtkCellRendererState.
*
* Returns: the widget state flags applying to @cell
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkStateFlags
gtk_cell_renderer_get_state (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h
index 59d7a03..2b297e1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_aligned_area (GtkCellRend
GtkCellRendererState flags,
const GdkRectangle *cell_area,
GdkRectangle *aligned_area);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_cell_renderer_snapshot (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
GtkWidget *widget,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c
index 5e8da11..5c67845 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c
@@ -131,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class)
* GtkCellRendererAccel:accel-key:
*
* The keyval of the accelerator.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ACCEL_KEY,
@@ -148,8 +146,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class)
* GtkCellRendererAccel:accel-mods:
*
* The modifier mask of the accelerator.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ACCEL_MODS,
@@ -166,8 +162,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class)
* The hardware keycode of the accelerator. Note that the hardware keycode is
* only relevant if the key does not have a keyval. Normally, the keyboard
* configuration should assign keyvals to all keys.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_KEYCODE,
@@ -186,8 +180,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class)
* they are, consumed modifiers are suppressed, only accelerators
* accepted by GTK+ are allowed, and the accelerators are rendered
* in the same way as they are in menus.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ACCEL_MODE,
@@ -207,8 +199,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class)
* @hardware_keycode: the keycode of the new accelerator
*
* Gets emitted when the user has selected a new accelerator.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[ACCEL_EDITED] = g_signal_new (I_("accel-edited"),
GTK_TYPE_CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL,
@@ -228,8 +218,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class)
* @path_string: the path identifying the row of the edited cell
*
* Gets emitted when the user has removed the accelerator.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[ACCEL_CLEARED] = g_signal_new (I_("accel-cleared"),
GTK_TYPE_CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL,
@@ -248,8 +236,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class)
* Creates a new #GtkCellRendererAccel.
*
* Returns: the new cell renderer
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_renderer_accel_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c
index da49c77..b07f5cf 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c
@@ -117,8 +117,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_class_init (GtkCellRendererComboClass *klass)
*
* Holds a tree model containing the possible values for the combo box.
* Use the text_column property to specify the column holding the values.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_MODEL,
@@ -140,8 +138,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_class_init (GtkCellRendererComboClass *klass)
*
* #GtkCellRendererCombo automatically adds a text cell renderer for
* this column to its combo box.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_TEXT_COLUMN,
@@ -158,8 +154,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_class_init (GtkCellRendererComboClass *klass)
*
* If %TRUE, the cell renderer will include an entry and allow to enter
* values other than the ones in the popup list.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_HAS_ENTRY,
@@ -189,8 +183,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_class_init (GtkCellRendererComboClass *klass)
* the tree view will immediately cease the editing operating. This
* means that you most probably want to refrain from changing the model
* until the combo cell renderer emits the edited or editing_canceled signal.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
cell_renderer_combo_signals[CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("changed"),
@@ -230,8 +222,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_init (GtkCellRendererCombo *self)
* a different string in each row of the #GtkTreeView.
*
* Returns: the new cell renderer
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_renderer_combo_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c
index b438ddc..7fee20b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c
@@ -160,8 +160,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class)
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkCellRendererPixbuf:surface:
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_SURFACE,
@@ -173,8 +171,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class)
/**
* GtkCellRendererPixbuf:texture:
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_TEXTURE,
@@ -188,8 +184,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class)
* GtkCellRendererPixbuf:icon-size:
*
* The #GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ICON_SIZE,
@@ -205,8 +199,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class)
*
* The name of the themed icon to display.
* This property only has an effect if not overridden by the "pixbuf" property.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ICON_NAME,
@@ -222,8 +214,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class)
* The GIcon representing the icon to display.
* If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated
* automatically.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_GICON,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c
index 56ca8e4..ebacb72 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c
@@ -129,8 +129,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass)
*
* The "value" property determines the percentage to which the
* progress bar will be "filled in".
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_VALUE,
@@ -147,8 +145,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass)
* over the progress bar. Setting this property to %NULL causes the default
* label to be displayed. Setting this property to an empty string causes
* no label to be displayed.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_TEXT,
@@ -171,8 +167,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass)
*
* To indicate that the activity has not started yet, set the property
* to zero. To indicate completion, set the property to %G_MAXINT.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_PULSE,
@@ -188,8 +182,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass)
* The "text-xalign" property controls the horizontal alignment of the
* text in the progress bar. Valid values range from 0 (left) to 1
* (right). Reserved for RTL layouts.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_TEXT_XALIGN,
@@ -205,8 +197,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass)
* The "text-yalign" property controls the vertical alignment of the
* text in the progress bar. Valid values range from 0 (top) to 1
* (bottom).
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_TEXT_YALIGN,
@@ -259,8 +249,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_init (GtkCellRendererProgress *cellprogress)
* Creates a new #GtkCellRendererProgress.
*
* Returns: the new cell renderer
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkCellRenderer*
gtk_cell_renderer_progress_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c
index feb7a78..f56bfe0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c
@@ -105,8 +105,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spin_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinClass *klass)
*
* The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton.
* This must be non-%NULL for the cell renderer to be editable.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ADJUSTMENT,
@@ -121,8 +119,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spin_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinClass *klass)
* GtkCellRendererSpin:climb-rate:
*
* The acceleration rate when you hold down a button.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_CLIMB_RATE,
@@ -135,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spin_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinClass *klass)
* GtkCellRendererSpin:digits:
*
* The number of decimal places to display.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_DIGITS,
@@ -362,8 +356,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spin_start_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
* Creates a new #GtkCellRendererSpin.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkCellRendererSpin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_renderer_spin_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c
index de5c79d..d14cdd2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c
@@ -112,8 +112,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass *klass)
/* GtkCellRendererSpinner:active:
*
* Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ACTIVE,
@@ -131,8 +129,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass *klass)
*
* By default, the #GtkSpinner widget draws one full cycle of the animation,
* consisting of 12 frames, in 750 milliseconds.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_PULSE,
@@ -146,8 +142,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass *klass)
* GtkCellRendererSpinner:size:
*
* The #GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_SIZE,
@@ -174,8 +168,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_init (GtkCellRendererSpinner *cell)
* activity.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkCellRenderer
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
GtkCellRenderer *
gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c
index 5838d94..516bec9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c
@@ -287,8 +287,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* GtkCellRendererText:background-rgba:
*
* Background color as a #GdkRGBA
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_BACKGROUND_RGBA] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("background-rgba",
@@ -307,8 +305,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* GtkCellRendererText:foreground-rgba:
*
* Foreground color as a #GdkRGBA
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_FOREGROUND_RGBA] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("foreground-rgba",
@@ -442,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* does not have enough room to display the entire string. Setting it to
* %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE turns off ellipsizing. See the wrap-width property
* for another way of making the text fit into a given width.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_ELLIPSIZE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("ellipsize",
@@ -461,8 +455,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* The desired width of the cell, in characters. If this property is set to
* -1, the width will be calculated automatically, otherwise the cell will
* request either 3 characters or the property value, whichever is greater.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_WIDTH_CHARS] =
g_param_spec_int ("width-chars",
@@ -483,8 +475,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* cell should not receive any greater allocation unless it is
* set to expand in its #GtkCellLayout and all of the cell's siblings
* have received their natural width.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_MAX_WIDTH_CHARS] =
g_param_spec_int ("max-width-chars",
@@ -500,8 +490,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* Specifies how to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell
* renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string.
* This property has no effect unless the wrap-width property is set.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_WRAP_MODE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("wrap-mode",
@@ -519,8 +507,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* Specifies the minimum width at which the text is wrapped. The wrap-mode property can
* be used to influence at what character positions the line breaks can be placed.
* Setting wrap-width to -1 turns wrapping off.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_WRAP_WIDTH] =
g_param_spec_int ("wrap-width",
@@ -538,8 +524,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class)
* Note that this property describes how to align the lines of text in
* case there are several of them. The "xalign" property of #GtkCellRenderer,
* on the other hand, sets the horizontal alignment of the whole text.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_ALIGN] =
g_param_spec_enum ("alignment",
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c
index c88a8ac..2742300 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c
@@ -575,8 +575,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle,
* gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is activatable.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_activatable (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
@@ -592,8 +590,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_activatable (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle)
* @setting: the value to set.
*
* Makes the cell renderer activatable.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellview.c b/gtk/gtkcellview.c
index 10b2c6d..e29eee4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellview.c
@@ -803,8 +803,6 @@ row_changed_cb (GtkTreeModel *model,
* Creates a new #GtkCellView widget.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new (void)
@@ -831,8 +829,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new (void)
* possible.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new_with_context (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -855,8 +851,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_context (GtkCellArea *area,
* to it, and makes it show @text.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const gchar *text)
@@ -888,8 +882,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const gchar *text)
* marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const gchar *markup)
@@ -920,8 +912,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const gchar *markup)
* to it, and makes it show @texture.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_cell_view_new_with_texture (GdkTexture *texture)
@@ -953,8 +943,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_texture (GdkTexture *texture)
*
* Sets a property of a cell renderer of @cell_view, and
* makes sure the display of @cell_view is updated.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
static void
gtk_cell_view_set_value (GtkCellView *cell_view,
@@ -977,8 +965,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_value (GtkCellView *cell_view,
* Sets the model for @cell_view. If @cell_view already has a model
* set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is
* %NULL, then it will unset the old model.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_cell_view_set_model (GtkCellView *cell_view,
@@ -1020,8 +1006,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_model (GtkCellView *cell_view,
* returned.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkTreeModel used or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 2.16
**/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_cell_view_get_model (GtkCellView *cell_view)
@@ -1042,8 +1026,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_model (GtkCellView *cell_view)
* this is not normally a desired result, but may be
* a needed intermediate state if say, the model for
* the #GtkCellView becomes temporarily empty.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_cell_view_set_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view,
@@ -1077,8 +1059,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view,
* %NULL is returned.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the currently displayed row or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_cell_view_get_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view)
@@ -1100,8 +1080,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view)
*
* Returns: whether @cell_view draws all of its
* cells in a sensitive state
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_view_get_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view)
@@ -1124,8 +1102,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view)
* cells in a sensitive state, this is used by #GtkComboBox menus
* to ensure that rows with insensitive cells that contain
* children appear sensitive in the parent menu item.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view,
@@ -1154,8 +1130,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view,
*
* Returns: whether @cell_view requests space to fit
* the entire #GtkTreeModel.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_cell_view_get_fit_model (GtkCellView *cell_view)
@@ -1179,8 +1153,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_fit_model (GtkCellView *cell_view)
* This is used by #GtkComboBox to ensure that the cell view displayed on
* the combo box’s button always gets enough space and does not resize
* when selection changes.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_cell_view_set_fit_model (GtkCellView *cell_view,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellview.h b/gtk/gtkcellview.h
index 8a0efb2..2514c77 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcellview.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcellview.h
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const gchar *text);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const gchar *markup);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_cell_view_new_with_texture (GdkTexture *texture);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_cell_view_set_model (GtkCellView *cell_view,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcenterbox.c b/gtk/gtkcenterbox.c
index bfa2061..f7b4382 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcenterbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcenterbox.c
@@ -740,8 +740,6 @@ gtk_center_box_init (GtkCenterBox *self)
* Creates a new #GtkCenterBox.
*
* Returns: the new #GtkCenterBox.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_center_box_new (void)
@@ -755,8 +753,6 @@ gtk_center_box_new (void)
* @child: (nullable): the new start widget, or %NULL
*
* Sets the start widget. To remove the existing start widget, pass %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
void
gtk_center_box_set_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self,
@@ -778,8 +774,6 @@ gtk_center_box_set_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self,
* @child: (nullable): the new center widget, or %NULL
*
* Sets the center widget. To remove the existing center widget, pas %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
void
gtk_center_box_set_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self,
@@ -801,8 +795,6 @@ gtk_center_box_set_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self,
* @child: (nullable): the new end widget, or %NULL
*
* Sets the end widget. To remove the existing end widget, pass %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
void
gtk_center_box_set_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self,
@@ -825,8 +817,6 @@ gtk_center_box_set_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self,
* Gets the start widget, or %NULL if there is none.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the start widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_center_box_get_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self)
@@ -841,8 +831,6 @@ gtk_center_box_get_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self)
* Gets the center widget, or %NULL if there is none.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the center widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_center_box_get_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self)
@@ -857,8 +845,6 @@ gtk_center_box_get_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self)
* Gets the end widget, or %NULL if there is none.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the end widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_center_box_get_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self)
@@ -878,8 +864,6 @@ gtk_center_box_get_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self)
* requested, and the baseline is not allocated by the parent then
* @position is used to allocate the baseline wrt. the extra space
* available.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
void
gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self,
@@ -902,8 +886,6 @@ gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self,
* Gets the value set by gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position().
*
* Returns: the baseline position
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
GtkBaselinePosition
gtk_center_box_get_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcenterbox.h b/gtk/gtkcenterbox.h
index bfd68f8..c1996a3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcenterbox.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcenterbox.h
@@ -40,32 +40,32 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkCenterBox GtkCenterBox;
typedef struct _GtkCenterBoxClass GtkCenterBoxClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_center_box_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_center_box_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_center_box_set_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_center_box_set_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_center_box_set_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_get_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_get_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_get_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self,
GtkBaselinePosition position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkBaselinePosition gtk_center_box_get_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h b/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h
index 2c3f54b..b1e4682 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h
@@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_check_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (const gchar *label);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_check_button_set_draw_indicator (GtkCheckButton *check_button,
gboolean draw_indicator);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_check_button_get_draw_indicator (GtkCheckButton *check_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_check_button_set_inconsistent (GtkCheckButton *check_button,
gboolean inconsistent);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_check_button_get_inconsistent (GtkCheckButton *check_button);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c b/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c
index e14687b..f941ac7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c
@@ -421,8 +421,6 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_get_inconsistent (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item)
* @draw_as_radio: whether @check_menu_item is drawn like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
*
* Sets whether @check_menu_item is drawn like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_check_menu_item_set_draw_as_radio (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item,
@@ -459,8 +457,6 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_draw_as_radio (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item,
* Returns whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
*
* Returns: Whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_check_menu_item_get_draw_as_radio (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c b/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c
index fe8e95a..be3d40f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c
@@ -201,8 +201,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass)
* If this property is set to %TRUE, the color swatch on the button is
* rendered against a checkerboard background to show its opacity and
* the opacity slider is displayed in the color selection dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_USE_ALPHA,
@@ -215,8 +213,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass)
* GtkColorButton:title:
*
* The title of the color selection dialog
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TITLE,
@@ -230,8 +226,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass)
* GtkColorButton:rgba:
*
* The RGBA color.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_RGBA,
@@ -253,8 +247,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass)
* Note that this signal is only emitted when the user
* changes the color. If you need to react to programmatic color changes
* as well, use the notify::color signal.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
color_button_signals[COLOR_SET] = g_signal_new (I_("color-set"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
@@ -273,8 +265,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass)
* This property should be used in cases where the palette
* in the editor would be redundant, such as when the color
* button is already part of a palette.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SHOW_EDITOR,
@@ -464,8 +454,6 @@ gtk_color_button_finalize (GObject *object)
* color when the user finishes.
*
* Returns: a new color button
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_color_button_new (void)
@@ -480,8 +468,6 @@ gtk_color_button_new (void)
* Creates a new color button.
*
* Returns: a new color button
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_color_button_new_with_rgba (const GdkRGBA *rgba)
@@ -628,8 +614,6 @@ set_use_alpha (GtkColorButton *button,
* @title: String containing new window title
*
* Sets the title for the color selection dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_color_button_set_title (GtkColorButton *button,
@@ -657,8 +641,6 @@ gtk_color_button_set_title (GtkColorButton *button,
* Gets the title of the color selection dialog.
*
* Returns: An internal string, do not free the return value
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
const gchar *
gtk_color_button_get_title (GtkColorButton *button)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c b/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c
index f68c13f..eb63aac 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c
@@ -36,8 +36,6 @@
*
* In GTK+, the main widgets that implement this interface are
* #GtkColorChooserWidget, #GtkColorChooserDialog and #GtkColorButton.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
enum
@@ -59,8 +57,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_default_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface)
* The ::rgba property contains the currently selected color,
* as a #GdkRGBA struct. The property can be set to change
* the current selection programmatically.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
g_object_interface_install_property (iface,
g_param_spec_boxed ("rgba",
@@ -79,8 +75,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_default_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface)
*
* Implementations are expected to show alpha by rendering the color
* over a non-uniform background (like a checkerboard pattern).
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
g_object_interface_install_property (iface,
g_param_spec_boolean ("use-alpha",
@@ -98,8 +92,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_default_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface)
* This usually happens when the user clicks a color swatch,
* or a color is selected and the user presses one of the keys
* Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
signals[COLOR_ACTIVATED] =
g_signal_new (I_("color-activated"),
@@ -125,8 +117,6 @@ _gtk_color_chooser_color_activated (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
* @color: (out): a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the current color
*
* Gets the currently-selected color.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_color_chooser_get_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
@@ -143,8 +133,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_get_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
* @color: the new color
*
* Sets the color.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_color_chooser_set_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
@@ -164,8 +152,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_set_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the color chooser uses the alpha channel,
* %FALSE if not
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_color_chooser_get_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser)
@@ -185,8 +171,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_get_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser)
* @use_alpha: %TRUE if color chooser should use alpha channel, %FALSE if not
*
* Sets whether or not the color chooser should use the alpha channel.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_color_chooser_set_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
@@ -224,8 +208,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_set_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
* from the color chooser.
*
* If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_color_chooser_add_palette (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.h b/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.h
index 1921895..fc95317 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.h
@@ -59,23 +59,23 @@ struct _GtkColorChooserInterface
gpointer padding[12];
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_color_chooser_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_color_chooser_get_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
GdkRGBA *color);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_color_chooser_set_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
const GdkRGBA *color);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_color_chooser_get_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_color_chooser_set_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
gboolean use_alpha);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_color_chooser_add_palette (GtkColorChooser *chooser,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint colors_per_line,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c
index a06b7d1..73c6aad 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c
@@ -37,8 +37,6 @@
*
* The #GtkColorChooserDialog widget is a dialog for choosing
* a color. It implements the #GtkColorChooser interface.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
struct _GtkColorChooserDialogPrivate
@@ -262,8 +260,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_dialog_iface_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface)
* Creates a new #GtkColorChooserDialog.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkColorChooserDialog
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_color_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.h b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.h
index 7288bed..7b86d15 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.h
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ struct _GtkColorChooserDialogClass
void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_color_chooser_dialog_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_color_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title,
GtkWindow *parent);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c
index 2514802..93b8bbc 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c
@@ -58,8 +58,6 @@
* # CSS names
*
* GtkColorChooserWidget has a single CSS node with name colorchooser.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
struct _GtkColorChooserWidgetPrivate
@@ -690,8 +688,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_widget_class_init (GtkColorChooserWidgetClass *class)
* The ::show-editor property is %TRUE when the color chooser
* is showing the single-color editor. It can be set to switch
* the color chooser into single-color editing mode.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SHOW_EDITOR,
g_param_spec_boolean ("show-editor", P_("Show editor"), P_("Show editor"),
@@ -826,8 +822,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_widget_iface_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface)
* Creates a new #GtkColorChooserWidget.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkColorChooserWidget
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_color_chooser_widget_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.h b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.h
index b47cdd0..60f4616 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.h
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ struct _GtkColorChooserWidgetClass
void (*_gtk_reserved8) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_color_chooser_widget_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_color_chooser_widget_new (void);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorutils.c b/gtk/gtkcolorutils.c
index 94843bd..97954c5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcolorutils.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcolorutils.c
@@ -198,8 +198,6 @@ rgb_to_hsv (gdouble *r,
*
* Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range;
* output values will be in the same range.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gtk_hsv_to_rgb (gdouble h, gdouble s, gdouble v,
@@ -234,8 +232,6 @@ gtk_hsv_to_rgb (gdouble h, gdouble s, gdouble v,
*
* Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range;
* output values will be in the same range.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gtk_rgb_to_hsv (gdouble r, gdouble g, gdouble b,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcombobox.c b/gtk/gtkcombobox.c
index daf95a5..68776dd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcombobox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcombobox.c
@@ -460,8 +460,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* call to gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter().
* It will also be emitted while typing into the entry of a combo box
* with an entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
combo_box_signals[CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("changed"),
@@ -479,8 +477,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* The ::move-active signal is a
* [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
* which gets emitted to move the active selection.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
combo_box_signals[MOVE_ACTIVE] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("move-active"),
@@ -501,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* which gets emitted to popup the combo box list.
*
* The default binding for this signal is Alt+Down.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
combo_box_signals[POPUP] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popup"),
@@ -521,8 +515,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* which gets emitted to popdown the combo box list.
*
* The default bindings for this signal are Alt+Up and Escape.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
combo_box_signals[POPDOWN] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popdown"),
@@ -573,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated string representing @path
* for the current GtkComboBox model.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
combo_box_signals[FORMAT_ENTRY_TEXT] =
g_signal_new (I_("format-entry-text"),
@@ -648,8 +638,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
*
* The model from which the combo box takes the values shown
* in the list.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_MODEL,
@@ -664,8 +652,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
*
* If wrap-width is set to a positive value, items in the popup will be laid
* out along multiple columns, starting a new row on reaching the wrap width.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_WRAP_WIDTH,
@@ -685,8 +671,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* of type %G_TYPE_INT in the model. The value in that column for each item
* will determine how many rows that item will span in the popup. Therefore,
* values in this column must be greater than zero.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ROW_SPAN_COLUMN,
@@ -707,8 +691,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* will determine how many columns that item will span in the popup.
* Therefore, values in this column must be greater than zero, and the sum of
* an item’s column position + span should not exceed #GtkComboBox:wrap-width.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_COLUMN_SPAN_COLUMN,
@@ -729,8 +711,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* this property has the value
* `gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]`,
* where `path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ACTIVE,
@@ -747,8 +727,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
*
* The has-frame property controls whether a frame
* is drawn around the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_HAS_FRAME,
@@ -764,8 +742,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* Whether the combo boxes dropdown is popped up.
* Note that this property is mainly useful, because
* it allows you to connect to notify::popup-shown.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_POPUP_SHOWN,
@@ -781,8 +757,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
*
* Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when
* the model is empty.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_BUTTON_SENSITIVITY,
@@ -797,8 +771,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* GtkComboBox:has-entry:
*
* Whether the combo box has an entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_HAS_ENTRY,
@@ -813,8 +785,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
*
* The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry
* if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ENTRY_TEXT_COLUMN,
@@ -831,8 +801,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
*
* The column in the combo box's model that provides string
* IDs for the values in the model, if != -1.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ID_COLUMN,
@@ -847,8 +815,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
* GtkComboBox:active-id:
*
* The value of the ID column of the active row.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ACTIVE_ID,
@@ -864,8 +830,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass)
*
* Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the
* allocated width of the combo box.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_POPUP_FIXED_WIDTH,
@@ -1525,8 +1489,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_menu_popup (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* applications should have little use for it.
*
* Before calling this, @combo_box must be mapped, or nothing will happen.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_popup (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -1546,8 +1508,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_popup (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* with the device, as it was previously only used for list-mode ComboBoxes,
* and those were removed in GTK+ 4. However, it is retained in case similar
* functionality is added back later.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_combo_box_popup_for_device (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -1598,8 +1558,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_real_popdown (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
*
* This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies;
* applications should have little use for it.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_popdown (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -2019,8 +1977,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_get_area (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout)
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox.
*
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_combo_box_new (void)
@@ -2034,8 +1990,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_new (void)
* Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry.
*
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_combo_box_new_with_entry (void)
@@ -2050,8 +2004,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_entry (void)
* Creates a new #GtkComboBox with the model initialized to @model.
*
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_combo_box_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
@@ -2073,8 +2025,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
* and with the model initialized to @model.
*
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBox
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_combo_box_new_with_model_and_entry (GtkTreeModel *model)
@@ -2094,8 +2044,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_model_and_entry (GtkTreeModel *model)
* is in table mode.
*
* Returns: the wrap width.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_combo_box_get_wrap_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -2113,8 +2061,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_wrap_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* Sets the wrap width of @combo_box to be @width. The wrap width is basically
* the preferred number of columns when you want the popup to be layed out
* in a table.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -2142,8 +2088,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* Returns the column with row span information for @combo_box.
*
* Returns: the row span column.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_combo_box_get_row_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -2161,8 +2105,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_row_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* Sets the column with row span information for @combo_box to be @row_span.
* The row span column contains integers which indicate how many rows
* an item should span.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -2193,8 +2135,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* Returns the column with column span information for @combo_box.
*
* Returns: the column span column.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_combo_box_get_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -2212,8 +2152,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* Sets the column with column span information for @combo_box to be
* @column_span. The column span column contains integers which indicate
* how many columns an item should span.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -2249,8 +2187,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
*
* Returns: An integer which is the index of the currently active item,
* or -1 if there’s no active item.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gint
gtk_combo_box_get_active (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -2283,8 +2219,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_active (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* no active item
*
* Sets the active item of @combo_box to be the item at @index.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_active (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -2385,8 +2319,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_active_internal (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* Otherwise, @iter is left unchanged.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @iter was set, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -2417,8 +2349,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
*
* Sets the current active item to be the one referenced by @iter, or
* unsets the active item if @iter is %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -2446,8 +2376,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* Note that this function does not clear the cell renderers, you have to
* call gtk_cell_layout_clear() yourself if you need to set up different
* cell renderers for the new model.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_model (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -2512,8 +2440,6 @@ out:
*
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel which was passed
* during construction.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_combo_box_get_model (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -2886,8 +2812,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_start_editing (GtkCellEditable *cell_editable,
*
* Specifies whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width
* matching the allocated width of the combo box.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_popup_fixed_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -2915,8 +2839,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_popup_fixed_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* the allocated width of the combo box.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the popup uses a fixed width
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_combo_box_get_popup_fixed_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -2938,8 +2860,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_popup_fixed_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the accessible object corresponding
* to the combo box’s popup.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
AtkObject*
gtk_combo_box_get_popup_accessible (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -2956,8 +2876,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_popup_accessible (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* Returns the current row separator function.
*
* Returns: the current row separator function.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc
gtk_combo_box_get_row_separator_func (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -2977,8 +2895,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_row_separator_func (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine
* whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator
* function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_row_separator_func (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -3014,8 +2930,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_row_separator_func (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* Sets whether the dropdown button of the combo box should be
* always sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON), never sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF)
* or only if there is at least one item to display (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO).
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -3048,8 +2962,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* if the button is always insensitive or
* %GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO if it is only sensitive as long as
* the model has one item to be selected.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GtkSensitivityType
gtk_combo_box_get_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -3067,8 +2979,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* Returns whether the combo box has an entry.
*
* Returns: whether there is an entry in @combo_box.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
**/
gboolean
gtk_combo_box_get_has_entry (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -3090,8 +3000,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_has_entry (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
*
* This is only relevant if @combo_box has been created with
* #GtkComboBox:has-entry as %TRUE.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_entry_text_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -3130,8 +3038,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_entry_text_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* from to display in the internal entry.
*
* Returns: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
gint
gtk_combo_box_get_entry_text_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -3204,8 +3110,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get string IDs
* for values from. The column @id_column in the model of @combo_box
* must be of type %G_TYPE_STRING.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_set_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
@@ -3241,8 +3145,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
* for values from.
*
* Returns: A column in the data source model of @combo_box.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_combo_box_get_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -3269,8 +3171,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* is returned.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the ID of the active row, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
const gchar *
gtk_combo_box_get_active_id (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
@@ -3320,8 +3220,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_active_id (GtkComboBox *combo_box)
* Returns: %TRUE if a row with a matching ID was found. If a %NULL
* @active_id was given to unset the active row, the function
* always returns %TRUE.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_combo_box_set_active_id (GtkComboBox *combo_box,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c b/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c
index f03ebba..1993eb1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c
@@ -335,8 +335,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* strings.
*
* Returns: A new #GtkComboBoxText
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_combo_box_text_new (void)
@@ -352,8 +350,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_new (void)
* strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkComboBoxText
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_combo_box_text_new_with_entry (void)
@@ -372,8 +368,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_new_with_entry (void)
*
* This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a
* position of -1.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_text_append_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
@@ -391,8 +385,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_append_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
*
* This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a
* position of 0.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_text_prepend_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
@@ -413,8 +405,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_prepend_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
*
* This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a %NULL
* ID string.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
@@ -435,8 +425,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
*
* This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a
* position of -1.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_text_append (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
@@ -457,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_append (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
*
* This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a
* position of 0.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_text_prepend (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
@@ -481,8 +467,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_prepend (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
* #GtkComboBox:id-column.
*
* If @position is negative then @text is appended.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_text_insert (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
@@ -537,8 +521,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_insert (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
* @position: Index of the item to remove
*
* Removes the string at @position from @combo_box.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_text_remove (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
@@ -564,8 +546,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_remove (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box,
* @combo_box: A #GtkComboBoxText
*
* Removes all the text entries from the combo box.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_combo_box_text_remove_all (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box)
@@ -589,8 +569,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_remove_all (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box)
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated string containing the
* currently active text. Must be freed with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
gchar *
gtk_combo_box_text_get_active_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcontainer.c b/gtk/gtkcontainer.c
index 8697492..0ffc27b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcontainer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcontainer.c
@@ -853,8 +853,6 @@ gtk_container_child_type (GtkContainer *container)
* This is an analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
*
* Also see gtk_widget_child_notify().
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_container_child_notify (GtkContainer *container,
@@ -912,8 +910,6 @@ gtk_container_child_notify (GtkContainer *container,
* @pspec on the child.
*
* This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_container_child_notify_by_pspec (GtkContainer *container,
@@ -1354,8 +1350,6 @@ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (GtkContainerClass *cclass,
* child properties
*
* Installs child properties on a container class.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_container_class_install_child_properties (GtkContainerClass *cclass,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcontainer.h b/gtk/gtkcontainer.h
index 6c99944..33b5f4f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcontainer.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcontainer.h
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_container_class_install_child_property (GtkContainerClass *cclass,
guint property_id,
GParamSpec *pspec);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_container_class_install_child_properties (GtkContainerClass *cclass,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs);
@@ -209,12 +209,12 @@ void gtk_container_child_get_property (GtkContainer *container,
const gchar *property_name,
GValue *value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_container_child_notify (GtkContainer *container,
GtkWidget *child,
const gchar *child_property);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_container_child_notify_by_pspec (GtkContainer *container,
GtkWidget *child,
GParamSpec *pspec);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c
index d4d865b..724ce21 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c
@@ -1550,8 +1550,6 @@ gtk_css_provider_load_from_path (GtkCssProvider *css_provider,
*
* To track errors while loading CSS, connect to the
* #GtkCssProvider::parsing-error signal.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_css_provider_load_from_resource (GtkCssProvider *css_provider,
@@ -1948,8 +1946,6 @@ gtk_css_provider_print_keyframes (GHashTable *keyframes,
* this @provider.
*
* Returns: a new string representing the @provider.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
char *
gtk_css_provider_to_string (GtkCssProvider *provider)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.h b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.h
index a77c418..ed2b5b2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.h
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ GType gtk_css_provider_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkCssProvider * gtk_css_provider_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
char * gtk_css_provider_to_string (GtkCssProvider *provider);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_css_provider_load_from_path (GtkCssProvider *css_provider,
const gchar *path);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_css_provider_load_from_resource (GtkCssProvider *css_provider,
const gchar *resource_path);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcsssection.c b/gtk/gtkcsssection.c
index 40abdb3..b8e15f2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcsssection.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcsssection.c
@@ -97,8 +97,6 @@ _gtk_css_section_end (GtkCssSection *section)
* Increments the reference count on @section.
*
* Returns: @section itself.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
GtkCssSection *
gtk_css_section_ref (GtkCssSection *section)
@@ -116,8 +114,6 @@ gtk_css_section_ref (GtkCssSection *section)
*
* Decrements the reference count on @section, freeing the
* structure if the reference count reaches 0.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_css_section_unref (GtkCssSection *section)
@@ -143,8 +139,6 @@ gtk_css_section_unref (GtkCssSection *section)
* Gets the type of information that @section describes.
*
* Returns: the type of @section
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
GtkCssSectionType
gtk_css_section_get_section_type (const GtkCssSection *section)
@@ -167,8 +161,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_section_type (const GtkCssSection *section)
* a different file.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the parent section or %NULL if none
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
GtkCssSection *
gtk_css_section_get_parent (const GtkCssSection *section)
@@ -188,8 +180,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_parent (const GtkCssSection *section)
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GFile that @section was parsed from
* or %NULL if @section was parsed from other data
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
GFile *
gtk_css_section_get_file (const GtkCssSection *section)
@@ -208,8 +198,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_file (const GtkCssSection *section)
* will return 0.
*
* Returns: the line number
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
guint
gtk_css_section_get_start_line (const GtkCssSection *section)
@@ -227,8 +215,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_start_line (const GtkCssSection *section)
* returned via gtk_css_section_get_start_line().
*
* Returns: the offset in bytes from the start of the line.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
guint
gtk_css_section_get_start_position (const GtkCssSection *section)
@@ -253,8 +239,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_start_position (const GtkCssSection *section)
* successfully.
*
* Returns: the line number
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
guint
gtk_css_section_get_end_line (const GtkCssSection *section)
@@ -281,8 +265,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_end_line (const GtkCssSection *section)
* successfully.
*
* Returns: the offset in bytes from the start of the line.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
guint
gtk_css_section_get_end_position (const GtkCssSection *section)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcsssection.h b/gtk/gtkcsssection.h
index be85862..8553633 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcsssection.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkcsssection.h
@@ -50,8 +50,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
*
* More types might be added in the future as the parser incorporates
* more features.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -72,32 +70,30 @@ typedef enum
* Defines a part of a CSS document. Because sections are nested into
* one another, you can use gtk_css_section_get_parent() to get the
* containing region.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
typedef struct _GtkCssSection GtkCssSection;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_css_section_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkCssSection * gtk_css_section_ref (GtkCssSection *section);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_css_section_unref (GtkCssSection *section);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkCssSectionType gtk_css_section_get_section_type (const GtkCssSection *section);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkCssSection * gtk_css_section_get_parent (const GtkCssSection *section);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GFile * gtk_css_section_get_file (const GtkCssSection *section);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_css_section_get_start_line (const GtkCssSection *section);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_css_section_get_start_position (const GtkCssSection *section);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_css_section_get_end_line (const GtkCssSection *section);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_css_section_get_end_position (const GtkCssSection *section);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c b/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c
index ffbdfb2..5ee93e2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c
@@ -392,8 +392,6 @@ gtk_custom_paper_unix_dialog_finalize (GObject *object)
* Creates a new custom paper dialog.
*
* Returns: the new #GtkCustomPaperUnixDialog
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
GtkWidget *
_gtk_custom_paper_unix_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdialog.c b/gtk/gtkdialog.c
index cc02eac..103ab7c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdialog.c
@@ -576,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_dialog_class_init (GtkDialogClass *class)
*
* For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer
* property, but you should only set it to %TRUE or %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_USE_HEADER_BAR,
@@ -1250,8 +1248,6 @@ gtk_dialog_run (GtkDialog *dialog)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the @widget button that uses the given
* @response_id, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_dialog_get_widget_for_response (GtkDialog *dialog,
@@ -1294,8 +1290,6 @@ gtk_dialog_get_widget_for_response (GtkDialog *dialog,
*
* Returns: the response id of @widget, or %GTK_RESPONSE_NONE
* if @widget doesn’t have a response id set.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
gint
gtk_dialog_get_response_for_widget (GtkDialog *dialog,
@@ -1595,8 +1589,6 @@ gtk_dialog_get_action_area (GtkDialog *dialog)
* #GtkDialog:use-header-bar property is %TRUE.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the header bar
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_dialog_get_header_bar (GtkDialog *dialog)
@@ -1613,8 +1605,6 @@ gtk_dialog_get_header_bar (GtkDialog *dialog)
* Returns the content area of @dialog.
*
* Returns: (type Gtk.Box) (transfer none): the content area #GtkBox.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GtkDialog *dialog)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdialog.h b/gtk/gtkdialog.h
index 4786a49..377a155 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdialog.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkdialog.h
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ gint gtk_dialog_run (GtkDialog *dialog);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GtkDialog *dialog);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_dialog_get_header_bar (GtkDialog *dialog);
G_DEFINE_AUTOPTR_CLEANUP_FUNC(GtkDialog, g_object_unref)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdnd-quartz.c b/gtk/gtkdnd-quartz.c
index 198cc12..709e3ff 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdnd-quartz.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdnd-quartz.c
@@ -1432,8 +1432,6 @@ gtk_drag_set_icon_surface (GdkDragContext *context,
* size of the icon depends on the icon theme (the icon is
* loaded at the symbolic size #GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND), thus
* @hot_x and @hot_y have to be used with care.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_drag_set_icon_name (GdkDragContext *context,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdnd.c b/gtk/gtkdnd.c
index 571f69c..14d9c34 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdnd.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdnd.c
@@ -1033,8 +1033,6 @@ gtk_drag_begin_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
* gtk_drag_source_set() is used.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the context for this drag
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GdkDragContext *
gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -1257,8 +1255,6 @@ gtk_drag_set_icon_texture (GdkDragContext *context,
* size of the icon depends on the icon theme (the icon is
* loaded at the symbolic size #GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND), thus
* @hot_x and @hot_y have to be used with care.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_drag_set_icon_name (GdkDragContext *context,
@@ -1288,8 +1284,6 @@ gtk_drag_set_icon_name (GdkDragContext *context,
* Sets the icon for a given drag from the given @icon.
* See the documentation for gtk_drag_set_icon_name()
* for more details about using icons in drag and drop.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_drag_set_icon_gicon (GdkDragContext *context,
@@ -1535,8 +1529,6 @@ gtk_drag_check_threshold (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* If a drag is cancelled in this way, the @result argument of
* #GtkWidget::drag-failed is set to @GTK_DRAG_RESULT_ERROR.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_drag_cancel (GdkDragContext *context)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdnd.h b/gtk/gtkdnd.h
index 7da0ff0..50f7270 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdnd.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkdnd.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ void gtk_drag_unhighlight (GtkWidget *widget);
/* Source side */
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDragContext *gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkContentFormats *targets,
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ GdkDragContext *gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drag_cancel (GdkDragContext *context);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ void gtk_drag_set_icon_widget (GdkDragContext *context,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drag_set_icon_surface(GdkDragContext *context,
cairo_surface_t *surface);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drag_set_icon_texture(GdkDragContext *context,
GdkTexture *texture,
int hot_x,
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ void gtk_drag_set_icon_name (GdkDragContext *context,
const gchar *icon_name,
gint hot_x,
gint hot_y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drag_set_icon_gicon (GdkDragContext *context,
GIcon *icon,
gint hot_x,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdragdest.c b/gtk/gtkdragdest.c
index c57c615..e9cf698 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdragdest.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdragdest.c
@@ -259,8 +259,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list (GtkWidget *widget,
* are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
* use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and
* gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_drag_dest_add_text_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -286,8 +284,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_add_text_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
* are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
* use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and
* gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_drag_dest_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -313,8 +309,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
* are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
* use gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets() and
* gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_drag_dest_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -342,8 +336,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* This may be used when a widget wants to do generic
* actions regardless of the targets that the source offers.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_drag_dest_set_track_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -369,8 +361,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_set_track_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget always emits
* #GtkWidget::drag-motion events
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_drag_dest_get_track_motion (GtkWidget *widget)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdragsource.c b/gtk/gtkdragsource.c
index b3ca083..a50b682 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdragsource.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdragsource.c
@@ -192,8 +192,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_unset (GtkWidget *widget)
* drag-and-drop.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GdkContentFormats, or %NULL if none
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GdkContentFormats *
gtk_drag_source_get_target_list (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -215,8 +213,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_get_target_list (GtkWidget *widget)
* Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop.
* The widget must first be made into a drag source with
* gtk_drag_source_set().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_drag_source_set_target_list (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -252,8 +248,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_set_target_list (GtkWidget *widget,
* are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
* use gtk_content_formats_add_text_targets() and
* gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_drag_source_add_text_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -279,8 +273,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_add_text_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
* are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
* use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and
* gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_drag_source_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -306,8 +298,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
* are added with @info = 0. If you need another value,
* use gtk_content_formats_add_uri_targets() and
* gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_drag_source_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -332,8 +322,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget)
* Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget
* from a cairo surface. GTK+ retains a reference for @surface and will
* release it when it is no longer needed.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_drag_source_set_icon_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -357,8 +345,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_set_icon_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source
* to a themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_drag_source_set_icon_name (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -383,8 +369,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_set_icon_name (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source
* to @icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_drag_source_set_icon_gicon (GtkWidget *widget,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdragsource.h b/gtk/gtkdragsource.h
index 29c0db9..80eded5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdragsource.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkdragsource.h
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ void gtk_drag_source_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drag_source_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drag_source_set_icon_surface (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_surface_t *surface);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drag_source_set_icon_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *icon_name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drag_source_set_icon_gicon (GtkWidget *widget,
GIcon *icon);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c
index 6e7ba54..a42db6c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c
@@ -276,8 +276,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_class_init (GtkDrawingAreaClass *class)
* GtkDrawingArea:content-width
*
* The content width. See gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width() for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
props[PROP_CONTENT_WIDTH] =
g_param_spec_int ("content-width",
@@ -290,8 +288,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_class_init (GtkDrawingAreaClass *class)
* GtkDrawingArea:content-height
*
* The content height. See gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height() for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
props[PROP_CONTENT_HEIGHT] =
g_param_spec_int ("content-height",
@@ -336,8 +332,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_new (void)
* that.
*
* If the width is set to 0 (the default), the drawing area may disappear.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
void
gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self,
@@ -364,8 +358,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self,
* Retrieves the value previously set via gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width().
*
* Returns: The width requested for content of the drawing area
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
int
gtk_drawing_area_get_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self)
@@ -389,8 +381,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_get_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self)
* that.
*
* If the height is set to 0 (the default), the drawing area may disappear.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
void
gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self,
@@ -417,8 +407,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self,
* Retrieves the value previously set via gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height().
*
* Returns: The height requested for content of the drawing area
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
int
gtk_drawing_area_get_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self)
@@ -450,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_get_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self)
*
* If what you are drawing does change, call gtk_widget_queue_draw() on the
* drawing area. This will call a redraw and will call @draw_func again.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_drawing_area_set_draw_func (GtkDrawingArea *self,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h
index 7d0ebb0..56e295c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h
@@ -59,8 +59,6 @@ typedef struct _GtkDrawingAreaClass GtkDrawingAreaClass;
*
* This function should exclusively redraw the contents of the drawing area
* and must not call any widget functions that cause changes.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
typedef void (* GtkDrawingAreaDrawFunc) (GtkDrawingArea *drawing_area,
cairo_t *cr,
@@ -90,17 +88,17 @@ GType gtk_drawing_area_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_drawing_area_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self,
int width);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gtk_drawing_area_get_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self,
int height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gtk_drawing_area_get_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_drawing_area_set_draw_func (GtkDrawingArea *self,
GtkDrawingAreaDrawFunc draw_func,
gpointer user_data,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentry.c b/gtk/gtkentry.c
index f1bcf64..e469941 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentry.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkentry.c
@@ -918,8 +918,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters.
* If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated
* automatically.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
entry_props[PROP_MAX_WIDTH_CHARS] =
g_param_spec_int ("max-width-chars",
@@ -949,8 +947,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right).
* Reversed for RTL layouts.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
entry_props[PROP_XALIGN] =
g_param_spec_float ("xalign",
@@ -964,8 +960,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:truncate-multiline:
*
* When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
entry_props[PROP_TRUNCATE_MULTILINE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("truncate-multiline",
@@ -978,8 +972,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:overwrite-mode:
*
* If text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
entry_props[PROP_OVERWRITE_MODE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("overwrite-mode",
@@ -992,8 +984,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:text-length:
*
* The length of the text in the #GtkEntry.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
entry_props[PROP_TEXT_LENGTH] =
g_param_spec_uint ("text-length",
@@ -1007,8 +997,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:invisible-char-set:
*
* Whether the invisible char has been set for the #GtkEntry.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_INVISIBLE_CHAR_SET] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("invisible-char-set",
@@ -1025,8 +1013,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* Note that the warning is shown using a secondary icon, and thus
* does not work if you are using the secondary icon position for some
* other purpose.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_CAPS_LOCK_WARNING] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("caps-lock-warning",
@@ -1039,8 +1025,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:progress-fraction:
*
* The current fraction of the task that's been completed.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_PROGRESS_FRACTION] =
g_param_spec_double ("progress-fraction",
@@ -1055,8 +1039,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* The fraction of total entry width to move the progress
* bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_PROGRESS_PULSE_STEP] =
g_param_spec_double ("progress-pulse-step",
@@ -1071,8 +1053,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* The text that will be displayed in the #GtkEntry when it is empty
* and unfocused.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
entry_props[PROP_PLACEHOLDER_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_string ("placeholder-text",
@@ -1085,8 +1065,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:primary-icon-texture:
*
* A #GdkTexture to use as the primary icon for the entry.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
entry_props[PROP_TEXTURE_PRIMARY] =
g_param_spec_object ("primary-icon-texture",
@@ -1099,8 +1077,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:secondary-icon-texture:
*
* A #GtkTexture to use as the secondary icon for the entry.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
entry_props[PROP_TEXTURE_SECONDARY] =
g_param_spec_object ("secondary-icon-texture",
@@ -1113,8 +1089,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:primary-icon-name:
*
* The icon name to use for the primary icon for the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_ICON_NAME_PRIMARY] =
g_param_spec_string ("primary-icon-name",
@@ -1127,8 +1101,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:secondary-icon-name:
*
* The icon name to use for the secondary icon for the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_ICON_NAME_SECONDARY] =
g_param_spec_string ("secondary-icon-name",
@@ -1141,8 +1113,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:primary-icon-gicon:
*
* The #GIcon to use for the primary icon for the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_GICON_PRIMARY] =
g_param_spec_object ("primary-icon-gicon",
@@ -1155,8 +1125,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:secondary-icon-gicon:
*
* The #GIcon to use for the secondary icon for the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_GICON_SECONDARY] =
g_param_spec_object ("secondary-icon-gicon",
@@ -1169,8 +1137,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:primary-icon-storage-type:
*
* The representation which is used for the primary icon of the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_STORAGE_TYPE_PRIMARY] =
g_param_spec_enum ("primary-icon-storage-type",
@@ -1184,8 +1150,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:secondary-icon-storage-type:
*
* The representation which is used for the secondary icon of the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_STORAGE_TYPE_SECONDARY] =
g_param_spec_enum ("secondary-icon-storage-type",
@@ -1205,8 +1169,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
* informational purposes.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_ACTIVATABLE_PRIMARY] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("primary-icon-activatable",
@@ -1225,8 +1187,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
* informational purposes.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_ACTIVATABLE_SECONDARY] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("secondary-icon-activatable",
@@ -1246,8 +1206,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
* when clicked is currently not available.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_SENSITIVE_PRIMARY] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("primary-icon-sensitive",
@@ -1267,8 +1225,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
* when clicked is currently not available.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_SENSITIVE_SECONDARY] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("secondary-icon-sensitive",
@@ -1283,8 +1239,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon.
*
* Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT_PRIMARY] =
g_param_spec_string ("primary-icon-tooltip-text",
@@ -1299,8 +1253,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon.
*
* Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT_SECONDARY] =
g_param_spec_string ("secondary-icon-tooltip-text",
@@ -1316,8 +1268,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
*
* Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP_PRIMARY] =
g_param_spec_string ("primary-icon-tooltip-markup",
@@ -1333,8 +1283,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
*
* Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP_SECONDARY] =
g_param_spec_string ("secondary-icon-tooltip-markup",
@@ -1352,8 +1300,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the
* system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings
* #GtkSettings:gtk-im-module property.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
entry_props[PROP_IM_MODULE] =
g_param_spec_string ("im-module",
@@ -1366,8 +1312,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry:completion:
*
* The auxiliary completion object to use with the entry.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
entry_props[PROP_COMPLETION] =
g_param_spec_object ("completion",
@@ -1387,8 +1331,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or
* %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PIN is independent from setting
* #GtkEntry:visibility.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
entry_props[PROP_INPUT_PURPOSE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("input-purpose",
@@ -1403,8 +1345,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* Additional hints (beyond #GtkEntry:input-purpose) that
* allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
entry_props[PROP_INPUT_HINTS] =
g_param_spec_flags ("input-hints",
@@ -1423,8 +1363,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* The #PangoAttribute's @start_index and @end_index must refer to the
* #GtkEntryBuffer text, i.e. without the preedit string.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
entry_props[PROP_ATTRIBUTES] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("attributes",
@@ -1438,8 +1376,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* If :populate-all is %TRUE, the #GtkEntry::populate-popup
* signal is also emitted for touch popups.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
entry_props[PROP_POPULATE_ALL] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("populate-all",
@@ -1452,8 +1388,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* GtkEntry::tabs:
*
* A list of tabstops to apply to the text of the entry.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
entry_props[PROP_TABS] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("tabs",
@@ -1467,8 +1401,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* When this is %TRUE, the entry will show an emoji icon in the secondary
* icon position that brings up the Emoji chooser when clicked.
- *
- * Since: 3.22.19
*/
entry_props[PROP_SHOW_EMOJI_ICON] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("show-emoji-icon",
@@ -1729,8 +1661,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* The ::icon-press signal is emitted when an activatable icon
* is clicked.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
signals[ICON_PRESS] =
g_signal_new (I_("icon-press"),
@@ -1751,8 +1681,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
*
* The ::icon-release signal is emitted on the button release from a
* mouse click over an activatable icon.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
signals[ICON_RELEASE] =
g_signal_new (I_("icon-release"),
@@ -1773,8 +1701,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* If an input method is used, the typed text will not immediately
* be committed to the buffer. So if you are interested in the text,
* connect to this signal.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
signals[PREEDIT_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("preedit-changed"),
@@ -1796,8 +1722,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class)
* which gets emitted to present the Emoji chooser for the @entry.
*
* The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-. and Ctrl-;
- *
- * Since: 3.22.27
*/
signals[INSERT_EMOJI] =
g_signal_new (I_("insert-emoji"),
@@ -4366,8 +4290,6 @@ gtk_entry_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
* You only want to call this on some special entries
* which the user usually doesn't want to replace all text in,
* such as search-as-you-type entries.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_grab_focus_without_selecting (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -6043,8 +5965,6 @@ gtk_entry_handle_drag_finished (GtkTextHandle *handle,
*
* This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer
* would confuse on-going input method behavior.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
void
gtk_entry_reset_im_context (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -6077,8 +5997,6 @@ gtk_entry_reset_im_context (GtkEntry *entry)
* See gtk_text_view_reset_im_context() for an example of use.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gtk_entry_im_context_filter_keypress (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -6752,8 +6670,6 @@ gtk_entry_new (void)
* Creates a new entry with the specified text buffer.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkEntry
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_entry_new_with_buffer (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
@@ -6785,8 +6701,6 @@ get_buffer (GtkEntry *entry)
* Get the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for
* this widget.
*
- * Since: 2.18
- *
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkEntryBuffer object.
*/
GtkEntryBuffer*
@@ -6804,8 +6718,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_buffer (GtkEntry *entry)
*
* Set the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for
* this widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_buffer (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7015,8 +6927,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_invisible_char (GtkEntry *entry)
* Unsets the invisible char previously set with
* gtk_entry_set_invisible_char(). So that the
* default invisible char is used again.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
**/
void
gtk_entry_unset_invisible_char (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -7050,8 +6960,6 @@ gtk_entry_unset_invisible_char (GtkEntry *entry)
* @overwrite: new value
*
* Sets whether the text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7076,8 +6984,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry,
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode().
*
* Returns: whether the text is overwritten when typing.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_entry_get_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -7167,8 +7073,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_max_length (GtkEntry *entry)
*
* Returns: the current number of characters
* in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there are none.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
guint16
gtk_entry_get_text_length (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -7278,8 +7182,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry)
* @n_chars: the new desired maximum width, in characters
*
* Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @entry.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7307,8 +7209,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry,
* See gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars().
*
* Returns: the maximum width of the entry, in characters
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gint
gtk_entry_get_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -7518,8 +7418,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_layout_offsets (GtkEntry *entry,
* Sets the alignment for the contents of the entry. This controls
* the horizontal positioning of the contents when the displayed
* text is shorter than the width of the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_entry_set_alignment (GtkEntry *entry, gfloat xalign)
@@ -7550,8 +7448,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_alignment (GtkEntry *entry, gfloat xalign)
* Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_alignment().
*
* Returns: the alignment
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gfloat
gtk_entry_get_alignment (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -7570,8 +7466,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_alignment (GtkEntry *entry)
* Sets the icon shown in the specified position using a #GdkTexture
*
* If @texture is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_icon_from_texture (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7632,8 +7526,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_from_texture (GtkEntry *entry,
* instead.
*
* If @icon_name is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_icon_from_icon_name (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7690,8 +7582,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_from_icon_name (GtkEntry *entry,
* instead.
*
* If @icon is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7742,8 +7632,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkEntry *entry,
* @activatable: %TRUE if the icon should be activatable
*
* Sets whether the icon is activatable.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_icon_activatable (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7785,8 +7673,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_activatable (GtkEntry *entry,
* Returns whether the icon is activatable.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the icon is activatable.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_entry_get_icon_activatable (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7815,8 +7701,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_activatable (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #GdkTexture, or %NULL if no icon is
* set for this position or the icon set is not a #GdkTexture.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkTexture *
gtk_entry_get_icon_texture (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7849,8 +7733,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_texture (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #GIcon, or %NULL if no icon is set
* or if the icon is not a #GIcon
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
GIcon *
gtk_entry_get_icon_gicon (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7882,8 +7764,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_gicon (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns: (nullable): An icon name, or %NULL if no icon is set or if the icon
* wasn’t set from an icon name
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
const gchar *
gtk_entry_get_icon_name (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7912,8 +7792,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_name (GtkEntry *entry,
* sensitive or insensitive
*
* Sets the sensitivity for the specified icon.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7955,8 +7833,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry,
* Returns whether the icon appears sensitive or insensitive.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the icon is sensitive.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_entry_get_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -7988,8 +7864,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry,
* the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY.
*
* Returns: image representation being used
- *
- * Since: 2.16
**/
GtkImageType
gtk_entry_get_icon_storage_type (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -8024,8 +7898,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_storage_type (GtkEntry *entry,
* signal handler.
*
* Returns: the index of the icon at the given position, or -1
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gint
gtk_entry_get_icon_at_pos (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -8075,8 +7947,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_at_pos (GtkEntry *entry,
* #GtkWidget::drag-begin signal to set a different icon. Note that you
* have to use g_signal_connect_after() to ensure that your signal handler
* gets executed after the default handler.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_icon_drag_source (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -8116,8 +7986,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_drag_source (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns: index of the icon which is the source of the current
* DND operation, or -1.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gint
gtk_entry_get_current_icon_drag_source (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -8157,8 +8025,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_current_icon_drag_source (GtkEntry *entry)
* with the icon's allocation, relative to @entry's allocation.
*
* See also gtk_entry_get_text_area()
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_entry_get_icon_area (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -8228,8 +8094,6 @@ ensure_has_tooltip (GtkEntry *entry)
*
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. Free the returned
* string with g_free() when done.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gchar *
gtk_entry_get_icon_tooltip_text (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -8275,8 +8139,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_tooltip_text (GtkEntry *entry,
* which suppresses icon tooltips too. You can resolve this by then calling
* gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip() to set GtkWidget:has-tooltip back to %TRUE, or
* setting at least one non-empty tooltip on any icon achieves the same result.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -8322,8 +8184,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. Free the returned
* string with g_free() when done.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gchar *
gtk_entry_get_icon_tooltip_markup (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -8359,8 +8219,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_tooltip_markup (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* See also gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup() and
* gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -9305,8 +9163,6 @@ gtk_entry_reset_blink_time (GtkEntry *entry)
* All further configuration of the completion mechanism is done on
* @completion using the #GtkEntryCompletion API. Completion is disabled if
* @completion is set to %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_completion (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -9352,8 +9208,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_completion (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The auxiliary completion object currently
* in use by @entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkEntryCompletion *
gtk_entry_get_completion (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -9380,8 +9234,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_completion (GtkEntry *entry)
*
* The adjustment has to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system
* as the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -9409,8 +9261,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the horizontal cursor adjustment, or %NULL
* if none has been set.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkAdjustment*
gtk_entry_get_cursor_hadjustment (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -9445,8 +9295,6 @@ gtk_entry_ensure_progress_widget (GtkEntry *entry)
* Causes the entry’s progress indicator to “fill in” the given
* fraction of the bar. The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0,
* inclusive.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -9480,8 +9328,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry,
* See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction().
*
* Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gdouble
gtk_entry_get_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -9503,8 +9349,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry)
*
* Sets the fraction of total entry width to move the progress
* bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -9532,8 +9376,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry,
* Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step().
*
* Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gdouble
gtk_entry_get_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -9558,8 +9400,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry)
* gtk_entry_progress_pulse() causes the block to move by a little bit
* (the amount of movement per pulse is determined by
* gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step()).
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_entry_progress_pulse (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -9586,8 +9426,6 @@ gtk_entry_progress_pulse (GtkEntry *entry)
* is given the initial focus in a window. Sometimes this can be
* worked around by delaying the initial focus setting until the
* first key event arrives.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_entry_set_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -9618,8 +9456,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns: a pointer to the placeholder text as a string. This string points to internally allocated
* storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or stored.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
const gchar *
gtk_entry_get_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -9695,8 +9531,6 @@ keymap_state_changed (GdkKeymap *keymap,
* Sets the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property which
* can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input
* methods to adjust their behaviour.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -9720,8 +9554,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry,
* @entry: a #GtkEntry
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkInputPurpose
gtk_entry_get_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -9744,8 +9576,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry)
*
* Sets the #GtkEntry:input-hints property, which
* allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -9769,8 +9599,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry,
* @entry: a #GtkEntry
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-hints property.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkInputHints
gtk_entry_get_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -9793,8 +9621,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry)
*
* Sets a #PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the
* entry text.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_entry_set_attributes (GtkEntry *entry,
@@ -9825,8 +9651,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_attributes (GtkEntry *entry,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the attribute list, or %NULL
* if none was set.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
PangoAttrList *
gtk_entry_get_attributes (GtkEntry *entry)
@@ -9843,8 +9667,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_attributes (GtkEntry *entry)
*
* Sets a #PangoTabArray; the tabstops in the array are applied to the entry
* text.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
@@ -9877,8 +9699,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_tabs (GtkEntry *entry,
* any.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the tabstops, or %NULL if none was set.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
PangoTabArray *
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentry.h b/gtk/gtkentry.h
index 256140d..a43f704 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentry.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkentry.h
@@ -58,8 +58,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
* @GTK_ENTRY_ICON_SECONDARY: At the end of the entry (depending on the text direction).
*
* Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -212,10 +210,10 @@ void gtk_entry_set_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_entry_get_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry,
gint n_chars);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_entry_get_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry);
/* Somewhat more convenient than the GtkEditable generic functions
@@ -276,14 +274,14 @@ gdouble gtk_entry_get_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_progress_pulse (GtkEntry *entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar* gtk_entry_get_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_set_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry,
const gchar *text);
/* Setting and managing icons
*/
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_set_icon_from_texture (GtkEntry *entry,
GtkEntryIconPosition icon_pos,
GdkTexture *texture);
@@ -298,7 +296,7 @@ void gtk_entry_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkEntry *
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkImageType gtk_entry_get_icon_storage_type (GtkEntry *entry,
GtkEntryIconPosition icon_pos);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gtk_entry_get_icon_texture (GtkEntry *entry,
GtkEntryIconPosition icon_pos);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -357,32 +355,32 @@ gboolean gtk_entry_im_context_filter_keypress (GtkEntry *
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_reset_im_context (GtkEntry *entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_set_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry,
GtkInputPurpose purpose);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkInputPurpose gtk_entry_get_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_set_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry,
GtkInputHints hints);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkInputHints gtk_entry_get_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_set_attributes (GtkEntry *entry,
PangoAttrList *attrs);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoAttrList *gtk_entry_get_attributes (GtkEntry *entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_set_tabs (GtkEntry *entry,
PangoTabArray *tabs);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoTabArray *gtk_entry_get_tabs (GtkEntry *entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_entry_grab_focus_without_selecting (GtkEntry *entry);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c b/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c
index 9c36a55..afb3be9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c
@@ -43,8 +43,6 @@
* text to be stored in an alternate location, such as non-pageable memory,
* useful in the case of important passwords. Or a derived class could
* integrate with an application’s concept of undo/redo.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
/* Initial size of buffer, in bytes */
@@ -342,8 +340,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
* GtkEntryBuffer:text:
*
* The contents of the buffer.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
entry_buffer_props[PROP_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_string ("text",
@@ -356,8 +352,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
* GtkEntryBuffer:length:
*
* The length (in characters) of the text in buffer.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
entry_buffer_props[PROP_LENGTH] =
g_param_spec_uint ("length",
@@ -370,8 +364,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
* GtkEntryBuffer:max-length:
*
* The maximum length (in characters) of the text in the buffer.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
entry_buffer_props[PROP_MAX_LENGTH] =
g_param_spec_int ("max-length",
@@ -390,8 +382,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
* @n_chars: The number of characters that were inserted.
*
* This signal is emitted after text is inserted into the buffer.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
signals[INSERTED_TEXT] = g_signal_new (I_("inserted-text"),
GTK_TYPE_ENTRY_BUFFER,
@@ -411,8 +401,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
* @n_chars: The number of characters that were deleted.
*
* This signal is emitted after text is deleted from the buffer.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
signals[DELETED_TEXT] = g_signal_new (I_("deleted-text"),
GTK_TYPE_ENTRY_BUFFER,
@@ -439,8 +427,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass)
* Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer.
*
* Returns: A new GtkEntryBuffer object.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
GtkEntryBuffer*
gtk_entry_buffer_new (const gchar *initial_chars,
@@ -459,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_new (const gchar *initial_chars,
* Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer.
*
* Returns: The number of characters in the buffer.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
guint
gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
@@ -483,8 +467,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
* See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length().
*
* Returns: The byte length of the buffer.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gsize
gtk_entry_buffer_get_bytes (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
@@ -514,8 +496,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_bytes (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
* string. This string points to internally allocated
* storage in the buffer and must not be freed, modified or
* stored.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
const gchar*
gtk_entry_buffer_get_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
@@ -542,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
* and gtk_entry_buffer_insert_text().
*
* Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_entry_buffer_set_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
@@ -569,8 +547,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_set_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
* Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the buffer. If
* the current contents are longer than the given length, then they
* will be truncated to fit.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
@@ -599,8 +575,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
*
* Returns: the maximum allowed number of characters
* in #GtkEntryBuffer, or 0 if there is no maximum.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gint
gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
@@ -627,8 +601,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer)
* Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes.
*
* Returns: The number of characters actually inserted.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
guint
gtk_entry_buffer_insert_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
@@ -686,8 +658,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_insert_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
* Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
*
* Returns: The number of characters deleted.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
guint
gtk_entry_buffer_delete_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
@@ -721,8 +691,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_delete_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
* @n_chars: number of characters inserted
*
* Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_entry_buffer_emit_inserted_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
@@ -741,8 +709,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_emit_inserted_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
* @n_chars: number of characters deleted
*
* Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_entry_buffer_emit_deleted_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c
index ebb2fb1..32d564b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c
@@ -227,8 +227,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* next '/'.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
entry_completion_signals[INSERT_PREFIX] =
g_signal_new (I_("insert-prefix"),
@@ -255,8 +253,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
entry_completion_signals[MATCH_SELECTED] =
g_signal_new (I_("match-selected"),
@@ -284,8 +280,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* gtk_entry_completion_set_model().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
entry_completion_signals[CURSOR_ON_MATCH] =
g_signal_new (I_("cursor-on-match"),
@@ -306,8 +300,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* number of rows in completion_complete method.
* (In other words when GtkEntryCompletion is out of
* suggestions)
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
entry_completion_signals[NO_MATCHES] =
g_signal_new (I_("no-matches"),
@@ -324,8 +316,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* @index: the index of the activated action
*
* Gets emitted when an action is activated.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
entry_completion_signals[ACTION_ACTIVATED] =
g_signal_new (I_("action-activated"),
@@ -356,8 +346,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
*
* The column of the model containing the strings.
* Note that the strings must be UTF-8.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
entry_completion_props[PROP_TEXT_COLUMN] =
g_param_spec_int ("text-column",
@@ -373,8 +361,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* should be inserted automatically in the entry. Note that this
* requires text-column to be set, even if you are using a custom
* match function.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
entry_completion_props[PROP_INLINE_COMPLETION] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("inline-completion",
@@ -388,8 +374,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
*
* Determines whether the possible completions should be
* shown in a popup window.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
entry_completion_props[PROP_POPUP_COMPLETION] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("popup-completion",
@@ -403,8 +387,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
*
* Determines whether the completions popup window will be
* resized to the width of the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
entry_completion_props[PROP_POPUP_SET_WIDTH] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("popup-set-width",
@@ -420,8 +402,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* for a single possible completion. You probably want to set
* this to %FALSE if you are using
* [inline completion][GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion].
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
entry_completion_props[PROP_POPUP_SINGLE_MATCH] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("popup-single-match",
@@ -435,8 +415,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
*
* Determines whether the possible completions on the popup
* will appear in the entry as you navigate through them.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
entry_completion_props[PROP_INLINE_SELECTION] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("inline-selection",
@@ -453,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass)
* If no area is specified when creating the entry completion with
* gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area() a horizontally oriented
* #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
entry_completion_props[PROP_CELL_AREA] =
g_param_spec_object ("cell-area",
@@ -1017,8 +993,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_selection_changed (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
* Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkEntryCompletion *
gtk_entry_completion_new (void)
@@ -1039,8 +1013,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new (void)
* #GtkTreeViewColumn for the drop-down menu.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkEntryCompletion *
gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -1059,8 +1031,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
* Gets the entry @completion has been attached to.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The entry @completion has been attached to
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_entry_completion_get_entry (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1078,8 +1048,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_entry (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
* Sets the model for a #GtkEntryCompletion. If @completion already has
* a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model.
* If model is %NULL, then it will unset the model.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_set_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1124,8 +1092,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none
* is currently being used
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_entry_completion_get_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1148,8 +1114,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
* Sets the match function for @completion to be @func. The match function
* is used to determine if a row should or should not be in the completion
* list.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1176,8 +1140,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* @length. This is useful for long lists, where completing using a small
* key takes a lot of time and will come up with meaningless results anyway
* (ie, a too large dataset).
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1202,8 +1164,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion.
*
* Returns: The currently used minimum key length
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gint
gtk_entry_completion_get_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1220,8 +1180,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
* Requests a completion operation, or in other words a refiltering of the
* current list with completions, using the current key. The completion list
* view will be updated accordingly.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_complete (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1291,8 +1249,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_action (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Note that @index_ is a relative position in the list of actions and
* the position of an action can change when deleting a different action.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_text (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1313,8 +1269,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_text (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Inserts an action in @completion’s action item list at position @index_
* with markup @markup.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_markup (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1336,8 +1290,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_markup (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Note that @index_ is a relative position and the position of an
* action may have changed since it was inserted.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_delete_action (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1367,8 +1319,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_delete_action (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* column. If you need to set the text column, but don't want the cell
* renderer, use g_object_set() to set the #GtkEntryCompletion:text-column
* property directly.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1401,8 +1351,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from.
*
* Returns: the column containing the strings
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_entry_completion_get_text_column (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1650,8 +1598,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_cursor_on_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): The common prefix all rows starting with
* @key or %NULL if no row matches @key.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
gchar *
gtk_entry_completion_compute_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1755,8 +1701,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_real_insert_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* the completion or %NULL if there’s no completion ongoing.
*
* Returns: the prefix for the current completion
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
const gchar*
gtk_entry_completion_get_completion_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1819,8 +1763,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* @completion: a #GtkEntryCompletion
*
* Requests a prefix insertion.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_insert_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1854,8 +1796,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
*
* Sets whether the common prefix of the possible completions should
* be automatically inserted in the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1881,8 +1821,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* be automatically inserted in the entry.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if inline completion is turned on
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gboolean
gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1898,8 +1836,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
* @popup_completion: %TRUE to do popup completion
*
* Sets whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1925,8 +1861,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if popup completion is turned on
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gboolean
gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1943,8 +1877,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
*
* Sets whether the completion popup window will be resized to be the same
* width as the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -1971,8 +1903,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the popup window will be resized to the width of
* the entry
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
gboolean
gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -1992,8 +1922,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
* Sets whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is
* only a single match. You may want to set this to %FALSE if you
* are using [inline completion][GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion].
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -2020,8 +1948,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the popup window will appear regardless of the
* number of matches
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
gboolean
gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
@@ -2038,8 +1964,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
*
* Sets whether it is possible to cycle through the possible completions
* inside the entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_selection (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
@@ -2064,8 +1988,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_selection (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
* Returns %TRUE if inline-selection mode is turned on.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if inline-selection mode is on
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_selection (GtkEntryCompletion *completion)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h
index d0f5d08..63155ad 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ void gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryComplet
gint length);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_entry_completion_get_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar * gtk_entry_completion_compute_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion,
const char *key);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
diff --git a/gtk/gtkenums.h b/gtk/gtkenums.h
index 81565d1..2fd2739 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkenums.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkenums.h
@@ -110,8 +110,6 @@ typedef enum
* requested height of the baseline-aligned children then it can use a
* #GtkBaselinePosition to select where to put the baseline inside the
* extra availible space.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -771,21 +769,21 @@ typedef enum
/**
* GtkStateFlags:
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL: State during normal operation.
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE: Widget is active.
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT: Widget has a mouse pointer over it.
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED: Widget is selected.
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE: Widget is insensitive.
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT: Widget is inconsistent.
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED: Widget has the keyboard focus.
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP: Widget is in a background toplevel window.
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR: Widget is in left-to-right text direction. Since 3.8
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL: Widget is in right-to-left text direction. Since 3.8
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK: Widget is a link. Since 3.12
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED: The location the widget points to has already been visited. Since 3.12
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED: Widget is checked. Since 3.14
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DROP_ACTIVE: Widget is highlighted as a drop target for DND. Since 3.20
- * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUS_VISIBLE: Widget has the visible focus. Since: 3.92
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL: State during normal operation
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE: Widget is active
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT: Widget has a mouse pointer over it
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED: Widget is selected
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE: Widget is insensitive
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT: Widget is inconsistent
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED: Widget has the keyboard focus
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP: Widget is in a background toplevel window
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR: Widget is in left-to-right text direction
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL: Widget is in right-to-left text direction
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK: Widget is a link
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED: The location the widget points to has already been visited
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED: Widget is checked
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DROP_ACTIVE: Widget is highlighted as a drop target for DND
+ * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUS_VISIBLE: Widget has the visible focus
*
* Describes a widget state. Widget states are used to match the widget
* against CSS pseudo-classes. Note that GTK extends the regular CSS
@@ -846,8 +844,6 @@ typedef enum {
* Describes how #GtkLevelBar contents should be rendered.
* Note that this enumeration could be extended with additional modes
* in the future.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
typedef enum {
GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_CONTINUOUS,
@@ -887,8 +883,6 @@ G_END_DECLS
*
* This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should
* interpret unknown values as “free form”.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -931,8 +925,6 @@ typedef enum
*
* This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should
* ignore unknown values.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -968,8 +960,6 @@ typedef enum
* grab broken handlers for controllers in this phase to be run.
*
* Describes the stage at which events are fed into a #GtkEventController.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -986,8 +976,6 @@ typedef enum
* @GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED: The sequence is denied.
*
* Describes the state of a #GdkEventSequence in a #GtkGesture.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -1004,8 +992,6 @@ typedef enum
* @GTK_PAN_DIRECTION_DOWN: panned downwards
*
* Describes the panning direction of a #GtkGesturePan
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -1024,8 +1010,6 @@ typedef enum
*
* Describes constraints to positioning of popovers. More values
* may be added to this enumeration in the future.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
typedef enum
{
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c
index 0d4f7a0..38cf96a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c
@@ -160,8 +160,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_class_init (GtkEventControllerClass *klass)
* GtkEventController:widget:
*
* The widget receiving the #GdkEvents that the controller will handle.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
properties[PROP_WIDGET] =
g_param_spec_object ("widget",
@@ -173,8 +171,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_class_init (GtkEventControllerClass *klass)
* GtkEventController:propagation-phase:
*
* The propagation phase at which this controller will handle events.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
properties[PROP_PROPAGATION_PHASE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("propagation-phase",
@@ -206,8 +202,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_init (GtkEventController *controller)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the event was potentially useful to trigger the
* controller action
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_event_controller_handle_event (GtkEventController *controller,
@@ -241,8 +235,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_handle_event (GtkEventController *controller,
* Returns the #GtkWidget this controller relates to.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkWidget
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_event_controller_get_widget (GtkEventController *controller)
@@ -263,8 +255,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_get_widget (GtkEventController *controller)
* Resets the @controller to a clean state. Every interaction
* the controller did through gtk_event_controll_handle_event()
* will be dropped at this point.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
void
gtk_event_controller_reset (GtkEventController *controller)
@@ -286,8 +276,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_reset (GtkEventController *controller)
* Gets the propagation phase at which @controller handles events.
*
* Returns: the propagation phase
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkPropagationPhase
gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller)
@@ -311,8 +299,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller)
* If @phase is %GTK_PHASE_NONE, no automatic event handling will be
* performed, but other additional gesture maintenance will. In that phase,
* the events can be managed by calling gtk_event_controller_handle_event().
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
void
gtk_event_controller_set_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h
index d53844e..d067225 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h
@@ -41,22 +41,22 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_GET_CLASS(o) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((o), GTK_TYPE_EVENT_CONTROLLER,
GtkEventControllerClass))
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_event_controller_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_event_controller_get_widget (GtkEventController *controller);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_event_controller_handle_event (GtkEventController *controller,
const GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_event_controller_reset (GtkEventController *controller);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkPropagationPhase gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_event_controller_set_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller,
GtkPropagationPhase phase);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c
index 75c293e..bc48d9c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c
@@ -155,8 +155,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_motion_init (GtkEventControllerMotion *motion)
* for the given @widget.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkEventControllerMotion
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GtkEventController *
gtk_event_controller_motion_new (GtkWidget *widget)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.h b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.h
index 82cd397..ad2808d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.h
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkEventControllerMotion GtkEventControllerMotion;
typedef struct _GtkEventControllerMotionClass GtkEventControllerMotionClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_event_controller_motion_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkEventController *gtk_event_controller_motion_new (GtkWidget *widget);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c
index 7b3fe2b..258fdfe 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c
@@ -365,8 +365,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_scroll_class_init (GtkEventControllerScrollClass *klass)
* GtkEventControllerScroll:flags:
*
* The flags affecting event controller behavior
- *
- * Since: 3.93
**/
pspecs[PROP_FLAGS] =
g_param_spec_flags ("flags",
@@ -459,8 +457,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_scroll_init (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll)
* for the given @widget.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkEventControllerScroll
- *
- * Since: 3.93
**/
GtkEventController *
gtk_event_controller_scroll_new (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -480,8 +476,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_scroll_new (GtkWidget *widget,
* @flags: behavior flags
*
* Sets the flags conditioning scroll controller behavior.
- *
- * Since: 3.93
**/
void
gtk_event_controller_scroll_set_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll,
@@ -503,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_scroll_set_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll,
* Gets the flags conditioning the scroll controller behavior.
*
* Returns: the controller flags.
- *
- * Since: 3.93
**/
GtkEventControllerScrollFlags
gtk_event_controller_scroll_get_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.h b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.h
index ed5d976..864c74e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.h
@@ -50,8 +50,6 @@ typedef struct _GtkEventControllerScrollClass GtkEventControllerScrollClass;
* @GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_BOTH_AXES: Emit scroll on both axes.
*
* Describes the behavior of a #GtkEventControllerScroll.
- *
- * Since: 3.93
**/
typedef enum {
GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_NONE = 0,
@@ -62,16 +60,16 @@ typedef enum {
GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_BOTH_AXES = (GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_VERTICAL |
GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL),
} GtkEventControllerScrollFlags;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_event_controller_scroll_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkEventController *gtk_event_controller_scroll_new (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkEventControllerScrollFlags flags);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_event_controller_scroll_set_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll,
GtkEventControllerScrollFlags flags);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkEventControllerScrollFlags
gtk_event_controller_scroll_get_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkexpander.c b/gtk/gtkexpander.c
index 763d401..9ccf959 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkexpander.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkexpander.c
@@ -324,8 +324,6 @@ gtk_expander_class_init (GtkExpanderClass *klass)
*
* When this property is %TRUE, the expander will resize the toplevel
* widget containing the expander upon expanding and collapsing.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_RESIZE_TOPLEVEL,
@@ -889,8 +887,6 @@ gtk_expander_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
* Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkExpander widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_expander_new (const gchar *label)
@@ -911,8 +907,6 @@ gtk_expander_new (const gchar *label)
* Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkExpander widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_expander_new_with_mnemonic (const gchar *label)
@@ -931,8 +925,6 @@ gtk_expander_new_with_mnemonic (const gchar *label)
* Sets the state of the expander. Set to %TRUE, if you want
* the child widget to be revealed, and %FALSE if you want the
* child widget to be hidden.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_expander_set_expanded (GtkExpander *expander,
@@ -987,8 +979,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_expanded (GtkExpander *expander,
* See gtk_expander_set_expanded().
*
* Returns: the current state of the expander
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_expander_get_expanded (GtkExpander *expander)
@@ -1006,8 +996,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_expanded (GtkExpander *expander)
* Sets the text of the label of the expander to @label.
*
* This will also clear any previously set labels.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_expander_set_label (GtkExpander *expander,
@@ -1052,8 +1040,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_label (GtkExpander *expander,
*
* Returns: (nullable): The text of the label widget. This string is owned
* by the widget and must not be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
const gchar *
gtk_expander_get_label (GtkExpander *expander)
@@ -1077,8 +1063,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_label (GtkExpander *expander)
*
* If true, an underline in the text of the expander label indicates
* the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_expander_set_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander,
@@ -1112,8 +1096,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander
* label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_expander_get_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander)
@@ -1131,8 +1113,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander)
* Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in
* [Pango’s text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
* See gtk_label_set_markup().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_expander_set_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander,
@@ -1166,8 +1146,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander,
* See gtk_expander_set_use_markup().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_expander_get_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander)
@@ -1184,8 +1162,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander)
*
* Set the label widget for the expander. This is the widget
* that will appear embedded alongside the expander arrow.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander,
@@ -1236,8 +1212,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the label widget,
* or %NULL if there is none
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander)
@@ -1255,8 +1229,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander)
*
* Sets whether the label widget should fill all available
* horizontal space allocated to @expander.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
void
gtk_expander_set_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander,
@@ -1290,8 +1262,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the label widget will fill all
* available horizontal space
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gtk_expander_get_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander)
@@ -1308,8 +1278,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander)
*
* Sets whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
* containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_expander_set_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander,
@@ -1332,8 +1300,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander,
* containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.
*
* Returns: the “resize toplevel” setting.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gtk_expander_get_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkexpander.h b/gtk/gtkexpander.h
index a0024d0..bed7a81 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkexpander.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkexpander.h
@@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ void gtk_expander_set_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander,
gboolean label_fill);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_expander_get_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_expander_set_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander,
gboolean resize_toplevel);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_expander_get_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c
index 7bed67c..ada9ee2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c
@@ -359,8 +359,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface)
*
* Returns: a #GtkFileChooserConfirmation value that indicates which
* action to take after emitting the signal.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_signal_new (I_("confirm-overwrite"),
iface_type,
@@ -433,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface)
* Whether a file chooser in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode
* will present an overwrite confirmation dialog if the user
* selects a file name that already exists.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_interface_install_property (iface,
g_param_spec_boolean ("do-overwrite-confirmation",
@@ -450,8 +446,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface)
*
* Whether a file chooser not in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN mode
* will offer the user to create new folders.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_interface_install_property (iface,
g_param_spec_boolean ("create-folders",
@@ -468,8 +462,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface)
* Registers an error quark for #GtkFileChooser if necessary.
*
* Returns: The error quark used for #GtkFileChooser errors.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GQuark
gtk_file_chooser_error_quark (void)
@@ -487,8 +479,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_error_quark (void)
* an option to create a new folder might be shown if the action is
* %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE but not if the action is
* %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -507,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* gtk_file_chooser_set_action().
*
* Returns: the action that the file selector is performing
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkFileChooserAction
gtk_file_chooser_get_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -540,8 +528,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* On some systems non-native files may still be
* available using the native filesystem via a userspace
* filesystem (FUSE).
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -560,8 +546,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* file selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only()
*
* Returns: %TRUE if only local files can be selected.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_get_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -583,8 +567,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Sets whether multiple files can be selected in the file selector. This is
* only relevant if the action is set to be %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN or
* %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -603,8 +585,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if multiple files can be selected.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_get_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -626,8 +606,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Sets whether file choser will offer to create new folders.
* This is only relevant if the action is not set to be
* %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -646,8 +624,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* See gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the Create Folder button should be displayed.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_get_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -676,8 +652,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Returns: (nullable) (type filename): The currently selected filename,
* or %NULL if no file is selected, or the selected file can't
* be represented with a local filename. Free with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gchar *
gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -737,8 +711,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
*
* Returns: Not useful.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -762,8 +734,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Returns: Not useful.
*
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_filename()
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_select_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -790,8 +760,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_select_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Unselects a currently selected filename. If the filename
* is not in the current directory, does not exist, or
* is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_unselect_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -860,8 +828,6 @@ file_to_uri_with_native_path (GFile *file)
* containing the filenames of all selected files and subfolders in
* the current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(),
* and the filenames with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GSList *
gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -892,8 +858,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* for the rationale behind this.
*
* Returns: Not useful.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -933,8 +897,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the last folder that
* was requested from it; for example, as would be for calling
* gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder() on a nonexistent folder.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gchar *
gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -969,8 +931,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* gtk_file_chooser_set_filename() or gtk_file_chooser_set_uri() instead.
* Please see the documentation for those functions for an example of using
* gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name() as well.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -999,8 +959,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* g_free(). Note that this string is not a full pathname or URI; it is
* whatever the contents of the entry are. Note also that this string is in
* UTF-8 encoding, which is not necessarily the system’s encoding for filenames.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
gchar *
gtk_file_chooser_get_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1025,8 +983,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* if no file is selected. If gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only() is set to
* %TRUE (the default) a local URI will be returned for any FUSE locations.
* Free with g_free()
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gchar *
gtk_file_chooser_get_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1089,8 +1045,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* is already known, so the file chooser will use it.
*
* Returns: Not useful.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_set_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1112,8 +1066,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* @chooser will be changed to the folder containing @filename.
*
* Returns: Not useful.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_select_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1140,8 +1092,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_select_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Unselects the file referred to by @uri. If the file
* is not in the current directory, does not exist, or
* is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_unselect_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1162,8 +1112,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* @chooser: a #GtkFileChooser
*
* Selects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_select_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1178,8 +1126,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_select_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* @chooser: a #GtkFileChooser
*
* Unselects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_unselect_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1200,8 +1146,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GSList containing the URIs of all selected
* files and subfolders in the current folder. Free the returned list
* with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GSList *
gtk_file_chooser_get_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1237,8 +1181,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1277,8 +1219,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* was unable to load the last folder that was requested from it; for example,
* as would be for calling gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri() on a
* nonexistent folder.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gchar *
gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1309,8 +1249,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1332,8 +1270,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* See gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri().
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the #GFile for the current folder.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GFile *
gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1353,8 +1289,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* _gtk_file_chooser_select_uri().
*
* Returns: Not useful.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_select_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1375,8 +1309,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_select_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
*
* Unselects the file referred to by @file. If the file is not in the current
* directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_unselect_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1399,8 +1331,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* containing a #GFile for each selected file and subfolder in the
* current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and
* the files with g_object_unref().
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GSList *
gtk_file_chooser_get_files (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1451,8 +1381,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_files (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* ]|
*
* Returns: Not useful.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_set_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1480,8 +1408,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a selected #GFile. You own the returned file;
* use g_object_unref() to release it.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GFile *
gtk_file_chooser_get_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1512,8 +1438,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* and filenames and URIs.
*
* Returns: the file system for @chooser.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkFileSystem *
_gtk_file_chooser_get_file_system (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1542,8 +1466,6 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_get_file_system (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* When there is no application-supplied preview widget, or the
* application-supplied preview widget is not active, the file chooser
* will display no preview at all.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1562,8 +1484,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget().
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the current preview widget, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1595,8 +1515,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* may display an internally generated preview of the current file
* or it may display no preview at all. See
* gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget() for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1616,8 +1534,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the preview widget is active for the current filename.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1642,8 +1558,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* display the name themselves in their preview widget.
*
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget()
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1685,8 +1599,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_use_preview_label (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the #GFile for the file to preview,
* or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_object_unref().
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GFile *
gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1707,8 +1619,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
_gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1732,8 +1642,6 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be removed successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
_gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1756,8 +1664,6 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Returns: (nullable) (type filename): the filename to preview, or %NULL if
* no file is selected, or if the selected file cannot be represented
* as a local filename. Free with g_free()
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
char *
gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1786,8 +1692,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the URI for the file to preview,
* or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
char *
gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1813,8 +1717,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* @extra_widget: widget for extra options
*
* Sets an application-supplied widget to provide extra options to the user.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1833,8 +1735,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget().
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the current extra widget, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_file_chooser_get_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1866,8 +1766,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
*
* Note that the @chooser takes ownership of the filter, so you have to
* ref and sink it if you want to keep a reference.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1884,8 +1782,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* @filter: a #GtkFileFilter
*
* Removes @filter from the list of filters that the user can select between.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1907,8 +1803,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* #GSList containing the current set of user selectable filters. The
* contents of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list
* itself with g_slist_free() when you are done with it.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GSList *
gtk_file_chooser_list_filters (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1929,8 +1823,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_list_filters (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* in that list. Setting the current filter when the list of
* filters is empty is useful if you want to restrict the displayed
* set of files without letting the user change it.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -1949,8 +1841,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets the current filter; see gtk_file_chooser_set_filter().
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the current filter, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkFileFilter *
gtk_file_chooser_get_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -1983,8 +1873,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -2016,8 +1904,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
*
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder()
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -2048,8 +1934,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* of folder filenames, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders.
* Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with
* g_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GSList *
gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -2080,8 +1964,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE
* otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -2113,8 +1995,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate.
*
* See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri()
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -2144,8 +2024,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Returns: (nullable) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): A list of
* folder URIs, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free the
* returned list with g_slist_free(), and the URIs with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GSList *
gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folder_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -2177,8 +2055,6 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folder_files (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* @show_hidden: %TRUE if hidden files and folders should be displayed.
*
* Sets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -2197,8 +2073,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* See gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if hidden files and folders are displayed.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_get_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -2228,8 +2102,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* You can override the way confirmation is done by actually handling the
* #GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal; please refer to its documentation
* for the details.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -2249,8 +2121,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the file chooser will present a confirmation dialog;
* %FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_chooser_get_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
@@ -2279,8 +2149,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser)
* using gtk_file_chooser_get_choice().
*
* Compare gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget().
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_file_chooser_add_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -2301,8 +2169,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* @id: the ID of the choice to remove
*
* Removes a 'choice' that has been added with gtk_file_chooser_add_choice().
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_file_chooser_remove_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -2323,8 +2189,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Selects an option in a 'choice' that has been added with
* gtk_file_chooser_add_choice(). For a boolean choice, the
* possible options are "true" and "false".
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_file_chooser_set_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
@@ -2345,7 +2209,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
* Gets the currently selected option in the 'choice' with the given ID.
*
* Returns: the ID of the currenly selected option
- * Since: 3.22
*/
const char *
gtk_file_chooser_get_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.h b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.h
index 92cdbb3..9c13dd4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.h
@@ -73,8 +73,6 @@ typedef enum
* value determines whether the file chooser will present the stock
* confirmation dialog, accept the user’s choice of a filename, or
* let the user choose another filename.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -155,7 +153,7 @@ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_get_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *choose
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
const gchar *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar *gtk_file_chooser_get_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser);
/* Filename manipulation
@@ -304,20 +302,20 @@ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GSList *gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folder_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_file_chooser_add_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
const char *id,
const char *label,
const char **options,
const char **option_labels);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_file_chooser_remove_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
const char *id);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_file_chooser_set_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
const char *id,
const char *option);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char *gtk_file_chooser_get_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser,
const char *id);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c
index 5c57199..706ab3c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c
@@ -406,8 +406,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_class_init (GtkFileChooserButtonClass * class)
*
* Note that this signal is only emitted when the user
* changes the file.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
file_chooser_button_signals[FILE_SET] =
g_signal_new (I_("file-set"),
@@ -422,8 +420,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_class_init (GtkFileChooserButtonClass * class)
* GtkFileChooserButton:dialog:
*
* Instance of the #GtkFileChooserDialog associated with the button.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_DIALOG,
g_param_spec_object ("dialog",
@@ -437,8 +433,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_class_init (GtkFileChooserButtonClass * class)
* GtkFileChooserButton:title:
*
* Title to put on the #GtkFileChooserDialog associated with the button.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_TITLE,
g_param_spec_string ("title",
@@ -451,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_class_init (GtkFileChooserButtonClass * class)
* GtkFileChooserButton:width-chars:
*
* The width of the entry and label inside the button, in characters.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_WIDTH_CHARS,
g_param_spec_int ("width-chars",
@@ -2952,8 +2944,6 @@ native_response_cb (GtkFileChooserNative *native,
* Creates a new file-selecting button widget.
*
* Returns: a new button widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_file_chooser_button_new (const gchar *title,
@@ -2984,8 +2974,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_new (const gchar *title,
* order for the button to take over the file selected in the dialog.
*
* Returns: a new button widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_file_chooser_button_new_with_dialog (GtkWidget *dialog)
@@ -3003,8 +2991,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_new_with_dialog (GtkWidget *dialog)
* @title: the new browse dialog title.
*
* Modifies the @title of the browse dialog used by @button.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_file_chooser_button_set_title (GtkFileChooserButton *button,
@@ -3027,8 +3013,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_set_title (GtkFileChooserButton *button,
* should not be modified or freed.
*
* Returns: a pointer to the browse dialog’s title.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_file_chooser_button_get_title (GtkFileChooserButton *button)
@@ -3048,8 +3032,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_get_title (GtkFileChooserButton *button)
* Retrieves the width in characters of the @button widget’s entry and/or label.
*
* Returns: an integer width (in characters) that the button will use to size itself.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_file_chooser_button_get_width_chars (GtkFileChooserButton *button)
@@ -3065,8 +3047,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_get_width_chars (GtkFileChooserButton *button)
* @n_chars: the new width, in characters.
*
* Sets the width (in characters) that @button will use to @n_chars.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_file_chooser_button_set_width_chars (GtkFileChooserButton *button,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c
index 701fa1a..517654e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c
@@ -696,8 +696,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new_valist (const gchar *title,
* gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons().
*
* Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserDialog
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c
index 83fd5cc..0d4d6a2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c
@@ -236,8 +236,6 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE (GtkFileChooserNative, gtk_file_chooser_native, GTK_TYPE
*
* Returns: (nullable): The custom label, or %NULL for the default. This string
* is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
const char *
gtk_file_chooser_native_get_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self)
@@ -259,8 +257,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_native_get_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self)
* underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard
* accelerator called a mnemonic.
* Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_native_set_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self,
@@ -282,8 +278,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_native_set_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self,
*
* Returns: (nullable): The custom label, or %NULL for the default. This string
* is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
const char *
gtk_file_chooser_native_get_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self)
@@ -305,8 +299,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_native_get_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self)
* underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard
* accelerator called a mnemonic.
* Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_file_chooser_native_set_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self,
@@ -550,8 +542,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_native_init (GtkFileChooserNative *self)
* Creates a new #GtkFileChooserNative.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserNative
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GtkFileChooserNative *
gtk_file_chooser_native_new (const gchar *title,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.h b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.h
index c2c21d7..b85fbbc 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.h
@@ -30,24 +30,24 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GTK_TYPE_FILE_CHOOSER_NATIVE (gtk_file_chooser_native_get_type ())
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
G_DECLARE_FINAL_TYPE (GtkFileChooserNative, gtk_file_chooser_native, GTK, FILE_CHOOSER_NATIVE,
GtkNativeDialog)
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkFileChooserNative *gtk_file_chooser_native_new (const gchar *title,
GtkWindow *parent,
GtkFileChooserAction action,
const gchar *accept_label,
const gchar *cancel_label);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char *gtk_file_chooser_native_get_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_file_chooser_native_set_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self,
const char *accept_label);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char *gtk_file_chooser_native_get_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_file_chooser_native_set_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self,
const char *cancel_label);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c
index 4475ecc..066f4cf 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c
@@ -8569,8 +8569,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_widget_init (GtkFileChooserWidget *impl)
* #GtkFileChooserDialog.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserWidget
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_file_chooser_widget_new (GtkFileChooserAction action)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c
index 58decf9..a63d2ec 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c
@@ -394,8 +394,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* ]|
*
* Returns: a new #GtkFileFilter
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkFileFilter *
gtk_file_filter_new (void)
@@ -412,8 +410,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_new (void)
* Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string
* that will be displayed in the file selector user interface if
* there is a selectable list of filters.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_filter_set_name (GtkFileFilter *filter,
@@ -435,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_set_name (GtkFileFilter *filter,
* Returns: (nullable): The human-readable name of the filter,
* or %NULL. This value is owned by GTK+ and must not
* be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
const gchar *
gtk_file_filter_get_name (GtkFileFilter *filter)
@@ -460,8 +454,6 @@ file_filter_add_rule (GtkFileFilter *filter,
* @mime_type: name of a MIME type
*
* Adds a rule allowing a given mime type to @filter.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type (GtkFileFilter *filter,
@@ -486,8 +478,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type (GtkFileFilter *filter,
* @pattern: a shell style glob
*
* Adds a rule allowing a shell style glob to a filter.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (GtkFileFilter *filter,
@@ -512,8 +502,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (GtkFileFilter *filter,
*
* Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported
* by GdkPixbuf.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_file_filter_add_pixbuf_formats (GtkFileFilter *filter)
@@ -545,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_pixbuf_formats (GtkFileFilter *filter)
* about what sorts of information that the filter function needs;
* this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when
* it isn’t needed by the filter.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_file_filter_add_custom (GtkFileFilter *filter,
@@ -583,8 +569,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_custom (GtkFileFilter *filter,
*
* Returns: bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when
* calling gtk_file_filter_filter()
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkFileFilterFlags
gtk_file_filter_get_needed (GtkFileFilter *filter)
@@ -734,8 +718,6 @@ _gtk_file_filter_get_as_patterns (GtkFileFilter *filter)
* #GtkFileChooser.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the file should be displayed
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_file_filter_filter (GtkFileFilter *filter,
@@ -822,8 +804,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_filter (GtkFileFilter *filter,
* Serialize a file filter to an a{sv} variant.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GVariant *
gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant (GtkFileFilter *filter)
@@ -878,8 +858,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant (GtkFileFilter *filter)
* the format produced by gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant().
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkFileFilter object
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GtkFileFilter *
gtk_file_filter_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.h b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.h
index 8051bef..7155565 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.h
@@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_file_filter_filter (GtkFileFilter *filter,
const GtkFileFilterInfo *filter_info);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GVariant *gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant (GtkFileFilter *filter);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkFileFilter *gtk_file_filter_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkflowbox.c b/gtk/gtkflowbox.c
index 0d444f6..8afc448 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkflowbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkflowbox.c
@@ -492,8 +492,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_child_init (GtkFlowBoxChild *child)
* of a #GtkFlowBox.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkFlowBoxChild
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_flow_box_child_new (void)
@@ -509,8 +507,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_child_new (void)
*
* Returns: the index of the @child, or -1 if the @child is not
* in a flow box.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gint
gtk_flow_box_child_get_index (GtkFlowBoxChild *child)
@@ -535,8 +531,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_child_get_index (GtkFlowBoxChild *child)
* #GtkFlowBox container.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @child is selected
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_flow_box_child_is_selected (GtkFlowBoxChild *child)
@@ -566,8 +560,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_child_is_selected (GtkFlowBoxChild *child)
* and filtering functions into the widgets themselves. Another
* alternative is to call gtk_flow_box_invalidate_sort() on any
* model change, but that is more expensive.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_child_changed (GtkFlowBoxChild *child)
@@ -3829,8 +3821,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_bound_model_changed (GListModel *list,
* Creates a GtkFlowBox.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkFlowBox container
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_flow_box_new (void)
@@ -3871,8 +3861,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_insert_css_node (GtkFlowBox *box,
*
* If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of children
* in the @box, then the @widget will be appended to the end.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_insert (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -3928,8 +3916,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_insert (GtkFlowBox *box,
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the child widget, which will
* always be a #GtkFlowBoxChild or %NULL in case no child widget
* with the given index exists.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkFlowBoxChild *
gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -3958,8 +3944,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index (GtkFlowBox *box,
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the child widget, which will
* always be a #GtkFlowBoxChild or %NULL in case no child widget
* exists for the given x and y coordinates.
- *
- * Since: 3.22.6
*/
GtkFlowBoxChild *
gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_pos (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4002,8 +3986,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_pos (GtkFlowBox *box,
* The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same
* coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children
* of the box.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_hadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4039,8 +4021,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_hadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box,
* The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same
* coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children
* of the box.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_vadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4094,8 +4074,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_check_model_compat (GtkFlowBox *box)
* Note that using a model is incompatible with the filtering and sorting
* functionality in GtkFlowBox. When using a model, filtering and sorting
* should be implemented by the model.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_bind_model (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4145,8 +4123,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_bind_model (GtkFlowBox *box,
* same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_flow_box_get_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4165,8 +4141,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box)
* Sets the #GtkFlowBox:homogeneous property of @box, controlling
* whether or not all children of @box are given equal space
* in the box.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4192,8 +4166,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box,
*
* Sets the vertical space to add between children.
* See the #GtkFlowBox:row-spacing property.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4217,8 +4189,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box,
* Gets the vertical spacing.
*
* Returns: the vertical spacing
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
guint
gtk_flow_box_get_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4235,8 +4205,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* Sets the horizontal space to add between children.
* See the #GtkFlowBox:column-spacing property.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4260,8 +4228,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box,
* Gets the horizontal spacing.
*
* Returns: the horizontal spacing
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
guint
gtk_flow_box_get_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4278,8 +4244,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* Sets the minimum number of children to line up
* in @box’s orientation before flowing.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4303,8 +4267,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box,
* Gets the minimum number of children per line.
*
* Returns: the minimum number of children per line
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
guint
gtk_flow_box_get_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4325,8 +4287,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box)
* Setting the maximum number of children per line
* limits the overall natural size request to be no more
* than @n_children children long in the given orientation.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4351,8 +4311,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box,
* Gets the maximum number of children per line.
*
* Returns: the maximum number of children per line
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
guint
gtk_flow_box_get_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4369,8 +4327,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* If @single is %TRUE, children will be activated when you click
* on them, otherwise you need to double-click.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4395,8 +4351,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if children are activated on single click,
* %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_flow_box_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4428,8 +4382,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_accept_unpaired_release (GtkFlowBox *box,
* Returns: (element-type GtkFlowBoxChild) (transfer container):
* A #GList containing the #GtkWidget for each selected child.
* Free with g_list_free() when done.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GList *
gtk_flow_box_get_selected_children (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4459,8 +4411,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_selected_children (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* Selects a single child of @box, if the selection
* mode allows it.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_select_child (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4479,8 +4429,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_select_child (GtkFlowBox *box,
*
* Unselects a single child of @box, if the selection
* mode allows it.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_unselect_child (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4498,8 +4446,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_unselect_child (GtkFlowBox *box,
*
* Select all children of @box, if the selection
* mode allows it.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_select_all (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4522,8 +4468,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_select_all (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* Unselect all children of @box, if the selection
* mode allows it.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_unselect_all (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4549,8 +4493,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_unselect_all (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* A function used by gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach().
* It will be called on every selected child of the @box.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
/**
@@ -4563,8 +4505,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_unselect_all (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* Note that the selection cannot be modified from within
* this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4593,8 +4533,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach (GtkFlowBox *box,
*
* Sets how selection works in @box.
* See #GtkSelectionMode for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4629,8 +4567,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box,
* Gets the selection mode of @box.
*
* Returns: the #GtkSelectionMode
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkSelectionMode
gtk_flow_box_get_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4652,8 +4588,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box)
* visible or not.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the row should be visible, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
/**
@@ -4675,8 +4609,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* Note that using a filter function is incompatible with using a model
* (see gtk_flow_box_bind_model()).
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_filter_func (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4713,8 +4645,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_filter_func (GtkFlowBox *box,
* factor. For instance, this would be used if the
* filter function just looked for a specific search
* term, and the entry with the string has changed.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_invalidate_filter (GtkFlowBox *box)
@@ -4738,8 +4668,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_invalidate_filter (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* Returns: < 0 if @child1 should be before @child2, 0 if
* the are equal, and > 0 otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
/**
@@ -4760,8 +4688,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_invalidate_filter (GtkFlowBox *box)
*
* Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model
* (see gtk_flow_box_bind_model()).
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_set_sort_func (GtkFlowBox *box,
@@ -4826,8 +4752,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_css_node_foreach (gpointer data,
*
* Call this when the result of the sort function on
* @box is changed due to an external factor.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_flow_box_invalidate_sort (GtkFlowBox *box)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkflowbox.h b/gtk/gtkflowbox.h
index ba07f55..9061621 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkflowbox.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkflowbox.h
@@ -108,80 +108,78 @@ struct _GtkFlowBoxChildClass
* gtk_flow_box_bind_model() for each item that gets added to the model.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkWidget that represents @item
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
typedef GtkWidget * (*GtkFlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc) (gpointer item,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_flow_box_child_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_flow_box_child_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_flow_box_child_get_index (GtkFlowBoxChild *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_flow_box_child_is_selected (GtkFlowBoxChild *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_child_changed (GtkFlowBoxChild *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_flow_box_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_flow_box_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_bind_model (GtkFlowBox *box,
GListModel *model,
GtkFlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc create_widget_func,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify
user_data_free_func);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box,
gboolean homogeneous);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_flow_box_get_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box,
guint spacing);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_flow_box_get_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box,
guint spacing);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_flow_box_get_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box,
guint n_children);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_flow_box_get_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box,
guint n_children);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_flow_box_get_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box,
gboolean single);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_flow_box_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_insert (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkWidget *widget,
gint position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkFlowBoxChild *gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index (GtkFlowBox *box,
gint idx);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkFlowBoxChild *gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_pos (GtkFlowBox *box,
gint x,
gint y);
@@ -190,55 +188,55 @@ typedef void (* GtkFlowBoxForeachFunc) (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkFlowBoxChild *child,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkFlowBoxForeachFunc func,
gpointer data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList *gtk_flow_box_get_selected_children (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_select_child (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkFlowBoxChild *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_unselect_child (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkFlowBoxChild *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_select_all (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_unselect_all (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkSelectionMode mode);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkSelectionMode gtk_flow_box_get_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_hadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkAdjustment *adjustment);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_vadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkAdjustment *adjustment);
typedef gboolean (*GtkFlowBoxFilterFunc) (GtkFlowBoxChild *child,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_filter_func (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkFlowBoxFilterFunc filter_func,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify destroy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_invalidate_filter (GtkFlowBox *box);
typedef gint (*GtkFlowBoxSortFunc) (GtkFlowBoxChild *child1,
GtkFlowBoxChild *child2,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_set_sort_func (GtkFlowBox *box,
GtkFlowBoxSortFunc sort_func,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify destroy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_flow_box_invalidate_sort (GtkFlowBox *box);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c b/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c
index 8930585..4a6dcba 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c
@@ -508,8 +508,6 @@ gtk_font_button_class_init (GtkFontButtonClass *klass)
* GtkFontButton:title:
*
* The title of the font chooser dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TITLE,
@@ -524,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_font_button_class_init (GtkFontButtonClass *klass)
*
* If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn
* in the selected font.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_USE_FONT,
@@ -540,8 +536,6 @@ gtk_font_button_class_init (GtkFontButtonClass *klass)
*
* If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn
* with the selected font size.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_USE_SIZE,
@@ -562,8 +556,6 @@ gtk_font_button_class_init (GtkFontButtonClass *klass)
* Note that this signal is only emitted when the user
* changes the font. If you need to react to programmatic font changes
* as well, use the notify::font signal.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
font_button_signals[FONT_SET] = g_signal_new (I_("font-set"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
@@ -738,8 +730,6 @@ gtk_font_button_get_property (GObject *object,
* Creates a new font picker widget.
*
* Returns: a new font picker widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_font_button_new (void)
@@ -754,8 +744,6 @@ gtk_font_button_new (void)
* Creates a new font picker widget.
*
* Returns: a new font picker widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_font_button_new_with_font (const gchar *fontname)
@@ -769,8 +757,6 @@ gtk_font_button_new_with_font (const gchar *fontname)
* @title: a string containing the font chooser dialog title
*
* Sets the title for the font chooser dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_font_button_set_title (GtkFontButton *font_button,
@@ -797,8 +783,6 @@ gtk_font_button_set_title (GtkFontButton *font_button,
* Retrieves the title of the font chooser dialog.
*
* Returns: an internal copy of the title string which must not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
const gchar*
gtk_font_button_get_title (GtkFontButton *font_button)
@@ -815,8 +799,6 @@ gtk_font_button_get_title (GtkFontButton *font_button)
* Returns whether the selected font is used in the label.
*
* Returns: whether the selected font is used in the label.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_font_button_get_use_font (GtkFontButton *font_button)
@@ -832,8 +814,6 @@ gtk_font_button_get_use_font (GtkFontButton *font_button)
* @use_font: If %TRUE, font name will be written using font chosen.
*
* If @use_font is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected font.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_font_button_set_use_font (GtkFontButton *font_button,
@@ -861,8 +841,6 @@ gtk_font_button_set_use_font (GtkFontButton *font_button,
* Returns whether the selected size is used in the label.
*
* Returns: whether the selected size is used in the label.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_font_button_get_use_size (GtkFontButton *font_button)
@@ -878,8 +856,6 @@ gtk_font_button_get_use_size (GtkFontButton *font_button)
* @use_size: If %TRUE, font name will be written using the selected size.
*
* If @use_size is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected size.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_font_button_set_use_size (GtkFontButton *font_button,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c
index 5c1547d..078225e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c
@@ -109,8 +109,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface)
* GtkFontChooser:level:
*
* The level of granularity to offer for selecting fonts.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
g_object_interface_install_property
(iface,
@@ -126,8 +124,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface)
*
* The selected font features, in a format that is compatible with
* CSS and with Pango attributes.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
g_object_interface_install_property
(iface,
@@ -143,8 +139,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface)
* The language for which the #GtkFontChooser:font-features were
* selected, in a format that is compatible with CSS and with Pango
* attributes.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
g_object_interface_install_property
(iface,
@@ -187,8 +181,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface)
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the
* selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser
* and must not be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
PangoFontFamily *
gtk_font_chooser_get_font_family (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -210,8 +202,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_family (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the
* selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by
* @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
PangoFontFace *
gtk_font_chooser_get_font_face (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -229,8 +219,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_face (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
*
* Returns: A n integer representing the selected font size,
* or -1 if no font size is selected.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gint
gtk_font_chooser_get_font_size (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -258,8 +246,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_size (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A string with the name
* of the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. You must
* free this string with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gchar *
gtk_font_chooser_get_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -280,8 +266,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
* @fontname: a font name like “Helvetica 12” or “Times Bold 18”
*
* Sets the currently-selected font.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_font_chooser_set_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
@@ -310,8 +294,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A #PangoFontDescription for the
* current font, or %NULL if no font is selected.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
PangoFontDescription *
gtk_font_chooser_get_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -331,8 +313,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
* @font_desc: a #PangoFontDescription
*
* Sets the currently-selected font from @font_desc.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
@@ -352,8 +332,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the text displayed in the
* preview area
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gchar *
gtk_font_chooser_get_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -374,8 +352,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
*
* Sets the text displayed in the preview area.
* The @text is used to show how the selected font looks.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
@@ -395,8 +371,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the preview entry is shown
* or %FALSE if it is hidden.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gtk_font_chooser_get_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -416,8 +390,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
* @show_preview_entry: whether to show the editable preview entry or not
*
* Shows or hides the editable preview entry.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_font_chooser_set_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
@@ -438,8 +410,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
*
* Adds a filter function that decides which fonts to display
* in the font chooser.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
@@ -493,8 +463,6 @@ _gtk_font_chooser_font_activated (GtkFontChooser *chooser,
* context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (label);
* pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap);
* ]|
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_font_chooser_set_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
@@ -515,8 +483,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
* or %NULL if it does not have one.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
PangoFontMap *
gtk_font_chooser_get_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -537,8 +503,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
* @level: the desired level of granularity
*
* Sets the desired level of granularity for selecting fonts.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_font_chooser_set_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
@@ -556,7 +520,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
* Returns the current level of granularity for selecting fonts.
*
* Returns: the current granularity level
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GtkFontChooserLevel
gtk_font_chooser_get_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -577,7 +540,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
* Gets the currently-selected font features.
*
* Returns: the currently selected font features
- * Since: 3.94
*/
char *
gtk_font_chooser_get_font_features (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
@@ -598,7 +560,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_features (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
* Gets the currently-selected language for font features.
*
* Returns: the currently selected language
- * Since: 3.94
*/
char *
gtk_font_chooser_get_language (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h
index 18ca5d0..0159e78 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h
@@ -97,58 +97,58 @@ struct _GtkFontChooserIface
gpointer padding[10];
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_font_chooser_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoFontFamily *gtk_font_chooser_get_font_family (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoFontFace *gtk_font_chooser_get_font_face (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_font_chooser_get_font_size (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoFontDescription *
gtk_font_chooser_get_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
const PangoFontDescription *font_desc);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar* gtk_font_chooser_get_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_font_chooser_set_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
const gchar *fontname);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gchar* gtk_font_chooser_get_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
const gchar *text);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_font_chooser_get_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_font_chooser_set_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
gboolean show_preview_entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
GtkFontFilterFunc filter,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify destroy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_font_chooser_set_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
PangoFontMap *fontmap);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoFontMap * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_font_chooser_set_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser,
GtkFontChooserLevel level);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkFontChooserLevel
gtk_font_chooser_get_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
char * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_features (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
char * gtk_font_chooser_get_language (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c
index dca4811..b481238 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c
@@ -63,8 +63,6 @@ struct _GtkFontChooserDialogPrivate
* The GtkFontChooserDialog implementation of the #GtkBuildable
* interface exposes the buttons with the names “select_button”
* and “cancel_button”.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
static void gtk_font_chooser_dialog_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
@@ -250,8 +248,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_dialog_init (GtkFontChooserDialog *fontchooserdiag)
* Creates a new #GtkFontChooserDialog.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkFontChooserDialog
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_font_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.h b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.h
index c830d36..db7f5c3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.h
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ struct _GtkFontChooserDialogClass
void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_font_chooser_dialog_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_font_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title,
GtkWindow *parent);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c
index 7467c93..3ab05f3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c
@@ -92,8 +92,6 @@
* # CSS nodes
*
* GtkFontChooserWidget has a single CSS node with name fontchooser.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
struct _GtkFontChooserWidgetPrivate
@@ -880,8 +878,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_widget_init (GtkFontChooserWidget *fontchooser)
* Creates a new #GtkFontChooserWidget.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkFontChooserWidget
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_font_chooser_widget_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.h b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.h
index a367091..7729dcc 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.h
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ struct _GtkFontChooserWidgetClass
void (*_gtk_reserved8) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_font_chooser_widget_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_font_chooser_widget_new (void);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesture.c b/gtk/gtkgesture.c
index 9565fa2..4cabe4a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesture.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesture.c
@@ -786,9 +786,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass)
* GtkGesture:n-points:
*
* The number of touch points that trigger recognition on this gesture,
- *
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_N_POINTS,
@@ -811,8 +808,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass)
* Note: These conditions may also happen when an extra touch (eg. a third touch
* on a 2-touches gesture) is lifted, in that situation @sequence won't pertain
* to the current set of active touches, so don't rely on this being true.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[BEGIN] =
g_signal_new (I_("begin"),
@@ -835,8 +830,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass)
* previously triggering recognition on @gesture (ie. a just pressed touch
* sequence that exceeds #GtkGesture:n-points). This situation may be detected
* by checking through gtk_gesture_handles_sequence().
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[END] =
g_signal_new (I_("end"),
@@ -852,8 +845,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted whenever an event is handled while the gesture is
* recognized. @sequence is guaranteed to pertain to the set of active touches.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[UPDATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("update"),
@@ -873,8 +864,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass)
* was claimed by parent widgets' controllers (see gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state()).
*
* @gesture must forget everything about @sequence as a reaction to this signal.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[CANCEL] =
g_signal_new (I_("cancel"),
@@ -892,8 +881,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass)
* This signal is emitted whenever a sequence state changes. See
* gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state() to know more about the expectable
* sequence lifetimes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[SEQUENCE_STATE_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("sequence-state-changed"),
@@ -935,8 +922,6 @@ gtk_gesture_init (GtkGesture *gesture)
* on @gesture, or %NULL if the gesture is not being interacted.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDevice, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GdkDevice *
gtk_gesture_get_device (GtkGesture *gesture)
@@ -958,8 +943,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_device (GtkGesture *gesture)
* Returns the @sequence state, as seen by @gesture.
*
* Returns: The sequence state in @gesture
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkEventSequenceState
gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture,
@@ -1031,8 +1014,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @sequence is handled by @gesture,
* and the state is changed successfully
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture,
@@ -1085,8 +1066,6 @@ gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the state of at least one sequence
* was changed successfully
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_set_state (GtkGesture *gesture,
@@ -1122,8 +1101,6 @@ gtk_gesture_set_state (GtkGesture *gesture,
* of #GdkEventSequences, the list elements are owned by GTK+
* and must not be freed or modified, the list itself must be deleted
* through g_list_free()
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GList *
gtk_gesture_get_sequences (GtkGesture *gesture)
@@ -1164,8 +1141,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_sequences (GtkGesture *gesture)
* Returns the #GdkEventSequence that was last updated on @gesture.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The last updated sequence
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GdkEventSequence *
gtk_gesture_get_last_updated_sequence (GtkGesture *gesture)
@@ -1223,8 +1198,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_last_event (GtkGesture *gesture,
* widget allocation.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @sequence is currently interpreted
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_get_point (GtkGesture *gesture,
@@ -1290,8 +1263,6 @@ _gtk_gesture_get_last_update_time (GtkGesture *gesture,
* regardless of the number of touchpoints.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there are active touches, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box (GtkGesture *gesture,
@@ -1358,8 +1329,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box (GtkGesture *gesture,
* will be returned.
*
* Returns: %FALSE if no active touches are present, %TRUE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box_center (GtkGesture *gesture,
@@ -1388,8 +1357,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box_center (GtkGesture *gesture,
* interacting with it.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if gesture is active
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_is_active (GtkGesture *gesture)
@@ -1409,8 +1376,6 @@ gtk_gesture_is_active (GtkGesture *gesture)
* returned %TRUE for the sequences being currently interpreted.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if gesture is recognized
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_is_recognized (GtkGesture *gesture)
@@ -1445,8 +1410,6 @@ _gtk_gesture_check (GtkGesture *gesture)
* @sequence.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @gesture is handling @sequence, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (GtkGesture *gesture,
@@ -1517,8 +1480,6 @@ _gtk_gesture_get_group_link (GtkGesture *gesture)
* #GdkEventSequence state is set to #GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED on one group,
* every other gesture group attached to the same #GtkWidget will switch the
* state for that sequence to #GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
void
gtk_gesture_group (GtkGesture *gesture,
@@ -1556,8 +1517,6 @@ gtk_gesture_group (GtkGesture *gesture,
* @gesture: a #GtkGesture
*
* Separates @gesture into an isolated group.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
void
gtk_gesture_ungroup (GtkGesture *gesture)
@@ -1587,8 +1546,6 @@ gtk_gesture_ungroup (GtkGesture *gesture)
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkGesture) (transfer container): The list
* of #GtkGestures, free with g_list_free()
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GList *
gtk_gesture_get_group (GtkGesture *gesture)
@@ -1610,8 +1567,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_group (GtkGesture *gesture)
* Returns %TRUE if both gestures pertain to the same group.
*
* Returns: whether the gestures are grouped
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_is_grouped_with (GtkGesture *gesture,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesture.h b/gtk/gtkgesture.h
index 0f13917..cb70894 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesture.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesture.h
@@ -39,66 +39,66 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkGesture GtkGesture;
typedef struct _GtkGestureClass GtkGestureClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gesture_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDevice * gtk_gesture_get_device (GtkGesture *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_set_state (GtkGesture *gesture,
GtkEventSequenceState state);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkEventSequenceState
gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture,
GdkEventSequence *sequence);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture,
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
GtkEventSequenceState state);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList * gtk_gesture_get_sequences (GtkGesture *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkEventSequence * gtk_gesture_get_last_updated_sequence
(GtkGesture *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (GtkGesture *gesture,
GdkEventSequence *sequence);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GdkEvent *
gtk_gesture_get_last_event (GtkGesture *gesture,
GdkEventSequence *sequence);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_get_point (GtkGesture *gesture,
GdkEventSequence *sequence,
gdouble *x,
gdouble *y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box (GtkGesture *gesture,
GdkRectangle *rect);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box_center
(GtkGesture *gesture,
gdouble *x,
gdouble *y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_is_active (GtkGesture *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_is_recognized (GtkGesture *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gesture_group (GtkGesture *group_gesture,
GtkGesture *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gesture_ungroup (GtkGesture *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList * gtk_gesture_get_group (GtkGesture *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_is_grouped_with (GtkGesture *gesture,
GtkGesture *other);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c
index b384f4d..11d7752 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c
@@ -148,8 +148,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_class_init (GtkGestureDragClass *klass)
* @start_y: Y coordinate, relative to the widget allocation
*
* This signal is emitted whenever dragging starts.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
@@ -165,8 +163,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_class_init (GtkGestureDragClass *klass)
* @offset_y: Y offset, relative to the start point
*
* This signal is emitted whenever the dragging point moves.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[DRAG_UPDATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-update"),
@@ -182,8 +178,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_class_init (GtkGestureDragClass *klass)
* @offset_y: Y offset, relative to the start point
*
* This signal is emitted whenever the dragging is finished.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[DRAG_END] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
@@ -206,8 +200,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_init (GtkGestureDrag *gesture)
* Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes drags.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureDrag
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkGesture *
gtk_gesture_drag_new (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -230,8 +222,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_new (GtkWidget *widget)
* in window-relative coordinates.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the gesture is active
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_drag_get_start_point (GtkGestureDrag *gesture,
@@ -270,8 +260,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_get_start_point (GtkGestureDrag *gesture,
* as an offset to the starting drag point.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the gesture is active
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_drag_get_offset (GtkGestureDrag *gesture,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.h b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.h
index be308eb..ab0cba7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.h
@@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkGestureDrag GtkGestureDrag;
typedef struct _GtkGestureDragClass GtkGestureDragClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gesture_drag_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_drag_new (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_drag_get_start_point (GtkGestureDrag *gesture,
gdouble *x,
gdouble *y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_drag_get_offset (GtkGestureDrag *gesture,
gdouble *x,
gdouble *y);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c b/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c
index 2630c84..68f2813 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c
@@ -297,8 +297,6 @@ gtk_gesture_long_press_class_init (GtkGestureLongPressClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted whenever a press goes unmoved/unreleased longer than
* what the GTK+ defaults tell.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[PRESSED] =
g_signal_new (I_("pressed"),
@@ -313,8 +311,6 @@ gtk_gesture_long_press_class_init (GtkGestureLongPressClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted whenever a press moved too far, or was released
* before #GtkGestureLongPress::pressed happened.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[CANCELLED] =
g_signal_new (I_("cancelled"),
@@ -332,8 +328,6 @@ gtk_gesture_long_press_class_init (GtkGestureLongPressClass *klass)
* Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes long presses.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureLongPress
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkGesture *
gtk_gesture_long_press_new (GtkWidget *widget)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.h b/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.h
index 6cdc755..6ab2cee 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.h
@@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkGestureLongPress GtkGestureLongPress;
typedef struct _GtkGestureLongPressClass GtkGestureLongPressClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gesture_long_press_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_long_press_new (GtkWidget *widget);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.c b/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.c
index ee925a0..5f01227 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.c
@@ -356,8 +356,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_class_init (GtkGestureMultiPressClass *klass)
* @y: The Y coordinate, in widget allocation coordinates
*
* This signal is emitted whenever a button or touch press happens.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[PRESSED] =
g_signal_new (I_("pressed"),
@@ -379,8 +377,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_class_init (GtkGestureMultiPressClass *klass)
* will report the number of press that is paired to this event, note
* that #GtkGestureMultiPress::stopped may have been emitted between the
* press and its release, @n_press will only start over at the next press.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[RELEASED] =
g_signal_new (I_("released"),
@@ -396,8 +392,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_class_init (GtkGestureMultiPressClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted whenever any time/distance threshold has
* been exceeded.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[STOPPED] =
g_signal_new (I_("stopped"),
@@ -420,8 +414,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_class_init (GtkGestureMultiPressClass *klass)
* grabs, this can only happen on situations where input is grabbed
* elsewhere mid-press or the pressed widget voluntarily relinquishes
* its implicit grab.
- *
- * Since: 3.93.
*/
signals[UNPAIRED_RELEASE] =
g_signal_new (I_("unpaired-release"),
@@ -446,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_init (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture)
* presses.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureMultiPress
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkGesture *
gtk_gesture_multi_press_new (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -473,8 +463,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_new (GtkWidget *widget)
* Note: The rectangle is only used to determine whether any
* non-first click falls within the expected area. This is not
* akin to an input shape.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
void
gtk_gesture_multi_press_set_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture,
@@ -506,8 +494,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_set_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture,
* details on what the press area represents.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @rect was filled with the press area
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_multi_press_get_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.h b/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.h
index b1cc021..06d4623 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.h
@@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkGestureMultiPress GtkGestureMultiPress;
typedef struct _GtkGestureMultiPressClass GtkGestureMultiPressClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gesture_multi_press_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_multi_press_new (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gesture_multi_press_set_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture,
const GdkRectangle *rect);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_multi_press_get_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture,
GdkRectangle *rect);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturepan.c b/gtk/gtkgesturepan.c
index cbc34e6..7f6812a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturepan.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturepan.c
@@ -228,8 +228,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_class_init (GtkGesturePanClass *klass)
* GtkGesturePan:orientation:
*
* The expected orientation of pan gestures.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ORIENTATION,
@@ -248,8 +246,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_class_init (GtkGesturePanClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted once a panning gesture along the
* expected axis is detected.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[PAN] =
g_signal_new (I_("pan"),
@@ -278,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_init (GtkGesturePan *gesture)
* Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes pan gestures.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkGesturePan
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkGesture *
gtk_gesture_pan_new (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -300,8 +294,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_new (GtkWidget *widget,
* Returns the orientation of the pan gestures that this @gesture expects.
*
* Returns: the expected orientation for pan gestures
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
GtkOrientation
gtk_gesture_pan_get_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture)
@@ -321,8 +313,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_get_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture)
* @orientation: expected orientation
*
* Sets the orientation to be expected on pan gestures.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_gesture_pan_set_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturepan.h b/gtk/gtkgesturepan.h
index 410d704..dc6a399 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturepan.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturepan.h
@@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkGesturePan GtkGesturePan;
typedef struct _GtkGesturePanClass GtkGesturePanClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gesture_pan_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_pan_new (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkOrientation gtk_gesture_pan_get_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gesture_pan_set_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture,
GtkOrientation orientation);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.c b/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.c
index c5e8ab3..2b28ce4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.c
@@ -236,8 +236,6 @@ gtk_gesture_rotate_class_init (GtkGestureRotateClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted when the angle between both tracked points
* changes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[ANGLE_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("angle-changed"),
@@ -256,8 +254,6 @@ gtk_gesture_rotate_class_init (GtkGestureRotateClass *klass)
* rotation gestures.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureRotate
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkGesture *
gtk_gesture_rotate_new (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -278,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_gesture_rotate_new (GtkWidget *widget)
* not active, 0 is returned.
*
* Returns: the angle delta in radians
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gdouble
gtk_gesture_rotate_get_angle_delta (GtkGestureRotate *gesture)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.h b/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.h
index 4db84e4..07fa0f8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.h
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkGestureRotate GtkGestureRotate;
typedef struct _GtkGestureRotateClass GtkGestureRotateClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gesture_rotate_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_rotate_new (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gdouble gtk_gesture_rotate_get_angle_delta (GtkGestureRotate *gesture);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c b/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c
index 9c6ad83..f12f3ab 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c
@@ -261,8 +261,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_class_init (GtkGestureSingleClass *klass)
* GtkGestureSingle:touch-only:
*
* Whether the gesture handles only touch events.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
properties[PROP_TOUCH_ONLY] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("touch-only",
@@ -276,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_class_init (GtkGestureSingleClass *klass)
*
* Whether the gesture is exclusive. Exclusive gestures only listen to pointer
* and pointer emulated events.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
properties[PROP_EXCLUSIVE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("exclusive",
@@ -290,8 +286,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_class_init (GtkGestureSingleClass *klass)
* GtkGestureSingle:button:
*
* Mouse button number to listen to, or 0 to listen for any button.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
properties[PROP_BUTTON] =
g_param_spec_uint ("button",
@@ -321,8 +315,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_init (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
* Returns %TRUE if the gesture is only triggered by touch events.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the gesture only handles touch events
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_single_get_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
@@ -344,8 +336,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_get_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
* If @touch_only is %TRUE, @gesture will only handle events of type
* #GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN, #GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE or #GDK_TOUCH_END. If %FALSE,
* mouse events will be handled too.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
void
gtk_gesture_single_set_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture,
@@ -373,8 +363,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_set_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture,
* gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive().
*
* Returns: Whether the gesture is exclusive
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_single_get_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
@@ -397,8 +385,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_get_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
* only handle pointer and "pointer emulated" touch events, so at
* any given time, there is only one sequence able to interact with
* those.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
void
gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture,
@@ -426,8 +412,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture,
* reacts to any button press.
*
* Returns: The button number, or 0 for any button
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
guint
gtk_gesture_single_get_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
@@ -449,8 +433,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_get_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
* Sets the button number @gesture listens to. If non-0, every
* button press from a different button number will be ignored.
* Touch events implicitly match with button 1.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
void
gtk_gesture_single_set_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture,
@@ -477,8 +459,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_set_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture,
* is none.
*
* Returns: The current button number
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
guint
gtk_gesture_single_get_current_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
@@ -500,8 +480,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_get_current_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
* This is only meaningful if gtk_gesture_is_active() returns %TRUE.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the current sequence
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GdkEventSequence *
gtk_gesture_single_get_current_sequence (GtkGestureSingle *gesture)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h b/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h
index 3dde8d7..09dc9b6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h
@@ -39,34 +39,34 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkGestureSingle GtkGestureSingle;
typedef struct _GtkGestureSingleClass GtkGestureSingleClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gesture_single_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_single_get_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gesture_single_set_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture,
gboolean touch_only);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_single_get_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture,
gboolean exclusive);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_gesture_single_get_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gesture_single_set_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture,
guint button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_gesture_single_get_current_button
(GtkGestureSingle *gesture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkEventSequence * gtk_gesture_single_get_current_sequence
(GtkGestureSingle *gesture);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.c b/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.c
index 65a80ca..15872f8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.c
@@ -231,8 +231,6 @@ gtk_gesture_swipe_class_init (GtkGestureSwipeClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted when the recognized gesture is finished, velocity
* and direction are a product of previously recorded events.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[SWIPE] =
g_signal_new (I_("swipe"),
@@ -259,8 +257,6 @@ gtk_gesture_swipe_init (GtkGestureSwipe *gesture)
* Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes swipes.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureSwipe
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkGesture *
gtk_gesture_swipe_new (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -283,8 +279,6 @@ gtk_gesture_swipe_new (GtkWidget *widget)
* last event(s) processed.
*
* Returns: whether velocity could be calculated
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gboolean
gtk_gesture_swipe_get_velocity (GtkGestureSwipe *gesture,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.h b/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.h
index 433fde8..1cfbfd7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.h
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkGestureSwipe GtkGestureSwipe;
typedef struct _GtkGestureSwipeClass GtkGestureSwipeClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gesture_swipe_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_swipe_new (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gesture_swipe_get_velocity (GtkGestureSwipe *gesture,
gdouble *velocity_x,
gdouble *velocity_y);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.c b/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.c
index 0af6505..74e9025 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.c
@@ -206,8 +206,6 @@ gtk_gesture_zoom_class_init (GtkGestureZoomClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted whenever the distance between both tracked
* sequences changes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[SCALE_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("scale-changed"),
@@ -226,8 +224,6 @@ gtk_gesture_zoom_class_init (GtkGestureZoomClass *klass)
* in/out gestures (usually known as pinch/zoom).
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureZoom
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkGesture *
gtk_gesture_zoom_new (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -248,8 +244,6 @@ gtk_gesture_zoom_new (GtkWidget *widget)
* considered 1:1). If @gesture is not active, 1 is returned.
*
* Returns: the scale delta
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
gdouble
gtk_gesture_zoom_get_scale_delta (GtkGestureZoom *gesture)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.h b/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.h
index 065f233..35a67d7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.h
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkGestureZoom GtkGestureZoom;
typedef struct _GtkGestureZoomClass GtkGestureZoomClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gesture_zoom_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_zoom_new (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gdouble gtk_gesture_zoom_get_scale_delta (GtkGestureZoom *gesture);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkglarea.c b/gtk/gtkglarea.c
index 1e14e1b..d7ad09c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkglarea.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkglarea.c
@@ -523,8 +523,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_allocate_texture (GtkGLArea *area)
* This function is automatically called before emitting the
* #GtkGLArea::render signal, and doesn't normally need to be called
* by application code.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_attach_buffers (GtkGLArea *area)
@@ -794,8 +792,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass)
* The #GtkGLArea widget is responsible for creating the #GdkGLContext
* instance. If you need to render with other kinds of buffers (stencil,
* depth, etc), use render buffers.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
obj_props[PROP_CONTEXT] =
g_param_spec_object ("context",
@@ -817,8 +813,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass)
* In order to force a rendering gtk_gl_area_queue_render() must be called.
* This mode is useful when the scene changes seldomly, but takes a long time
* to redraw.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
obj_props[PROP_AUTO_RENDER] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("auto-render",
@@ -834,8 +828,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass)
*
* If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a depth buffer for the
* target framebuffer.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
obj_props[PROP_HAS_DEPTH_BUFFER] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-depth-buffer",
@@ -851,8 +843,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass)
*
* If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a stencil buffer for the
* target framebuffer.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
obj_props[PROP_HAS_STENCIL_BUFFER] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-stencil-buffer",
@@ -870,8 +860,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass)
* OpenGL ES instead of OpenGL.
*
* See also: gdk_gl_context_set_use_es()
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
obj_props[PROP_USE_ES] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("use-es",
@@ -901,8 +889,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass)
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
area_signals[RENDER] =
g_signal_new (I_("render"),
@@ -929,8 +915,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass)
* is emitted.
*
* The default handler sets up the GL viewport.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
area_signals[RESIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("resize"),
@@ -958,8 +942,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass)
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkGLContext;
* the #GtkGLArea widget will take ownership of the returned value.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
area_signals[CREATE_CONTEXT] =
g_signal_new (I_("create-context"),
@@ -989,8 +971,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_init (GtkGLArea *area)
* Creates a new #GtkGLArea widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): the newly created #GtkGLArea
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_gl_area_new (void)
@@ -1006,8 +986,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_new (void)
* Sets an error on the area which will be shown instead of the
* GL rendering. This is useful in the #GtkGLArea::create-context
* signal if GL context creation fails.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_set_error (GtkGLArea *area,
@@ -1029,8 +1007,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_error (GtkGLArea *area,
* Gets the current error set on the @area.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GError or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GError *
gtk_gl_area_get_error (GtkGLArea *area)
@@ -1051,8 +1027,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_error (GtkGLArea *area)
*
* You should check the capabilities of the #GdkGLContext before drawing
* with either API.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_set_use_es (GtkGLArea *area,
@@ -1081,8 +1055,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_use_es (GtkGLArea *area,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the #GtkGLArea should create an OpenGL ES context
* and %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gtk_gl_area_get_use_es (GtkGLArea *area)
@@ -1104,8 +1076,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_use_es (GtkGLArea *area)
* for the widget.
*
* This function must be called before the area has been realized.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_set_required_version (GtkGLArea *area,
@@ -1128,8 +1098,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_required_version (GtkGLArea *area,
*
* Retrieves the required version of OpenGL set
* using gtk_gl_area_set_required_version().
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_get_required_version (GtkGLArea *area,
@@ -1153,8 +1121,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_required_version (GtkGLArea *area,
* Returns whether the area has a depth buffer.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the @area has a depth buffer, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_gl_area_get_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area)
@@ -1174,8 +1140,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area)
* If @has_depth_buffer is %TRUE the widget will allocate and
* enable a depth buffer for the target framebuffer. Otherwise
* there will be none.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_set_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area,
@@ -1204,8 +1168,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area,
* Returns whether the area has a stencil buffer.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the @area has a stencil buffer, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_gl_area_get_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area)
@@ -1225,8 +1187,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area)
* If @has_stencil_buffer is %TRUE the widget will allocate and
* enable a stencil buffer for the target framebuffer. Otherwise
* there will be none.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_set_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area,
@@ -1259,8 +1219,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area,
* This is only needed when the gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render() has
* been called with a %FALSE value. The default behaviour is to
* emit #GtkGLArea::render on each draw.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_queue_render (GtkGLArea *area)
@@ -1282,8 +1240,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_queue_render (GtkGLArea *area)
* Returns whether the area is in auto render mode or not.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the @area is auto rendering, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_gl_area_get_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area)
@@ -1309,8 +1265,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area)
* unless the window is resized. In order to force a rendering
* gtk_gl_area_queue_render() must be called. This mode is useful when
* the scene changes seldomly, but takes a long time to redraw.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area,
@@ -1340,8 +1294,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area,
* Retrieves the #GdkGLContext used by @area.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkGLContext
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GdkGLContext *
gtk_gl_area_get_context (GtkGLArea *area)
@@ -1363,8 +1315,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_context (GtkGLArea *area)
* This function is automatically called before emitting the
* #GtkGLArea::render signal, and doesn't normally need to be called
* by application code.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_gl_area_make_current (GtkGLArea *area)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkglarea.h b/gtk/gtkglarea.h
index 59d30be..9919221 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkglarea.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkglarea.h
@@ -43,8 +43,6 @@ typedef struct _GtkGLAreaClass GtkGLAreaClass;
* GtkGLArea:
*
* A #GtkWidget used for drawing with OpenGL.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
struct _GtkGLArea
{
@@ -59,8 +57,6 @@ struct _GtkGLArea
* @create_context: class closure for the #GtkGLArea::create-context signal
*
* The `GtkGLAreaClass` structure contains only private data.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
struct _GtkGLAreaClass
{
@@ -79,56 +75,56 @@ struct _GtkGLAreaClass
gpointer _padding[6];
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_gl_area_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_gl_area_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_set_use_es (GtkGLArea *area,
gboolean use_es);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_use_es (GtkGLArea *area);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_set_required_version (GtkGLArea *area,
gint major,
gint minor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_get_required_version (GtkGLArea *area,
gint *major,
gint *minor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_set_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area,
gboolean has_depth_buffer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_set_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area,
gboolean has_stencil_buffer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area,
gboolean auto_render);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_queue_render (GtkGLArea *area);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkGLContext * gtk_gl_area_get_context (GtkGLArea *area);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_make_current (GtkGLArea *area);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_attach_buffers (GtkGLArea *area);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_gl_area_set_error (GtkGLArea *area,
const GError *error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GError * gtk_gl_area_get_error (GtkGLArea *area);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgrid.c b/gtk/gtkgrid.c
index fc9b0e8..2fe3024 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgrid.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkgrid.c
@@ -1893,8 +1893,6 @@ gtk_grid_attach_next_to (GtkGrid *grid,
* cell whose upper left corner is at @left, @top.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the child at the given position, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_grid_get_child_at (GtkGrid *grid,
@@ -1931,8 +1929,6 @@ gtk_grid_get_child_at (GtkGrid *grid,
* Children which are attached at or below this position
* are moved one row down. Children which span across this
* position are grown to span the new row.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_grid_insert_row (GtkGrid *grid,
@@ -1988,8 +1984,6 @@ gtk_grid_insert_row (GtkGrid *grid,
* spanning children that overlap this row have their
* height reduced by one, and children below the row
* are moved up.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_grid_remove_row (GtkGrid *grid,
@@ -2036,8 +2030,6 @@ gtk_grid_remove_row (GtkGrid *grid,
* Children which are attached at or to the right of this position
* are moved one column to the right. Children which span across this
* position are grown to span the new column.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_grid_insert_column (GtkGrid *grid,
@@ -2085,8 +2077,6 @@ gtk_grid_insert_column (GtkGrid *grid,
* spanning children that overlap this column have their
* width reduced by one, and children after the column
* are moved to the left.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_grid_remove_column (GtkGrid *grid,
@@ -2136,8 +2126,6 @@ gtk_grid_remove_column (GtkGrid *grid,
* determined by @side. If @side is %GTK_POS_TOP or %GTK_POS_BOTTOM,
* a row is inserted. If @side is %GTK_POS_LEFT of %GTK_POS_RIGHT,
* a column is inserted.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_grid_insert_next_to (GtkGrid *grid,
@@ -2408,8 +2396,6 @@ get_row_properties_or_default (GtkGrid *grid,
*
* Sets how the baseline should be positioned on @row of the
* grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid,
@@ -2441,8 +2427,6 @@ gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid,
* %GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER.
*
* Returns: the baseline position of @row
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkBaselinePosition
gtk_grid_get_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid,
@@ -2466,8 +2450,6 @@ gtk_grid_get_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid,
* Each row in the grid can have its own local baseline, but only
* one of those is global, meaning it will be the baseline in the
* parent of the @grid.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_grid_set_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid,
@@ -2494,8 +2476,6 @@ gtk_grid_set_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid,
* Returns which row defines the global baseline of @grid.
*
* Returns: the row index defining the global baseline
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gint
gtk_grid_get_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkgrid.h b/gtk/gtkgrid.h
index 284d172..f40ed7e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkgrid.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkgrid.h
@@ -84,23 +84,23 @@ void gtk_grid_attach_next_to (GtkGrid *grid,
GtkPositionType side,
gint width,
gint height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_grid_get_child_at (GtkGrid *grid,
gint left,
gint top);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_grid_insert_row (GtkGrid *grid,
gint position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_grid_insert_column (GtkGrid *grid,
gint position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_grid_remove_row (GtkGrid *grid,
gint position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_grid_remove_column (GtkGrid *grid,
gint position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_grid_insert_next_to (GtkGrid *grid,
GtkWidget *sibling,
GtkPositionType side);
@@ -124,17 +124,17 @@ void gtk_grid_set_column_spacing (GtkGrid *grid,
guint spacing);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_grid_get_column_spacing (GtkGrid *grid);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid,
gint row,
GtkBaselinePosition pos);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkBaselinePosition gtk_grid_get_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid,
gint row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_grid_set_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid,
gint row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_grid_get_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c
index 34aedc7..58d610e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c
@@ -1182,8 +1182,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
* Sets the title of the #GtkHeaderBar. The title should help a user
* identify the current view. A good title should not include the
* application name.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_header_bar_set_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
@@ -1216,8 +1214,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
* Returns: (nullable): the title of the header, or %NULL if none has
* been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
* and must not be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_header_bar_get_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
@@ -1240,8 +1236,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_get_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
* Note that GtkHeaderBar by default reserves room for the subtitle,
* even if none is currently set. If this is not desired, set the
* #GtkHeaderBar:has-subtitle property to %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
@@ -1277,8 +1271,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
* Returns: (nullable): the subtitle of the header, or %NULL if none has
* been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
* and must not be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_header_bar_get_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
@@ -1305,8 +1297,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_get_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
*
* You should set the custom title to %NULL, for the header title
* label to be visible again.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
@@ -1369,8 +1359,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the custom title widget
* of the header, or %NULL if none has been set explicitly.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_header_bar_get_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
@@ -1934,8 +1922,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_class_init (GtkHeaderBarClass *class)
*
* See gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout() for information
* about the format of this string.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
header_bar_props[PROP_DECORATION_LAYOUT] =
g_param_spec_string ("decoration-layout",
@@ -1948,8 +1934,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_class_init (GtkHeaderBarClass *class)
* GtkHeaderBar:decoration-layout-set:
*
* Set to %TRUE if #GtkHeaderBar:decoration-layout is set.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
header_bar_props[PROP_DECORATION_LAYOUT_SET] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("decoration-layout-set",
@@ -1963,8 +1947,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_class_init (GtkHeaderBarClass *class)
*
* If %TRUE, reserve space for a subtitle, even if none
* is currently set.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
header_bar_props[PROP_HAS_SUBTITLE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-subtitle",
@@ -2030,8 +2012,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_buildable_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
*
* Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the
* start of the @bar.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_header_bar_pack_start (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
@@ -2047,8 +2027,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_pack_start (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
*
* Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the
* end of the @bar.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_header_bar_pack_end (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
@@ -2063,8 +2041,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_pack_end (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
* Creates a new #GtkHeaderBar widget.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkHeaderBar
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_header_bar_new (void)
@@ -2080,8 +2056,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_new (void)
* title buttons.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if title buttons are shown
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
gboolean
gtk_header_bar_get_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
@@ -2102,8 +2076,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_get_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
*
* Sets whether this header bar shows the standard window
* title buttons including close, maximize, and minimize.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_header_bar_set_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
@@ -2132,8 +2104,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
*
* Sets whether the header bar should reserve space
* for a subtitle, even if none is currently set.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_header_bar_set_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
@@ -2167,8 +2137,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the header bar reserves space
* for a subtitle
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_header_bar_get_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
@@ -2205,8 +2173,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_get_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
*
* For example, “menu:minimize,maximize,close” specifies a menu
* on the left, and minimize, maximize and close buttons on the right.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
@@ -2235,8 +2201,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
* gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout().
*
* Returns: the decoration layout
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
const gchar *
gtk_header_bar_get_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.h b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.h
index d0430e6..a6dbb63 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.h
@@ -55,51 +55,51 @@ struct _GtkHeaderBarClass
void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_header_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_header_bar_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_header_bar_set_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
const gchar *title);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar *gtk_header_bar_get_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
const gchar *subtitle);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar *gtk_header_bar_get_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
GtkWidget *title_widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_header_bar_get_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_header_bar_pack_start (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_header_bar_pack_end (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_header_bar_get_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_header_bar_set_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
gboolean setting);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_header_bar_set_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
gboolean setting);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_header_bar_get_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar,
const gchar *layout);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar *gtk_header_bar_get_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkicontheme.c b/gtk/gtkicontheme.c
index afaed8f..7d54ff4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkicontheme.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkicontheme.c
@@ -375,8 +375,6 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (GtkIconTheme, gtk_icon_theme, G_TYPE_OBJECT)
* a new icon theme object for scratch.
*
* Returns: the newly created #GtkIconTheme object.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkIconTheme *
gtk_icon_theme_new (void)
@@ -394,8 +392,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_new (void)
* the default display. This icon theme is associated with
* the display and can be used as long as the display
* is open. Do not ref or unref it.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkIconTheme *
gtk_icon_theme_get_default (void)
@@ -420,8 +416,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_get_default (void)
* the given display. This icon theme is associated with
* the display and can be used as long as the display
* is open. Do not ref or unref it.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GtkIconTheme *
gtk_icon_theme_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -571,8 +565,6 @@ unset_display (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme)
* Sets the display for an icon theme; the display is used
* to track the user’s currently configured icon theme,
* which might be different for different displays.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_icon_theme_set_display (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -829,8 +821,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_finalize (GObject *object)
* (This is legacy feature, and new icons should be put
* into the fallback icon theme, which is called hicolor,
* rather than directly on the icon path.)
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -866,8 +856,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* @n_elements: location to store number of elements in @path, or %NULL
*
* Gets the current search path. See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_icon_theme_get_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -900,8 +888,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_get_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
*
* Appends a directory to the search path.
* See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_icon_theme_append_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -929,8 +915,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_append_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
*
* Prepends a directory to the search path.
* See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_icon_theme_prepend_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -971,8 +955,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_prepend_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* hicolor icon theme, such as `@path/16x16/actions/run.png`.
* Icons that are directly placed in the resource path instead
* of a subdirectory are also considered as ultimate fallback.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_icon_theme_add_resource_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -998,8 +980,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_add_resource_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* overriding system configuration. This function cannot be called
* on the icon theme objects returned from gtk_icon_theme_get_default()
* and gtk_icon_theme_get_for_display().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_icon_theme_set_custom_theme (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -1974,8 +1954,6 @@ choose_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object
* containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the
* icon wasn’t found.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkIconInfo *
gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2012,8 +1990,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object
* containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the
* icon wasn’t found.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkIconInfo *
gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2117,8 +2093,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object
* containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t
* found.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkIconInfo *
gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2157,8 +2131,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object
* containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the
* icon wasn’t found.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkIconInfo *
gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2212,8 +2184,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_error_quark (void)
* a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so
* you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release
* your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t found.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GdkPixbuf *
gtk_icon_theme_load_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2261,8 +2231,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_load_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so
* you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release
* your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t found.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GdkPixbuf *
gtk_icon_theme_load_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2325,8 +2293,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_load_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* you must not modify the icon. Use cairo_surface_destroy() to
* release your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t
* found.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
cairo_surface_t *
gtk_icon_theme_load_surface (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2372,8 +2338,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_load_surface (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @icon_theme includes an
* icon for @icon_name.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_icon_theme_has_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2433,8 +2397,6 @@ add_size (gpointer key,
* allocated array describing the sizes at which the icon is
* available. The array should be freed with g_free() when it is no
* longer needed.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint *
gtk_icon_theme_get_icon_sizes (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2523,8 +2485,6 @@ add_key_to_list (gpointer key,
* holding the names of all the icons in the theme. You must
* first free each element in the list with g_free(), then
* free the list itself with g_list_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GList *
gtk_icon_theme_list_icons (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -2586,8 +2546,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_list_icons (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* holding the names of all the contexts in the theme. You must first
* free each element in the list with g_free(), then free the list
* itself with g_list_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GList *
gtk_icon_theme_list_contexts (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme)
@@ -2630,8 +2588,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_list_contexts (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme)
*
* Returns: (nullable): the name of an example icon or %NULL.
* Free with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gchar *
gtk_icon_theme_get_example_icon_name (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme)
@@ -2707,8 +2663,6 @@ rescan_themes (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the icon theme has changed and needed
* to be reloaded.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_icon_theme_rescan_if_needed (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme)
@@ -3470,8 +3424,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_class_init (GtkIconInfoClass *klass)
*
* Returns: the base size, or 0, if no base
* size is known for the icon.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gint
gtk_icon_info_get_base_size (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
@@ -3492,8 +3444,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_base_size (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
* a base scale of 2.
*
* Returns: the base scale
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gint
gtk_icon_info_get_base_scale (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
@@ -3516,8 +3466,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_base_scale (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
* if gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf() should be used instead.
* The return value is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified
* or freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
const gchar *
gtk_icon_info_get_filename (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
@@ -3536,8 +3484,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_filename (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
* This behaviour may change in the future.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the icon is symbolic, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_icon_info_is_symbolic (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
@@ -3909,8 +3855,6 @@ proxy_pixbuf_destroy (guchar *pixels, gpointer data)
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
* to the icon.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GdkPixbuf *
gtk_icon_info_load_icon (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -3970,8 +3914,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_icon (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* Returns: (transfer full): the icon texture; this may be a newly
* created texture or a new reference to an exiting texture. Use
* g_object_unref() to release your reference.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkTexture *
gtk_icon_info_load_texture (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
@@ -4015,8 +3957,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_texture (GtkIconInfo *icon_info)
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use cairo_surface_destroy() to release your
* reference to the icon.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
cairo_surface_t *
gtk_icon_info_load_surface (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -4065,8 +4005,6 @@ load_icon_thread (GTask *task,
*
* For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon() which is the synchronous
* version of this call.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -4112,8 +4050,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
* to the icon.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
GdkPixbuf *
gtk_icon_info_load_icon_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -4585,8 +4521,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_internal (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* for more information about symbolic icons.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GdkPixbuf *
gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -4672,8 +4606,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_symbolic_colors (GtkCssStyle *style,
* See gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() for more details.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GdkPixbuf *
gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -4793,8 +4725,6 @@ load_symbolic_icon_thread (GTask *task,
*
* For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() which is the synchronous
* version of this call.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -4883,8 +4813,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
* to the icon.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
GdkPixbuf *
gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -4946,8 +4874,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
*
* For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context()
* which is the synchronous version of this call.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -4990,8 +4916,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
* not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
* to the icon.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
GdkPixbuf *
gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
@@ -5022,8 +4946,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo containing
* information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t
* found. Unref with g_object_unref()
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GtkIconInfo *
gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -5051,8 +4973,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo containing
* information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t
* found. Unref with g_object_unref()
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkIconInfo *
gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
@@ -5169,8 +5089,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
* Creates a #GtkIconInfo for a #GdkPixbuf.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GtkIconInfo *
gtk_icon_info_new_for_pixbuf (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkicontheme.h b/gtk/gtkicontheme.h
index 360e73d..f5167c2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkicontheme.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkicontheme.h
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkIconTheme *gtk_icon_theme_new (void);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkIconTheme *gtk_icon_theme_get_default (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkIconTheme *gtk_icon_theme_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_icon_theme_set_display (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
GdkDisplay *display);
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_icon_theme_prepend_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
const gchar *path);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_icon_theme_add_resource_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
const gchar *path);
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon (GtkIconTheme
const gchar *icon_name,
gint size,
GtkIconLookupFlags flags);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
const gchar *icon_name,
gint size,
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon (GtkIconTheme
const gchar *icon_names[],
gint size,
GtkIconLookupFlags flags);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
const gchar *icon_names[],
gint size,
@@ -232,14 +232,14 @@ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_theme_load_icon (GtkIconTheme
gint size,
GtkIconLookupFlags flags,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_theme_load_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
const gchar *icon_name,
gint size,
gint scale,
GtkIconLookupFlags flags,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_surface_t * gtk_icon_theme_load_surface (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
const gchar *icon_name,
gint size,
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon (GtkIconTheme
GIcon *icon,
gint size,
GtkIconLookupFlags flags);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme,
GIcon *icon,
gint size,
@@ -281,28 +281,28 @@ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_info_new_for_pixbuf (GtkIconTheme *icon_them
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_icon_info_get_base_size (GtkIconInfo *icon_info);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_icon_info_get_base_scale (GtkIconInfo *icon_info);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar * gtk_icon_info_get_filename (GtkIconInfo *icon_info);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_icon_info_is_symbolic (GtkIconInfo *icon_info);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_icon (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_surface_t * gtk_icon_info_load_surface (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
GdkWindow *for_window,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture * gtk_icon_info_load_texture (GtkIconInfo *icon_info);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_icon_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
GAsyncResult *res,
GError **error);
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic (GtkIconInfo *icon_info
const GdkRGBA *error_color,
gboolean *was_symbolic,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
const GdkRGBA *fg,
const GdkRGBA *success_color,
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ void gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_inf
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
GAsyncResult *res,
gboolean *was_symbolic,
@@ -333,13 +333,13 @@ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context (GtkIconInfo
GtkStyleContext *context,
gboolean *was_symbolic,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
GtkStyleContext *context,
GCancellable *cancellable,
GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info,
GAsyncResult *res,
gboolean *was_symbolic,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkiconview.c b/gtk/gtkiconview.c
index 9246f93..9a0211a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkiconview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkiconview.c
@@ -387,8 +387,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
* The ::selection-mode property specifies the selection mode of
* icon view. If the mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubberband selection
* is enabled, for the other modes, only keyboard selection is possible.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SELECTION_MODE,
@@ -406,8 +404,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
* containing the pixbufs which are displayed. The pixbuf column must be
* of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF. Setting this property to -1 turns off the
* display of pixbufs.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_PIXBUF_COLUMN,
@@ -424,8 +420,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
* containing the texts which are displayed. The text column must be
* of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :markup-column
* property are both set to -1, no texts are displayed.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TEXT_COLUMN,
@@ -444,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
* of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :text-column property
* are both set to column numbers, it overrides the text column.
* If both are set to -1, no texts are displayed.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARKUP_COLUMN,
@@ -469,8 +461,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
* The columns property contains the number of the columns in which the
* items should be displayed. If it is -1, the number of columns will
* be chosen automatically to fill the available area.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_COLUMNS,
@@ -487,8 +477,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
* The item-width property specifies the width to use for each item.
* If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a
* suitable item size.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ITEM_WIDTH,
@@ -503,8 +491,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between
* the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SPACING,
@@ -519,8 +505,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The row-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between
* the rows of the icon view.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ROW_SPACING,
@@ -535,8 +519,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The column-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between
* the columns of the icon view.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_COLUMN_SPACING,
@@ -551,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The margin property specifies the space which is inserted
* at the edges of the icon view.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN,
@@ -567,8 +547,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The item-orientation property specifies how the cells (i.e. the icon and
* the text) of the item are positioned relative to each other.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ITEM_ORIENTATION,
@@ -584,8 +562,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The reorderable property specifies if the items can be reordered
* by DND.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_REORDERABLE,
@@ -610,8 +586,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The item-padding property specifies the padding around each
* of the icon view's item.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ITEM_PADDING,
@@ -628,8 +602,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* If no area is specified when creating the icon view with gtk_icon_view_new_with_area()
* a #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CELL_AREA,
@@ -644,8 +616,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass)
*
* The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "item-activated" signal
* will be emitted after a single click.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ACTIVATE_ON_SINGLE_CLICK,
@@ -2032,8 +2002,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_remove_editable (GtkCellArea *area,
* This function is often followed by `gtk_widget_grab_focus
* (icon_view)` in order to give keyboard focus to the widget.
* Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_cursor (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -2088,8 +2056,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_cursor (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the cursor is set.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_view_get_cursor (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -3978,8 +3944,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_move_cursor_start_end (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* This function only works if the model is set, and @path is a valid row on
* the model. If the model changes before the @icon_view is realized, the
* centered path will be modified to reflect this change.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_scroll_to_path (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4172,8 +4136,6 @@ _gtk_icon_view_set_cell_data (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Creates a new #GtkIconView widget
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_icon_view_new (void)
@@ -4189,8 +4151,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_new (void)
* specified @area to layout cells inside the icons.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_icon_view_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -4205,8 +4165,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
* Creates a new #GtkIconView widget with the model @model.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_icon_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
@@ -4222,8 +4180,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): The #GtkTreePath corresponding
* to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4255,8 +4211,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* responsible for the cell at (@x, @y), or %NULL
*
* Returns: %TRUE if an item exists at the specified position
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4299,8 +4253,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized.
*
* Returns: %FALSE if there is no such item, %TRUE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
gboolean
gtk_icon_view_get_cell_rect (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4350,8 +4302,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_cell_rect (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the item at @path.
* See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
* See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4375,8 +4325,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* the item pointed to by @path. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().
*
* See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4420,8 +4368,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* that row and the corresponding model.
*
* Returns: whether or not the given tooltip context points to a item
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_context (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4519,8 +4465,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_query_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(),
* so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4561,8 +4505,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Returns: the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
* used, or -1 if this is disabled.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -4585,8 +4527,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* Both paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.
*
* Returns: %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_view_get_visible_range (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4642,8 +4582,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_visible_range (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Calls a function for each selected icon. Note that the model or
* selection cannot be modified from within this function.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4670,8 +4608,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* @mode: The selection mode
*
* Sets the selection mode of the @icon_view.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4698,8 +4634,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Gets the selection mode of the @icon_view.
*
* Returns: the current selection mode
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkSelectionMode
gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -4718,8 +4652,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* If the @icon_view already has a model set, it will remove
* it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then
* it will unset the old model.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_model (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -4844,8 +4776,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_model (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is
* currently being used.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_icon_view_get_model (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -4958,8 +4888,6 @@ update_pixbuf_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view)
*
* Sets the column with text for @icon_view to be @column. The text
* column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5001,8 +4929,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the column with text for @icon_view.
*
* Returns: the text column, or -1 if it’s unset.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5021,8 +4947,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* @column. The markup column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING.
* If the markup column is set to something, it overrides
* the text column set by gtk_icon_view_set_text_column().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5064,8 +4988,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the column with markup text for @icon_view.
*
* Returns: the markup column, or -1 if it’s unset.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5082,8 +5004,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
*
* Sets the column with pixbufs for @icon_view to be @column. The pixbuf
* column must be of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5126,8 +5046,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the column with pixbufs for @icon_view.
*
* Returns: the pixbuf column, or -1 if it’s unset.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5143,8 +5061,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* @path: The #GtkTreePath to be selected.
*
* Selects the row at @path.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_select_path (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5170,8 +5086,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_select_path (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* @path: The #GtkTreePath to be unselected.
*
* Unselects the row at @path.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_unselect_path (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5207,8 +5121,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_unselect_path (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* ]|
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected
row.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GList *
gtk_icon_view_get_selected_items (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5239,8 +5151,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_selected_items (GtkIconView *icon_view)
*
* Selects all the icons. @icon_view must has its selection mode set
* to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_select_all (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5274,8 +5184,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_select_all (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* @icon_view: A #GtkIconView.
*
* Unselects all the icons.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_unselect_all (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5302,8 +5210,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_unselect_all (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* selected. If @path does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @path is selected.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_view_path_is_selected (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5333,8 +5239,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_path_is_selected (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* displayed. Row numbers start at 0.
*
* Returns: The row in which the item is displayed
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_item_row (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5364,8 +5268,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_row (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* displayed. Column numbers start at 0.
*
* Returns: The column in which the item is displayed
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_item_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5392,8 +5294,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_column (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* @path: The #GtkTreePath to be activated
*
* Activates the item determined by @path.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_item_activated (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5412,8 +5312,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_item_activated (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Sets the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels
* are drawn beside the icons instead of below.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5451,8 +5349,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below.
*
* Returns: the relative position of texts and icons
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkOrientation
gtk_icon_view_get_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5472,8 +5368,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* many columns the icons are arranged. If @columns is
* -1, the number of columns will be chosen automatically
* to fill the available area.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5501,8 +5395,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the value of the ::columns property.
*
* Returns: the number of columns, or -1
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5520,8 +5412,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* Sets the ::item-width property which specifies the width
* to use for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will
* automatically determine a suitable item size.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5551,8 +5441,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the value of the ::item-width property.
*
* Returns: the width of a single item, or -1
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5571,8 +5459,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* Sets the ::spacing property which specifies the space
* which is inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and
* the text) of an item.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5600,8 +5486,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the value of the ::spacing property.
*
* Returns: the space between cells
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5618,8 +5502,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view)
*
* Sets the ::row-spacing property which specifies the space
* which is inserted between the rows of the icon view.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5647,8 +5529,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property.
*
* Returns: the space between rows
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5665,8 +5545,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view)
*
* Sets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space
* which is inserted between the columns of the icon view.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5694,8 +5572,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property.
*
* Returns: the space between columns
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5713,8 +5589,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* Sets the ::margin property which specifies the space
* which is inserted at the top, bottom, left and right
* of the icon view.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5742,8 +5616,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the value of the ::margin property.
*
* Returns: the space at the borders
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -5760,8 +5632,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view)
*
* Sets the #GtkIconView:item-padding property which specifies the padding
* around each of the icon view’s items.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_item_padding (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -5789,8 +5659,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_padding (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Returns the value of the ::item-padding property.
*
* Returns: the padding around items
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gint
gtk_icon_view_get_item_padding (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -6569,8 +6437,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Turns @icon_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this
* method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6599,8 +6465,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Turns @icon_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling this
* method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6624,8 +6488,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this
* method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -6647,8 +6509,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view)
*
* Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this
* method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -6672,8 +6532,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view)
* @pos: Specifies where to drop, relative to the item
*
* Sets the item that is highlighted for feedback.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6732,8 +6590,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* @pos: (out) (allow-none): Return location for the drop position, or %NULL
*
* Gets information about the item that is highlighted for feedback.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_get_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6766,8 +6622,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Determines the destination item for a given position.
*
* Returns: whether there is an item at the given position.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_view_get_dest_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6827,8 +6681,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_dest_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* This image is used for a drag icon.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
cairo_surface_t *
gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6896,8 +6748,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the list can be reordered.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_view_get_reorderable (GtkIconView *icon_view)
@@ -6929,8 +6779,6 @@ static const char *item_formats[] = {
* This function does not give you any degree of control over the order -- any
* reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should probably
* handle drag and drop manually.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6973,8 +6821,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable (GtkIconView *icon_view,
*
* Causes the #GtkIconView::item-activated signal to be emitted on
* a single click instead of a double click.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
void
gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view,
@@ -6998,8 +6844,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view,
* Gets the setting set by gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if item-activated will be emitted on a single click
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_icon_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkiconview.h b/gtk/gtkiconview.h
index fb5ae66..85d0e5f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkiconview.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkiconview.h
@@ -194,10 +194,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_visible_range (GtkIconView *icon_view,
GtkTreePath **start_path,
GtkTreePath **end_path);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view,
gboolean single);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_surface_t *gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon (GtkIconView *icon_view,
GtkTreePath *path);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_cell_rect (GtkIconView *icon_view,
GtkTreePath *path,
GtkCellRenderer *cell,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimage.c b/gtk/gtkimage.c
index c8e5e90..807a70c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimage.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkimage.c
@@ -187,8 +187,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class)
* The "pixel-size" property can be used to specify a fixed size
* overriding the #GtkImage:icon-size property for images of type
* %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
image_props[PROP_PIXEL_SIZE] =
g_param_spec_int ("pixel-size",
@@ -203,8 +201,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class)
*
* The name of the icon in the icon theme. If the icon theme is
* changed, the image will be updated automatically.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
image_props[PROP_ICON_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("icon-name",
@@ -219,8 +215,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class)
* The GIcon displayed in the GtkImage. For themed icons,
* If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated
* automatically.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
image_props[PROP_GICON] =
g_param_spec_object ("gicon",
@@ -233,8 +227,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class)
* GtkImage:resource:
*
* A path to a resource file to display.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
image_props[PROP_RESOURCE] =
g_param_spec_string ("resource",
@@ -258,8 +250,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class)
* standard icon names fallback. The value of this property
* is only relevant for images of type %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME
* and %GTK_IMAGE_GICON.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
image_props[PROP_USE_FALLBACK] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("use-fallback",
@@ -444,8 +434,6 @@ gtk_image_new_from_file (const gchar *filename)
* displaying the file.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkImage
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_image_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path)
@@ -526,8 +514,6 @@ gtk_image_new_from_texture (GdkTexture *texture)
* #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkImage
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_image_new_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface)
@@ -555,8 +541,6 @@ gtk_image_new_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface)
* the icon size.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name)
@@ -584,8 +568,6 @@ gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name)
* the icon size.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_image_new_from_gicon (GIcon *icon)
@@ -870,8 +852,6 @@ gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GtkImage *image,
* Note: Before 3.94, this function was taking an extra icon size
* argument. See gtk_image_set_icon_size() for another way to set
* the icon size.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GtkImage *image,
@@ -903,8 +883,6 @@ gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GtkImage *image,
* Note: Before 3.94, this function was taking an extra icon size
* argument. See gtk_image_set_icon_size() for another way to set
* the icon size.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_image_set_from_gicon (GtkImage *image,
@@ -938,8 +916,6 @@ gtk_image_set_from_gicon (GtkImage *image,
* @surface: (nullable): a cairo_surface_t or %NULL
*
* See gtk_image_new_from_surface() for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
void
gtk_image_set_from_surface (GtkImage *image,
@@ -973,8 +949,6 @@ gtk_image_set_from_surface (GtkImage *image,
* @texture: (nullable): a #GdkTexture or %NULL
*
* See gtk_image_new_from_texture() for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
void
gtk_image_set_from_texture (GtkImage *image,
@@ -1035,7 +1009,6 @@ gtk_image_get_storage_type (GtkImage *image)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the displayed surface, or %NULL if
* the image is empty
- * Since: 3.94.0
**/
cairo_surface_t *
gtk_image_get_surface (GtkImage *image)
@@ -1059,8 +1032,6 @@ gtk_image_get_surface (GtkImage *image)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the displayed texture, or %NULL if
* the image is empty
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkTexture *
gtk_image_get_texture (GtkImage *image)
@@ -1087,8 +1058,6 @@ gtk_image_get_texture (GtkImage *image)
* for a way to get the icon size.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (allow-none): the icon name, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
const gchar *
gtk_image_get_icon_name (GtkImage *image)
@@ -1115,8 +1084,6 @@ gtk_image_get_icon_name (GtkImage *image)
* for a way to get the icon size.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (allow-none): a #GIcon, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GIcon *
gtk_image_get_gicon (GtkImage *image)
@@ -1277,8 +1244,6 @@ gtk_image_get_definition (GtkImage *image)
* @image: a #GtkImage
*
* Resets the image to be empty.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_image_clear (GtkImage *image)
@@ -1368,8 +1333,6 @@ gtk_image_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
* Sets the pixel size to use for named icons. If the pixel size is set
* to a value != -1, it is used instead of the icon size set by
* gtk_image_set_from_icon_name().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_image_set_pixel_size (GtkImage *image,
@@ -1394,8 +1357,6 @@ gtk_image_set_pixel_size (GtkImage *image,
* Gets the pixel size used for named icons.
*
* Returns: the pixel size used for named icons.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
gint
gtk_image_get_pixel_size (GtkImage *image)
@@ -1413,8 +1374,6 @@ gtk_image_get_pixel_size (GtkImage *image)
* @icon_size: the new icon size
*
* Suggests an icon size to the theme for named icons.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_image_set_icon_size (GtkImage *image,
@@ -1439,8 +1398,6 @@ gtk_image_set_icon_size (GtkImage *image,
* Gets the icon size used by the @image when rendering icons.
*
* Returns: the image size used by icons
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
GtkIconSize
gtk_image_get_icon_size (GtkImage *image)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimage.h b/gtk/gtkimage.h
index 7f561c8..45ac3f8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimage.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkimage.h
@@ -110,13 +110,13 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_texture (GdkTexture *texture);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_gicon (GIcon *icon);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ void gtk_image_set_from_resource (GtkImage *image,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GtkImage *image,
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_image_set_from_texture (GtkImage *image,
GdkTexture *texture);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -139,22 +139,22 @@ void gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GtkImage *image,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_image_set_from_gicon (GtkImage *image,
GIcon *icon);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_image_set_from_surface (GtkImage *image,
cairo_surface_t *surface);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_image_set_pixel_size (GtkImage *image,
gint pixel_size);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_image_set_icon_size (GtkImage *image,
GtkIconSize icon_size);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkImageType gtk_image_get_storage_type (GtkImage *image);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_surface_t *gtk_image_get_surface (GtkImage *image);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture *gtk_image_get_texture (GtkImage *image);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GIcon * gtk_image_get_gicon (GtkImage *image);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_image_get_pixel_size (GtkImage *image);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkIconSize gtk_image_get_icon_size (GtkImage *image);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c
index 036eca9..bd85315 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c
@@ -1678,8 +1678,6 @@ gtk_im_context_simple_add_table (GtkIMContextSimple *context_simple,
* @compose_file: The path of compose file
*
* Adds an additional table from the X11 compose file.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_im_context_simple_add_compose_file (GtkIMContextSimple *context_simple,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.h b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.h
index b0f2ccc..b62cf8c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.h
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ void gtk_im_context_simple_add_table (GtkIMContextSimple *context_simpl
guint16 *data,
gint max_seq_len,
gint n_seqs);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_im_context_simple_add_compose_file (GtkIMContextSimple *context_simple,
const gchar *compose_file);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c b/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c
index 2b62df6..83f7a17 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c
@@ -555,8 +555,6 @@ gtk_im_multicontext_delete_surrounding_cb (GtkIMContext *slave,
* Gets the id of the currently active slave of the @context.
*
* Returns: the id of the currently active slave
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
const char *
gtk_im_multicontext_get_context_id (GtkIMMulticontext *context)
@@ -575,8 +573,6 @@ gtk_im_multicontext_get_context_id (GtkIMMulticontext *context)
*
* This causes the currently active slave of @context to be
* replaced by the slave corresponding to the new context id.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_im_multicontext_set_context_id (GtkIMMulticontext *context,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkinfobar.c b/gtk/gtkinfobar.c
index 11170b2..d508801 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkinfobar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkinfobar.c
@@ -323,8 +323,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_class_init (GtkInfoBarClass *klass)
* The type of the message.
*
* The type may be used to determine the appearance of the info bar.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
props[PROP_MESSAGE_TYPE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("message-type",
@@ -338,8 +336,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_class_init (GtkInfoBarClass *klass)
* GtkInfoBar:show-close-button:
*
* Whether to include a standard close button.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
props[PROP_SHOW_CLOSE_BUTTON] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("show-close-button",
@@ -365,8 +361,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_class_init (GtkInfoBarClass *klass)
* Emitted when an action widget is clicked or the application programmer
* calls gtk_info_bar_response(). The @response_id depends on which action
* widget was clicked.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
signals[RESPONSE] = g_signal_new (I_("response"),
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
@@ -386,8 +380,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_class_init (GtkInfoBarClass *klass)
* the info bar.
*
* The default binding for this signal is the Escape key.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
signals[CLOSE] = g_signal_new (I_("close"),
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
@@ -482,8 +474,6 @@ action_widget_activated (GtkWidget *widget,
* connecting a signal handler that will emit the #GtkInfoBar::response
* signal on the message area when the widget is activated. The widget
* is appended to the end of the message areas action area.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_info_bar_add_action_widget (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
@@ -529,8 +519,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_add_action_widget (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
* Returns the action area of @info_bar.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the action area
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_info_bar_get_action_area (GtkInfoBar *info_bar)
@@ -547,8 +535,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_get_action_area (GtkInfoBar *info_bar)
* Returns the content area of @info_bar.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the content area
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_info_bar_get_content_area (GtkInfoBar *info_bar)
@@ -572,8 +558,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_get_content_area (GtkInfoBar *info_bar)
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (type Gtk.Button): the #GtkButton widget
* that was added
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_info_bar_add_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
@@ -636,8 +620,6 @@ add_buttons_valist (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
* repeatedly. The variable argument list should be %NULL-terminated
* as with gtk_info_bar_new_with_buttons(). Each button must have both
* text and response ID.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_info_bar_add_buttons (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
@@ -657,8 +639,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_add_buttons (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
* Creates a new #GtkInfoBar object.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkInfoBar object
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_info_bar_new (void)
@@ -706,8 +686,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_new_with_buttons (const gchar *first_button_text,
* Calls gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, setting) for each
* widget in the info bars’s action area with the given response_id.
* A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_info_bar_set_response_sensitive (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
@@ -743,8 +721,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_response_sensitive (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
*
* Note that this function currently requires @info_bar to
* be added to a widget hierarchy.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_info_bar_set_default_response (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
@@ -774,8 +750,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_default_response (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
* @response_id: a response ID
*
* Emits the “response” signal with the given @response_id.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_info_bar_response (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
@@ -1011,8 +985,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
* Sets the message type of the message area.
*
* GTK+ uses this type to determine how the message is displayed.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_info_bar_set_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
@@ -1096,8 +1068,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
* Returns the message type of the message area.
*
* Returns: the message type of the message area.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
GtkMessageType
gtk_info_bar_get_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar)
@@ -1115,8 +1085,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_get_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar)
*
* If true, a standard close button is shown. When clicked it emits
* the response %GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_info_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
@@ -1139,8 +1107,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
* Returns whether the widget will display a standard close button.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget displays standard close button
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_info_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar)
@@ -1160,8 +1126,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar)
*
* Note: this does not show or hide @info_bar in the #GtkWidget:visible sense,
* so revealing has no effect if #GtkWidget:visible is %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_info_bar_set_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
@@ -1184,8 +1148,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
* @info_bar: a #GtkInfoBar
*
* Returns: the current value of the #GtkInfoBar:revealed property.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gboolean
gtk_info_bar_get_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkinfobar.h b/gtk/gtkinfobar.h
index b4674f9..167e1ba 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkinfobar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkinfobar.h
@@ -124,16 +124,16 @@ void gtk_info_bar_set_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkMessageType gtk_info_bar_get_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_info_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
gboolean setting);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_info_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_info_bar_set_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar,
gboolean revealed);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_info_bar_get_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkinvisible.c b/gtk/gtkinvisible.c
index 512fcda..d2aec30 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkinvisible.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkinvisible.c
@@ -138,8 +138,6 @@ gtk_invisible_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
* Creates a new #GtkInvisible object for a specified display.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkInvisible object
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_invisible_new_for_display (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -168,8 +166,6 @@ gtk_invisible_new (void)
* @display: a #GdkDisplay.
*
* Sets the #GdkDisplay where the #GtkInvisible object will be displayed.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
void
gtk_invisible_set_display (GtkInvisible *invisible,
@@ -212,8 +208,6 @@ gtk_invisible_set_display (GtkInvisible *invisible,
* Returns the #GdkDisplay object associated with @invisible
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the associated #GdkDisplay.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkDisplay *
gtk_invisible_get_display (GtkInvisible *invisible)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkinvisible.h b/gtk/gtkinvisible.h
index a635127..f625a35 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkinvisible.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkinvisible.h
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ GType gtk_invisible_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_invisible_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_invisible_new_for_display(GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_invisible_set_display (GtkInvisible *invisible,
GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay*gtk_invisible_get_display (GtkInvisible *invisible);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtklabel.c b/gtk/gtklabel.c
index cd96949..2d39824 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklabel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklabel.c
@@ -705,8 +705,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* if they need to control activation of URIs programmatically.
*
* The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the Enter key.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
signals[ACTIVATE_CURRENT_LINK] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("activate-current-link"),
@@ -727,8 +725,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* which is to call gtk_show_uri_on_window().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the link has been activated
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
signals[ACTIVATE_LINK] =
g_signal_new (I_("activate-link"),
@@ -797,8 +793,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* inside the labels size allocation. Compare this to #GtkWidget:halign,
* which determines how the labels size allocation is positioned in the
* space available for the label.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
label_props[PROP_XALIGN] =
g_param_spec_float ("xalign",
@@ -815,8 +809,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* inside the labels size allocation. Compare this to #GtkWidget:valign,
* which determines how the labels size allocation is positioned in the
* space available for the label.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
label_props[PROP_YALIGN] =
g_param_spec_float ("yalign",
@@ -846,8 +838,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* If line wrapping is on (see the #GtkLabel:wrap property) this controls
* how the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD, which
* means wrap on word boundaries.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
label_props[PROP_WRAP_MODE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("wrap-mode",
@@ -909,8 +899,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* the #GtkNotebook tab-expand child property is set to %TRUE. Other ways
* to set a label's width are gtk_widget_set_size_request() and
* gtk_label_set_width_chars().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
label_props[PROP_ELLIPSIZE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("ellipsize",
@@ -929,8 +917,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout]
* for details of how #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars
* determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
label_props[PROP_WIDTH_CHARS] =
g_param_spec_int ("width-chars",
@@ -948,8 +934,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This can be an
* advantage in situations where resizing the label because of text
* changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
label_props[PROP_SINGLE_LINE_MODE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("single-line-mode",
@@ -967,8 +951,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout]
* for details of how #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars
* determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
label_props[PROP_MAX_WIDTH_CHARS] =
g_param_spec_int ("max-width-chars",
@@ -984,8 +966,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* Set this property to %TRUE to make the label track which links
* have been visited. It will then apply the #GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED
* when rendering this link, in addition to #GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
label_props[PROP_TRACK_VISITED_LINKS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("track-visited-links",
@@ -1001,8 +981,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
* should be limited. This property has no effect if the
* label is not wrapping or ellipsized. Set this property to
* -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
label_props[PROP_LINES] =
g_param_spec_int ("lines",
@@ -2949,8 +2927,6 @@ gtk_label_get_justify (GtkLabel *label)
*
* Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") to the text
* if there is not enough space to render the entire string.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_label_set_ellipsize (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -2980,8 +2956,6 @@ gtk_label_set_ellipsize (GtkLabel *label,
* Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See gtk_label_set_ellipsize().
*
* Returns: #PangoEllipsizeMode
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
PangoEllipsizeMode
gtk_label_get_ellipsize (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -2999,8 +2973,6 @@ gtk_label_get_ellipsize (GtkLabel *label)
* @n_chars: the new desired width, in characters.
*
* Sets the desired width in characters of @label to @n_chars.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_label_set_width_chars (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -3026,8 +2998,6 @@ gtk_label_set_width_chars (GtkLabel *label,
* gtk_label_set_width_chars().
*
* Returns: the width of the label in characters.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gint
gtk_label_get_width_chars (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -3045,8 +3015,6 @@ gtk_label_get_width_chars (GtkLabel *label)
* @n_chars: the new desired maximum width, in characters.
*
* Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @label to @n_chars.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_label_set_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -3073,8 +3041,6 @@ gtk_label_set_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label,
* gtk_label_set_width_chars().
*
* Returns: the maximum width of the label in characters.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gint
gtk_label_get_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -3148,8 +3114,6 @@ gtk_label_get_line_wrap (GtkLabel *label)
* If line wrapping is on (see gtk_label_set_line_wrap()) this controls how
* the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD which means
* wrap on word boundaries.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -3175,8 +3139,6 @@ gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode (GtkLabel *label,
* Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
PangoWrapMode
gtk_label_get_line_wrap_mode (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -5611,8 +5573,6 @@ gtk_label_get_use_underline (GtkLabel *label)
* @single_line_mode: %TRUE if the label should be in single line mode
*
* Sets whether the label is in single line mode.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_label_set_single_line_mode (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -5642,8 +5602,6 @@ gtk_label_set_single_line_mode (GtkLabel *label,
* Returns whether the label is in single line mode.
*
* Returns: %TRUE when the label is in single line mode.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_label_get_single_line_mode (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -6327,8 +6285,6 @@ gtk_label_get_current_link (GtkLabel *label)
*
* Returns: the currently active URI. The string is owned by GTK+ and must
* not be freed or modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
const gchar *
gtk_label_get_current_uri (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -6352,8 +6308,6 @@ gtk_label_get_current_uri (GtkLabel *label)
*
* Sets whether the label should keep track of clicked
* links (and use a different color for them).
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_label_set_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -6384,8 +6338,6 @@ gtk_label_set_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label,
* of clicked links.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if clicked links are remembered
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_label_get_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -6480,8 +6432,6 @@ _gtk_label_get_selection_bound (GtkLabel *label)
* should be limited. This has no effect if the label is not wrapping
* or ellipsized. Set this to -1 if you don’t want to limit the
* number of lines.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_label_set_lines (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -6508,8 +6458,6 @@ gtk_label_set_lines (GtkLabel *label,
* label should be limited. See gtk_label_set_lines().
*
* Returns: The number of lines
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gint
gtk_label_get_lines (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -6661,8 +6609,6 @@ _gtk_label_get_link_focused (GtkLabel *label,
* @xalign: the new xalign value, between 0 and 1
*
* Sets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_label_set_xalign (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -6690,8 +6636,6 @@ gtk_label_set_xalign (GtkLabel *label,
* Gets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label.
*
* Returns: the xalign property
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gfloat
gtk_label_get_xalign (GtkLabel *label)
@@ -6709,8 +6653,6 @@ gtk_label_get_xalign (GtkLabel *label)
* @yalign: the new yalign value, between 0 and 1
*
* Sets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_label_set_yalign (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -6738,8 +6680,6 @@ gtk_label_set_yalign (GtkLabel *label,
* Gets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label.
*
* Returns: the yalign property
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gfloat
gtk_label_get_yalign (GtkLabel *label)
diff --git a/gtk/gtklabel.h b/gtk/gtklabel.h
index 91deb0f..834caa1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklabel.h
+++ b/gtk/gtklabel.h
@@ -150,10 +150,10 @@ void gtk_label_set_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label,
gint n_chars);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_label_get_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_label_set_lines (GtkLabel *label,
gint lines);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_label_get_lines (GtkLabel *label);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_label_set_pattern (GtkLabel *label,
@@ -203,18 +203,18 @@ void gtk_label_set_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_label_get_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_label_set_xalign (GtkLabel *label,
gfloat xalign);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gfloat gtk_label_get_xalign (GtkLabel *label);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_label_set_yalign (GtkLabel *label,
gfloat yalign);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gfloat gtk_label_get_yalign (GtkLabel *label);
G_DEFINE_AUTOPTR_CLEANUP_FUNC(GtkLabel, g_object_unref)
diff --git a/gtk/gtklevelbar.c b/gtk/gtklevelbar.c
index 0d8c304..f819323 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklevelbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklevelbar.c
@@ -961,8 +961,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass)
* The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the
* detailed signal "changed::x" in order to only receive callbacks when
* the value of offset "x" changes.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
signals[SIGNAL_OFFSET_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("offset-changed"),
@@ -979,8 +977,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass)
*
* The #GtkLevelBar:value property determines the currently
* filled value of the level bar.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
properties[PROP_VALUE] =
g_param_spec_double ("value",
@@ -994,8 +990,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass)
*
* The #GtkLevelBar:min-value property determines the minimum value of
* the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
properties[PROP_MIN_VALUE] =
g_param_spec_double ("min-value",
@@ -1009,8 +1003,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass)
*
* The #GtkLevelBar:max-value property determaxes the maximum value of
* the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
properties[PROP_MAX_VALUE] =
g_param_spec_double ("max-value",
@@ -1030,8 +1022,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass)
* the widget will draw a succession of separate blocks filling the
* draw area, with the number of blocks being equal to the units separating
* the integral roundings of #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
properties[PROP_MODE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("mode",
@@ -1046,8 +1036,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass)
*
* Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right.
* Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
properties[PROP_INVERTED] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("inverted",
@@ -1106,8 +1094,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_init (GtkLevelBar *self)
* Creates a new #GtkLevelBar.
*
* Returns: a #GtkLevelBar.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_level_bar_new (void)
@@ -1124,8 +1110,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_new (void)
* interval.
*
* Returns: a #GtkLevelBar
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_level_bar_new_for_interval (gdouble min_value,
@@ -1144,8 +1128,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_new_for_interval (gdouble min_value,
* Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:min-value property.
*
* Returns: a positive value
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
gdouble
gtk_level_bar_get_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self)
@@ -1162,8 +1144,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_get_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self)
* Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property.
*
* Returns: a positive value
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
gdouble
gtk_level_bar_get_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self)
@@ -1181,8 +1161,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_get_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self)
*
* Returns: a value in the interval between
* #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
gdouble
gtk_level_bar_get_value (GtkLevelBar *self)
@@ -1210,8 +1188,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_value_internal (GtkLevelBar *self,
*
* You probably want to update preexisting level offsets after calling
* this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_level_bar_set_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
@@ -1244,8 +1220,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
*
* You probably want to update preexisting level offsets after calling
* this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_level_bar_set_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
@@ -1277,8 +1251,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
* #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value
*
* Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:value property.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_level_bar_set_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
@@ -1300,8 +1272,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
* Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property.
*
* Returns: a #GtkLevelBarMode
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkLevelBarMode
gtk_level_bar_get_mode (GtkLevelBar *self)
@@ -1317,8 +1287,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_get_mode (GtkLevelBar *self)
* @mode: a #GtkLevelBarMode
*
* Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_level_bar_set_mode (GtkLevelBar *self,
@@ -1348,8 +1316,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_mode (GtkLevelBar *self,
* Return the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the level bar is inverted
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
gboolean
gtk_level_bar_get_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self)
@@ -1365,8 +1331,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_get_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self)
* @inverted: %TRUE to invert the level bar
*
* Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_level_bar_set_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self,
@@ -1392,8 +1356,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self,
*
* Removes an offset marker previously added with
* gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value().
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_level_bar_remove_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
@@ -1427,8 +1389,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_remove_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
* when rendering the level bar fill.
* If another offset marker named @name exists, its value will be
* replaced by @value.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
@@ -1458,8 +1418,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
* returning %TRUE in case an offset named @name was found.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the specified offset is found
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
gboolean
gtk_level_bar_get_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
diff --git a/gtk/gtklevelbar.h b/gtk/gtklevelbar.h
index 77c1693..b9c1433 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklevelbar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtklevelbar.h
@@ -40,8 +40,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
* GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW:
*
* The name used for the stock low offset included by #GtkLevelBar.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
#define GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW "low"
@@ -49,8 +47,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
* GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH:
*
* The name used for the stock high offset included by #GtkLevelBar.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
#define GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH "high"
@@ -58,8 +54,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
* GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL:
*
* The name used for the stock full offset included by #GtkLevelBar.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
#define GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL "full"
@@ -85,55 +79,55 @@ struct _GtkLevelBarClass {
gpointer padding[16];
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_level_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_level_bar_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_level_bar_new_for_interval (gdouble min_value,
gdouble max_value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_level_bar_set_mode (GtkLevelBar *self,
GtkLevelBarMode mode);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkLevelBarMode gtk_level_bar_get_mode (GtkLevelBar *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_level_bar_set_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
gdouble value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gdouble gtk_level_bar_get_value (GtkLevelBar *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_level_bar_set_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
gdouble value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gdouble gtk_level_bar_get_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_level_bar_set_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
gdouble value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gdouble gtk_level_bar_get_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_level_bar_set_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self,
gboolean inverted);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_level_bar_get_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
const gchar *name,
gdouble value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_level_bar_remove_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
const gchar *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_level_bar_get_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self,
const gchar *name,
gdouble *value);
diff --git a/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c b/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c
index e2c1662..0c40a56 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c
@@ -154,8 +154,6 @@ gtk_link_button_class_init (GtkLinkButtonClass *klass)
* GtkLinkButton:uri:
*
* The URI bound to this button.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_URI,
@@ -170,8 +168,6 @@ gtk_link_button_class_init (GtkLinkButtonClass *klass)
*
* The 'visited' state of this button. A visited link is drawn in a
* different color.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VISITED,
@@ -460,8 +456,6 @@ gtk_link_button_drag_data_get_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
* Creates a new #GtkLinkButton with the URI as its text.
*
* Returns: a new link button widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_link_button_new (const gchar *uri)
@@ -510,8 +504,6 @@ gtk_link_button_new (const gchar *uri)
* Creates a new #GtkLinkButton containing a label.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a new link button widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_link_button_new_with_label (const gchar *uri,
@@ -572,8 +564,6 @@ gtk_link_button_query_tooltip_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Sets @uri as the URI where the #GtkLinkButton points. As a side-effect
* this unsets the “visited” state of the button.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_link_button_set_uri (GtkLinkButton *link_button,
@@ -602,8 +592,6 @@ gtk_link_button_set_uri (GtkLinkButton *link_button,
*
* Returns: a valid URI. The returned string is owned by the link button
* and should not be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_link_button_get_uri (GtkLinkButton *link_button)
@@ -620,8 +608,6 @@ gtk_link_button_get_uri (GtkLinkButton *link_button)
*
* Sets the “visited” state of the URI where the #GtkLinkButton
* points. See gtk_link_button_get_visited() for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gtk_link_button_set_visited (GtkLinkButton *link_button,
@@ -661,8 +647,6 @@ gtk_link_button_set_visited (GtkLinkButton *link_button,
* The state may also be changed using gtk_link_button_set_visited().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the link has been visited, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_link_button_get_visited (GtkLinkButton *link_button)
diff --git a/gtk/gtklistbox.c b/gtk/gtklistbox.c
index 4231e25..5fdc060 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklistbox.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklistbox.c
@@ -300,8 +300,6 @@ static guint row_signals[ROW__LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
* Creates a new #GtkListBox container.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkListBox
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_list_box_new (void)
@@ -456,8 +454,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass)
* When the @box is using #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, this signal will not
* give you the full picture of selection changes, and you should use
* the #GtkListBox::selected-rows-changed signal instead.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
signals[ROW_SELECTED] =
g_signal_new (I_("row-selected"),
@@ -475,8 +471,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass)
*
* The ::selected-rows-changed signal is emitted when the
* set of selected rows changes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[SELECTED_ROWS_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("selected-rows-changed"),
GTK_TYPE_LIST_BOX,
@@ -495,8 +489,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass)
* mode permits it.
*
* The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-a.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[SELECT_ALL] = g_signal_new (I_("select-all"),
GTK_TYPE_LIST_BOX,
@@ -515,8 +507,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass)
* mode permits it.
*
* The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[UNSELECT_ALL] = g_signal_new (I_("unselect-all"),
GTK_TYPE_LIST_BOX,
@@ -532,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass)
* @row: the activated row
*
* The ::row-activated signal is emitted when a row has been activated by the user.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
signals[ROW_ACTIVATED] =
g_signal_new (I_("row-activated"),
@@ -654,8 +642,6 @@ gtk_list_box_init (GtkListBox *box)
* find all selected rows.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the selected row
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkListBoxRow *
gtk_list_box_get_selected_row (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -675,8 +661,6 @@ gtk_list_box_get_selected_row (GtkListBox *box)
* list, %NULL is returned.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the child #GtkWidget or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkListBoxRow *
gtk_list_box_get_row_at_index (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -719,8 +703,6 @@ row_y_cmp_func (gconstpointer a,
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the row or %NULL
* in case no row exists for the given y coordinate.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkListBoxRow *
gtk_list_box_get_row_at_y (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -747,8 +729,6 @@ gtk_list_box_get_row_at_y (GtkListBox *box,
* @row: (allow-none): The row to select or %NULL
*
* Make @row the currently selected row.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_select_row (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -771,15 +751,13 @@ gtk_list_box_select_row (GtkListBox *box,
}
}
-/**
+/**
* gtk_list_box_unselect_row:
* @box: a #GtkListBox
* @row: the row to unselected
*
* Unselects a single row of @box, if the selection mode allows it.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
- */
+ */
void
gtk_list_box_unselect_row (GtkListBox *box,
GtkListBoxRow *row)
@@ -795,8 +773,6 @@ gtk_list_box_unselect_row (GtkListBox *box,
* @box: a #GtkListBox
*
* Select all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_list_box_select_all (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -818,8 +794,6 @@ gtk_list_box_select_all (GtkListBox *box)
* @box: a #GtkListBox
*
* Unselect all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_list_box_unselect_all (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -854,8 +828,6 @@ gtk_list_box_selected_rows_changed (GtkListBox *box)
*
* A function used by gtk_list_box_selected_foreach().
* It will be called on every selected child of the @box.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
/**
@@ -867,8 +839,6 @@ gtk_list_box_selected_rows_changed (GtkListBox *box)
* Calls a function for each selected child.
*
* Note that the selection cannot be modified from within this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_list_box_selected_foreach (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -899,8 +869,6 @@ gtk_list_box_selected_foreach (GtkListBox *box,
* Returns: (element-type GtkListBoxRow) (transfer container):
* A #GList containing the #GtkWidget for each selected child.
* Free with g_list_free() when done.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
GList *
gtk_list_box_get_selected_rows (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -930,8 +898,6 @@ gtk_list_box_get_selected_rows (GtkListBox *box)
*
* Sets the placeholder widget that is shown in the list when
* it doesn't display any visible children.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_set_placeholder (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -971,8 +937,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_placeholder (GtkListBox *box,
* a #GtkScrolledWindow the adjustment from that will
* be picked up automatically, so there is no need
* to manually do that.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_set_adjustment (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -998,8 +962,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_adjustment (GtkListBox *box,
* for vertical scrolling.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the adjustment
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkAdjustment *
gtk_list_box_get_adjustment (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -1059,8 +1021,6 @@ gtk_list_box_parent_cb (GObject *object,
*
* Sets how selection works in the listbox.
* See #GtkSelectionMode for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_set_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -1098,8 +1058,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box,
* Gets the selection mode of the listbox.
*
* Returns: a #GtkSelectionMode
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkSelectionMode
gtk_list_box_get_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -1126,8 +1084,6 @@ gtk_list_box_get_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box)
*
* Note that using a filter function is incompatible with using a model
* (see gtk_list_box_bind_model()).
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_set_filter_func (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -1176,8 +1132,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_filter_func (GtkListBox *box,
* the row before changes (either by gtk_list_box_row_changed() on the previous row, or when
* the previous row becomes a different row). It is also called for all rows when
* gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers() is called.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_set_header_func (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -1207,8 +1161,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_header_func (GtkListBox *box,
* to an external factor. For instance, this would be used
* if the filter function just looked for a specific search
* string and the entry with the search string has changed.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_invalidate_filter (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -1258,8 +1210,6 @@ gtk_list_box_css_node_foreach (gpointer data,
* Update the sorting for all rows. Call this when result
* of the sort function on the @box is changed due
* to an external factor.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -1300,8 +1250,6 @@ gtk_list_box_do_reseparate (GtkListBox *box)
* Update the separators for all rows. Call this when result
* of the header function on the @box is changed due
* to an external factor.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -1330,8 +1278,6 @@ gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers (GtkListBox *box)
*
* Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model
* (see gtk_list_box_bind_model()).
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_set_sort_func (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -1391,8 +1337,6 @@ gtk_list_box_got_row_changed (GtkListBox *box,
*
* If @single is %TRUE, rows will be activated when you click on them,
* otherwise you need to double-click.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -1417,8 +1361,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box,
* Returns whether rows activate on single clicks.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if rows are activated on single click, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_list_box_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -2633,8 +2575,6 @@ gtk_list_box_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
* Prepend a widget to the list. If a sort function is set, the widget will
* actually be inserted at the calculated position and this function has the
* same effect of gtk_container_add().
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_prepend (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -2675,8 +2615,6 @@ gtk_list_box_insert_css_node (GtkListBox *box,
*
* If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of items in the
* @box, then the @child will be appended to the end.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_insert (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -2737,8 +2675,6 @@ gtk_list_box_insert (GtkListBox *box,
*
* If a row has previously been highlighted via gtk_list_box_drag_highlight_row()
* it will have the highlight removed.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_drag_unhighlight_row (GtkListBox *box)
@@ -2765,8 +2701,6 @@ gtk_list_box_drag_unhighlight_row (GtkListBox *box)
*
* The row will also be unhighlighted when the widget gets
* a drag leave event.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_drag_highlight_row (GtkListBox *box,
@@ -2954,8 +2888,6 @@ gtk_list_box_move_cursor (GtkListBox *box,
* Creates a new #GtkListBoxRow, to be used as a child of a #GtkListBox.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkListBoxRow
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_list_box_row_new (void)
@@ -3090,8 +3022,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
* row functions into the row widgets themselves. Another alternative
* is to call gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort() on any model change,
* but that is more expensive.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_row_changed (GtkListBoxRow *row)
@@ -3114,8 +3044,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_changed (GtkListBoxRow *row)
* set already, and if so to update the state of it.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the current header, or %NULL if none
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_list_box_row_get_header (GtkListBoxRow *row)
@@ -3133,8 +3061,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_get_header (GtkListBoxRow *row)
* Sets the current header of the @row. This is only allowed to be called
* from a #GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc. It will replace any existing
* header in the row, and be shown in front of the row in the listbox.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_list_box_row_set_header (GtkListBoxRow *row,
@@ -3163,8 +3089,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_set_header (GtkListBoxRow *row,
* Gets the current index of the @row in its #GtkListBox container.
*
* Returns: the index of the @row, or -1 if the @row is not in a listbox
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gint
gtk_list_box_row_get_index (GtkListBoxRow *row)
@@ -3189,8 +3113,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_get_index (GtkListBoxRow *row)
* #GtkListBox container.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @row is selected
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_list_box_row_is_selected (GtkListBoxRow *row)
@@ -3241,8 +3163,6 @@ gtk_list_box_update_row_styles (GtkListBox *box)
* @activatable: %TRUE to mark the row as activatable
*
* Set the #GtkListBoxRow:activatable property for this row.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_list_box_row_set_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row,
@@ -3269,8 +3189,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_set_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row,
* for this row.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the row is activatable
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_list_box_row_get_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row)
@@ -3286,8 +3204,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_get_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row)
* @selectable: %TRUE to mark the row as selectable
*
* Set the #GtkListBoxRow:selectable property for this row.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_list_box_row_set_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row,
@@ -3317,8 +3233,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_set_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row,
* for this row.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the row is selectable
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_list_box_row_get_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row)
@@ -3504,8 +3418,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_class_init (GtkListBoxRowClass *klass)
*
* The property determines whether the #GtkListBox::row-activated
* signal will be emitted for this row.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
row_properties[ROW_PROP_ACTIVATABLE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("activatable",
@@ -3518,8 +3430,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_class_init (GtkListBoxRowClass *klass)
* GtkListBoxRow:selectable:
*
* The property determines whether this row can be selected.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
row_properties[ROW_PROP_SELECTABLE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("selectable",
@@ -3648,8 +3558,6 @@ gtk_list_box_check_model_compat (GtkListBox *box)
* Note that using a model is incompatible with the filtering and sorting
* functionality in GtkListBox. When using a model, filtering and sorting
* should be implemented by the model.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_list_box_bind_model (GtkListBox *box,
diff --git a/gtk/gtklistbox.h b/gtk/gtklistbox.h
index 72ee8df..3f371b2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklistbox.h
+++ b/gtk/gtklistbox.h
@@ -129,8 +129,6 @@ struct _GtkListBoxRowClass
* if the row should be visible or not.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the row should be visible, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
typedef gboolean (*GtkListBoxFilterFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row,
gpointer user_data);
@@ -145,8 +143,6 @@ typedef gboolean (*GtkListBoxFilterFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row,
*
* Returns: < 0 if @row1 should be before @row2, 0 if they are
* equal and > 0 otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
typedef gint (*GtkListBoxSortFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row1,
GtkListBoxRow *row2,
@@ -162,8 +158,6 @@ typedef gint (*GtkListBoxSortFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row1,
* is called, which lets you update the header on @row. You may
* remove or set a new one via gtk_list_box_row_set_header() or
* just change the state of the current header widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
typedef void (*GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row,
GtkListBoxRow *before,
@@ -178,130 +172,128 @@ typedef void (*GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row,
* gtk_list_box_bind_model() for each item that gets added to the model.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkWidget that represents @item
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
typedef GtkWidget * (*GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc) (gpointer item,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_list_box_row_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_list_box_row_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_list_box_row_get_header (GtkListBoxRow *row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_row_set_header (GtkListBoxRow *row,
GtkWidget *header);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_list_box_row_get_index (GtkListBoxRow *row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_row_changed (GtkListBoxRow *row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_list_box_row_is_selected (GtkListBoxRow *row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_row_set_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row,
gboolean selectable);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_list_box_row_get_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_row_set_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row,
gboolean activatable);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_list_box_row_get_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_list_box_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_prepend (GtkListBox *box,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_insert (GtkListBox *box,
GtkWidget *child,
gint position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkListBoxRow* gtk_list_box_get_selected_row (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkListBoxRow* gtk_list_box_get_row_at_index (GtkListBox *box,
gint index_);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkListBoxRow* gtk_list_box_get_row_at_y (GtkListBox *box,
gint y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_select_row (GtkListBox *box,
GtkListBoxRow *row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_set_placeholder (GtkListBox *box,
GtkWidget *placeholder);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_set_adjustment (GtkListBox *box,
GtkAdjustment *adjustment);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkAdjustment *gtk_list_box_get_adjustment (GtkListBox *box);
typedef void (* GtkListBoxForeachFunc) (GtkListBox *box,
GtkListBoxRow *row,
gpointer user_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_selected_foreach (GtkListBox *box,
GtkListBoxForeachFunc func,
gpointer data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GList *gtk_list_box_get_selected_rows (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_unselect_row (GtkListBox *box,
GtkListBoxRow *row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_select_all (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_unselect_all (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_set_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box,
GtkSelectionMode mode);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkSelectionMode gtk_list_box_get_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_set_filter_func (GtkListBox *box,
GtkListBoxFilterFunc filter_func,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify destroy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_set_header_func (GtkListBox *box,
GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc update_header,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify destroy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_invalidate_filter (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_set_sort_func (GtkListBox *box,
GtkListBoxSortFunc sort_func,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify destroy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box,
gboolean single);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_list_box_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_drag_unhighlight_row (GtkListBox *box);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_drag_highlight_row (GtkListBox *box,
GtkListBoxRow *row);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_list_box_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_list_box_bind_model (GtkListBox *box,
GListModel *model,
GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc create_widget_func,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkliststore.c b/gtk/gtkliststore.c
index cc0ecb3..260623e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkliststore.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkliststore.c
@@ -1073,8 +1073,6 @@ gtk_list_store_set_valist_internal (GtkListStore *list_store,
* varargs. This function is mainly intended for
* language-bindings and in case the number of columns to
* change is not known until run-time.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_list_store_set_valuesv (GtkListStore *list_store,
@@ -1445,8 +1443,6 @@ gtk_list_store_clear (GtkListStore *list_store)
* Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_list_store_iter_is_valid (GtkListStore *list_store,
@@ -1680,8 +1676,6 @@ gtk_list_store_reorder_func (GSequenceIter *a,
*
* Reorders @store to follow the order indicated by @new_order. Note that
* this function only works with unsorted stores.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_list_store_reorder (GtkListStore *store,
@@ -1774,8 +1768,6 @@ generate_order (GSequence *seq,
*
* Swaps @a and @b in @store. Note that this function only works with
* unsorted stores.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_list_store_swap (GtkListStore *store,
@@ -1843,8 +1835,6 @@ gtk_list_store_move_to (GtkListStore *store,
* Moves @iter in @store to the position before @position. Note that this
* function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter
* will be moved to the end of the list.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_list_store_move_before (GtkListStore *store,
@@ -1876,8 +1866,6 @@ gtk_list_store_move_before (GtkListStore *store,
* Moves @iter in @store to the position after @position. Note that this
* function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter
* will be moved to the start of the list.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_list_store_move_after (GtkListStore *store,
@@ -2182,8 +2170,6 @@ gtk_list_store_has_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable)
* repeatedly can affect the performance of the program,
* gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() should generally be preferred when
* inserting rows in a sorted list store.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_list_store_insert_with_values (GtkListStore *list_store,
@@ -2259,8 +2245,6 @@ gtk_list_store_insert_with_values (GtkListStore *list_store,
* takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of
* varargs. This function is mainly intended for
* language-bindings.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_list_store_insert_with_valuesv (GtkListStore *list_store,
diff --git a/gtk/gtklockbutton.c b/gtk/gtklockbutton.c
index 63d4e99..e6f89d4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklockbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtklockbutton.c
@@ -491,8 +491,6 @@ gtk_lock_button_clicked (GtkButton *button)
* Creates a new lock button which reflects the @permission.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkLockButton
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_lock_button_new (GPermission *permission)
@@ -509,8 +507,6 @@ gtk_lock_button_new (GPermission *permission)
* Obtains the #GPermission object that controls @button.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GPermission of @button
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
GPermission *
gtk_lock_button_get_permission (GtkLockButton *button)
@@ -526,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_lock_button_get_permission (GtkLockButton *button)
* @permission: (allow-none): a #GPermission object, or %NULL
*
* Sets the #GPermission object that controls @button.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_lock_button_set_permission (GtkLockButton *button,
diff --git a/gtk/gtklockbutton.h b/gtk/gtklockbutton.h
index cc7e230..f6d3a67 100644
--- a/gtk/gtklockbutton.h
+++ b/gtk/gtklockbutton.h
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ struct _GtkLockButtonClass
void (*reserved7) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_lock_button_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_lock_button_new (GPermission *permission);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GPermission *gtk_lock_button_get_permission (GtkLockButton *button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_lock_button_set_permission (GtkLockButton *button,
GPermission *permission);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmain.c b/gtk/gtkmain.c
index 1f92efa..e8e7423 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmain.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmain.c
@@ -186,8 +186,6 @@ static const GDebugKey gtk_debug_keys[] = {
* have included when compiling your code.
*
* Returns: the major version number of the GTK+ library
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
guint
gtk_get_major_version (void)
@@ -207,8 +205,6 @@ gtk_get_major_version (void)
* GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code.
*
* Returns: the minor version number of the GTK+ library
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
guint
gtk_get_minor_version (void)
@@ -228,8 +224,6 @@ gtk_get_minor_version (void)
* GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code.
*
* Returns: the micro version number of the GTK+ library
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
guint
gtk_get_micro_version (void)
@@ -246,8 +240,6 @@ gtk_get_micro_version (void)
* worry about it.
*
* Returns: the binary age of the GTK+ library
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
guint
gtk_get_binary_age (void)
@@ -264,8 +256,6 @@ gtk_get_binary_age (void)
* worry about it.
*
* Returns: the interface age of the GTK+ library
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
guint
gtk_get_interface_age (void)
@@ -917,8 +907,6 @@ gtk_init_check_abi_check (int num_checks, size_t sizeof_GtkWindow, size_t sizeof
* ]|
*
* Returns: the #GtkTextDirection of the current locale
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_get_locale_direction (void)
@@ -2175,8 +2163,6 @@ gtk_grab_remove (GtkWidget *widget)
* associated pointer or keyboard (if any) are delivered to @widget.
* If the @block_others parameter is %TRUE, any other devices will be
* unable to interact with @widget during the grab.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_device_grab_add (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -2207,8 +2193,6 @@ gtk_device_grab_add (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* You have to pair calls to gtk_device_grab_add() and
* gtk_device_grab_remove().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_device_grab_remove (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -2346,8 +2330,6 @@ gtk_get_event_widget (const GdkEvent *event)
* receiver of the event.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the target widget, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_get_event_target (const GdkEvent *event)
@@ -2366,8 +2348,6 @@ gtk_get_event_target (const GdkEvent *event)
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the widget in the target stack
* with the given type, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_get_event_target_with_type (GdkEvent *event,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmain.h b/gtk/gtkmain.h
index 2a16119..deacf59 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmain.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmain.h
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_disable_setlocale (void);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoLanguage *gtk_get_default_language (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkTextDirection gtk_get_locale_direction (void);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_events_pending (void);
@@ -146,10 +146,10 @@ GdkDevice *gtk_get_current_event_device (void);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_get_event_widget (const GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_get_event_target (const GdkEvent *event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_get_event_target_with_type (GdkEvent *event,
GType type);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenu.c b/gtk/gtkmenu.c
index 9215926..aa1cdaa 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenu.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenu.c
@@ -583,9 +583,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
* #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, and
* #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
- * Stability: Unstable
*/
menu_signals[POPPED_UP] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popped-up"),
@@ -607,8 +604,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
*
* The index of the currently selected menu item, or -1 if no
* menu item is selected.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ACTIVE,
@@ -622,8 +617,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* GtkMenu:accel-group:
*
* The accel group holding accelerators for the menu.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ACCEL_GROUP,
@@ -637,8 +630,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* GtkMenu:accel-path:
*
* An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ACCEL_PATH,
@@ -654,8 +645,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* The widget the menu is attached to. Setting this property attaches
* the menu without a #GtkMenuDetachFunc. If you need to use a detacher,
* use gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() directly.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ATTACH_WIDGET,
@@ -669,8 +658,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* GtkMenu:monitor:
*
* The monitor the menu will be popped up on.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MONITOR,
@@ -690,8 +677,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* for special-purposes such as tabular menus. Regular menus that
* are connected to a menu bar or context menus should reserve
* toggle space for consistency.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_RESERVE_TOGGLE_SIZE,
@@ -718,9 +703,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (),
* gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx,
* #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint, and #GtkMenu::popped-up.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
- * Stability: Unstable
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ANCHOR_HINTS,
@@ -747,9 +729,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (),
* gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
* #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint, and #GtkMenu::popped-up.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
- * Stability: Unstable
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_RECT_ANCHOR_DX,
@@ -774,9 +753,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (),
* gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
* #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint, and #GtkMenu::popped-up.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
- * Stability: Unstable
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_RECT_ANCHOR_DY,
@@ -801,9 +777,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class)
* See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (),
* gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints,
* #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, and #GtkMenu::popped-up.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
- * Stability: Unstable
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MENU_TYPE_HINT,
@@ -1767,8 +1740,6 @@ gtk_menu_popup_internal (GtkMenu *menu,
* a mouse click or key press) that caused the initiation of the popup.
* Only if no such event is available, gtk_get_current_event_time() can
* be used instead.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_menu_popup_for_device (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -1911,9 +1882,6 @@ get_device_for_event (const GdkEvent *event)
* Other properties that influence the behaviour of this function are
* #GtkMenu:anchor-hints and #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. Connect to the
* #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to find out how it was actually positioned.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
- * Stability: Unstable
*/
void
gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -1997,9 +1965,6 @@ gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (GtkMenu *menu,
* Other properties that influence the behaviour of this function are
* #GtkMenu:anchor-hints and #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. Connect to the
* #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to find out how it was actually positioned.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
- * Stability: Unstable
*/
void
gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -2079,9 +2044,6 @@ gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (GtkMenu *menu,
* #GtkMenu:anchor-hints, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, and
* #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. Connect to the #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to find
* out how it was actually positioned.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
- * Stability: Unstable
*/
void
gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -2165,9 +2127,6 @@ get_arrows_border (GtkMenu *menu,
* positioning @menu. Connect this to the #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to keep the
* contents of the menu vertically aligned with their ideal position, for combo
* boxes for example.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
- * Stability: Private
*/
void
gtk_menu_update_scroll_offset (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -2437,8 +2396,6 @@ gtk_menu_set_accel_path (GtkMenu *menu,
* Retrieves the accelerator path set on the menu.
*
* Returns: the accelerator path set on the menu.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
const gchar*
gtk_menu_get_accel_path (GtkMenu *menu)
@@ -4281,8 +4238,6 @@ gtk_menu_select_item (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell,
* determined by the widget the menu is attached to
*
* Sets the #GdkDisplay on which the menu will be displayed.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_menu_set_display (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -4321,8 +4276,6 @@ gtk_menu_set_display (GtkMenu *menu,
* (Columns and rows are indexed from zero).
*
* Note that this function is not related to gtk_menu_detach().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_menu_attach (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -4692,8 +4645,6 @@ gtk_menu_real_move_scroll (GtkMenu *menu,
* returned by a #GtkMenuPositionFunc, since, for very long menus,
* these coordinates may extend beyond the monitor boundaries or even
* the screen boundaries.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_menu_set_monitor (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -4718,8 +4669,6 @@ gtk_menu_set_monitor (GtkMenu *menu,
*
* Returns: the number of the monitor on which the menu should
* be popped up or -1, if no monitor has been set
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gint
gtk_menu_get_monitor (GtkMenu *menu)
@@ -4735,8 +4684,6 @@ gtk_menu_get_monitor (GtkMenu *menu)
* @monitor: the monitor to place the menu on
*
* Places @menu on the given monitor.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_menu_place_on_monitor (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -4773,8 +4720,6 @@ gtk_menu_place_on_monitor (GtkMenu *menu,
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): the list
* of menus attached to his widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
GList*
gtk_menu_get_for_attach_widget (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -4826,8 +4771,6 @@ gtk_menu_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Sets whether the menu should reserve space for drawing toggles
* or icons, regardless of their actual presence.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_menu_set_reserve_toggle_size (GtkMenu *menu,
@@ -4856,8 +4799,6 @@ gtk_menu_set_reserve_toggle_size (GtkMenu *menu,
* icons, regardless of their actual presence.
*
* Returns: Whether the menu reserves toggle space
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_menu_get_reserve_toggle_size (GtkMenu *menu)
@@ -4883,8 +4824,6 @@ gtk_menu_get_reserve_toggle_size (GtkMenu *menu)
* attach widget or on any of its parent widgets.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkMenu
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_menu_new_from_model (GMenuModel *model)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenu.h b/gtk/gtkmenu.h
index 0d3493f..1191387 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenu.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenu.h
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_menu_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_menu_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_menu_new_from_model (GMenuModel *model);
/* Display the menu onscreen */
@@ -152,20 +152,20 @@ void gtk_menu_popup_for_device (GtkMenu *menu,
GDestroyNotify destroy,
guint button,
guint32 activate_time);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (GtkMenu *menu,
GdkWindow *rect_window,
const GdkRectangle *rect,
GdkGravity rect_anchor,
GdkGravity menu_anchor,
const GdkEvent *trigger_event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (GtkMenu *menu,
GtkWidget *widget,
GdkGravity widget_anchor,
GdkGravity menu_anchor,
const GdkEvent *trigger_event);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (GtkMenu *menu,
const GdkEvent *trigger_event);
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ void gtk_menu_reorder_child (GtkMenu *menu,
GtkWidget *child,
gint position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_set_display (GtkMenu *menu,
GdkDisplay *display);
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ void gtk_menu_set_monitor (GtkMenu *menu,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_menu_get_monitor (GtkMenu *menu);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_place_on_monitor (GtkMenu *menu,
GdkMonitor *monitor);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubar.c b/gtk/gtkmenubar.c
index 2b20bc4..6caf04d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenubar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenubar.c
@@ -170,8 +170,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_class_init (GtkMenuBarClass *class)
*
* The pack direction of the menubar. It determines how
* menuitems are arranged in the menubar.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_PACK_DIRECTION,
@@ -187,8 +185,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_class_init (GtkMenuBarClass *class)
*
* The child pack direction of the menubar. It determines how
* the widgets contained in child menuitems are arranged.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CHILD_PACK_DIRECTION,
@@ -681,8 +677,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_move_current (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell,
* See gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction().
*
* Returns: the pack direction
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
GtkPackDirection
gtk_menu_bar_get_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar)
@@ -699,8 +693,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_get_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar)
* @pack_dir: a new #GtkPackDirection
*
* Sets how items should be packed inside a menubar.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar,
@@ -734,8 +726,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar,
* See gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction().
*
* Returns: the child pack direction
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
GtkPackDirection
gtk_menu_bar_get_child_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar)
@@ -752,8 +742,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_get_child_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar)
* @child_pack_dir: a new #GtkPackDirection
*
* Sets how widgets should be packed inside the children of a menubar.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar,
@@ -792,8 +780,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar,
* widget hierarchy.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkMenuBar
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_menu_bar_new_from_model (GMenuModel *model)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubar.h b/gtk/gtkmenubar.h
index f1d7183..c63ef19 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenubar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenubar.h
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_menu_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_menu_bar_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_menu_bar_new_from_model (GMenuModel *model);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c
index b804a5a..35d9dca 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c
@@ -485,8 +485,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass)
* GtkMenuButton:popup:
*
* The #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
menu_button_props[PROP_POPUP] =
g_param_spec_object ("popup",
@@ -504,8 +502,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass)
*
* See gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() for the interaction with the
* #GtkMenuButton:popup property.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
menu_button_props[PROP_MENU_MODEL] =
g_param_spec_object ("menu-model",
@@ -518,8 +514,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass)
* GtkMenuButton:align-widget:
*
* The #GtkWidget to use to align the menu with.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
menu_button_props[PROP_ALIGN_WIDGET] =
g_param_spec_object ("align-widget",
@@ -533,8 +527,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass)
*
* The #GtkArrowType representing the direction in which the
* menu or popover will be popped out.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
menu_button_props[PROP_DIRECTION] =
g_param_spec_enum ("direction",
@@ -549,8 +541,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass)
*
* Whether to construct a #GtkPopover from the menu model,
* or a #GtkMenu.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
menu_button_props[PROP_USE_POPOVER] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("use-popover",
@@ -563,8 +553,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass)
* GtkMenuButton:popover:
*
* The #GtkPopover that will be popped up when the button is clicked.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
menu_button_props[PROP_POPOVER] =
g_param_spec_object ("popover",
@@ -643,8 +631,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_init (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
* with another #GtkWidget should you wish to.
*
* Returns: The newly created #GtkMenuButton widget
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_menu_button_new (void)
@@ -748,8 +734,6 @@ _gtk_menu_button_set_popup_with_func (GtkMenuButton *menu_button
* Sets the #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked,
* or %NULL to disable the button. If #GtkMenuButton:menu-model or
* #GtkMenuButton:popover are set, they will be set to %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_menu_button_set_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
@@ -783,8 +767,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
* returns %NULL.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkMenu or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkMenu *
gtk_menu_button_get_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
@@ -809,8 +791,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_get_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
*
* If #GtkMenuButton:popup or #GtkMenuButton:popover are already set,
* their content will be lost and replaced by the newly created popup.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
@@ -865,8 +845,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
* Returns the #GMenuModel used to generate the popup.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GMenuModel or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GMenuModel *
gtk_menu_button_get_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
@@ -906,8 +884,6 @@ set_align_widget_pointer (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
*
* Note that this property is only used with menus currently,
* and not for popovers.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_menu_button_set_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
@@ -934,8 +910,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
* Returns the parent #GtkWidget to use to line up with menu.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkWidget value or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_menu_button_get_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
@@ -987,8 +961,6 @@ update_popover_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
*
* If you pass %GTK_ARROW_NONE for a @direction, the popup will behave
* as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won’t see any arrows).
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_menu_button_set_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
@@ -1021,8 +993,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
* Returns the direction the popup will be pointing at when popped up.
*
* Returns: a #GtkArrowType value
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkArrowType
gtk_menu_button_get_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
@@ -1067,8 +1037,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_dispose (GObject *object)
* Sets whether to construct a #GtkPopover instead of #GtkMenu
* when gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() is called. Note that
* this property is only consulted when a new menu model is set.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_menu_button_set_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
@@ -1105,8 +1073,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
* from the menu model.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if using a #GtkPopover
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_menu_button_get_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
@@ -1124,8 +1090,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_get_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
* Sets the #GtkPopover that will be popped up when the button is
* clicked, or %NULL to disable the button. If #GtkMenuButton:menu-model
* or #GtkMenuButton:popup are set, they will be set to %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_menu_button_set_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
@@ -1182,8 +1146,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
* returns %NULL.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkPopover or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkPopover *
gtk_menu_button_get_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h
index 82a876b..a0293cd 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h
@@ -61,46 +61,46 @@ struct _GtkMenuButtonClass
void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_menu_button_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_menu_button_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_button_set_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
GtkWidget *menu);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkMenu *gtk_menu_button_get_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_button_set_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
GtkWidget *popover);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkPopover *gtk_menu_button_get_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_button_set_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
GtkArrowType direction);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkArrowType gtk_menu_button_get_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
GMenuModel *menu_model);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GMenuModel *gtk_menu_button_get_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_button_set_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
GtkWidget *align_widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_menu_button_get_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_button_set_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button,
gboolean use_popover);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_menu_button_get_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c b/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c
index 7dddb7a..c849677 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c
@@ -605,8 +605,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_class_init (GtkMenuItemClass *klass)
* GtkMenuItem:submenu:
*
* The submenu attached to the menu item, or %NULL if it has none.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
menu_item_props[PROP_SUBMENU] =
g_param_spec_object ("submenu",
@@ -621,8 +619,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_class_init (GtkMenuItemClass *klass)
* Sets the accelerator path of the menu item, through which runtime
* changes of the menu item's accelerator caused by the user can be
* identified and saved to persistant storage.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
menu_item_props[PROP_ACCEL_PATH] =
g_param_spec_string ("accel-path",
@@ -635,8 +631,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_class_init (GtkMenuItemClass *klass)
* GtkMenuItem:label:
*
* The text for the child label.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
menu_item_props[PROP_LABEL] =
g_param_spec_string ("label",
@@ -649,8 +643,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_class_init (GtkMenuItemClass *klass)
* GtkMenuItem:use-underline:
*
* %TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
menu_item_props[PROP_USE_UNDERLINE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("use-underline",
@@ -1785,8 +1777,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the accelerator path corresponding to
* this menu item’s functionality, or %NULL if not set
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
const gchar *
gtk_menu_item_get_accel_path (GtkMenuItem *menu_item)
@@ -1847,8 +1837,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_ensure_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item)
* @label: the text you want to set
*
* Sets @text on the @menu_item label
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_menu_item_set_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
@@ -1867,8 +1855,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
*
* Returns: The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal
* string used by the label, and must not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
const gchar *
gtk_menu_item_get_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item)
@@ -1885,8 +1871,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_get_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item)
*
* If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character
* should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_menu_item_set_use_underline (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
@@ -1916,8 +1900,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_use_underline (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the label
* indicates the mnemonic accelerator key.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_menu_item_get_use_underline (GtkMenuItem *menu_item)
@@ -1949,8 +1931,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_get_use_underline (GtkMenuItem *menu_item)
*
* There should be little need for applications to call
* this functions.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_menu_item_set_reserve_indicator (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
@@ -1980,8 +1960,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_reserve_indicator (GtkMenuItem *menu_item,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @menu_item always reserves space for the
* submenu indicator
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_menu_item_get_reserve_indicator (GtkMenuItem *menu_item)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenushell.c b/gtk/gtkmenushell.c
index a0bdf00..ca82986 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenushell.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenushell.c
@@ -303,8 +303,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_class_init (GtkMenuShellClass *klass)
* another item.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop the signal emission, %FALSE to continue
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
menu_shell_signals[MOVE_SELECTED] =
g_signal_new (I_("move-selected"),
@@ -328,8 +326,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_class_init (GtkMenuShellClass *klass)
* parameter.
*
* The inverse of this signal is the GtkContainer::removed signal.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
menu_shell_signals[INSERT] =
g_signal_new (I_("insert"),
@@ -388,8 +384,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_class_init (GtkMenuShellClass *klass)
* A boolean that determines whether the menu and its submenus grab the
* keyboard focus. See gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus() and
* gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus().
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_TAKE_FOCUS,
@@ -1218,8 +1212,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_move_selected (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell,
* popped up initially.
*
* Select the first visible or selectable child of the menu shell.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
void
gtk_menu_shell_select_first (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell,
@@ -1469,8 +1461,6 @@ _gtk_menu_shell_get_popup_delay (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell)
* @menu_shell: a #GtkMenuShell
*
* Cancels the selection within the menu shell.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_menu_shell_cancel (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell)
@@ -1639,8 +1629,6 @@ _gtk_menu_shell_get_grab_device (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell)
* Returns %TRUE if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
gboolean
gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell)
@@ -1680,8 +1668,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell)
* To avoid confusing the user, menus with @take_focus set to %FALSE
* should not display mnemonics or accelerators, since it cannot be
* guaranteed that they will work.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
void
gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell,
@@ -1707,8 +1693,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell,
* Gets the currently selected item.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the currently selected item
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_menu_shell_get_selected_item (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell)
@@ -1728,8 +1712,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_get_selected_item (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell)
* from which it was opened up.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the parent #GtkMenuShell
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_menu_shell_get_parent_shell (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell)
@@ -1925,8 +1907,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_tracker_insert_func (GtkMenuTrackerItem *item,
* gtk_menu_new_from_model() or gtk_menu_bar_new_from_model() or just
* directly passing the #GMenuModel to gtk_application_set_app_menu() or
* gtk_application_set_menubar().
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_menu_shell_bind_model (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenushell.h b/gtk/gtkmenushell.h
index a321f77..d98a1d0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenushell.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenushell.h
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ GtkWidget *gtk_menu_shell_get_selected_item (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_menu_shell_get_parent_shell (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_menu_shell_bind_model (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell,
GMenuModel *model,
const gchar *action_namespace,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c
index d34d02d..097b4c1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c
@@ -327,8 +327,6 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
* @label as label.
*
* Returns: the new #GtkMenuToolButton
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkToolItem *
gtk_menu_tool_button_new (GtkWidget *icon_widget,
@@ -361,8 +359,6 @@ _show_menu_emit (gpointer user_data)
*
* Sets the #GtkMenu that is popped up when the user clicks on the arrow.
* If @menu is NULL, the arrow button becomes insensitive.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_menu_tool_button_set_menu (GtkMenuToolButton *button,
@@ -391,8 +387,6 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_set_menu (GtkMenuToolButton *button,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkMenu associated
* with #GtkMenuToolButton
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_menu_tool_button_get_menu (GtkMenuToolButton *button)
@@ -416,8 +410,6 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_get_menu (GtkMenuToolButton *button)
* Sets the tooltip text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which
* pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting a tooltip
* on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_menu_tool_button_set_arrow_tooltip_text (GtkMenuToolButton *button,
@@ -436,8 +428,6 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_set_arrow_tooltip_text (GtkMenuToolButton *button,
* Sets the tooltip markup text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button
* which pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting
* a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_menu_tool_button_set_arrow_tooltip_markup (GtkMenuToolButton *button,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c b/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c
index fa9f03c..08b72ee 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c
@@ -191,8 +191,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class)
*
* The primary text of the message dialog. If the dialog has
* a secondary text, this will appear as the title.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TEXT,
@@ -207,8 +205,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class)
*
* %TRUE if the primary text of the dialog includes Pango markup.
* See pango_parse_markup().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_USE_MARKUP,
@@ -222,8 +218,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class)
* GtkMessageDialog:secondary-text:
*
* The secondary text of the message dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SECONDARY_TEXT,
@@ -238,8 +232,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class)
*
* %TRUE if the secondary text of the dialog includes Pango markup.
* See pango_parse_markup().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SECONDARY_USE_MARKUP,
@@ -255,8 +247,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class)
* The #GtkBox that corresponds to the message area of this dialog. See
* gtk_message_dialog_get_message_area() for a detailed description of this
* area.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MESSAGE_AREA,
@@ -639,8 +629,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent,
* ]|
*
* Returns: a new #GtkMessageDialog
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_message_dialog_new_with_markup (GtkWindow *parent,
@@ -679,8 +667,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_new_with_markup (GtkWindow *parent,
*
* Sets the text of the message dialog to be @str, which is marked
* up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_message_dialog_set_markup (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog,
@@ -704,8 +690,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_set_markup (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog,
*
* Sets the secondary text of the message dialog to be @message_format
* (with printf()-style).
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog,
@@ -766,8 +750,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog,
* "%s", msg);
* g_free (msg);
* ]|
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_markup (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog,
@@ -816,8 +798,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_markup (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkBox corresponding to the
* “message area” in the @message_dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_message_dialog_get_message_area (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c
index 7d95e40..51dff37 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c
@@ -921,8 +921,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
* Specifies whether the button is a plain, check or radio button.
* When #GtkActionable:action-name is set, the role will be determined
* from the action and does not have to be set explicitly.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
properties[PROP_ROLE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("role",
@@ -937,8 +935,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
*
* A #GIcon that will be used if iconic appearance for the button is
* desired.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
properties[PROP_ICON] =
g_param_spec_object ("icon",
@@ -951,8 +947,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
* GtkModelButton:text:
*
* The label for the button.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
properties[PROP_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_string ("text",
@@ -966,8 +960,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
*
* The state of the button. This is reflecting the state of the associated
* #GAction.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
properties[PROP_ACTIVE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("active",
@@ -981,8 +973,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
*
* The name of a submenu to open when the button is activated.
* If this is set, the button should not have an action associated with it.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
properties[PROP_MENU_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("menu-name",
@@ -997,8 +987,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
* Whether to show the submenu indicator at the opposite side than normal.
* This property should be set for model buttons that 'go back' to a parent
* menu.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
properties[PROP_INVERTED] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("inverted",
@@ -1012,8 +1000,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
*
* Wether to render the button contents centered instead of left-aligned.
* This property should be set for title-like items.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
properties[PROP_CENTERED] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("centered",
@@ -1028,8 +1014,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class)
* If this property is set, the button will show an icon if one is set.
* If no icon is set, the text will be used. This is typically used for
* horizontal sections of linked buttons.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
properties[PROP_ICONIC] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("iconic",
@@ -1070,8 +1054,6 @@ gtk_model_button_init (GtkModelButton *button)
* Creates a new GtkModelButton.
*
* Returns: the newly created #GtkModelButton widget
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_model_button_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.h b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.h
index 3ac8eb0..c559046 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.h
@@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ typedef enum {
GTK_BUTTON_ROLE_RADIO
} GtkButtonRole;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_model_button_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_model_button_new (void);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmodules.h b/gtk/gtkmodules.h
index 29409b7..d851cd0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmodules.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmodules.h
@@ -44,8 +44,6 @@ typedef void (*GtkModuleInitFunc) (gint *argc,
*
* A multihead-aware GTK+ module may have a gtk_module_display_init() function
* with this prototype. GTK+ calls this function for each opened display.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
typedef void (*GtkModuleDisplayInitFunc) (GdkDisplay *display);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmountoperation.c b/gtk/gtkmountoperation.c
index 1bd74cc..889c7fc 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmountoperation.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkmountoperation.c
@@ -1650,8 +1650,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_aborted (GMountOperation *op)
* Creates a new #GtkMountOperation
*
* Returns: a new #GtkMountOperation
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GMountOperation *
gtk_mount_operation_new (GtkWindow *parent)
@@ -1672,8 +1670,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_new (GtkWindow *parent)
* a window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @op is currently displaying a window
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_mount_operation_is_showing (GtkMountOperation *op)
@@ -1690,8 +1686,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_is_showing (GtkMountOperation *op)
*
* Sets the transient parent for windows shown by the
* #GtkMountOperation.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gtk_mount_operation_set_parent (GtkMountOperation *op,
@@ -1736,8 +1730,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_set_parent (GtkMountOperation *op,
* Gets the transient parent used by the #GtkMountOperation
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the transient parent for windows shown by @op
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GtkWindow *
gtk_mount_operation_get_parent (GtkMountOperation *op)
@@ -1753,8 +1745,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_get_parent (GtkMountOperation *op)
* @display: a #Gdk
*
* Sets the display to show windows of the #GtkMountOperation on.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_mount_operation_set_display (GtkMountOperation *op,
@@ -1789,8 +1779,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_set_display (GtkMountOperation *op,
* will be shown.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the display on which windows of @op are shown
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GdkDisplay *
gtk_mount_operation_get_display (GtkMountOperation *op)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkmountoperation.h b/gtk/gtkmountoperation.h
index a2e5c9b..3bb1787 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkmountoperation.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkmountoperation.h
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ void gtk_mount_operation_set_parent (GtkMountOperation *op,
GtkWindow *parent);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWindow * gtk_mount_operation_get_parent (GtkMountOperation *op);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_mount_operation_set_display(GtkMountOperation *op,
GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gtk_mount_operation_get_display(GtkMountOperation *op);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtknativedialog.c b/gtk/gtknativedialog.c
index eb5b9cc..931e2a0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtknativedialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtknativedialog.c
@@ -206,8 +206,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class)
* GtkNativeDialog:title:
*
* The title of the dialog window
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
native_props[PROP_TITLE] =
g_param_spec_string ("title",
@@ -220,8 +218,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class)
* GtkNativeDialog:modal:
*
* Whether the window should be modal with respect to its transient parent.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
native_props[PROP_MODAL] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("modal",
@@ -234,8 +230,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class)
* GtkNativeDialog:visible:
*
* Whether the window is currenlty visible.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
native_props[PROP_VISIBLE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
@@ -248,8 +242,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class)
* GtkNativeDialog:transient-for:
*
* The transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL for none.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
native_props[PROP_TRANSIENT_FOR] =
g_param_spec_object ("transient-for",
@@ -271,8 +263,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class)
*
* If you call gtk_native_dialog_hide() before the user responds to
* the dialog this signal will not be emitted.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
native_signals[RESPONSE] =
g_signal_new (I_("response"),
@@ -300,8 +290,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_init (GtkNativeDialog *self)
* will be emitted.
*
* Multiple calls while the dialog is visible will be ignored.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_native_dialog_show (GtkNativeDialog *self)
@@ -333,8 +321,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_show (GtkNativeDialog *self)
* until after the next call to gtk_native_dialog_show().
*
* If the dialog is not visible this does nothing.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_native_dialog_hide (GtkNativeDialog *self)
@@ -374,8 +360,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_hide (GtkNativeDialog *self)
* Note that this does not release any reference to the object (as opposed to
* destroying a GtkWindow) because there is no reference from the windowing
* system to the #GtkNativeDialog.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_native_dialog_destroy (GtkNativeDialog *self)
@@ -403,8 +387,6 @@ _gtk_native_dialog_emit_response (GtkNativeDialog *self,
* Determines whether the dialog is visible.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the dialog is visible
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_native_dialog_get_visible (GtkNativeDialog *self)
@@ -427,8 +409,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_get_visible (GtkNativeDialog *self)
* gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for() to make the dialog transient for the
* parent; most [window managers][gtk-X11-arch]
* will then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_native_dialog_set_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self,
@@ -454,8 +434,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_set_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self,
* Returns whether the dialog is modal. See gtk_native_dialog_set_modal().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the dialog is set to be modal
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_native_dialog_get_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self)
@@ -473,8 +451,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_get_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self)
* @title: title of the dialog
*
* Sets the title of the #GtkNativeDialog.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_native_dialog_set_title (GtkNativeDialog *self,
@@ -499,8 +475,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_set_title (GtkNativeDialog *self,
* Returns: (nullable): the title of the dialog, or %NULL if none has
* been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget
* and must not be modified or freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
const char *
gtk_native_dialog_get_title (GtkNativeDialog *self)
@@ -524,8 +498,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_get_title (GtkNativeDialog *self)
* main window.
*
* Passing %NULL for @parent unsets the current transient window.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self,
@@ -548,8 +520,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the transient parent for this window,
* or %NULL if no transient parent has been set.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
GtkWindow *
gtk_native_dialog_get_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self)
@@ -608,8 +578,6 @@ run_response_cb (GtkNativeDialog *self,
* be triggered during a gtk_nautilus_dialog_run() call.
*
* Returns: response ID
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
gint
gtk_native_dialog_run (GtkNativeDialog *self)
diff --git a/gtk/gtknativedialog.h b/gtk/gtknativedialog.h
index de1a655..00d3453 100644
--- a/gtk/gtknativedialog.h
+++ b/gtk/gtknativedialog.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
#define GTK_TYPE_NATIVE_DIALOG (gtk_native_dialog_get_type ())
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
G_DECLARE_DERIVABLE_TYPE (GtkNativeDialog, gtk_native_dialog, GTK, NATIVE_DIALOG, GObject)
struct _GtkNativeDialogClass
@@ -49,31 +49,31 @@ struct _GtkNativeDialogClass
void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_native_dialog_show (GtkNativeDialog *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_native_dialog_hide (GtkNativeDialog *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_native_dialog_destroy (GtkNativeDialog *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_native_dialog_get_visible (GtkNativeDialog *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_native_dialog_set_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self,
gboolean modal);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_native_dialog_get_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_native_dialog_set_title (GtkNativeDialog *self,
const char *title);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gtk_native_dialog_get_title (GtkNativeDialog *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self,
GtkWindow *parent);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWindow * gtk_native_dialog_get_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_native_dialog_run (GtkNativeDialog *self);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtknotebook.c b/gtk/gtknotebook.c
index 9e41a7f..6591875 100644
--- a/gtk/gtknotebook.c
+++ b/gtk/gtknotebook.c
@@ -754,8 +754,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class)
* GtkNotebook:group-name:
*
* Group name for tab drag and drop.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
properties[PROP_GROUP_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("group-name",
@@ -889,8 +887,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class)
*
* the ::page-reordered signal is emitted in the notebook
* right after a page has been reordered.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
notebook_signals[PAGE_REORDERED] =
g_signal_new (I_("page-reordered"),
@@ -910,8 +906,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class)
*
* the ::page-removed signal is emitted in the notebook
* right after a page is removed from the notebook.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
notebook_signals[PAGE_REMOVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("page-removed"),
@@ -931,8 +925,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class)
*
* the ::page-added signal is emitted in the notebook
* right after a page is added to the notebook.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
notebook_signals[PAGE_ADDED] =
g_signal_new (I_("page-added"),
@@ -963,8 +955,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class)
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkNotebook that @page should be
* added to, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
notebook_signals[CREATE_WINDOW] =
g_signal_new (I_("create-window"),
@@ -3197,8 +3187,6 @@ gtk_notebook_drag_drop (GtkWidget *widget,
* but additionally informs the notebook that the removal
* is happening as part of a tab DND operation, which should
* not be cancelled.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_notebook_detach_tab (GtkNotebook *notebook,
@@ -5934,8 +5922,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Gets the number of pages in a notebook.
*
* Returns: the number of pages in the notebook
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
gint
gtk_notebook_get_n_pages (GtkNotebook *notebook)
@@ -6960,8 +6946,6 @@ gtk_notebook_reorder_child (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Notebooks with the same name will be able to exchange tabs
* via drag and drop. A notebook with a %NULL group name will
* not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gtk_notebook_set_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook,
@@ -6991,8 +6975,6 @@ gtk_notebook_set_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Gets the current group name for @notebook.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the group name, or %NULL if none is set
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
const gchar *
gtk_notebook_get_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook)
@@ -7010,8 +6992,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook)
* Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the tab is reorderable.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_notebook_get_tab_reorderable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
@@ -7036,8 +7016,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_tab_reorderable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Sets whether the notebook tab can be reordered
* via drag and drop or not.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_notebook_set_tab_reorderable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
@@ -7077,8 +7055,6 @@ gtk_notebook_set_tab_reorderable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
* Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from @notebook.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the tab is detachable.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_notebook_get_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
@@ -7143,8 +7119,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* If you want a notebook to accept drags from other widgets,
* you will have to set your own DnD code to do it.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_notebook_set_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
@@ -7177,8 +7151,6 @@ gtk_notebook_set_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The action widget with the given
* @pack_type or %NULL when this action widget has not been set
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_notebook_get_action_widget (GtkNotebook *notebook,
@@ -7201,8 +7173,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_action_widget (GtkNotebook *notebook,
*
* Note that action widgets are “internal” children of the notebook and thus
* not included in the list returned from gtk_container_foreach().
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_notebook_set_action_widget (GtkNotebook *notebook,
diff --git a/gtk/gtknotebook.h b/gtk/gtknotebook.h
index 599c54d..6de9d8c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtknotebook.h
+++ b/gtk/gtknotebook.h
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_notebook_set_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook,
GtkWidget *child,
gboolean detachable);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_notebook_detach_tab (GtkNotebook *notebook,
GtkWidget *child);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkorientable.c b/gtk/gtkorientable.c
index f66fe04..9612e54 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkorientable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkorientable.c
@@ -51,8 +51,6 @@ gtk_orientable_default_init (GtkOrientableInterface *iface)
* GtkOrientable:orientation:
*
* The orientation of the orientable.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
**/
g_object_interface_install_property (iface,
g_param_spec_enum ("orientation",
@@ -69,8 +67,6 @@ gtk_orientable_default_init (GtkOrientableInterface *iface)
* @orientation: the orientable’s new orientation.
*
* Sets the orientation of the @orientable.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
**/
void
gtk_orientable_set_orientation (GtkOrientable *orientable,
@@ -93,8 +89,6 @@ gtk_orientable_set_orientation (GtkOrientable *orientable,
* Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable.
*
* Returns: the orientation of the @orientable.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
**/
GtkOrientation
gtk_orientable_get_orientation (GtkOrientable *orientable)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkoverlay.c b/gtk/gtkoverlay.c
index e7b969c..f4c06b1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkoverlay.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkoverlay.c
@@ -401,8 +401,6 @@ gtk_overlay_remove (GtkContainer *container,
* A widget’s index in the @overlay children list determines which order
* the children are drawn if they overlap. The first child is drawn at
* the bottom. It also affects the default focus chain order.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_overlay_reorder_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay,
@@ -738,8 +736,6 @@ gtk_overlay_class_init (GtkOverlayClass *klass)
* GtkOverlay:pass-through:
*
* Pass through input, does not affect main child.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_PASS_THROUGH,
g_param_spec_boolean ("pass-through", P_("Pass Through"), P_("Pass through input, does not affect main
child"),
@@ -750,8 +746,6 @@ gtk_overlay_class_init (GtkOverlayClass *klass)
* GtkOverlay:blur:
*
* Blur the content behind this child with a Gaussian blur of this radius.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_BLUR,
g_param_spec_double ("blur", P_("Blur Radius"), P_("Apply a blur to the content behind this child"),
@@ -761,8 +755,6 @@ gtk_overlay_class_init (GtkOverlayClass *klass)
* GtkOverlay:index:
*
* The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_INDEX,
g_param_spec_int ("index",
@@ -846,8 +838,6 @@ gtk_overlay_buildable_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
* Creates a new #GtkOverlay.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkOverlay object.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_overlay_new (void)
@@ -867,8 +857,6 @@ gtk_overlay_new (void)
*
* The position at which @widget is placed is determined
* from its #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_overlay_add_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay,
@@ -899,8 +887,6 @@ gtk_overlay_add_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay,
*
* Convenience function to set the value of the #GtkOverlay:pass-through
* child property for @widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_overlay_set_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay,
@@ -924,8 +910,6 @@ gtk_overlay_set_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay,
* child property for @widget.
*
* Returns: whether the widget is a pass through child.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_overlay_get_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkoverlay.h b/gtk/gtkoverlay.h
index bf9fc62..2de50f4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkoverlay.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkoverlay.h
@@ -76,21 +76,21 @@ struct _GtkOverlayClass
void (*_gtk_reserved8) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_overlay_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_overlay_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_overlay_add_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay,
GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_overlay_reorder_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay,
GtkWidget *child,
gint position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_overlay_get_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay,
GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_overlay_set_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay,
GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean pass_through);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c
index 9161416..6c102c5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c
@@ -402,8 +402,6 @@ gtk_pad_controller_init (GtkPadController *controller)
* gtk_pad_controller_set_action().
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkPadController
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
GtkPadController *
gtk_pad_controller_new (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -460,8 +458,6 @@ gtk_pad_controller_add_entry (GtkPadController *controller,
*
* This is a convenience function to add a group of action entries on
* @controller. See #GtkPadActionEntry and gtk_pad_controller_set_action().
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
void
gtk_pad_controller_set_action_entries (GtkPadController *controller,
@@ -495,8 +491,6 @@ gtk_pad_controller_set_action_entries (GtkPadController *controller,
* The given @label should be considered user-visible, so internationalization
* rules apply. Some windowing systems may be able to use those for user
* feedback.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
**/
void
gtk_pad_controller_set_action (GtkPadController *controller,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h
index f6a5f40..0383026 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h
@@ -74,19 +74,19 @@ struct _GtkPadActionEntry {
gchar *action_name;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_pad_controller_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkPadController *gtk_pad_controller_new (GtkWindow *window,
GActionGroup *group,
GdkDevice *pad);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_pad_controller_set_action_entries (GtkPadController *controller,
const GtkPadActionEntry *entries,
gint n_entries);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_pad_controller_set_action (GtkPadController *controller,
GtkPadActionType type,
gint index,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c
index 9c81343..f1856c7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c
@@ -134,8 +134,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_class_init (GtkPageSetupClass *class)
* Creates a new #GtkPageSetup.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPageSetup.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_page_setup_new (void)
@@ -150,8 +148,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_new (void)
* Copies a #GtkPageSetup.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a copy of @other
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_page_setup_copy (GtkPageSetup *other)
@@ -177,8 +173,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_copy (GtkPageSetup *other)
* Gets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup.
*
* Returns: the page orientation
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageOrientation
gtk_page_setup_get_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup)
@@ -192,8 +186,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup)
* @orientation: a #GtkPageOrientation value
*
* Sets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_page_setup_set_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -209,8 +201,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* Gets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the paper size
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPaperSize *
gtk_page_setup_get_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup)
@@ -228,8 +218,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup)
* Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup without
* changing the margins. See
* gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -255,8 +243,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup,
*
* Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup and modifies
* the margins according to the new paper size.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -277,8 +263,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* Gets the top margin in units of @unit.
*
* Returns: the top margin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_page_setup_get_top_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -294,8 +278,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_top_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* @unit: the units for @margin
*
* Sets the top margin of the #GtkPageSetup.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_page_setup_set_top_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -313,8 +295,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_top_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* Gets the bottom margin in units of @unit.
*
* Returns: the bottom margin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_page_setup_get_bottom_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -330,8 +310,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_bottom_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* @unit: the units for @margin
*
* Sets the bottom margin of the #GtkPageSetup.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_page_setup_set_bottom_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -349,8 +327,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_bottom_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* Gets the left margin in units of @unit.
*
* Returns: the left margin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_page_setup_get_left_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -366,8 +342,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_left_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* @unit: the units for @margin
*
* Sets the left margin of the #GtkPageSetup.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_page_setup_set_left_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -385,8 +359,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_left_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* Gets the right margin in units of @unit.
*
* Returns: the right margin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_page_setup_get_right_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -402,8 +374,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_right_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* @unit: the units for @margin
*
* Sets the right margin of the #GtkPageSetup.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_page_setup_set_right_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -425,8 +395,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_right_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* See gtk_page_setup_get_page_width().
*
* Returns: the paper width.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -451,8 +419,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* See gtk_page_setup_get_page_height().
*
* Returns: the paper height.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -477,8 +443,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width().
*
* Returns: the page width.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_page_setup_get_page_width (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -508,8 +472,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_page_width (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height().
*
* Returns: the page height.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_page_setup_get_page_height (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -537,8 +499,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_page_height (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* See gtk_page_setup_to_file().
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_page_setup_load_file (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -572,8 +532,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_load_file (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* or %NULL if an error occurred. See gtk_page_setup_to_file().
*
* Returns: the restored #GtkPageSetup
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_page_setup_new_from_file (const gchar *file_name,
@@ -623,8 +581,6 @@ string_to_enum (GType type,
* @key_file.
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_page_setup_load_key_file (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -712,8 +668,6 @@ out:
* page setup, or %NULL if an error occurred.
*
* Returns: the restored #GtkPageSetup
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_page_setup_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file,
@@ -740,8 +694,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file,
* This function saves the information from @setup to @file_name.
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_page_setup_to_file (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -800,8 +752,6 @@ enum_to_string (GType type,
* or %NULL to use the default name “Page Setup”
*
* This function adds the page setup from @setup to @key_file.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_page_setup_to_key_file (GtkPageSetup *setup,
@@ -845,8 +795,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_to_key_file (GtkPageSetup *setup,
* Serialize page setup to an a{sv} variant.
*
* Return: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GVariant *
gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant (GtkPageSetup *setup)
@@ -886,8 +834,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant (GtkPageSetup *setup)
* the format produced by gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant().
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPageSetup object
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_page_setup_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.h b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.h
index f6474f5..a8a7f3e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.h
@@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ void gtk_page_setup_to_key_file (GtkPageSetup *setup,
GKeyFile *key_file,
const gchar *group_name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GVariant *gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant (GtkPageSetup *setup);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkPageSetup *gtk_page_setup_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c b/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c
index 044b5ed..b836a43 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c
@@ -880,8 +880,6 @@ page_name_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
* Creates a new page setup dialog.
*
* Returns: the new #GtkPageSetupUnixDialog
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_new (const gchar *title,
@@ -948,8 +946,6 @@ set_orientation (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog,
*
* Sets the #GtkPageSetup from which the page setup
* dialog takes its values.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_set_page_setup (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -969,8 +965,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_set_page_setup (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog,
* Gets the currently selected page setup from the dialog.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the current page setup
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_get_page_setup (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog)
@@ -1027,8 +1021,6 @@ set_active_printer (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog,
*
* Sets the #GtkPrintSettings from which the page setup dialog
* takes its values.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_set_print_settings (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -1066,8 +1058,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_set_print_settings (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog,
* Gets the current print settings from the dialog.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the current print settings
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GtkPrintSettings *
gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_get_print_settings (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpaned.c b/gtk/gtkpaned.c
index e31048c..1e1047c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpaned.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpaned.c
@@ -416,8 +416,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
* The smallest possible value for the position property.
* This property is derived from the size and shrinkability
* of the widget's children.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_MIN_POSITION,
@@ -433,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
* The largest possible value for the position property.
* This property is derived from the size and shrinkability
* of the widget's children.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_MAX_POSITION,
@@ -450,8 +446,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
* Setting this property to %TRUE indicates that the paned needs
* to provide stronger visual separation (e.g. because it separates
* between two notebooks, whose tab rows would otherwise merge visually).
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_WIDE_HANDLE,
@@ -466,8 +460,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
*
* The "resize" child property determines whether the child expands and
* shrinks along with the paned widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class,
CHILD_PROP_RESIZE,
@@ -482,8 +474,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
*
* The "shrink" child property determines whether the child can be made
* smaller than its requisition.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class,
CHILD_PROP_SHRINK,
@@ -503,8 +493,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
* which gets emitted to cycle the focus between the children of the paned.
*
* The default binding is f6.
- *
- * Since: 2.0
*/
signals [CYCLE_CHILD_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("cycle-child-focus"),
@@ -526,8 +514,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
* move focus to the next widget in the focus chain.
*
* The default binding is Tab.
- *
- * Since: 2.0
*/
signals [TOGGLE_HANDLE_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("toggle-handle-focus"),
@@ -547,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
* [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
* which gets emitted to move the handle when the user is using key bindings
* to move it.
- *
- * Since: 2.0
*/
signals[MOVE_HANDLE] =
g_signal_new (I_("move-handle"),
@@ -571,8 +555,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
* the user to change position of the handle by using key bindings.
*
* The default binding for this signal is f8.
- *
- * Since: 2.0
*/
signals [CYCLE_HANDLE_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("cycle-handle-focus"),
@@ -594,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
* moving it using key bindings.
*
* The default binding for this signal is Return or Space.
- *
- * Since: 2.0
*/
signals [ACCEPT_POSITION] =
g_signal_new (I_("accept-position"),
@@ -617,8 +597,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class)
* moving it.
*
* The default binding for this signal is Escape.
- *
- * Since: 2.0
*/
signals [CANCEL_POSITION] =
g_signal_new (I_("cancel-position"),
@@ -1656,8 +1634,6 @@ gtk_paned_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
* Creates a new #GtkPaned widget.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPaned.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_paned_new (GtkOrientation orientation)
@@ -1913,8 +1889,6 @@ gtk_paned_set_position (GtkPaned *paned,
* Obtains the first child of the paned widget.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): first child, or %NULL if it is not set.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_paned_get_child1 (GtkPaned *paned)
@@ -1931,8 +1905,6 @@ gtk_paned_get_child1 (GtkPaned *paned)
* Obtains the second child of the paned widget.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): second child, or %NULL if it is not set.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_paned_get_child2 (GtkPaned *paned)
@@ -2594,8 +2566,6 @@ gtk_paned_toggle_handle_focus (GtkPaned *paned)
* @wide: the new value for the #GtkPaned:wide-handle property
*
* Sets the #GtkPaned:wide-handle property.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_paned_set_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned,
@@ -2627,8 +2597,6 @@ gtk_paned_set_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned,
* Gets the #GtkPaned:wide-handle property.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the paned should have a wide handle
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_paned_get_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpaned.h b/gtk/gtkpaned.h
index 1234026..8b0ad49 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpaned.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkpaned.h
@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ GtkWidget * gtk_paned_get_child1 (GtkPaned *paned);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_paned_get_child2 (GtkPaned *paned);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_paned_set_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned,
gboolean wide);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_paned_get_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpapersize.c b/gtk/gtkpapersize.c
index c293ba2..d107a7d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpapersize.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpapersize.c
@@ -219,8 +219,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_from_info (const PaperInfo *info)
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
* to free it
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPaperSize *
gtk_paper_size_new (const gchar *name)
@@ -311,8 +309,6 @@ improve_displayname (const gchar *name)
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
* to free it
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPaperSize *
gtk_paper_size_new_from_ppd (const gchar *ppd_name,
@@ -392,8 +388,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_from_ppd (const gchar *ppd_name,
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free()
* to free it
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GtkPaperSize *
gtk_paper_size_new_from_ipp (const gchar *ipp_name,
@@ -481,8 +475,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_from_ipp (const gchar *ipp_name,
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize object, use gtk_paper_size_free()
* to free it
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPaperSize *
gtk_paper_size_new_custom (const gchar *name,
@@ -514,8 +506,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_custom (const gchar *name,
* Copies an existing #GtkPaperSize.
*
* Returns: a copy of @other
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPaperSize *
gtk_paper_size_copy (GtkPaperSize *other)
@@ -545,8 +535,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_copy (GtkPaperSize *other)
* @size: a #GtkPaperSize
*
* Free the given #GtkPaperSize object.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_paper_size_free (GtkPaperSize *size)
@@ -567,8 +555,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_free (GtkPaperSize *size)
*
* Returns: %TRUE, if @size1 and @size2
* represent the same paper size
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_paper_size_is_equal (GtkPaperSize *size1,
@@ -590,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_is_equal (GtkPaperSize *size1,
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkPaperSize) (transfer full): a newly allocated list of newly
* allocated #GtkPaperSize objects
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GList *
gtk_paper_size_get_paper_sizes (gboolean include_custom)
@@ -636,8 +620,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_paper_sizes (gboolean include_custom)
* Gets the name of the #GtkPaperSize.
*
* Returns: the name of @size
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_paper_size_get_name (GtkPaperSize *size)
@@ -655,8 +637,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_name (GtkPaperSize *size)
* Gets the human-readable name of the #GtkPaperSize.
*
* Returns: the human-readable name of @size
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_paper_size_get_display_name (GtkPaperSize *size)
@@ -680,8 +660,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_display_name (GtkPaperSize *size)
* may be %NULL.
*
* Returns: the PPD name of @size
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_paper_size_get_ppd_name (GtkPaperSize *size)
@@ -702,8 +680,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_ppd_name (GtkPaperSize *size)
* units of @unit.
*
* Returns: the paper width
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_paper_size_get_width (GtkPaperSize *size,
@@ -721,8 +697,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_width (GtkPaperSize *size,
* units of @unit.
*
* Returns: the paper height
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_paper_size_get_height (GtkPaperSize *size,
@@ -767,8 +741,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_is_ipp (GtkPaperSize *size)
* @unit: the unit for @width and @height
*
* Changes the dimensions of a @size to @width x @height.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_paper_size_set_size (GtkPaperSize *size,
@@ -794,8 +766,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_set_size (GtkPaperSize *size,
*
* Returns: the name of the default paper size. The string
* is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_paper_size_get_default (void)
@@ -862,8 +832,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default (void)
* Gets the default top margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
*
* Returns: the default top margin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_paper_size_get_default_top_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
@@ -883,8 +851,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_top_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
* Gets the default bottom margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
*
* Returns: the default bottom margin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_paper_size_get_default_bottom_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
@@ -912,8 +878,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_bottom_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
* Gets the default left margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
*
* Returns: the default left margin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_paper_size_get_default_left_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
@@ -933,8 +897,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_left_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
* Gets the default right margin for the #GtkPaperSize.
*
* Returns: the default right margin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_paper_size_get_default_right_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
@@ -958,8 +920,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_right_margin (GtkPaperSize *size,
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize object with the restored
* paper size, or %NULL if an error occurred
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkPaperSize *
gtk_paper_size_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file,
@@ -1045,8 +1005,6 @@ out:
* @group_name: the group to add the settings to in @key_file
*
* This function adds the paper size from @size to @key_file.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_paper_size_to_key_file (GtkPaperSize *size,
@@ -1086,8 +1044,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_to_key_file (GtkPaperSize *size,
* Serialize a paper size to an a{sv} variant.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GVariant *
gtk_paper_size_to_gvariant (GtkPaperSize *paper_size)
@@ -1125,8 +1081,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_to_gvariant (GtkPaperSize *paper_size)
* the format produced by gtk_paper_size_to_gvariant().
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPaperSize object
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GtkPaperSize *
gtk_paper_size_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpapersize.h b/gtk/gtkpapersize.h
index c125070..eafe75a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpapersize.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkpapersize.h
@@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ void gtk_paper_size_to_key_file (GtkPaperSize *size,
GKeyFile *key_file,
const gchar *group_name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkPaperSize *gtk_paper_size_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GVariant *gtk_paper_size_to_gvariant (GtkPaperSize *paper_size);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkplacesview.c b/gtk/gtkplacesview.c
index 2451f11..b652bd0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkplacesview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkplacesview.c
@@ -2173,8 +2173,6 @@ gtk_places_view_class_init (GtkPlacesViewClass *klass)
* in it. The calling application should display the contents of that
* location; for example, a file manager should show a list of files in
* the specified location.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
places_view_signals [OPEN_LOCATION] =
g_signal_new (I_("open-location"),
@@ -2196,8 +2194,6 @@ gtk_places_view_class_init (GtkPlacesViewClass *klass)
* application to present an error message. Most of these messages
* refer to mounting or unmounting media, for example, when a drive
* cannot be started for some reason.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
places_view_signals [SHOW_ERROR_MESSAGE] =
g_signal_new (I_("show-error-message"),
@@ -2291,8 +2287,6 @@ gtk_places_view_init (GtkPlacesView *self)
* when the user makes a selection in the view.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkPlacesView
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_places_view_new (void)
@@ -2320,8 +2314,6 @@ gtk_places_view_new (void)
*
* Passing 0 for @flags will cause #GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL to always be sent
* to callbacks for the “open-location” signal.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_places_view_set_open_flags (GtkPlacesView *view,
@@ -2347,8 +2339,6 @@ gtk_places_view_set_open_flags (GtkPlacesView *view,
* Gets the open flags.
*
* Returns: the #GtkPlacesOpenFlags of @view
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
GtkPlacesOpenFlags
gtk_places_view_get_open_flags (GtkPlacesView *view)
@@ -2417,8 +2407,6 @@ gtk_places_view_set_search_query (GtkPlacesView *view,
* @view: a #GtkPlacesView
*
* Returns %TRUE if the view is loading locations.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_places_view_get_loading (GtkPlacesView *view)
@@ -2502,8 +2490,6 @@ gtk_places_view_set_fetching_networks (GtkPlacesView *view,
* are displayed.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if only local volumes are shown, %FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_places_view_get_local_only (GtkPlacesView *view)
@@ -2523,8 +2509,6 @@ gtk_places_view_get_local_only (GtkPlacesView *view)
* @local_only: %TRUE to hide remote locations, %FALSE to show.
*
* Sets the #GtkPlacesView::local-only property to @local_only.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_places_view_set_local_only (GtkPlacesView *view,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopover.c b/gtk/gtkpopover.c
index ca1bf4b..9fa32e7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpopover.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpopover.c
@@ -99,8 +99,6 @@
* like one shape, which means that the border-width of the content node and the arrow
* node should be the same. The arrow also does not support any border shape other than
* solid, no border-radius, only one border width (border-bottom-width is used) and no box-shadow.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
#include "config.h"
@@ -1591,8 +1589,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass)
* GtkPopover:relative-to:
*
* Sets the attached widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
properties[PROP_RELATIVE_TO] =
g_param_spec_object ("relative-to",
@@ -1605,8 +1601,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass)
* GtkPopover:pointing-to:
*
* Marks a specific rectangle to be pointed.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
properties[PROP_POINTING_TO] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("pointing-to",
@@ -1619,8 +1613,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass)
* GtkPopover:position
*
* Sets the preferred position of the popover.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
properties[PROP_POSITION] =
g_param_spec_enum ("position",
@@ -1634,8 +1626,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass)
*
* Sets whether the popover is modal (so other elements in the window do not
* receive input while the popover is visible).
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
properties[PROP_MODAL] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("modal",
@@ -1648,8 +1638,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass)
* GtkPopover:constrain-to:
*
* Sets a constraint for the popover position.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
properties[PROP_CONSTRAIN_TO] =
g_param_spec_enum ("constrain-to",
@@ -2043,8 +2031,6 @@ gtk_popover_update_preferred_position (GtkPopover *popover,
* Creates a new popover to point to @relative_to
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPopover
- *
- * Since: 3.12
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_popover_new (GtkWidget *relative_to)
@@ -2068,8 +2054,6 @@ gtk_popover_new (GtkWidget *relative_to)
* widget, so if @relative_to is set to %NULL on an attached @popover, it
* will be detached from its previous widget, and consequently destroyed
* unless extra references are kept.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
**/
void
gtk_popover_set_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover,
@@ -2091,8 +2075,6 @@ gtk_popover_set_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover,
* Returns the widget @popover is currently attached to
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkWidget
- *
- * Since: 3.12
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_popover_get_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover)
@@ -2110,8 +2092,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover)
* Sets the rectangle that @popover will point to, in the
* coordinate space of the widget @popover is attached to,
* see gtk_popover_set_relative_to().
- *
- * Since: 3.12
**/
void
gtk_popover_set_pointing_to (GtkPopover *popover,
@@ -2164,8 +2144,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_pointing_to (GtkPopover *popover,
* This preference will be respected where possible, although
* on lack of space (eg. if close to the window edges), the
* #GtkPopover may choose to appear on the opposite side
- *
- * Since: 3.12
**/
void
gtk_popover_set_position (GtkPopover *popover,
@@ -2203,8 +2181,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_position (GtkPopover *popover)
* within the toplevel and grab the keyboard focus on it when being
* displayed. Clicking outside the popover area or pressing Esc will
* dismiss the popover and ungrab input.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
**/
void
gtk_popover_set_modal (GtkPopover *popover,
@@ -2235,8 +2211,6 @@ gtk_popover_set_modal (GtkPopover *popover,
* see the implications of this.
*
* Returns: #TRUE if @popover is modal
- *
- * Since: 3.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_popover_get_modal (GtkPopover *popover)
@@ -2286,8 +2260,6 @@ back_to_main (GtkWidget *popover)
* group with a “quit” action and inserted it with the name “mygroup”
* then you would use the action name “mygroup.quit” in your
* #GMenuModel.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_popover_bind_model (GtkPopover *popover,
@@ -2349,8 +2321,6 @@ gtk_popover_bind_model (GtkPopover *popover,
* on the menus attach widget or on any of its parent widgets.
*
* Returns: the new #GtkPopover
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_popover_new_from_model (GtkWidget *relative_to,
@@ -2376,8 +2346,6 @@ gtk_popover_new_from_model (GtkWidget *relative_to,
* the popover is shown (see gtk_window_set_default()). #GtkPopover
* remembers the previous default widget and reestablishes it
* when the popover is dismissed.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_popover_set_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover,
@@ -2412,8 +2380,6 @@ gtk_popover_set_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the default widget,
* or %NULL if there is none
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_popover_get_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover)
@@ -2434,8 +2400,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover)
*
* Note that not all platforms support placing popovers freely,
* and may already impose constraints.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_popover_set_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover,
@@ -2462,8 +2426,6 @@ gtk_popover_set_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover,
* See gtk_popover_set_constrain_to().
*
* Returns: the constraint for placing this popover.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
GtkPopoverConstraint
gtk_popover_get_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover)
@@ -2482,8 +2444,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover)
* Pops @popover up. This is different than a gtk_widget_show() call
* in that it shows the popover with a transition. If you want to show
* the popover without a transition, use gtk_widget_show().
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_popover_popup (GtkPopover *popover)
@@ -2509,8 +2469,6 @@ gtk_popover_popup (GtkPopover *popover)
* Pops @popover down.This is different than a gtk_widget_hide() call
* in that it shows the popover with a transition. If you want to hide
* the popover without a transition, use gtk_widget_hide().
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_popover_popdown (GtkPopover *popover)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopover.h b/gtk/gtkpopover.h
index ded4351..eba2d98 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpopover.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkpopover.h
@@ -58,62 +58,62 @@ struct _GtkPopoverClass
gpointer reserved[10];
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_popover_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_popover_new (GtkWidget *relative_to);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_popover_new_from_model (GtkWidget *relative_to,
GMenuModel *model);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_set_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover,
GtkWidget *relative_to);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_popover_get_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_set_pointing_to (GtkPopover *popover,
const GdkRectangle *rect);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_popover_get_pointing_to (GtkPopover *popover,
GdkRectangle *rect);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_set_position (GtkPopover *popover,
GtkPositionType position);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkPositionType gtk_popover_get_position (GtkPopover *popover);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_set_modal (GtkPopover *popover,
gboolean modal);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_popover_get_modal (GtkPopover *popover);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_bind_model (GtkPopover *popover,
GMenuModel *model,
const gchar *action_namespace);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_set_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover,
GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_popover_get_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_set_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover,
GtkPopoverConstraint constraint);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkPopoverConstraint gtk_popover_get_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_popup (GtkPopover *popover);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_popdown (GtkPopover *popover);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c
index 1df141f..bb08b3e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c
@@ -354,8 +354,6 @@ gtk_popover_menu_class_init (GtkPopoverMenuClass *klass)
* The submenu child property specifies the name of the submenu
* If it is %NULL or "main", the child is used as the main menu,
* which is shown initially when the popover is mapped.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class,
CHILD_PROP_SUBMENU,
@@ -380,8 +378,6 @@ gtk_popover_menu_class_init (GtkPopoverMenuClass *klass)
* Creates a new popover menu.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPopoverMenu
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_popover_menu_new (void)
@@ -403,8 +399,6 @@ gtk_popover_menu_new (void)
* when the #GtkModelButton:menu-name property is set,
* so this function is only needed when you are using
* other kinds of widgets to initiate menu changes.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_popover_menu_open_submenu (GtkPopoverMenu *popover,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.h b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.h
index b8f6373..c920f5c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.h
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ struct _GtkPopoverMenuClass
gpointer reserved[10];
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_popover_menu_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_popover_menu_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_popover_menu_open_submenu (GtkPopoverMenu *popover,
const gchar *name);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c b/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c
index 21d68bf..f01b964 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c
@@ -194,8 +194,6 @@ _gtk_print_context_get_fontmap (GtkPrintContext *context)
* an internal print preview, it is not needed for printing,
* since GTK+ itself creates a suitable cairo context in that
* case.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_context_set_cairo_context (GtkPrintContext *context,
@@ -373,8 +371,6 @@ _gtk_print_context_set_page_setup (GtkPrintContext *context,
* #GtkPrintContext.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the cairo context of @context
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
cairo_t *
gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context (GtkPrintContext *context)
@@ -392,8 +388,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context (GtkPrintContext *context)
* dimensions of the #GtkPrintContext.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the page setup of @context
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_print_context_get_page_setup (GtkPrintContext *context)
@@ -410,8 +404,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_page_setup (GtkPrintContext *context)
* Obtains the width of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels.
*
* Returns: the width of @context
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_context_get_width (GtkPrintContext *context)
@@ -439,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_width (GtkPrintContext *context)
* Obtains the height of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels.
*
* Returns: the height of @context
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_context_get_height (GtkPrintContext *context)
@@ -469,8 +459,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_height (GtkPrintContext *context)
* in dots per inch.
*
* Returns: the horizontal resolution of @context
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_context_get_dpi_x (GtkPrintContext *context)
@@ -488,8 +476,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_dpi_x (GtkPrintContext *context)
* in dots per inch.
*
* Returns: the vertical resolution of @context
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_context_get_dpi_y (GtkPrintContext *context)
@@ -510,8 +496,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_dpi_y (GtkPrintContext *context)
* Obtains the hardware printer margins of the #GtkPrintContext, in units.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the hard margins were retrieved
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_context_get_hard_margins (GtkPrintContext *context,
@@ -563,8 +547,6 @@ _gtk_print_context_set_hard_margins (GtkPrintContext *context,
* with the #GtkPrintContext.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the font map of @context
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
PangoFontMap *
gtk_print_context_get_pango_fontmap (GtkPrintContext *context)
@@ -582,8 +564,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_pango_fontmap (GtkPrintContext *context)
* #GtkPrintContext.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a new Pango context for @context
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
PangoContext *
gtk_print_context_create_pango_context (GtkPrintContext *context)
@@ -616,8 +596,6 @@ gtk_print_context_create_pango_context (GtkPrintContext *context)
* with the #GtkPrintContext.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a new Pango layout for @context
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
PangoLayout *
gtk_print_context_create_pango_layout (GtkPrintContext *context)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprinter.c b/gtk/gtkprinter.c
index fe012bb..8339b5b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprinter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprinter.c
@@ -187,8 +187,6 @@ gtk_printer_class_init (GtkPrinterClass *class)
* This property is %TRUE if this printer is paused.
* A paused printer still accepts jobs, but it does
* not print them.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (G_OBJECT_CLASS (class),
PROP_PAUSED,
@@ -201,9 +199,7 @@ gtk_printer_class_init (GtkPrinterClass *class)
* GtkPrinter:accepting-jobs:
*
* This property is %TRUE if the printer is accepting jobs.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
- */
+ */
g_object_class_install_property (G_OBJECT_CLASS (class),
PROP_ACCEPTING_JOBS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("accepting-jobs",
@@ -220,8 +216,6 @@ gtk_printer_class_init (GtkPrinterClass *class)
* Gets emitted in response to a request for detailed information
* about a printer from the print backend. The @success parameter
* indicates if the information was actually obtained.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[DETAILS_ACQUIRED] =
g_signal_new (I_("details-acquired"),
@@ -383,8 +377,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_property (GObject *object,
* Creates a new #GtkPrinter.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPrinter
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GtkPrinter *
gtk_printer_new (const gchar *name,
@@ -409,8 +401,6 @@ gtk_printer_new (const gchar *name,
* Returns the backend of the printer.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the backend of @printer
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintBackend *
gtk_printer_get_backend (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -427,8 +417,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_backend (GtkPrinter *printer)
* Returns the name of the printer.
*
* Returns: the name of @printer
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_printer_get_name (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -445,8 +433,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_name (GtkPrinter *printer)
* Gets the description of the printer.
*
* Returns: the description of @printer
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_printer_get_description (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -483,8 +469,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_description (GtkPrinter *printer,
* of the printer.
*
* Returns: the state message of @printer
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_printer_get_state_message (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -521,8 +505,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_state_message (GtkPrinter *printer,
* Returns a description of the location of the printer.
*
* Returns: the location of @printer
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_printer_get_location (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -559,8 +541,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_location (GtkPrinter *printer,
* Gets the name of the icon to use for the printer.
*
* Returns: the icon name for @printer
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_printer_get_icon_name (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -592,8 +572,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_icon_name (GtkPrinter *printer,
* Gets the number of jobs currently queued on the printer.
*
* Returns: the number of jobs on @printer
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_printer_get_job_count (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -630,8 +608,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_job_count (GtkPrinter *printer,
* Returns whether the printer details are available.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @printer details are available
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_printer_has_details (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -656,8 +632,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_has_details (GtkPrinter *printer,
* accepts new jobs).
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @printer is active
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_printer_is_active (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -685,8 +659,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_active (GtkPrinter *printer,
* printing them.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @printer is paused
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_printer_is_paused (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -721,8 +693,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_paused (GtkPrinter *printer,
* Returns whether the printer is accepting jobs
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @printer is accepting jobs
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_printer_is_accepting_jobs (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -759,8 +729,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_accepting_jobs (GtkPrinter *printer,
* a CUPS class).
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @printer is virtual
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_printer_is_virtual (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -778,8 +746,6 @@ gtk_printer_is_virtual (GtkPrinter *printer)
* PDF format.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @printer accepts PDF
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_printer_accepts_pdf (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -806,8 +772,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_accepts_pdf (GtkPrinter *printer,
* PostScript format.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @printer accepts PostScript
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_printer_accepts_ps (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -851,8 +815,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_new (GtkPrinter *printer,
* Returns whether the printer is the default printer.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @printer is the default
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_printer_is_default (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -877,8 +839,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_default (GtkPrinter *printer,
*
* Requests the printer details. When the details are available,
* the #GtkPrinter::details-acquired signal will be emitted on @printer.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_printer_request_details (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -950,8 +910,6 @@ _gtk_printer_create_cairo_surface (GtkPrinter *printer,
* available, see gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details().
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkPageSetup) (transfer full): a newly allocated list of newly allocated
#GtkPageSetup s.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GList *
gtk_printer_list_papers (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -971,8 +929,6 @@ gtk_printer_list_papers (GtkPrinter *printer)
* Returns default page size of @printer.
*
* Returns: a newly allocated #GtkPageSetup with default page size of the printer.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_printer_get_default_page_size (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -1000,8 +956,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_default_page_size (GtkPrinter *printer)
* see gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details().
*
* Returns: %TRUE iff the hard margins were retrieved
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_printer_get_hard_margins (GtkPrinter *printer,
@@ -1029,8 +983,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_hard_margins (GtkPrinter *printer,
* gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details().
*
* Returns: the printer’s capabilities
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkPrintCapabilities
gtk_printer_get_capabilities (GtkPrinter *printer)
@@ -1052,8 +1004,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_capabilities (GtkPrinter *printer)
*
* Returns: 0 if the printer match, a negative value if @a < @b,
* or a positive value if @a > @b
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_printer_compare (GtkPrinter *a,
@@ -1228,8 +1178,6 @@ list_printers_init (PrinterList *printer_list,
*
* Calls a function for all #GtkPrinters.
* If @func returns %TRUE, the enumeration is stopped.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_enumerate_printers (GtkPrinterFunc func,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprinter.h b/gtk/gtkprinter.h
index a5dd810..bc02e93 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprinter.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkprinter.h
@@ -175,8 +175,6 @@ gboolean gtk_printer_get_hard_margins (GtkPrinter *pr
* a reference to it after the function has returned.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop the enumeration, %FALSE to continue
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
typedef gboolean (*GtkPrinterFunc) (GtkPrinter *printer,
gpointer data);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintjob.c b/gtk/gtkprintjob.c
index e74fdc0..c3d1ce7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintjob.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintjob.c
@@ -179,8 +179,6 @@ gtk_print_job_class_init (GtkPrintJobClass *class)
*
* Gets emitted when the status of a job changes. The signal handler
* can use gtk_print_job_get_status() to obtain the new status.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[STATUS_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("status-changed"),
@@ -291,8 +289,6 @@ gtk_print_job_finalize (GObject *object)
* Creates a new #GtkPrintJob.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPrintJob
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GtkPrintJob *
gtk_print_job_new (const gchar *title,
@@ -317,8 +313,6 @@ gtk_print_job_new (const gchar *title,
* Gets the #GtkPrintSettings of the print job.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the settings of @job
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintSettings *
gtk_print_job_get_settings (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -335,8 +329,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_settings (GtkPrintJob *job)
* Gets the #GtkPrinter of the print job.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the printer of @job
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrinter *
gtk_print_job_get_printer (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -353,8 +345,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_printer (GtkPrintJob *job)
* Gets the job title.
*
* Returns: the title of @job
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_print_job_get_title (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -371,8 +361,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_title (GtkPrintJob *job)
* Gets the status of the print job.
*
* Returns: the status of @job
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintStatus
gtk_print_job_get_status (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -412,8 +400,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_status (GtkPrintJob *job,
* gtk_printer_accepts_pdf() and gtk_printer_accepts_ps().
*
* Returns: %FALSE if an error occurred
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_print_job_set_source_file (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -460,8 +446,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_source_file (GtkPrintJob *job,
* instead of a filename.
*
* Returns: %FALSE if an error occurred
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_job_set_source_fd (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -487,8 +471,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_source_fd (GtkPrintJob *job,
* the print job should be rendered.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the cairo surface of @job
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
cairo_surface_t *
gtk_print_job_get_surface (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -568,8 +550,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_surface (GtkPrintJob *job,
*
* This function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it should
* not be enabled unless needed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -599,8 +579,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status (GtkPrintJob *job,
* For details, see gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if print job status will be reported after printing
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_job_get_track_print_status (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -701,8 +679,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_property (GObject *object,
* @dnotify: destroy notify for @user_data
*
* Sends the print job off to the printer.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_print_job_send (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -733,8 +709,6 @@ gtk_print_job_send (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets the #GtkPrintPages setting for this job.
*
* Returns: the #GtkPrintPages setting
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkPrintPages
gtk_print_job_get_pages (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -748,8 +722,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_pages (GtkPrintJob *job)
* @pages: the #GtkPrintPages setting
*
* Sets the #GtkPrintPages setting for this job.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_pages (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -767,8 +739,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_pages (GtkPrintJob *job,
*
* Returns: (array length=n_ranges) (transfer none): a pointer to an
* array of #GtkPageRange structs
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkPageRange *
gtk_print_job_get_page_ranges (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -786,8 +756,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_page_ranges (GtkPrintJob *job,
* @n_ranges: the length of the @ranges array
*
* Sets the page ranges for this job.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_page_ranges (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -806,8 +774,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_page_ranges (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets the #GtkPageSet setting for this job.
*
* Returns: the #GtkPageSet setting
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkPageSet
gtk_print_job_get_page_set (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -821,8 +787,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_page_set (GtkPrintJob *job)
* @page_set: a #GtkPageSet setting
*
* Sets the #GtkPageSet setting for this job.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_page_set (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -838,8 +802,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_page_set (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets the number of copies of this job.
*
* Returns: the number of copies
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_print_job_get_num_copies (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -853,8 +815,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_num_copies (GtkPrintJob *job)
* @num_copies: the number of copies
*
* Sets the number of copies for this job.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_num_copies (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -870,8 +830,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_num_copies (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets the scale for this job (where 1.0 means unscaled).
*
* Returns: the scale
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_job_get_scale (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -886,8 +844,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_scale (GtkPrintJob *job)
* @scale: the scale
*
* Sets the scale for this job (where 1.0 means unscaled).
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_scale (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -903,8 +859,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_scale (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets the n-up setting for this job.
*
* Returns: the n-up setting
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
guint
gtk_print_job_get_n_up (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -918,8 +872,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_n_up (GtkPrintJob *job)
* @n_up: the n-up value
*
* Sets the n-up setting for this job.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_n_up (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -935,8 +887,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_n_up (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets the n-up layout setting for this job.
*
* Returns: the n-up layout
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkNumberUpLayout
gtk_print_job_get_n_up_layout (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -950,8 +900,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_n_up_layout (GtkPrintJob *job)
* @layout: the n-up layout setting
*
* Sets the n-up layout setting for this job.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_n_up_layout (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -967,8 +915,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_n_up_layout (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets whether the job is printed rotated.
*
* Returns: whether the job is printed rotated
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_job_get_rotate (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -982,8 +928,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_rotate (GtkPrintJob *job)
* @rotate: whether to print rotated
*
* Sets whether this job is printed rotated.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_rotate (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -999,8 +943,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_rotate (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets whether this job is printed collated.
*
* Returns: whether the job is printed collated
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_job_get_collate (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -1014,8 +956,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_collate (GtkPrintJob *job)
* @collate: whether the job is printed collated
*
* Sets whether this job is printed collated.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_collate (GtkPrintJob *job,
@@ -1031,8 +971,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_collate (GtkPrintJob *job,
* Gets whether this job is printed reversed.
*
* Returns: whether the job is printed reversed.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_job_get_reverse (GtkPrintJob *job)
@@ -1046,8 +984,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_reverse (GtkPrintJob *job)
* @reverse: whether the job is printed reversed
*
* Sets whether this job is printed reversed.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_print_job_set_reverse (GtkPrintJob *job,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintjob.h b/gtk/gtkprintjob.h
index 3748650..fd320df 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintjob.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintjob.h
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_print_job_set_source_file (GtkPrintJob *job,
const gchar *filename,
GError **error);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_print_job_set_source_fd (GtkPrintJob *job,
int fd,
GError **error);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c
index 29781b8..e0143c6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c
@@ -961,8 +961,6 @@ get_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
* a problem.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPageSetup
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
@@ -1004,8 +1002,6 @@ gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent,
* In contrast to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog(), this function returns after
* showing the page setup dialog on platforms that support this, and calls @done_cb
* from a signal handler for the ::response signal of the dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async (GtkWindow *parent,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c
index 11df235..090a4d5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c
@@ -168,8 +168,6 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE (GtkPrintOperation, gtk_print_operation, G_TYPE_OBJECT,
* Registers an error quark for #GtkPrintOperation if necessary.
*
* Returns: The error quark used for #GtkPrintOperation errors.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GQuark
gtk_print_error_quark (void)
@@ -777,8 +775,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* If you enabled print status tracking then
* gtk_print_operation_is_finished() may still return %FALSE
* after #GtkPrintOperation::done was emitted.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[DONE] =
g_signal_new (I_("done"),
@@ -800,8 +796,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* A typical use for ::begin-print is to use the parameters from the
* #GtkPrintContext and paginate the document accordingly, and then
* set the number of pages with gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[BEGIN_PRINT] =
g_signal_new (I_("begin-print"),
@@ -832,8 +826,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* from there.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if pagination is complete
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[PAGINATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("paginate"),
@@ -855,8 +847,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* Emitted once for every page that is printed, to give
* the application a chance to modify the page setup. Any changes
* done to @setup will be in force only for printing this page.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[REQUEST_PAGE_SETUP] =
g_signal_new (I_("request-page-setup"),
@@ -924,8 +914,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* gtk_print_operation_set_unit() before starting the print operation
* to set up the transformation of the cairo context according to your
* needs.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[DRAW_PAGE] =
g_signal_new (I_("draw-page"),
@@ -946,8 +934,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* Emitted after all pages have been rendered.
* A handler for this signal can clean up any resources that have
* been allocated in the #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print handler.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[END_PRINT] =
g_signal_new (I_("end-print"),
@@ -966,8 +952,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* See #GtkPrintStatus for the phases that are being discriminated.
* Use gtk_print_operation_get_status() to find out the current
* status.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[STATUS_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("status-changed"),
@@ -996,8 +980,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
*
* Returns: (transfer none): A custom widget that gets embedded in
* the print dialog, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[CREATE_CUSTOM_WIDGET] =
g_signal_new (I_("create-custom-widget"),
@@ -1018,8 +1000,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* Emitted after change of selected printer. The actual page setup and
* print settings are passed to the custom widget, which can actualize
* itself according to this change.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
signals[UPDATE_CUSTOM_WIDGET] =
g_signal_new (I_("update-custom-widget"),
@@ -1040,8 +1020,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* When you get this signal you should read the information from the
* custom widgets, as the widgets are not guaraneed to be around at a
* later time.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[CUSTOM_WIDGET_APPLY] =
g_signal_new (I_("custom-widget-apply"),
@@ -1077,8 +1055,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* (typically in response to the user clicking a close button).
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the listener wants to take over control of the preview
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signals[PREVIEW] =
g_signal_new (I_("preview"),
@@ -1101,8 +1077,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* This page setup will be used by gtk_print_operation_run(),
* but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting
* to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_DEFAULT_PAGE_SETUP,
@@ -1120,8 +1094,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* Setting this property is typically used to re-establish
* print settings from a previous print operation, see
* gtk_print_operation_run().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_PRINT_SETTINGS,
@@ -1139,8 +1111,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
*
* If you don't set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one
* by numbering successive print jobs.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_JOB_NAME,
@@ -1164,8 +1134,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signals are 0-based, i.e. if
* the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal
* will be for page @n_pages - 1.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_N_PAGES,
@@ -1186,8 +1154,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* the user will be able to select to print only the current page.
*
* Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CURRENT_PAGE,
@@ -1208,8 +1174,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* depending on page orientation and the number of pages per sheet).
* Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the imageable
* area (i.e. inside the margins).
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_USE_FULL_PAGE,
@@ -1229,8 +1193,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* issues, and when the print job actually reaches the printer.
* However, this is often implemented using polling, and should
* not be enabled unless needed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TRACK_PRINT_STATUS,
@@ -1247,8 +1209,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* The transformation for the cairo context obtained from
* #GtkPrintContext is set up in such a way that distances
* are measured in units of @unit.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_UNIT,
@@ -1265,8 +1225,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
*
* Determines whether to show a progress dialog during the
* print operation.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SHOW_PROGRESS,
@@ -1289,8 +1247,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* The Windows port does not support asynchronous operation at all (this
* is unlikely to change). On other platforms, all actions except for
* %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT support asynchronous operation.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ALLOW_ASYNC,
@@ -1312,8 +1268,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* “Print to PDF” support is independent of this and is done
* by letting the user pick the “Print to PDF” item from the
* list of printers in the print dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_EXPORT_FILENAME,
@@ -1327,8 +1281,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* GtkPrintOperation:status:
*
* The status of the print operation.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_STATUS,
@@ -1348,8 +1300,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
*
* See the #GtkPrintOperation:status property for a status value that
* is suitable for programmatic use.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_STATUS_STRING,
@@ -1367,8 +1317,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* Note that this property may be ignored on some platforms.
*
* If this is %NULL, GTK+ uses a default label.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CUSTOM_TAB_LABEL,
@@ -1383,8 +1331,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
*
* If %TRUE, the print operation will support print of selection.
* This allows the print dialog to show a "Selection" button.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SUPPORT_SELECTION,
@@ -1400,8 +1346,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* Determines whether there is a selection in your application.
* This can allow your application to print the selection.
* This is typically used to make a "Selection" button sensitive.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_SELECTION,
@@ -1416,8 +1360,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* GtkPrintOperation:embed-page-setup:
*
* If %TRUE, page size combo box and orientation combo box are embedded into page setup page.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_EMBED_PAGE_SETUP,
@@ -1438,8 +1380,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* and call gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print() when
* print status is %GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA.
* This is typically used to track the progress of print operation.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_N_PAGES_TO_PRINT,
@@ -1458,8 +1398,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class)
* Creates a new #GtkPrintOperation.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPrintOperation
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintOperation *
gtk_print_operation_new (void)
@@ -1481,8 +1419,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_new (void)
* This page setup will be used by gtk_print_operation_run(),
* but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting
* to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1518,8 +1454,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup().
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the default page setup
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_print_operation_get_default_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -1538,8 +1472,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_default_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op)
* Sets the print settings for @op. This is typically used to
* re-establish print settings from a previous print operation,
* see gtk_print_operation_run().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1578,8 +1510,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* gtk_print_operation_run() have been called.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the current print settings of @op.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GtkPrintSettings *
gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -1599,8 +1529,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings (GtkPrintOperation *op)
*
* If you don’t set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one by
* numbering successive print jobs.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_job_name (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1638,8 +1566,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_job_name (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* and #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signals are 0-based, i.e. if
* the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal
* will be for page @n_pages - 1.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1673,8 +1599,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* the user will be able to select to print only the current page.
*
* Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_current_page (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1708,8 +1632,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_current_page (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* sheet, depending on page orientation and the number of pages per
* sheet). Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the
* imageable area (i.e. inside the margins).
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_use_full_page (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1739,8 +1661,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_use_full_page (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* Sets up the transformation for the cairo context obtained from
* #GtkPrintContext in such a way that distances are measured in
* units of @unit.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_unit (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1772,8 +1692,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_unit (GtkPrintOperation *op,
*
* This function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it should
* not be enabled unless needed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_track_print_status (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1840,8 +1758,6 @@ _gtk_print_operation_set_status (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* Also see gtk_print_operation_get_status_string().
*
* Returns: the status of the print operation
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GtkPrintStatus
gtk_print_operation_get_status (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -1865,8 +1781,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_status (GtkPrintOperation *op)
*
* Returns: a string representation of the status
* of the print operation
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
const gchar *
gtk_print_operation_get_status_string (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -1889,8 +1803,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_status_string (GtkPrintOperation *op)
* the operation status then tracks the print job status on the printer.
*
* Returns: %TRUE, if the print operation is finished.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_print_operation_is_finished (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -1912,8 +1824,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_is_finished (GtkPrintOperation *op)
*
* If @show_progress is %TRUE, the print operation will show a
* progress dialog during the print operation.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_show_progress (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1943,8 +1853,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_show_progress (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* Sets whether the gtk_print_operation_run() may return
* before the print operation is completed. Note that
* some platforms may not allow asynchronous operation.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_allow_async (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -1973,8 +1881,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_allow_async (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* @label: (allow-none): the label to use, or %NULL to use the default label
*
* Sets the label for the tab holding custom widgets.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_custom_tab_label (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -2006,8 +1912,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_custom_tab_label (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* “Print to PDF” support is independent of this and is done
* by letting the user pick the “Print to PDF” item from the list
* of printers in the print dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_export_filename (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -2396,8 +2300,6 @@ update_progress (PrintPagesData *data)
* be used for drawing page in another thread.
*
* This function must be called in the callback of “draw-page” signal.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
**/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -2416,8 +2318,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing (GtkPrintOperation *op)
*
* Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page.
* Selected page setup is stored as default page setup in #GtkPrintOperation.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -2444,8 +2344,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:embed-page-setup property.
*
* Returns: whether page setup selection combos are embedded
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_operation_get_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -2466,8 +2364,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op)
* If gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing() was called before, then this function
* has to be called by application. In another case it is called by the library
* itself.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
**/
void
gtk_print_operation_draw_page_finish (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -3106,8 +3002,6 @@ print_pages (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR, either as returned by
* gtk_print_operation_run(), or in the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal
* handler. The returned #GError will contain more details on what went wrong.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_print_operation_get_error (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -3192,8 +3086,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_error (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS means the operation is running
* asynchronously, and will emit the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal when
* done.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GtkPrintOperationResult
gtk_print_operation_run (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -3289,8 +3181,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_run (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* #GtkPrintOperation::paginate or #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page
* signal handler to stop the currently running print
* operation.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_cancel (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -3306,8 +3196,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_cancel (GtkPrintOperation *op)
* @support_selection: %TRUE to support selection
*
* Sets whether selection is supported by #GtkPrintOperation.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_support_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -3334,8 +3222,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_support_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:support-selection property.
*
* Returns: whether the application supports print of selection
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_operation_get_support_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -3355,8 +3241,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_support_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op)
* Application has to set number of pages to which the selection
* will draw by gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages() in a callback of
* #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_set_has_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op,
@@ -3383,8 +3267,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_has_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op,
* Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:has-selection property.
*
* Returns: whether there is a selection
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_operation_get_has_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op)
@@ -3409,8 +3291,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_has_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op)
* This is typically used to track the progress of print operation.
*
* Returns: the number of pages that will be printed
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gint
gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print (GtkPrintOperation *op)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c
index b996d35..cea332f 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c
@@ -122,8 +122,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_preview_base_init (gpointer g_iface)
*
* Note that this function requires a suitable cairo context to
* be associated with the print context.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_preview_render_page (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview,
@@ -142,8 +140,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_preview_render_page (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview,
* Ends a preview.
*
* This function must be called to finish a custom print preview.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_operation_preview_end_preview (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview)
@@ -162,8 +158,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_preview_end_preview (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview)
* have been selected for printing.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the page has been selected for printing
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_operation_preview_is_selected (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c
index 63e8da9..89854cf 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c
@@ -101,8 +101,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_class_init (GtkPrintSettingsClass *class)
* Creates a new #GtkPrintSettings object.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPrintSettings object
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintSettings *
gtk_print_settings_new (void)
@@ -131,8 +129,6 @@ copy_hash_entry (gpointer key,
* Copies a #GtkPrintSettings object.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated copy of @other
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintSettings *
gtk_print_settings_copy (GtkPrintSettings *other)
@@ -161,8 +157,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_copy (GtkPrintSettings *other)
* Looks up the string value associated with @key.
*
* Returns: the string value for @key
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_print_settings_get (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -178,8 +172,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* @value: (allow-none): a string value, or %NULL
*
* Associates @value with @key.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -201,8 +193,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
*
* Removes any value associated with @key.
* This has the same effect as setting the value to %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_unset (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -219,8 +209,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_unset (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Returns %TRUE, if a value is associated with @key.
*
* Returns: %TRUE, if @key has a value
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_settings_has_key (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -242,8 +230,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_has_key (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* string %FALSE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE, if @key maps to a true value.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_print_settings_get_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -272,8 +258,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* “false” represents %FALSE.
*
* Returns: the boolean value associated with @key
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
static gboolean
gtk_print_settings_get_bool_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -299,8 +283,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_bool_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* @value: a boolean
*
* Sets @key to a boolean value.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -326,8 +308,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Floating point numbers are parsed with g_ascii_strtod().
*
* Returns: the floating point number associated with @key
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_settings_get_double_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -351,8 +331,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_double_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Returns the double value associated with @key, or 0.
*
* Returns: the double value of @key
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_settings_get_double (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -368,8 +346,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_double (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* @value: a double value
*
* Sets @key to a double value.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_double (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -392,8 +368,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_double (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* as a length. The returned value is converted to @units.
*
* Returns: the length value of @key, converted to @unit
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_settings_get_length (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -412,8 +386,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_length (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* @unit: the unit of @length
*
* Associates a length in units of @unit with @key.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_length (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -435,8 +407,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_length (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* an integer, or the default value.
*
* Returns: the integer value of @key
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_print_settings_get_int_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -460,8 +430,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_int_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Returns the integer value of @key, or 0.
*
* Returns: the integer value of @key
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_print_settings_get_int (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -477,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_int (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* @value: an integer
*
* Sets @key to an integer value.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_int (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -497,8 +463,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_int (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* @user_data: user data for @func
*
* Calls @func for each key-value pair of @settings.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_foreach (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -516,8 +480,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_foreach (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER.
*
* Returns: the printer name
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_print_settings_get_printer (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -533,8 +495,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_printer (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
*
* Convenience function to set %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER
* to @printer.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_printer (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -551,8 +511,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_printer (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* converted to a #GtkPageOrientation.
*
* Returns: the orientation
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageOrientation
gtk_print_settings_get_orientation (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -582,8 +540,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_orientation (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @orientation: a page orientation
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_orientation (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -618,8 +574,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_orientation (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* converted to a #GtkPaperSize.
*
* Returns: the paper size
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPaperSize *
gtk_print_settings_get_paper_size (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -651,8 +605,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_paper_size (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT,
* %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH and
* %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_paper_size (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -695,8 +647,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_paper_size (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* converted to @unit.
*
* Returns: the paper width, in units of @unit
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_settings_get_paper_width (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -712,8 +662,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_paper_width (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* @unit: the units of @width
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_paper_width (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -732,8 +680,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_paper_width (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* converted to @unit.
*
* Returns: the paper height, in units of @unit
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_settings_get_paper_height (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -751,8 +697,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_paper_height (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* @unit: the units of @height
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_paper_height (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -771,8 +715,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_paper_height (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR.
*
* Returns: whether to use color
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_settings_get_use_color (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -788,8 +730,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_use_color (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @use_color: whether to use color
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_use_color (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -807,8 +747,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_use_color (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE.
*
* Returns: whether to collate the printed pages
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_settings_get_collate (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -824,8 +762,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_collate (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @collate: whether to collate the output
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_collate (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -843,8 +779,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_collate (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE.
*
* Returns: whether to reverse the order of the printed pages
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_settings_get_reverse (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -859,8 +793,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_reverse (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @reverse: whether to reverse the output
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_reverse (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -878,8 +810,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_reverse (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX.
*
* Returns: whether to print the output in duplex.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintDuplex
gtk_print_settings_get_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -906,8 +836,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @duplex: a #GtkPrintDuplex value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -939,8 +867,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY.
*
* Returns: the print quality
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintQuality
gtk_print_settings_get_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -970,8 +896,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @quality: a #GtkPrintQuality value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1006,8 +930,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET.
*
* Returns: the set of pages to print
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageSet
gtk_print_settings_get_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1034,8 +956,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @page_set: a #GtkPageSet value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1067,8 +987,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT.
*
* Returns: layout of page in number-up mode
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GtkNumberUpLayout
gtk_print_settings_get_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1107,8 +1025,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @number_up_layout: a #GtkNumberUpLayout value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1134,8 +1050,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES.
*
* Returns: the number of copies to print
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_print_settings_get_n_copies (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1149,8 +1063,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_n_copies (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @num_copies: the number of copies
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_n_copies (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1167,8 +1079,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_n_copies (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP.
*
* Returns: the number of pages per sheet
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_print_settings_get_number_up (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1182,8 +1092,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_number_up (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @number_up: the number of pages per sheet
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_number_up (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1200,8 +1108,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_number_up (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION.
*
* Returns: the resolution in dpi
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_print_settings_get_resolution (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1217,8 +1123,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_resolution (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION,
* %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and
* %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_resolution (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1239,8 +1143,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_resolution (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X.
*
* Returns: the horizontal resolution in dpi
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gint
gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_x (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1255,8 +1157,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_x (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.
*
* Returns: the vertical resolution in dpi
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gint
gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_y (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1273,8 +1173,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_y (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION,
* %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and
* %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_resolution_xy (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1296,8 +1194,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_resolution_xy (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI.
*
* Returns: the resolution in lpi (lines per inch)
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_settings_get_printer_lpi (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1311,8 +1207,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_printer_lpi (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @lpi: the resolution in lpi (lines per inch)
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_printer_lpi (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1329,8 +1223,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_printer_lpi (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE.
*
* Returns: the scale in percent
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gdouble
gtk_print_settings_get_scale (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1346,8 +1238,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_scale (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @scale: the scale in percent
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_scale (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1364,8 +1254,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_scale (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES.
*
* Returns: which pages to print
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintPages
gtk_print_settings_get_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1395,8 +1283,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @pages: a #GtkPrintPages value
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1434,8 +1320,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Returns: (array length=num_ranges) (transfer full): an array
* of #GtkPageRanges. Use g_free() to free the array when
* it is no longer needed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageRange *
gtk_print_settings_get_page_ranges (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1494,8 +1378,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_page_ranges (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* @num_ranges: the length of @page_ranges
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_page_ranges (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1533,8 +1415,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_page_ranges (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE.
*
* Returns: the default source
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_print_settings_get_default_source (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1548,8 +1428,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_default_source (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @default_source: the default source
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_default_source (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1567,8 +1445,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_default_source (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG.
*
* Returns: the media type
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_print_settings_get_media_type (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1584,8 +1460,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_media_type (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE.
*
* The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_media_type (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1601,8 +1475,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_media_type (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER.
*
* Returns: the dithering that is used
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_print_settings_get_dither (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1616,8 +1488,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_dither (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @dither: the dithering that is used
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_dither (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1633,8 +1503,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_dither (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS.
*
* Returns: the finishings
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_print_settings_get_finishings (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1648,8 +1516,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_finishings (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @finishings: the finishings
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_finishings (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1665,8 +1531,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_finishings (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN.
*
* Returns: the output bin
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_print_settings_get_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1680,8 +1544,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* @output_bin: the output bin
*
* Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_set_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1701,8 +1563,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* See gtk_print_settings_to_file().
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_settings_load_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1737,8 +1597,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_load_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* #GKeyFileError. See gtk_print_settings_to_file().
*
* Returns: the restored #GtkPrintSettings
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkPrintSettings *
gtk_print_settings_new_from_file (const gchar *file_name,
@@ -1768,8 +1626,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_new_from_file (const gchar *file_name,
* #GKeyFileError.
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_settings_load_key_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1830,8 +1686,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_load_key_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
* a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError.
*
* Returns: the restored #GtkPrintSettings
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkPrintSettings *
gtk_print_settings_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file,
@@ -1861,8 +1715,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file,
* #GKeyFileError.
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_settings_to_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1918,8 +1770,6 @@ add_value_to_key_file (const gchar *key,
* %NULL to use the default “Print Settings”
*
* This function adds the print settings from @settings to @key_file.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_print_settings_to_key_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
@@ -1958,8 +1808,6 @@ add_to_variant (const gchar *key,
* Serialize print settings to an a{sv} variant.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GVariant *
gtk_print_settings_to_gvariant (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
@@ -1980,8 +1828,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_to_gvariant (GtkPrintSettings *settings)
* the format produced by gtk_print_settings_to_gvariant().
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPrintSettings object
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GtkPrintSettings *
gtk_print_settings_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.h b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.h
index d97b7a3..6587400 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.h
@@ -171,8 +171,6 @@ void gtk_print_settings_set_int (GtkPrintSettings
*
* The key used by the “Print to file” printer to store the
* directory to which the output should be written.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
#define GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_DIR "output-dir"
@@ -182,8 +180,6 @@ void gtk_print_settings_set_int (GtkPrintSettings
* The key used by the “Print to file” printer to store the file
* name of the output without the path to the directory and the
* file extension.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
#define GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BASENAME "output-basename"
@@ -344,9 +340,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_print_settings_set_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings,
const gchar *output_bin);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GVariant *gtk_print_settings_to_gvariant (GtkPrintSettings *settings);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkPrintSettings *gtk_print_settings_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c b/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c
index 6feb0aa..c4f8e80 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c
@@ -3374,8 +3374,6 @@ page_name_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout,
* Creates a new #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPrintUnixDialog
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_print_unix_dialog_new (const gchar *title,
@@ -3398,8 +3396,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_new (const gchar *title,
* Gets the currently selected printer.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the currently selected printer
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrinter *
gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_selected_printer (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
@@ -3415,8 +3411,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_selected_printer (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
* @page_setup: a #GtkPageSetup
*
* Sets the page setup of the #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -3447,8 +3441,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
* Gets the page setup that is used by the #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the page setup of @dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPageSetup *
gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
@@ -3465,8 +3457,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
* Gets the page setup that is used by the #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
*
* Returns: whether a page setup was set by user.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_page_setup_set (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
@@ -3483,8 +3473,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_page_setup_set (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
*
* Sets the current page number. If @current_page is not -1, this enables
* the current page choice for the range of pages to print.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_current_page (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -3514,8 +3502,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_current_page (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
* Gets the current page of the #GtkPrintUnixDialog.
*
* Returns: the current page of @dialog
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_current_page (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
@@ -3579,8 +3565,6 @@ set_active_printer (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
* Sets the #GtkPrintSettings for the #GtkPrintUnixDialog. Typically,
* this is used to restore saved print settings from a previous print
* operation before the print dialog is shown.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_settings (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -3646,8 +3630,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_settings (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
* if don’t want to keep it.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkPrintSettings object with the values from @dialog
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkPrintSettings *
gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_settings (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
@@ -3714,8 +3696,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_settings (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
* @tab_label: the widget to use as tab label
*
* Adds a custom tab to the print dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_unix_dialog_add_custom_tab (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -3738,8 +3718,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_add_custom_tab (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
* you pass #GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_SCALE. If you don’t pass that, then
* the dialog will only let you select the scale if the printing
* system automatically handles scaling.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_manual_capabilities (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -3774,8 +3752,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_manual_capabilities (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
* Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:manual-capabilities property.
*
* Returns: the printing capabilities
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
GtkPrintCapabilities
gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_manual_capabilities (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
@@ -3791,8 +3767,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_manual_capabilities (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
* @support_selection: %TRUE to allow print selection
*
* Sets whether the print dialog allows user to print a selection.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_support_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -3834,8 +3808,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_support_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
* Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:support-selection property.
*
* Returns: whether the application supports print of selection
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_support_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
@@ -3851,8 +3823,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_support_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
* @has_selection: %TRUE indicates that a selection exists
*
* Sets whether a selection exists.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_has_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -3888,8 +3858,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_has_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
* Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:has-selection property.
*
* Returns: whether there is a selection
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_has_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
@@ -3905,8 +3873,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_has_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
* @embed: embed page setup selection
*
* Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
@@ -3956,8 +3922,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog,
* Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:embed-page-setup property.
*
* Returns: whether there is a selection
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c b/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c
index 5383cdb..73aab49 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c
@@ -229,8 +229,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_class_init (GtkProgressBarClass *class)
* showing text (even if the actual text is blank), set
* #GtkProgressBar:show-text to %TRUE and #GtkProgressBar:text
* to the empty string (not %NULL).
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
progress_props[PROP_SHOW_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("show-text",
@@ -250,8 +248,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_class_init (GtkProgressBarClass *class)
* %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE has the side-effect that the progress bar requests
* only enough space to display the ellipsis ("..."). Another means to set a
* progress bar's width is gtk_widget_set_size_request().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
progress_props[PROP_ELLIPSIZE] =
g_param_spec_enum ("ellipsize",
@@ -1015,8 +1011,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_set_text (GtkProgressBar *pbar,
* To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for containing
* text (even if the actual text is blank), set #GtkProgressBar:show-text to
* %TRUE and #GtkProgressBar:text to the empty string (not %NULL).
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text (GtkProgressBar *pbar,
@@ -1070,8 +1064,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text (GtkProgressBar *pbar,
* See gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if text is shown in the progress bar
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_progress_bar_get_show_text (GtkProgressBar *pbar)
@@ -1237,8 +1229,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_get_inverted (GtkProgressBar *pbar)
*
* Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") the
* text if there is not enough space to render the entire string.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize (GtkProgressBar *pbar,
@@ -1272,8 +1262,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize (GtkProgressBar *pbar,
* See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize().
*
* Returns: #PangoEllipsizeMode
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
PangoEllipsizeMode
gtk_progress_bar_get_ellipsize (GtkProgressBar *pbar)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c b/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c
index a2cdaaa..514f274 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c
@@ -205,8 +205,6 @@ gtk_radio_button_class_init (GtkRadioButtonClass *class)
* vice-versa, and when a button is moved from one group of 2 or
* more buttons to a different one, but not when the composition
* of the group that a button belongs to changes.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
group_changed_signal = g_signal_new (I_("group-changed"),
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (gobject_class),
@@ -391,8 +389,6 @@ gtk_radio_button_set_group (GtkRadioButton *radio_button,
* last_button = radio_button;
* }
* ]|
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_radio_button_join_group (GtkRadioButton *radio_button,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c
index 43d999a..ec66f8d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c
@@ -300,8 +300,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (GSList *group,
* Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem adding it to the same group as @group.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group)
@@ -329,8 +327,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_new_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group)
* The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group,
@@ -355,8 +351,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group,
* The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group,
@@ -414,8 +408,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_class_init (GtkRadioMenuItemClass *klass)
* GtkRadioMenuItem:group:
*
* The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_GROUP,
@@ -435,8 +427,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_class_init (GtkRadioMenuItemClass *klass)
* vice-versa, and when a button is moved from one group of 2 or
* more menu items ton a different one, but not when the composition
* of the group that a menu item belongs to changes.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
group_changed_signal = g_signal_new (I_("group-changed"),
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (gobject_class),
@@ -590,8 +580,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_activate (GtkMenuItem *menu_item)
* last_item = radio_item;
* }
* ]|
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_radio_menu_item_join_group (GtkRadioMenuItem *radio_menu_item,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h
index b3fe990..02b2ea2 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_radio_menu_item_set_group (GtkRadioMenuItem *radio_menu_item,
GSList *group);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_radio_menu_item_join_group (GtkRadioMenuItem *radio_menu_item,
GtkRadioMenuItem *group_source);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c
index 74e2681..a166867 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c
@@ -74,8 +74,6 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_class_init (GtkRadioToolButtonClass *klass)
* GtkRadioToolButton:group:
*
* Sets a new group for a radio tool button.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_GROUP,
@@ -133,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_set_property (GObject *object,
* Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton, adding it to @group.
*
* Returns: The new #GtkRadioToolButton
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkToolItem *
gtk_radio_tool_button_new (GSList *group)
@@ -156,8 +152,6 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_new (GSList *group)
* Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton adding it to the same group as @gruup
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioToolButton
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkToolItem *
gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_widget (GtkRadioToolButton *group)
@@ -185,8 +179,6 @@ get_radio_button (GtkRadioToolButton *button)
* Returns the radio button group @button belongs to.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (element-type GtkRadioButton): The group @button belongs to.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GSList *
gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GtkRadioToolButton *button)
@@ -202,8 +194,6 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GtkRadioToolButton *button)
* @group: (element-type GtkRadioButton) (allow-none): an existing radio button group, or %NULL
*
* Adds @button to @group, removing it from the group it belonged to before.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_radio_tool_button_set_group (GtkRadioToolButton *button,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrange.c b/gtk/gtkrange.c
index 54b4186..4c7c05a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrange.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrange.c
@@ -363,8 +363,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class)
*
* Returns: %TRUE to prevent other handlers from being invoked for
* the signal, %FALSE to propagate the signal further
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
signals[CHANGE_VALUE] =
g_signal_new (I_("change-value"),
@@ -399,8 +397,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class)
* The show-fill-level property controls whether fill level indicator
* graphics are displayed on the trough. See
* gtk_range_set_show_fill_level().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
properties[PROP_SHOW_FILL_LEVEL] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("show-fill-level",
@@ -415,8 +411,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class)
* The restrict-to-fill-level property controls whether slider
* movement is restricted to an upper boundary set by the
* fill level. See gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
properties[PROP_RESTRICT_TO_FILL_LEVEL] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("restrict-to-fill-level",
@@ -430,8 +424,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class)
*
* The fill level (e.g. prebuffering of a network stream).
* See gtk_range_set_fill_level().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
properties[PROP_FILL_LEVEL] =
g_param_spec_double ("fill-level",
@@ -446,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class)
*
* The number of digits to round the value to when
* it changes, or -1. See #GtkRange::change-value.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
properties[PROP_ROUND_DIGITS] =
g_param_spec_int ("round-digits",
@@ -817,8 +807,6 @@ gtk_range_get_inverted (GtkRange *range)
* horizontal and its direction is %GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL.
*
* See gtk_widget_get_direction().
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_range_set_flippable (GtkRange *range,
@@ -849,8 +837,6 @@ gtk_range_set_flippable (GtkRange *range,
* Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_flippable().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the range is flippable
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_range_get_flippable (GtkRange *range)
@@ -869,8 +855,6 @@ gtk_range_get_flippable (GtkRange *range)
* depends on its adjustment’s page size.
*
* This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
void
gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed (GtkRange *range,
@@ -900,8 +884,6 @@ gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed (GtkRange *range,
* See gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed().
*
* Returns: whether the range’s slider has a fixed size.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_range_get_slider_size_fixed (GtkRange *range)
@@ -920,8 +902,6 @@ gtk_range_get_slider_size_fixed (GtkRange *range)
* in coordinates relative to @range's origin.
*
* This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
void
gtk_range_get_range_rect (GtkRange *range,
@@ -945,8 +925,6 @@ gtk_range_get_range_rect (GtkRange *range,
* in widget->window coordinates.
*
* This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
void
gtk_range_get_slider_range (GtkRange *range,
@@ -1099,8 +1077,6 @@ gtk_range_get_value (GtkRange *range)
* Sets whether a graphical fill level is show on the trough. See
* gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill
* level concept.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_range_set_show_fill_level (GtkRange *range,
@@ -1142,8 +1118,6 @@ gtk_range_set_show_fill_level (GtkRange *range,
* Gets whether the range displays the fill level graphically.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @range shows the fill level.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_range_get_show_fill_level (GtkRange *range)
@@ -1161,8 +1135,6 @@ gtk_range_get_show_fill_level (GtkRange *range)
* Sets whether the slider is restricted to the fill level. See
* gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill
* level concept.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level (GtkRange *range,
@@ -1192,8 +1164,6 @@ gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level (GtkRange *range,
* Gets whether the range is restricted to the fill level.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @range is restricted to the fill level.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_range_get_restrict_to_fill_level (GtkRange *range)
@@ -1225,8 +1195,6 @@ gtk_range_get_restrict_to_fill_level (GtkRange *range)
* to values which are smaller than the fill level. This is controller
* by gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level() and is by default
* enabled.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_range_set_fill_level (GtkRange *range,
@@ -1258,8 +1226,6 @@ gtk_range_set_fill_level (GtkRange *range,
* Gets the current position of the fill level indicator.
*
* Returns: The current fill level
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
gdouble
gtk_range_get_fill_level (GtkRange *range)
@@ -3000,8 +2966,6 @@ _gtk_range_get_stop_positions (GtkRange *range,
*
* Sets the number of digits to round the value to when
* it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
void
gtk_range_set_round_digits (GtkRange *range,
@@ -3025,8 +2989,6 @@ gtk_range_set_round_digits (GtkRange *range,
* it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value.
*
* Returns: the number of digits to round to
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
gint
gtk_range_get_round_digits (GtkRange *range)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c
index ed37018..7d09ce7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c
@@ -136,8 +136,6 @@ typedef struct
*
* #GtkRecentInfo constains all the meta-data
* associated with an entry in the recently used files list.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
struct _GtkRecentInfo
{
@@ -277,8 +275,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_class_init (GtkRecentManagerClass *klass)
*
* The full path to the file to be used to store and read the
* recently used resources list
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_FILENAME,
@@ -292,8 +288,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_class_init (GtkRecentManagerClass *klass)
* GtkRecentManager:size:
*
* The size of the recently used resources list.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SIZE,
@@ -310,8 +304,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_class_init (GtkRecentManagerClass *klass)
* Emitted when the current recently used resources manager changes
* its contents, either by calling gtk_recent_manager_add_item() or
* by another application.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
signal_changed =
g_signal_new (I_("changed"),
@@ -738,8 +730,6 @@ build_recent_items_list (GtkRecentManager *manager)
* needed. You should use gtk_recent_manager_get_default() instead.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkRecentManager object
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkRecentManager *
gtk_recent_manager_new (void)
@@ -755,8 +745,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_new (void)
*
* Returns: (transfer none): A unique #GtkRecentManager. Do not ref or
* unref it.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkRecentManager *
gtk_recent_manager_get_default (void)
@@ -845,8 +833,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_item_query_info (GObject *source_object,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the new item was successfully added
* to the recently used resources list
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_manager_add_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
@@ -900,8 +886,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the new item was successfully added to the
* recently used resources list, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_manager_add_full (GtkRecentManager *manager,
@@ -1024,8 +1008,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_full (GtkRecentManager *manager,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the item pointed by @uri has been successfully
* removed by the recently used resources list, and %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_manager_remove_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
@@ -1082,8 +1064,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_remove_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
* with @uri inside the recent manager.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the resource was found, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_manager_has_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
@@ -1175,8 +1155,6 @@ build_recent_info (GBookmarkFile *bookmarks,
* about the resource pointed by @uri, or %NULL if the URI was
* not registered in the recently used resources list. Free with
* gtk_recent_info_unref().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkRecentInfo *
gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
@@ -1238,8 +1216,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item (GtkRecentManager *manager,
* by the URIs, but only the URI used in the recently used resources list.
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_manager_move_item (GtkRecentManager *recent_manager,
@@ -1305,8 +1281,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_move_item (GtkRecentManager *recent_manager,
* newly allocated #GtkRecentInfo objects. Use
* gtk_recent_info_unref() on each item inside the list, and then
* free the list itself using g_list_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GList *
gtk_recent_manager_get_items (GtkRecentManager *manager)
@@ -1365,8 +1339,6 @@ purge_recent_items_list (GtkRecentManager *manager,
*
* Returns: the number of items that have been removed from the
* recently used resources list
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_recent_manager_purge_items (GtkRecentManager *manager,
@@ -1550,8 +1522,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_free (GtkRecentInfo *recent_info)
*
* Returns: the recent info object with its reference count
* increased by one
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkRecentInfo *
gtk_recent_info_ref (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1570,8 +1540,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_ref (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Decreases the reference count of @info by one. If the reference
* count reaches zero, @info is deallocated, and the memory freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_recent_info_unref (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1593,8 +1561,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_unref (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: the URI of the resource. The returned string is
* owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_recent_info_get_uri (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1613,8 +1579,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_uri (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: the display name of the resource. The returned string
* is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_recent_info_get_display_name (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1635,8 +1599,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_display_name (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: the description of the resource. The returned string
* is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
const gchar *
gtk_recent_info_get_description (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1654,8 +1616,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_description (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: the MIME type of the resource. The returned string
* is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_recent_info_get_mime_type (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1677,8 +1637,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_mime_type (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
* the resource was added to the list, or -1 on failure.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
time_t
gtk_recent_info_get_added (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1697,8 +1655,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_added (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
* the resource was last modified, or -1 on failure.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
time_t
gtk_recent_info_get_modified (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1717,8 +1673,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_modified (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when
* the resource was last visited, or -1 on failure.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
time_t
gtk_recent_info_get_visited (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1737,8 +1691,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_visited (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* applications that have registered them.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the private flag was found, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_info_get_private_hint (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1797,8 +1749,6 @@ recent_app_info_free (RecentAppInfo *app_info)
* resource inside the recently used list, or %FALSE otherwise. The
* @app_exec string is owned by the #GtkRecentInfo and should not be
* modified or freed
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_info_get_application_info (GtkRecentInfo *info,
@@ -1845,8 +1795,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_application_info (GtkRecentInfo *info,
* Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full):
* a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings.
* Use g_strfreev() to free it.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gchar **
gtk_recent_info_get_applications (GtkRecentInfo *info,
@@ -1897,8 +1845,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_applications (GtkRecentInfo *info,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if an application with name @app_name was found,
* %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_info_has_application (GtkRecentInfo *info,
@@ -1918,8 +1864,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_has_application (GtkRecentInfo *info,
* recently used resource represented by @info.
*
* Returns: an application name. Use g_free() to free it.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gchar *
gtk_recent_info_last_application (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1952,8 +1896,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_last_application (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GIcon containing the icon, or %NULL.
* Use g_object_unref() when finished using the icon
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
GIcon *
gtk_recent_info_get_gicon (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -1989,8 +1931,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_gicon (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* scheme of its URI.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the resource is local
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_info_is_local (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -2009,8 +1949,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_is_local (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* to local files.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the resource exists
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_info_exists (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -2047,8 +1985,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_exists (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if both #GtkRecentInfo-struct point to the same
* resource, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_info_match (GtkRecentInfo *info_a,
@@ -2195,8 +2131,6 @@ get_uri_shortname_for_display (const gchar *uri)
*
* Returns: A newly-allocated string in UTF-8 encoding
* free it with g_free()
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gchar *
gtk_recent_info_get_short_name (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -2223,8 +2157,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_short_name (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: (nullable): a newly allocated UTF-8 string containing the
* resource’s URI or %NULL. Use g_free() when done using it.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gchar *
gtk_recent_info_get_uri_display (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -2262,8 +2194,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_uri_display (GtkRecentInfo *info)
*
* Returns: a positive integer containing the number of days
* elapsed since the time this resource was last modified
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gint
gtk_recent_info_get_age (GtkRecentInfo *info)
@@ -2294,8 +2224,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_age (GtkRecentInfo *info)
* Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full):
* a newly allocated %NULL terminated array of strings.
* Use g_strfreev() to free it.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gchar **
gtk_recent_info_get_groups (GtkRecentInfo *info,
@@ -2346,8 +2274,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_groups (GtkRecentInfo *info,
* registered for the recently used item @info.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the group was found
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_recent_info_has_group (GtkRecentInfo *info,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h
index f77684c..cd82c6b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h
@@ -86,8 +86,6 @@ struct _GtkRecentData
*
* #GtkRecentManager-struct contains only private data
* and should be accessed using the provided API.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
struct _GtkRecentManager
{
@@ -101,8 +99,6 @@ struct _GtkRecentManager
* GtkRecentManagerClass:
*
* #GtkRecentManagerClass contains only private data.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
struct _GtkRecentManagerClass
{
@@ -134,8 +130,6 @@ struct _GtkRecentManagerClass
* @GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_UNKNOWN: unspecified error.
*
* Error codes for #GtkRecentManager operations
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -152,8 +146,6 @@ typedef enum
* GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR:
*
* The #GError domain for #GtkRecentManager errors.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
#define GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR (gtk_recent_manager_error_quark ())
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrender.c b/gtk/gtkrender.c
index 5c62287..c058f59 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrender.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrender.c
@@ -79,8 +79,6 @@ gtk_do_render_check (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Typical checkmark rendering:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_check (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -137,8 +135,6 @@ gtk_do_render_option (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Typical option mark rendering:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_option (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -207,8 +203,6 @@ gtk_do_render_arrow (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Typical arrow rendering at 0, 1⁄2 π;, π; and 3⁄2 π:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_arrow (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -242,8 +236,6 @@ gtk_render_arrow (GtkStyleContext *context,
* `background-image`, `border-width` and `border-radius`:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0.
**/
void
gtk_render_background (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -275,8 +267,6 @@ gtk_render_background (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Returns the area that will be affected (i.e. drawn to) when
* calling gtk_render_background() for the given @context and
* rectangle.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_render_background_get_clip (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -311,8 +301,6 @@ gtk_render_background_get_clip (GtkStyleContext *context,
* `border-color`, `border-width`, `border-radius` and junctions:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_frame (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -387,8 +375,6 @@ gtk_do_render_expander (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Typical expander rendering:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_expander (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -421,8 +407,6 @@ gtk_render_expander (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Typical focus rendering:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_focus (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -500,8 +484,6 @@ gtk_do_render_layout (GtkStyleContext *context,
* @layout: the #PangoLayout to render
*
* Renders @layout on the coordinates @x, @y
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_layout (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -553,8 +535,6 @@ gtk_do_render_line (GtkStyleContext *context,
* @y1: Y coordinate for the end of the line
*
* Renders a line from (x0, y0) to (x1, y1).
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_line (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -608,8 +588,6 @@ gtk_do_render_slider (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Typical slider rendering:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_slider (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -722,8 +700,6 @@ gtk_css_style_render_frame_gap (GtkCssStyle *style,
* Typical rendering of a frame with a gap:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_frame_gap (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -797,8 +773,6 @@ gtk_do_render_handle (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Handles rendered for the paned and grip classes:
*
* 
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_handle (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -829,8 +803,6 @@ gtk_render_handle (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Renders an activity indicator (such as in #GtkSpinner).
* The state %GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED determines whether there is
* activity going on.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_render_activity (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -865,8 +837,6 @@ gtk_render_activity (GtkStyleContext *context,
*
* You probably want to use gtk_render_icon_surface() instead, if you
* already have a Cairo surface.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_render_icon (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -899,8 +869,6 @@ gtk_render_icon (GtkStyleContext *context,
* @y: Y position for the @incon
*
* Renders the icon in @surface at the specified @x and @y coordinates.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
void
gtk_render_icon_surface (GtkStyleContext *context,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrender.h b/gtk/gtkrender.h
index 21caea9..a140874 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrender.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkrender.h
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ void gtk_render_background (GtkStyleContext *context,
gdouble width,
gdouble height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_render_background_get_clip (GtkStyleContext *context,
gdouble x,
gdouble y,
@@ -134,13 +134,13 @@ void gtk_render_activity (GtkStyleContext *context,
gdouble y,
gdouble width,
gdouble height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_render_icon (GtkStyleContext *context,
cairo_t *cr,
GdkTexture *texture,
gdouble x,
gdouble y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_render_icon_surface (GtkStyleContext *context,
cairo_t *cr,
cairo_surface_t *surface,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrevealer.c b/gtk/gtkrevealer.c
index af9a5de..8fc7219 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrevealer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkrevealer.c
@@ -271,8 +271,6 @@ gtk_revealer_class_init (GtkRevealerClass *klass)
* Creates a new #GtkRevealer.
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkRevealer
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_revealer_new (void)
@@ -497,8 +495,6 @@ gtk_revealer_start_animation (GtkRevealer *revealer,
*
* The transition will be animated with the current
* transition type of @revealer.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_revealer_set_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer,
@@ -525,8 +521,6 @@ gtk_revealer_set_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer,
* use gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the child is revealed.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_revealer_get_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer)
@@ -546,8 +540,6 @@ gtk_revealer_get_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer)
* the transition to the revealed state is completed.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the child is fully revealed
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed (GtkRevealer *revealer)
@@ -662,8 +654,6 @@ gtk_revealer_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
* transitions will take.
*
* Returns: the transition duration
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
guint
gtk_revealer_get_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer)
@@ -681,8 +671,6 @@ gtk_revealer_get_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer)
* @duration: the new duration, in milliseconds
*
* Sets the duration that transitions will take.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_revealer_set_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer,
@@ -707,8 +695,6 @@ gtk_revealer_set_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer,
* for transitions in @revealer.
*
* Returns: the current transition type of @revealer
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkRevealerTransitionType
gtk_revealer_get_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer)
@@ -728,8 +714,6 @@ gtk_revealer_get_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer)
* Sets the type of animation that will be used for
* transitions in @revealer. Available types include
* various kinds of fades and slides.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_revealer_set_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkrevealer.h b/gtk/gtkrevealer.h
index f37a282..4faffab 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkrevealer.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkrevealer.h
@@ -58,26 +58,26 @@ struct _GtkRevealerClass {
GtkBinClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_revealer_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_revealer_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_revealer_get_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_revealer_set_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer,
gboolean reveal_child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed (GtkRevealer *revealer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_revealer_get_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_revealer_set_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer,
guint duration);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_revealer_set_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer,
GtkRevealerTransitionType transition);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkRevealerTransitionType gtk_revealer_get_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscale.c b/gtk/gtkscale.c
index 1cf3361..d715105 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscale.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscale.c
@@ -956,8 +956,6 @@ gtk_scale_get_property (GObject *object,
* Creates a new #GtkScale.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkScale
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_scale_new (GtkOrientation orientation,
@@ -990,8 +988,6 @@ gtk_scale_new (GtkOrientation orientation,
* needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkScale
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_scale_new_with_range (GtkOrientation orientation,
@@ -1191,8 +1187,6 @@ gtk_scale_get_draw_value (GtkScale *scale)
* If #GtkScale:has-origin is set to %TRUE (the default), the scale will
* highlight the part of the trough between the origin (bottom or left side)
* and the current value.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_scale_set_has_origin (GtkScale *scale,
@@ -1219,8 +1213,6 @@ gtk_scale_set_has_origin (GtkScale *scale,
* Returns whether the scale has an origin.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the scale has an origin.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_scale_get_has_origin (GtkScale *scale)
@@ -1614,8 +1606,6 @@ gtk_scale_finalize (GObject *object)
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the #PangoLayout for this scale,
* or %NULL if the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
PangoLayout *
gtk_scale_get_layout (GtkScale *scale)
@@ -1641,8 +1631,6 @@ gtk_scale_get_layout (GtkScale *scale)
*
* If the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE, the return
* values are undefined.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_scale_get_layout_offsets (GtkScale *scale,
@@ -1683,8 +1671,6 @@ gtk_scale_mark_free (gpointer data)
* @scale: a #GtkScale
*
* Removes any marks that have been added with gtk_scale_add_mark().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_scale_clear_marks (GtkScale *scale)
@@ -1741,8 +1727,6 @@ gtk_scale_clear_marks (GtkScale *scale)
* If @markup is not %NULL, text is shown next to the tick mark.
*
* To remove marks from a scale, use gtk_scale_clear_marks().
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
void
gtk_scale_add_mark (GtkScale *scale,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscale.h b/gtk/gtkscale.h
index 4e84309..e92df52 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscale.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkscale.h
@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ void gtk_scale_set_draw_value (GtkScale *scale,
gboolean draw_value);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_scale_get_draw_value (GtkScale *scale);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scale_set_has_origin (GtkScale *scale,
gboolean has_origin);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_scale_get_has_origin (GtkScale *scale);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scale_set_value_pos (GtkScale *scale,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c b/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c
index ba415bf..ddfa5aa 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c
@@ -186,8 +186,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass)
* #GtkOrientable interface which has its own @orientation
* property. However we redefine the property here in order to
* override its default horizontal orientation.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
g_object_class_override_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ORIENTATION,
@@ -229,8 +227,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass)
* It is recommended to use at least 3 icons so that the
* #GtkScaleButton reflects the current value of the scale
* better for the users.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ICONS,
@@ -247,8 +243,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass)
*
* The ::value-changed signal is emitted when the value field has
* changed.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
signals[VALUE_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("value-changed"),
@@ -268,8 +262,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass)
* which gets emitted to popup the scale widget.
*
* The default bindings for this signal are Space, Enter and Return.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
signals[POPUP] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popup"),
@@ -289,8 +281,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass)
* which gets emitted to popdown the scale widget.
*
* The default binding for this signal is Escape.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
signals[POPDOWN] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popdown"),
@@ -535,8 +525,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_dispose (GObject *object)
* a stepping of @step.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkScaleButton
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_scale_button_new (gdouble min,
@@ -564,8 +552,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_new (gdouble min,
* Gets the current value of the scale button.
*
* Returns: current value of the scale button
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gdouble
gtk_scale_button_get_value (GtkScaleButton * button)
@@ -588,8 +574,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_get_value (GtkScaleButton * button)
* the minimum or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit
* inside them. The scale button emits the #GtkScaleButton::value-changed
* signal if the value changes.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_scale_button_set_value (GtkScaleButton *button,
@@ -612,8 +596,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_set_value (GtkScaleButton *button,
*
* Sets the icons to be used by the scale button.
* For details, see the #GtkScaleButton:icons property.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_scale_button_set_icons (GtkScaleButton *button,
@@ -642,8 +624,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_set_icons (GtkScaleButton *button,
* See gtk_range_get_adjustment() for details.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the adjustment associated with the scale
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkAdjustment*
gtk_scale_button_get_adjustment (GtkScaleButton *button)
@@ -661,8 +641,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_get_adjustment (GtkScaleButton *button)
* Sets the #GtkAdjustment to be used as a model
* for the #GtkScaleButton’s scale.
* See gtk_range_set_adjustment() for details.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_scale_button_set_adjustment (GtkScaleButton *button,
@@ -695,8 +673,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_set_adjustment (GtkScaleButton *button,
* Retrieves the plus button of the #GtkScaleButton.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (type Gtk.Button): the plus button of the #GtkScaleButton as a #GtkButton
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_scale_button_get_plus_button (GtkScaleButton *button)
@@ -713,8 +689,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_get_plus_button (GtkScaleButton *button)
* Retrieves the minus button of the #GtkScaleButton.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (type Gtk.Button): the minus button of the #GtkScaleButton as a #GtkButton
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_scale_button_get_minus_button (GtkScaleButton *button)
@@ -731,8 +705,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_get_minus_button (GtkScaleButton *button)
* Retrieves the popup of the #GtkScaleButton.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the popup of the #GtkScaleButton
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_scale_button_get_popup (GtkScaleButton *button)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollable.c b/gtk/gtkscrollable.c
index 6cea0ce..308cd75 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscrollable.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscrollable.c
@@ -70,8 +70,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface)
*
* Horizontal #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is
* shared between the scrollable widget and its parent.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
pspec = g_param_spec_object ("hadjustment",
P_("Horizontal adjustment"),
@@ -87,8 +85,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface)
*
* Verical #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is shared
* between the scrollable widget and its parent.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
pspec = g_param_spec_object ("vadjustment",
P_("Vertical adjustment"),
@@ -104,8 +100,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface)
*
* Determines whether horizontal scrolling should start once the scrollable
* widget is allocated less than its minimum width or less than its natural width.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
pspec = g_param_spec_enum ("hscroll-policy",
P_("Horizontal Scrollable Policy"),
@@ -120,8 +114,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface)
*
* Determines whether vertical scrolling should start once the scrollable
* widget is allocated less than its minimum height or less than its natural height.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
pspec = g_param_spec_enum ("vscroll-policy",
P_("Vertical Scrollable Policy"),
@@ -139,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface)
* Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for horizontal scrolling.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): horizontal #GtkAdjustment.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkAdjustment *
gtk_scrollable_get_hadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable)
@@ -167,8 +157,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_get_hadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable)
* @hadjustment: (allow-none): a #GtkAdjustment
*
* Sets the horizontal adjustment of the #GtkScrollable.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_scrollable_set_hadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
@@ -187,8 +175,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_hadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
* Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for vertical scrolling.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): vertical #GtkAdjustment.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkAdjustment *
gtk_scrollable_get_vadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable)
@@ -215,8 +201,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_get_vadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable)
* @vadjustment: (allow-none): a #GtkAdjustment
*
* Sets the vertical adjustment of the #GtkScrollable.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_scrollable_set_vadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
@@ -236,8 +220,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_vadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
* Gets the horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy.
*
* Returns: The horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkScrollablePolicy
gtk_scrollable_get_hscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable)
@@ -259,8 +241,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_get_hscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable)
* Sets the #GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether
* horizontal scrolling should start below the minimum width or
* below the natural width.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_scrollable_set_hscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
@@ -278,8 +258,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_hscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
* Gets the vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy.
*
* Returns: The vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkScrollablePolicy
gtk_scrollable_get_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable)
@@ -301,8 +279,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_get_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable)
* Sets the #GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether
* vertical scrolling should start below the minimum height or
* below the natural height.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_scrollable_set_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
@@ -325,8 +301,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
* at the right position.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @border has been set
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_scrollable_get_border (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollable.h b/gtk/gtkscrollable.h
index a4e0af1..2d61929 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscrollable.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkscrollable.h
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrollable_set_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
GtkScrollablePolicy policy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_scrollable_get_border (GtkScrollable *scrollable,
GtkBorder *border);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c
index 8ddb412..131c197 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c
@@ -271,8 +271,6 @@ gtk_scrollbar_init (GtkScrollbar *self)
* Creates a new scrollbar with the given orientation.
*
* Returns: the new #GtkScrollbar.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_scrollbar_new (GtkOrientation orientation,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.h b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.h
index 0f35a93..b76d635 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.h
@@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ GType gtk_scrollbar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_scrollbar_new (GtkOrientation orientation,
GtkAdjustment *adjustment);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrollbar_set_adjustment (GtkScrollbar *self,
GtkAdjustment *adjustment);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkAdjustment *gtk_scrollbar_get_adjustment (GtkScrollbar *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
double gtk_scrollbar_get_wheel_delta (GtkScrollbar *self,
const GdkEventScroll *event);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c
index 704d6c1..56d0d02 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c
@@ -583,8 +583,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
* GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-width:
*
* The minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
properties[PROP_MIN_CONTENT_WIDTH] =
g_param_spec_int ("min-content-width",
@@ -597,8 +595,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
* GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-height:
*
* The minimum content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
properties[PROP_MIN_CONTENT_HEIGHT] =
g_param_spec_int ("min-content-height",
@@ -612,8 +608,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
*
* Whether kinetic scrolling is enabled or not. Kinetic scrolling
* only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
properties[PROP_KINETIC_SCROLLING] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("kinetic-scrolling",
@@ -629,8 +623,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
* scrollbars are only added as traditional widgets when a mouse
* is present. Otherwise, they are overlayed on top of the content,
* as narrow indicators.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
properties[PROP_OVERLAY_SCROLLING] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("overlay-scrolling",
@@ -643,8 +635,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
* GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-width:
*
* The maximum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
properties[PROP_MAX_CONTENT_WIDTH] =
g_param_spec_int ("max-content-width",
@@ -657,8 +647,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
* GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-height:
*
* The maximum content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
properties[PROP_MAX_CONTENT_HEIGHT] =
g_param_spec_int ("max-content-height",
@@ -675,8 +663,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
*
* This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly
* enough space for the natural size of the child.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
properties[PROP_PROPAGATE_NATURAL_WIDTH] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("propagate-natural-width",
@@ -693,8 +679,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
*
* This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly
* enough space for the natural size of the child.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
properties[PROP_PROPAGATE_NATURAL_HEIGHT] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("propagate-natural-height",
@@ -767,8 +751,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
*
* Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be aware too
* if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
signals[EDGE_OVERSHOT] =
g_signal_new (I_("edge-overshot"),
@@ -792,8 +774,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class)
*
* Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be aware too
* if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
signals[EDGE_REACHED] =
g_signal_new (I_("edge-reached"),
@@ -2255,8 +2235,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
* Returns the horizontal scrollbar of @scrolled_window.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the horizontal scrollbar of the scrolled window.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_scrolled_window_get_hscrollbar (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -2273,8 +2251,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_hscrollbar (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
* Returns the vertical scrollbar of @scrolled_window.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the vertical scrollbar of the scrolled window.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_scrolled_window_get_vscrollbar (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -2424,8 +2400,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
*
* See also gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement() and
* gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement().
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_unset_placement (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -2499,8 +2473,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_shadow_type (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
* Turns kinetic scrolling on or off.
* Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source
* %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_set_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
@@ -2538,8 +2510,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
* Returns the specified kinetic scrolling behavior.
*
* Returns: the scrolling behavior flags.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_scrolled_window_get_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -2565,8 +2535,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
* to %FALSE.
*
* This setting only has an effect if kinetic scrolling is enabled.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
@@ -2585,8 +2553,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window
* scrolling. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if button presses are captured during kinetic scrolling
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_scrolled_window_get_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -3974,8 +3940,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
* Gets the minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
*
* Returns: the minimum content width
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -3996,8 +3960,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
*
* It is a programming error to set the minimum content width to a
* value greater than #GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-width.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
@@ -4028,8 +3990,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
* Gets the minimal content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set.
*
* Returns: the minimal content height
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -4050,8 +4010,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
*
* It is a programming error to set the minimum content height to a
* value greater than #GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-height.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
@@ -4081,8 +4039,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
* @overlay_scrolling: whether to enable overlay scrolling
*
* Enables or disables overlay scrolling for this scrolled window.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_set_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
@@ -4111,8 +4067,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
* Returns whether overlay scrolling is enabled for this scrolled window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if overlay scrolling is enabled
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_scrolled_window_get_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -4133,8 +4087,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
*
* It is a programming error to set the maximum content width to a value
* smaller than #GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-width.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
@@ -4163,8 +4115,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
* Returns the maximum content width set.
*
* Returns: the maximum content width, or -1
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gint
gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -4185,8 +4135,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
*
* It is a programming error to set the maximum content height to a value
* smaller than #GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-height.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
@@ -4215,8 +4163,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
* Returns the maximum content height set.
*
* Returns: the maximum content height, or -1
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gint
gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -4233,8 +4179,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
*
* Sets whether the natural width of the child should be calculated and propagated
* through the scrolled windows requested natural width.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
@@ -4264,8 +4208,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_win
* through the scrolled windows requested natural width.
*
* Returns: whether natural width propagation is enabled.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
@@ -4282,8 +4224,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_win
*
* Sets whether the natural height of the child should be calculated and propagated
* through the scrolled windows requested natural height.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
@@ -4313,8 +4253,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_wi
* through the scrolled windows requested natural height.
*
* Returns: whether natural height propagation is enabled.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h
index 41355fa..7197b0a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ typedef enum
* content determines the size.
* @GTK_POLICY_EXTERNAL: Don't show a scrollbar, but don't force the
* size to follow the content. This can be used e.g. to make multiple
- * scrolled windows share a scrollbar. Since: 3.16
+ * scrolled windows share a scrollbar.
*
* Determines how the size should be computed to achieve the one of the
* visibility mode for the scrollbars.
@@ -190,46 +190,46 @@ gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *sc
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
gint height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrolled_window_set_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
gboolean kinetic_scrolling);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
gboolean capture_button_press);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrolled_window_set_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
gboolean overlay_scrolling);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
gint width);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
gint height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
gboolean propagate);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window,
gboolean propagate);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchbar.c b/gtk/gtksearchbar.c
index 169861f..ef1b982 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksearchbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksearchbar.c
@@ -77,8 +77,6 @@
* ## Creating a search bar
*
* [A simple example](https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk+/tree/examples/search-bar.c)
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
typedef struct {
@@ -225,8 +223,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_handle_event_for_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar,
* Returns: %GDK_EVENT_STOP if the key press event resulted
* in text being entered in the search entry (and revealing
* the search bar if necessary), %GDK_EVENT_PROPAGATE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_search_bar_handle_event (GtkSearchBar *bar,
@@ -501,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_init (GtkSearchBar *bar)
* gtk_search_bar_connect_entry().
*
* Returns: a new #GtkSearchBar
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_search_bar_new (void)
@@ -548,8 +542,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_set_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar,
* this search bar. The entry should be a descendant of the search bar.
* This is only required if the entry isn’t the direct child of the
* search bar (as in our main example).
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_search_bar_connect_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar,
@@ -568,8 +560,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_connect_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar,
* Returns whether the search mode is on or off.
*
* Returns: whether search mode is toggled on
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_search_bar_get_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar)
@@ -587,8 +577,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_get_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar)
* @search_mode: the new state of the search mode
*
* Switches the search mode on or off.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_search_bar_set_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar,
@@ -608,8 +596,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_set_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar,
* Returns whether the close button is shown.
*
* Returns: whether the close button is shown
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_search_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar)
@@ -630,8 +616,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar)
* already have a “search” toggle button should not show a close
* button in their search bar, as it duplicates the role of the
* toggle button.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_search_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchbar.h b/gtk/gtksearchbar.h
index 0d8b075..68f8542 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksearchbar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtksearchbar.h
@@ -69,29 +69,29 @@ struct _GtkSearchBarClass
void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_search_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_search_bar_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_search_bar_connect_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar,
GtkEntry *entry);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_search_bar_get_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_search_bar_set_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar,
gboolean search_mode);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_search_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_search_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar,
gboolean visible);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_search_bar_handle_event (GtkSearchBar *bar,
GdkEvent *event);
diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchentry.c b/gtk/gtksearchentry.c
index 522463e..6cf7da6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksearchentry.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksearchentry.c
@@ -64,8 +64,6 @@
* Often, GtkSearchEntry will be fed events by means of being
* placed inside a #GtkSearchBar. If that is not the case,
* you can use gtk_search_entry_handle_event() to pass events.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
enum {
@@ -169,8 +167,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_class_init (GtkSearchEntryClass *klass)
*
* The #GtkSearchEntry::search-changed signal is emitted with a short
* delay of 150 milliseconds after the last change to the entry text.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
signals[SEARCH_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("search-changed"),
@@ -193,8 +189,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_class_init (GtkSearchEntryClass *klass)
* matches.
*
* The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-g.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
signals[NEXT_MATCH] =
g_signal_new (I_("next-match"),
@@ -217,8 +211,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_class_init (GtkSearchEntryClass *klass)
* matches.
*
* The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-g.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
signals[PREVIOUS_MATCH] =
g_signal_new (I_("previous-match"),
@@ -240,8 +232,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_class_init (GtkSearchEntryClass *klass)
* entry in this case.
*
* The default bindings for this signal is Escape.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
signals[STOP_SEARCH] =
g_signal_new (I_("stop-search"),
@@ -380,8 +370,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_init (GtkSearchEntry *entry)
* empty, and a clear icon when it isn't.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkSearchEntry
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_search_entry_new (void)
@@ -438,8 +426,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_is_keynav_event (GdkEvent *event)
* Returns: %GDK_EVENT_STOP if the key press event resulted
* in a search beginning or continuing, %GDK_EVENT_PROPAGATE
* otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_search_entry_handle_event (GtkSearchEntry *entry,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchentry.h b/gtk/gtksearchentry.h
index e73dc8d..2a8d562 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksearchentry.h
+++ b/gtk/gtksearchentry.h
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ struct _GtkSearchEntryClass
void (*stop_search) (GtkSearchEntry *entry);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_search_entry_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_search_entry_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_search_entry_handle_event (GtkSearchEntry *entry,
GdkEvent *event);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkselection.c b/gtk/gtkselection.c
index 5dc56a7..575cd9b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkselection.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkselection.c
@@ -149,8 +149,6 @@ init_atoms (void)
*
* Appends the text targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to
* the target list. All targets are added with the same @info.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GdkContentFormats *
gtk_content_formats_add_text_targets (GdkContentFormats *list)
@@ -187,8 +185,6 @@ gtk_content_formats_add_text_targets (GdkContentFormats *list)
*
* Appends the image targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to
* the target list. All targets are added with the same @info.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GdkContentFormats *
gtk_content_formats_add_image_targets (GdkContentFormats *list,
@@ -252,8 +248,6 @@ gtk_content_formats_add_image_targets (GdkContentFormats *list,
*
* Appends the URI targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to
* the target list. All targets are added with the same @info.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GdkContentFormats *
gtk_content_formats_add_uri_targets (GdkContentFormats *list)
@@ -280,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_content_formats_add_uri_targets (GdkContentFormats *list)
* Retrieves the target of the selection.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the target of the selection.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GdkAtom
gtk_selection_data_get_target (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -298,8 +290,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_target (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* Retrieves the data type of the selection.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the data type of the selection.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GdkAtom
gtk_selection_data_get_data_type (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -316,8 +306,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_data_type (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* Retrieves the format of the selection.
*
* Returns: the format of the selection.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
gint
gtk_selection_data_get_format (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -335,8 +323,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_format (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* Retrieves the raw data of the selection.
*
* Returns: (array) (element-type guint8): the raw data of the selection.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
const guchar*
gtk_selection_data_get_data (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -353,8 +339,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_data (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* Retrieves the length of the raw data of the selection.
*
* Returns: the length of the data of the selection.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
gint
gtk_selection_data_get_length (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -372,8 +356,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_length (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* Retrieves the raw data of the selection along with its length.
*
* Returns: (array length=length): the raw data of the selection
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
const guchar*
gtk_selection_data_get_data_with_length (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
@@ -393,8 +375,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_data_with_length (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* Retrieves the display of the selection.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the display of the selection.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GdkDisplay *
gtk_selection_data_get_display (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -768,8 +748,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_text (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
* otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_selection_data_set_pixbuf (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
@@ -835,8 +813,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_pixbuf (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
* otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
gboolean
gtk_selection_data_set_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
@@ -866,8 +842,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* cairo surface, a newly allocated surface is returned, otherwise
* %NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with
* g_object_unref().
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
cairo_surface_t *
gtk_selection_data_get_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -893,8 +867,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
* #GdkPixbuf, a newly allocated pixbuf is returned, otherwise
* %NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with
* g_object_unref().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GdkPixbuf *
gtk_selection_data_get_pixbuf (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -935,8 +907,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_pixbuf (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
* otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
gboolean
gtk_selection_data_set_texture (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
@@ -966,8 +936,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_texture (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* #GdkTexture, a newly allocated texture is returned, otherwise
* %NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with
* g_object_unref().
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkTexture *
gtk_selection_data_get_texture (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -999,8 +967,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_texture (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set,
* otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_selection_data_set_uris (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
@@ -1056,8 +1022,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_uris (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* URIs, a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array
* containing the URIs, otherwise %NULL. If the result is
* non-%NULL it must be freed with g_strfreev().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gchar **
gtk_selection_data_get_uris (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
@@ -1143,8 +1107,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_targets (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for text,
* otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_targets_include_text (GdkAtom *targets,
@@ -1221,8 +1183,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_targets_include_text (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for images,
* otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_targets_include_image (GdkAtom *targets,
@@ -1262,8 +1222,6 @@ gtk_targets_include_image (GdkAtom *targets,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
* and a suitable target for images is included, otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_selection_data_targets_include_image (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
@@ -1296,8 +1254,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_targets_include_image (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for uri lists,
* otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_targets_include_uri (GdkAtom *targets,
@@ -1335,8 +1291,6 @@ gtk_targets_include_uri (GdkAtom *targets,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets,
* and a suitable target for URI lists is included, otherwise %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_selection_data_targets_include_uri (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkselection.h b/gtk/gtkselection.h
index a855e04..b98e726 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkselection.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkselection.h
@@ -77,17 +77,17 @@ guchar * gtk_selection_data_get_text (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_pixbuf (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
GdkPixbuf *pixbuf);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_surface_t *gtk_selection_data_get_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
cairo_surface_t *surface);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkPixbuf *gtk_selection_data_get_pixbuf (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_texture (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
GdkTexture *texture);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkTexture *gtk_selection_data_get_texture (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_uris (GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkseparator.c b/gtk/gtkseparator.c
index 13d0b6b..f723c69 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkseparator.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkseparator.c
@@ -144,8 +144,6 @@ gtk_separator_class_init (GtkSeparatorClass *class)
* Creates a new #GtkSeparator with the given orientation.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkSeparator.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_separator_new (GtkOrientation orientation)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c b/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c
index c0cc141..2a305a0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c
@@ -180,8 +180,6 @@ gtk_separator_tool_item_get_property (GObject *object,
* Create a new #GtkSeparatorToolItem
*
* Returns: the new #GtkSeparatorToolItem
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkToolItem *
gtk_separator_tool_item_new (void)
@@ -202,8 +200,6 @@ gtk_separator_tool_item_new (void)
* See gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @item is drawn as a line, or just blank.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw (GtkSeparatorToolItem *item)
@@ -221,8 +217,6 @@ gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw (GtkSeparatorToolItem *item)
* Whether @item is drawn as a vertical line, or just blank.
* Setting this to %FALSE along with gtk_tool_item_set_expand() is useful
* to create an item that forces following items to the end of the toolbar.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw (GtkSeparatorToolItem *item,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksettings.c b/gtk/gtksettings.c
index deaa220..6deb1f0 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksettings.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksettings.c
@@ -388,8 +388,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* Setting this to zero has the same effect as setting
* #GtkSettings:gtk-cursor-blink to %FALSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_int ("gtk-cursor-blink-timeout",
@@ -550,8 +548,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
* Controls the direction of the sort indicators in sorted list and tree
* views. By default an arrow pointing down means the column is sorted
* in ascending order. When set to %TRUE, this order will be inverted.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-alternative-sort-arrows",
@@ -580,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
* gdk_window_beep(), the windowing system may offer ways to
* configure the error bell in many ways, such as flashing the
* window or similar visual effects.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-error-bell",
@@ -599,8 +593,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
* A comma-separated list of print backends to use in the print
* dialog. Available print backends depend on the GTK+ installation,
* and may include "file", "cups", "lpr" or "papi".
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_string ("gtk-print-backends",
@@ -623,8 +615,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* The preview application is responsible for removing the pdf file
* and the print settings file when it is done.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_string ("gtk-print-preview-command",
@@ -640,8 +630,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* Whether menu items should have visible accelerators which can be
* activated.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-enable-accels",
@@ -679,8 +667,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
* resources list. Items older than this setting will be excised
* from the list. If set to 0, the list will always be empty; if
* set to -1, no item will be removed.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_int ("gtk-recent-files-max-age",
@@ -712,8 +698,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable
* module like the one that comes with libcanberra.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_string ("gtk-sound-theme-name",
@@ -734,8 +718,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable
* module like the one that comes with libcanberra.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-enable-input-feedback-sounds",
@@ -757,8 +739,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable
* module like the one that comes with libcanberra.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-enable-event-sounds",
@@ -780,8 +760,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
* Whichever action you choose for the primary button, the other action will
* be available by holding Shift and primary-clicking, or (since GTK+ 3.22.25)
* clicking the middle mouse button.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-primary-button-warps-slider",
@@ -806,8 +784,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* Dark themes should not be used for documents, where large spaces are white/light
* and the dark chrome creates too much contrast (web browser, text editor...).
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-application-prefer-dark-theme",
@@ -833,8 +809,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
* How long to show the last input character in hidden
* entries. This value is in milliseconds. 0 disables showing the
* last char. 600 is a good value for enabling it.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_uint ("gtk-entry-password-hint-timeout",
@@ -908,8 +882,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* Also note that the setting can be overridden with the
* #GtkHeaderBar:decoration-layout property.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_string ("gtk-decoration-layout",
@@ -927,8 +899,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* Recognized actions are minimize, toggle-maximize, menu, lower
* or none.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_string ("gtk-titlebar-double-click",
@@ -946,8 +916,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* Recognized actions are minimize, toggle-maximize, menu, lower
* or none.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_string ("gtk-titlebar-middle-click",
@@ -965,8 +933,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* Recognized actions are minimize, toggle-maximize, menu, lower
* or none.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_string ("gtk-titlebar-right-click",
@@ -988,8 +954,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* This setting does not affect custom dialogs using GtkDialog
* directly, or message dialogs.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-dialogs-use-header",
@@ -1005,8 +969,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the
* 'PRIMARY' clipboard content at the cursor location.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-enable-primary-paste",
@@ -1022,8 +984,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
*
* Whether GTK+ should keep track of items inside the recently used
* resources list. If set to %FALSE, the list will always be empty.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-recent-files-enabled",
@@ -1038,8 +998,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
* GtkSettings:gtk-long-press-time:
*
* The time for a button or touch press to be considered a "long press".
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_uint ("gtk-long-press-time",
@@ -1056,8 +1014,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class)
* Whether GTK+ should make sure that text can be navigated with
* a caret, even if it is not editable. This is useful when using
* a screen reader.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
result = settings_install_property_parser (class,
g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-keynav-use-caret",
@@ -1243,8 +1199,6 @@ gtk_settings_create_for_display (GdkDisplay *display)
* Gets the #GtkSettings object for @display, creating it if necessary.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkSettings object.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
GtkSettings *
gtk_settings_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -2622,8 +2576,6 @@ _gtk_settings_get_setting_source (GtkSettings *settings,
* application-specific value for a setting. After this call,
* the setting will again follow the session-wide value for
* this setting.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_settings_reset_property (GtkSettings *settings,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksettings.h b/gtk/gtksettings.h
index b7b5f89..9b1b41d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksettings.h
+++ b/gtk/gtksettings.h
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_settings_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkSettings* gtk_settings_get_default (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkSettings* gtk_settings_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display);
/* --- precoded parsing functions --- */
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ gboolean gtk_rc_property_parse_border (const GParamSpec *pspec,
const GString *gstring,
GValue *property_value);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_settings_reset_property (GtkSettings *settings,
const gchar *name);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c b/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c
index b7003dd..6f0b2e3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c
@@ -469,8 +469,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_class_init (GtkShortcutLabelClass *klass)
*
* The accelerator that @self displays. See #GtkShortcutsShortcut:accelerator
* for the accepted syntax.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
properties[PROP_ACCELERATOR] =
g_param_spec_string ("accelerator", P_("Accelerator"), P_("Accelerator"),
@@ -481,8 +479,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_class_init (GtkShortcutLabelClass *klass)
* GtkShortcutLabel:disabled-text:
*
* The text that is displayed when no accelerator is set.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
properties[PROP_DISABLED_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_string ("disabled-text", P_("Disabled text"), P_("Disabled text"),
@@ -508,8 +504,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_init (GtkShortcutLabel *self)
* Creates a new #GtkShortcutLabel with @accelerator set.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated #GtkShortcutLabel
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_shortcut_label_new (const gchar *accelerator)
@@ -526,8 +520,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_new (const gchar *accelerator)
* Retrieves the current accelerator of @self.
*
* Returns: (transfer none)(nullable): the current accelerator.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
const gchar *
gtk_shortcut_label_get_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self)
@@ -543,8 +535,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_get_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self)
* @accelerator: the new accelerator
*
* Sets the accelerator to be displayed by @self.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_shortcut_label_set_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self,
@@ -569,8 +559,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_set_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self,
*
* Returns: (transfer none)(nullable): the current text displayed when no
* accelerator is set.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
const gchar *
gtk_shortcut_label_get_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self)
@@ -586,8 +574,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_get_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self)
* @disabled_text: the text to be displayed when no accelerator is set
*
* Sets the text to be displayed by @self when no accelerator is set.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
void
gtk_shortcut_label_set_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.h
index a3db3b7..9b3dc9b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.h
@@ -34,23 +34,23 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkShortcutLabel GtkShortcutLabel;
typedef struct _GtkShortcutLabelClass GtkShortcutLabelClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_shortcut_label_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_shortcut_label_new (const gchar *accelerator);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar *gtk_shortcut_label_get_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_shortcut_label_set_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self,
const gchar *accelerator);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar *gtk_shortcut_label_get_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_shortcut_label_set_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self,
const gchar *disabled_text);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.h
index 790d60a..88048e8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.h
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkShortcutsGroup GtkShortcutsGroup;
typedef struct _GtkShortcutsGroupClass GtkShortcutsGroupClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_shortcuts_group_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.h
index 9d8b5cc..8b7c3bb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.h
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS
typedef struct _GtkShortcutsSection GtkShortcutsSection;
typedef struct _GtkShortcutsSectionClass GtkShortcutsSectionClass;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_shortcuts_section_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c b/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c
index 2477dd4..81db301 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c
@@ -701,8 +701,6 @@ gtk_shortcuts_shortcut_class_init (GtkShortcutsShortcutClass *klass)
* the accelerators that are associated with the action
* via gtk_application_set_accels_for_action(), and setting
* #GtkShortcutsShortcut::accelerator is not necessary.
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
properties[PROP_ACTION_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("action-name",
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.h
index 9f6a1cf..b8eeeca 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.h
@@ -55,14 +55,12 @@ typedef struct _GtkShortcutsShortcutClass GtkShortcutsShortcutClass;
* The shortcut is a gesture. The #GtkShortcutsShortcut:icon property will be
* used.
* @GTK_SHORTCUT_GESTURE_SWIPE_LEFT:
- * The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. Since 3.90
+ * The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle.
* @GTK_SHORTCUT_GESTURE_SWIPE_RIGHT:
- * The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. Since 3.90
+ * The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle.
*
* GtkShortcutType specifies the kind of shortcut that is being described.
* More values may be added to this enumeration over time.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
typedef enum {
GTK_SHORTCUT_ACCELERATOR,
@@ -77,7 +75,7 @@ typedef enum {
GTK_SHORTCUT_GESTURE_SWIPE_RIGHT
} GtkShortcutType;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_shortcuts_shortcut_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.h
index 465e40e..f3f5ba4 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.h
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ struct _GtkShortcutsWindowClass
void (*search) (GtkShortcutsWindow *self);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_shortcuts_window_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
G_DEFINE_AUTOPTR_CLEANUP_FUNC(GtkShortcutsWindow, g_object_unref)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshow.c b/gtk/gtkshow.c
index b285d7f..ee9ae82 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshow.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkshow.c
@@ -79,8 +79,6 @@ window_handle_exported (GtkWindow *window,
* necessary for sandbox helpers to parent their dialogs properly.
*
* Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error
- *
- * Since: 3.22
*/
gboolean
gtk_show_uri_on_window (GtkWindow *parent,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkshow.h b/gtk/gtkshow.h
index 9c751c4..ac187ff 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkshow.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkshow.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
G_BEGIN_DECLS
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_show_uri_on_window (GtkWindow *parent,
const char *uri,
guint32 timestamp,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksizegroup.c b/gtk/gtksizegroup.c
index 2e3e33f..6cdba27 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksizegroup.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksizegroup.c
@@ -429,8 +429,6 @@ gtk_size_group_remove_widget (GtkSizeGroup *size_group,
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): a #GSList of
* widgets. The list is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
GSList *
gtk_size_group_get_widgets (GtkSizeGroup *size_group)
diff --git a/gtk/gtksizerequest.c b/gtk/gtksizerequest.c
index 2b8ec8f..606b1c1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksizerequest.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksizerequest.c
@@ -395,8 +395,6 @@ gtk_widget_query_size_for_orientation (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* See [GtkWidget’s geometry management section][geometry-management] for
* a more details on implementing #GtkWidgetClass.measure().
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -484,8 +482,6 @@ gtk_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
* capabilities.
*
* Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkSizeRequestMode
gtk_widget_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -598,8 +594,6 @@ _gtk_widget_get_preferred_size_and_baseline (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Use gtk_widget_measure() if you want to support
* baseline alignment.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (GtkWidget *widget,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksnapshot.c b/gtk/gtksnapshot.c
index 45bb205..a4f118c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksnapshot.c
+++ b/gtk/gtksnapshot.c
@@ -170,8 +170,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_init (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
*
* Creates a new render node, appends it to the current render
* node of @snapshot, and makes it the new current render node.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_snapshot_push (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1101,8 +1099,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_finish (GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
*
* Removes the top element from the stack of render nodes,
* and appends it to the node underneath it.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_snapshot_pop (GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
@@ -1125,8 +1121,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_pop (GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
* rendered with.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GskRenderer
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GskRenderer *
gtk_snapshot_get_renderer (const GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
@@ -1141,8 +1135,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_get_renderer (const GtkSnapshot *snapshot)
* @y: vertical translation
*
* Appends a translation by (@x, @y) to the current transformation.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_snapshot_offset (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1230,8 +1222,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_append_node (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
*
* Returns: a cairo_t suitable for drawing the contents of the newly
* created render node
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
cairo_t *
gtk_snapshot_append_cairo (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1394,8 +1384,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_append_color (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* Tests whether the rectangle is entirely outside the clip region of @snapshot.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @bounds is entirely outside the clip region
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
gboolean
gtk_snapshot_clips_rect (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1427,8 +1415,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_clips_rect (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* Creates a render node for the CSS background according to @context,
* and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, without changing
* the current node.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_snapshot_render_background (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1460,8 +1446,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_render_background (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* Creates a render node for the CSS border according to @context,
* and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, without changing
* the current node.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_snapshot_render_frame (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1493,8 +1477,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_render_frame (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* Creates a render node for the focus outline according to @context,
* and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, without changing
* the current node.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_snapshot_render_focus (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1525,8 +1507,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_render_focus (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* Creates a render node for rendering @layout according to the style
* information in @context, and appends it to the current node of @snapshot,
* without changing the current node.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
void
gtk_snapshot_render_layout (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1568,8 +1548,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_render_layout (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* @n_stops: the number of elements in @color_stops
*
* Appends a linear gradient node with the given stops to @snapshot.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_snapshot_append_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -1648,8 +1626,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_append_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* @n_stops: the number of elements in @color_stops
*
* Appends a repeating linear gradient node with the given stops to @snapshot.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_snapshot_append_repeating_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
diff --git a/gtk/gtksnapshot.h b/gtk/gtksnapshot.h
index 5d9657d..8a02345 100644
--- a/gtk/gtksnapshot.h
+++ b/gtk/gtksnapshot.h
@@ -36,129 +36,129 @@
G_BEGIN_DECLS
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
gboolean keep_coordinates,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_transform (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const graphene_matrix_t*transform,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_opacity (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
double opacity,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_blur (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
double radius,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_color_matrix (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const graphene_matrix_t*color_matrix,
const graphene_vec4_t *color_offset,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_repeat (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const graphene_rect_t *child_bounds,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_clip (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_rounded_clip (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const GskRoundedRect *bounds,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_shadow (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const GskShadow *shadow,
gsize n_shadows,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_blend (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
GskBlendMode blend_mode,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_push_cross_fade (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
double progress,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_pop (GtkSnapshot *snapshot);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_offset (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
int x,
int y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_get_offset (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
int *x,
int *y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_append_node (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
GskRenderNode *node);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
cairo_t * gtk_snapshot_append_cairo (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF(3, 4);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_append_texture (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
GdkTexture *texture,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_append_color (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const GdkRGBA *color,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_snapshot_clips_rect (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const cairo_rectangle_int_t *bounds);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_render_background (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
GtkStyleContext *context,
gdouble x,
gdouble y,
gdouble width,
gdouble height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_render_frame (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
GtkStyleContext *context,
gdouble x,
gdouble y,
gdouble width,
gdouble height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_render_focus (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
GtkStyleContext *context,
gdouble x,
gdouble y,
gdouble width,
gdouble height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_render_layout (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
GtkStyleContext *context,
gdouble x,
gdouble y,
PangoLayout *layout);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 /* in gtkstylecontext.c */
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL /* in gtkstylecontext.c */
void gtk_snapshot_render_insertion_cursor (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
GtkStyleContext *context,
gdouble x,
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ void gtk_snapshot_render_insertion_cursor (GtkSnapshot
PangoLayout *layout,
int index,
PangoDirection direction);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_append_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const graphene_point_t *start_point,
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ void gtk_snapshot_append_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot
gsize n_stops,
const char *name,
...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (7, 8);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_snapshot_append_repeating_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
const graphene_rect_t *bounds,
const graphene_point_t *start_point,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c
index 1f28cee..c234431 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c
@@ -508,8 +508,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_class_init (GtkSpinButtonClass *class)
*
* The ::wrapped signal is emitted right after the spinbutton wraps
* from its maximum to minimum value or vice-versa.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
spinbutton_signals[WRAPPED] =
g_signal_new (I_("wrapped"),
@@ -2269,8 +2267,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_update (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
* @spin_button: a #GtkSpinButton
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The current text shown in the entry area of @spin_button.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
const char *
gtk_spin_button_get_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
@@ -2289,8 +2285,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_get_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
*
* Sets the current text of the spinbutton. Note that setting this will not change
* the value of the adjustment @spin_button.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
void
gtk_spin_button_set_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
@@ -2316,8 +2310,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
* See also #GtkEntry:max-width-chars
*
* Returns: the maximum width of the spin button, in characters
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
int
gtk_spin_button_get_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
@@ -2337,8 +2329,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_get_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
* Sets the desired maximum width of @spin_button, in characters.
* Note that this only applies to the entry area of @spin_button, not the
* spin button. This is especially important for horizontal spinbuttons.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
void
gtk_spin_button_set_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
@@ -2364,8 +2354,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
*
* Returns: The number of characters to request space for in the entry
* area of @spin_button
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
int
gtk_spin_button_get_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
@@ -2384,8 +2372,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_get_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button)
*
* Changes the size request of the entry area of @spin_button
* to be about the right size for @width_chars characters.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
void
gtk_spin_button_set_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h
index b811b5f..029e99d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h
@@ -227,19 +227,19 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_spin_button_get_snap_to_ticks (GtkSpinButton *spin_button);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_spin_button_update (GtkSpinButton *spin_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gtk_spin_button_get_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_spin_button_set_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
const char *text);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gtk_spin_button_get_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_spin_button_set_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
int max_width_chars);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gtk_spin_button_get_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_spin_button_set_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button,
int width_chars);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinner.c b/gtk/gtkspinner.c
index 17b0f7d..9723964 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkspinner.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkspinner.c
@@ -192,8 +192,6 @@ gtk_spinner_class_init (GtkSpinnerClass *klass)
/* GtkSpinner:active:
*
* Whether the spinner is active
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_ACTIVE,
@@ -219,8 +217,6 @@ gtk_spinner_init (GtkSpinner *spinner)
* Returns a new spinner widget. Not yet started.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkSpinner
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_spinner_new (void)
@@ -233,8 +229,6 @@ gtk_spinner_new (void)
* @spinner: a #GtkSpinner
*
* Starts the animation of the spinner.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_spinner_start (GtkSpinner *spinner)
@@ -249,8 +243,6 @@ gtk_spinner_start (GtkSpinner *spinner)
* @spinner: a #GtkSpinner
*
* Stops the animation of the spinner.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_spinner_stop (GtkSpinner *spinner)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstack.c b/gtk/gtkstack.c
index 74c681d..b501b77 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstack.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstack.c
@@ -69,18 +69,18 @@
* @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_DOWN: Slide from top down
* @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT_RIGHT: Slide from left or right according to the children order
* @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP_DOWN: Slide from top down or bottom up according to the order
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP: Cover the old page by sliding up. Since 3.12
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN: Cover the old page by sliding down. Since: 3.12
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT: Cover the old page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT: Cover the old page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_UP: Uncover the new page by sliding up. Since 3.12
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_DOWN: Uncover the new page by sliding down. Since: 3.12
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_LEFT: Uncover the new page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_RIGHT: Uncover the new page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP_DOWN: Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding
down, according to order. Since: 3.12
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN_UP: Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding
up, according to order. Since: 3.14
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT_RIGHT: Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page
sliding right, according to order. Since: 3.14
- * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT_LEFT: Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page
sliding left, according to order. Since: 3.14
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP: Cover the old page by sliding up
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN: Cover the old page by sliding down
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT: Cover the old page by sliding to the left
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT: Cover the old page by sliding to the right
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_UP: Uncover the new page by sliding up
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_DOWN: Uncover the new page by sliding down
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_LEFT: Uncover the new page by sliding to the left
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_RIGHT: Uncover the new page by sliding to the right
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP_DOWN: Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding
down, according to order
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN_UP: Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding
up, according to order
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT_RIGHT: Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page
sliding right, according to order
+ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT_LEFT: Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page
sliding left, according to order
*
* These enumeration values describe the possible transitions
* between pages in a #GtkStack widget.
@@ -331,8 +331,6 @@ gtk_stack_class_init (GtkStackClass *klass)
* GtkStack:hhomogeneous:
*
* %TRUE if the stack allocates the same width for all children.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
stack_props[PROP_HHOMOGENEOUS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hhomogeneous", P_("Horizontally homogeneous"), P_("Horizontally homogeneous
sizing"),
@@ -343,8 +341,6 @@ gtk_stack_class_init (GtkStackClass *klass)
* GtkStack:vhomogeneous:
*
* %TRUE if the stack allocates the same height for all children.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
stack_props[PROP_VHOMOGENEOUS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("vhomogeneous", P_("Vertically homogeneous"), P_("Vertically homogeneous
sizing"),
@@ -414,8 +410,6 @@ gtk_stack_class_init (GtkStackClass *klass)
* This is used by the #GtkStackSwitcher to change the appearance of the
* corresponding button when a page needs attention and it is not the
* current one.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
stack_child_props[CHILD_PROP_NEEDS_ATTENTION] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("needs-attention",
@@ -436,8 +430,6 @@ gtk_stack_class_init (GtkStackClass *klass)
* Creates a new #GtkStack container.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkStack
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_stack_new (void)
@@ -1098,8 +1090,6 @@ stack_child_visibility_notify_cb (GObject *obj,
* The child is identified by the @name. The @title
* will be used by #GtkStackSwitcher to represent
* @child in a tab bar, so it should be short.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_stack_add_titled (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1125,8 +1115,6 @@ gtk_stack_add_titled (GtkStack *stack,
*
* Adds a child to @stack.
* The child is identified by the @name.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_stack_add_named (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1233,8 +1221,6 @@ gtk_stack_remove (GtkContainer *container,
* name.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the requested child of the #GtkStack
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_stack_get_child_by_name (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1270,8 +1256,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_child_by_name (GtkStack *stack,
* Since 3.16, homogeneity can be controlled separately
* for horizontal and vertical size, with the
* #GtkStack:hhomogeneous and #GtkStack:vhomogeneous.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_stack_set_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1315,8 +1299,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
* See gtk_stack_set_homogeneous().
*
* Returns: whether @stack is homogeneous.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_stack_get_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack)
@@ -1337,8 +1319,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack)
* If it is homogeneous, the #GtkStack will request the same
* width for all its children. If it isn't, the stack
* may change width when a different child becomes visible.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1369,8 +1349,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
* See gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous().
*
* Returns: whether @stack is horizontally homogeneous.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_stack_get_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack)
@@ -1391,8 +1369,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack)
* If it is homogeneous, the #GtkStack will request the same
* height for all its children. If it isn't, the stack
* may change height when a different child becomes visible.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1423,8 +1399,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
* See gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous().
*
* Returns: whether @stack is vertically homogeneous.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_stack_get_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack)
@@ -1444,8 +1418,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack)
* transitions between pages in @stack will take.
*
* Returns: the transition duration
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
guint
gtk_stack_get_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack)
@@ -1464,8 +1436,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack)
*
* Sets the duration that transitions between pages in @stack
* will take.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_stack_set_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1491,8 +1461,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack,
* for transitions between pages in @stack.
*
* Returns: the current transition type of @stack
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkStackTransitionType
gtk_stack_get_transition_type (GtkStack *stack)
@@ -1516,8 +1484,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_transition_type (GtkStack *stack)
* The transition type can be changed without problems
* at runtime, so it is possible to change the animation
* based on the page that is about to become current.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_stack_set_transition_type (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1543,8 +1509,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_transition_type (GtkStack *stack,
* another.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the transition is currently running, %FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_stack_get_transition_running (GtkStack *stack)
@@ -1566,8 +1530,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_transition_running (GtkStack *stack)
* property is set to %TRUE, @stack will interpolate its size between
* the current one and the one it'll take after changing the
* visible child, according to the set transition duration.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_stack_set_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1594,8 +1556,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack,
* the sizes of children on page switch.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if child sizes are interpolated
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_stack_get_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack)
@@ -1616,8 +1576,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack)
* there are no visible children.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the visible child of the #GtkStack
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_stack_get_visible_child (GtkStack *stack)
@@ -1637,8 +1595,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_visible_child (GtkStack *stack)
* %NULL if there is no visible child.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the name of the visible child of the #GtkStack
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
const gchar *
gtk_stack_get_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack)
@@ -1668,8 +1624,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack)
* Note that the @child widget has to be visible itself
* (see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible
* child of @stack.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_stack_set_visible_child (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1710,8 +1664,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_visible_child (GtkStack *stack,
* Note that the child widget has to be visible itself
* (see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible
* child of @stack.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_stack_set_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack,
@@ -1733,8 +1685,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack,
* Note that the child widget has to be visible itself
* (see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible
* child of @stack.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_stack_set_visible_child_full (GtkStack *stack,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstack.h b/gtk/gtkstack.h
index 4823a29..b9b4701 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstack.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkstack.h
@@ -72,68 +72,68 @@ struct _GtkStackClass {
GtkContainerClass parent_class;
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_stack_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_stack_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_add_named (GtkStack *stack,
GtkWidget *child,
const gchar *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_add_titled (GtkStack *stack,
GtkWidget *child,
const gchar *name,
const gchar *title);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_stack_get_child_by_name (GtkStack *stack,
const gchar *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_set_visible_child (GtkStack *stack,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_stack_get_visible_child (GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_set_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack,
const gchar *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar * gtk_stack_get_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_set_visible_child_full (GtkStack *stack,
const gchar *name,
GtkStackTransitionType transition);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_set_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
gboolean homogeneous);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_stack_get_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
gboolean hhomogeneous);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_stack_get_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack,
gboolean vhomogeneous);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_stack_get_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_set_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack,
guint duration);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_stack_get_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_set_transition_type (GtkStack *stack,
GtkStackTransitionType transition);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkStackTransitionType gtk_stack_get_transition_type (GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_stack_get_transition_running (GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_set_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack,
gboolean interpolate_size);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_stack_get_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c
index 1c1ea03..552dcab 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c
@@ -52,8 +52,6 @@
* When circumstances require it, GtkStackSidebar adds the
* .needs-attention style class to the widgets representing the stack
* pages.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
struct _GtkStackSidebarPrivate
@@ -459,8 +457,6 @@ gtk_stack_sidebar_class_init (GtkStackSidebarClass *klass)
* Creates a new sidebar.
*
* Returns: the new #GtkStackSidebar
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_stack_sidebar_new (void)
@@ -477,8 +473,6 @@ gtk_stack_sidebar_new (void)
*
* The sidebar widget will automatically update according to the order
* (packing) and items within the given #GtkStack.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar,
@@ -521,8 +515,6 @@ gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the associated #GtkStack or
* %NULL if none has been set explicitly
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GtkStack *
gtk_stack_sidebar_get_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.h b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.h
index 9bb38d3..33e2e82 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.h
@@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ struct _GtkStackSidebarClass
void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_stack_sidebar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_stack_sidebar_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar,
GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkStack * gtk_stack_sidebar_get_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c
index 5495591..7c403c3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c
@@ -500,8 +500,6 @@ connect_stack_signals (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher)
* @stack: (allow-none): a #GtkStack
*
* Sets the stack to control.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher,
@@ -544,8 +542,6 @@ gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the stack, or %NULL if
* none has been set explicitly.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkStack *
gtk_stack_switcher_get_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher)
@@ -673,8 +669,6 @@ gtk_stack_switcher_class_init (GtkStackSwitcherClass *class)
*
* Use the "icon-size" property to change the size of the image displayed
* when a #GtkStackSwitcher is displaying icons.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ICON_SIZE,
@@ -703,8 +697,6 @@ gtk_stack_switcher_class_init (GtkStackSwitcherClass *class)
* Create a new #GtkStackSwitcher.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkStackSwitcher.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_stack_switcher_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.h b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.h
index 61f3158..d11ed46 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.h
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ struct _GtkStackSwitcherClass
void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void);
};
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GType gtk_stack_switcher_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_stack_switcher_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher,
GtkStack *stack);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkStack * gtk_stack_switcher_get_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstatusbar.c b/gtk/gtkstatusbar.c
index 3edb920..fc0336c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstatusbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstatusbar.c
@@ -478,8 +478,6 @@ gtk_statusbar_remove (GtkStatusbar *statusbar,
*
* Forces the removal of all messages from a statusbar's
* stack with the exact @context_id.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
void
gtk_statusbar_remove_all (GtkStatusbar *statusbar,
@@ -539,8 +537,6 @@ gtk_statusbar_remove_all (GtkStatusbar *statusbar,
* Retrieves the box containing the label widget.
*
* Returns: (type Gtk.Box) (transfer none): a #GtkBox
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
GtkWidget*
gtk_statusbar_get_message_area (GtkStatusbar *statusbar)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c
index b309f15..1689706 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c
@@ -194,8 +194,6 @@ gtk_style_context_class_init (GtkStyleContextClass *klass)
* #GtkWidget::style-updated signal/vfunc might be more convenient to use.
*
* This signal is useful when using the theming layer standalone.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
signals[CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("changed"),
@@ -225,8 +223,6 @@ gtk_style_context_class_init (GtkStyleContextClass *klass)
*
* Sets or gets the style context’s parent. See gtk_style_context_set_parent()
* for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
properties[PROP_PARENT] =
g_param_spec_object ("parent",
@@ -505,8 +501,6 @@ gtk_style_context_new_for_node (GtkCssNode *node)
* Note: If both priorities are the same, a #GtkStyleProvider
* added through this function takes precedence over another added
* through gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_display().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_add_provider (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -542,8 +536,6 @@ gtk_style_context_add_provider (GtkStyleContext *context,
* @provider: a #GtkStyleProvider
*
* Removes @provider from the style providers list in @context.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_remove_provider (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -570,8 +562,6 @@ gtk_style_context_remove_provider (GtkStyleContext *context,
* style, it will both redraw and recompute any cached information about
* its appearance. As an example, it is used when the color scheme changes
* in the related #GtkSettings object.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_reset_widgets (GdkDisplay *display)
@@ -611,8 +601,6 @@ gtk_style_context_reset_widgets (GdkDisplay *display)
* Note: If both priorities are the same, A #GtkStyleProvider
* added through gtk_style_context_add_provider() takes precedence
* over another added through this function.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
void
gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -635,8 +623,6 @@ gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
* @provider: a #GtkStyleProvider
*
* Removes @provider from the global style providers list in @display.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
void
gtk_style_context_remove_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
@@ -713,8 +699,6 @@ gtk_style_context_query_func (guint id,
*
* When @value is no longer needed, g_value_unset() must be called
* to free any allocated memory.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_get_property (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -761,8 +745,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_property (GtkStyleContext *context,
* memory in the appropriate manner for the type. For example, by calling
* g_free() or g_object_unref(). Non-pointer-valued properties, such as
* integers, are returned by value and do not need to be freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_style_context_get_valist (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -815,8 +797,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_valist (GtkStyleContext *context,
* memory in the appropriate manner for the type. For example, by calling
* g_free() or g_object_unref(). Non-pointer-valued properties, such as
* integers, are returned by value and do not need to be freed.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_style_context_get (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -875,8 +855,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_id (GtkStyleContext *context)
* @flags: state to represent
*
* Sets the state to be used for style matching.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_set_state (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -901,8 +879,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_state (GtkStyleContext *context,
* gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
*
* Returns: the state flags
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkStateFlags
gtk_style_context_get_state (GtkStyleContext *context)
@@ -920,8 +896,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_state (GtkStyleContext *context)
* @scale: scale
*
* Sets the scale to use when getting image assets for the style.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
void
gtk_style_context_set_scale (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -955,8 +929,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_scale (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Returns the scale used for assets.
*
* Returns: the scale
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
gint
gtk_style_context_get_scale (GtkStyleContext *context)
@@ -980,8 +952,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_scale (GtkStyleContext *context)
* If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from
* gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call
* this yourself.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_set_path (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1019,8 +989,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_path (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Returns the widget path used for style matching.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidgetPath
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
const GtkWidgetPath *
gtk_style_context_get_path (GtkStyleContext *context)
@@ -1040,8 +1008,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_path (GtkStyleContext *context)
*
* If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from
* gtk_widget_get_style_context(), the parent will be set for you.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
void
gtk_style_context_set_parent (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1084,8 +1050,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_parent (GtkStyleContext *context,
* See that function for details.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the parent context or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
GtkStyleContext *
gtk_style_context_get_parent (GtkStyleContext *context)
@@ -1160,8 +1124,6 @@ gtk_style_context_save_named (GtkStyleContext *context,
*
* The matching call to gtk_style_context_restore() must be done
* before GTK returns to the main loop.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_save (GtkStyleContext *context)
@@ -1177,8 +1139,6 @@ gtk_style_context_save (GtkStyleContext *context)
*
* Restores @context state to a previous stage.
* See gtk_style_context_save().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_restore (GtkStyleContext *context)
@@ -1217,8 +1177,6 @@ gtk_style_context_restore (GtkStyleContext *context)
* |[ <!-- language="CSS" -->
* .search { ... }
* ]|
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_add_class (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1241,8 +1199,6 @@ gtk_style_context_add_class (GtkStyleContext *context,
* @class_name: class name to remove
*
* Removes @class_name from @context.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_remove_class (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1270,8 +1226,6 @@ gtk_style_context_remove_class (GtkStyleContext *context,
* given class name.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @context has @class_name defined
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_style_context_has_class (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1300,8 +1254,6 @@ gtk_style_context_has_class (GtkStyleContext *context,
* strings with the currently defined classes. The contents
* of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list
* itself with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GList *
gtk_style_context_list_classes (GtkStyleContext *context)
@@ -1342,8 +1294,6 @@ _gtk_style_context_peek_property (GtkStyleContext *context,
* If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from
* gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to
* call this yourself.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
void
gtk_style_context_set_display (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1382,8 +1332,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_display (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Returns the #GdkDisplay to which @context is attached.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkDisplay *
gtk_style_context_get_display (GtkStyleContext *context)
@@ -1407,8 +1355,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_display (GtkStyleContext *context)
* If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from
* gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to
* call this yourself.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
void
gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1431,8 +1377,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkFrameClock, or %NULL
* if @context does not have an attached frame clock.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
GdkFrameClock *
gtk_style_context_get_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context)
@@ -1530,8 +1474,6 @@ gtk_style_context_validate (GtkStyleContext *context,
*
* See gtk_style_context_get_property() and
* #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_COLOR for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_get_color (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1566,8 +1508,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_color (GtkStyleContext *context,
* achieve this result is to use gtk_render_background() instead, along with CSS
* style classes to modify the color to be rendered.
*
- * Since: 3.0
- *
* Deprecated: 3.16: Use gtk_render_background() instead.
**/
void
@@ -1594,8 +1534,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_background_color (GtkStyleContext *context,
*
* Gets the border color for a given state.
*
- * Since: 3.0
- *
* Deprecated: 3.16: Use gtk_render_frame() instead.
**/
void
@@ -1624,8 +1562,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_border_color (GtkStyleContext *context,
*
* See gtk_style_context_get_property() and
* #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_WIDTH for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_get_border (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1658,8 +1594,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_border (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Gets the padding for a given state as a #GtkBorder.
* See gtk_style_context_get() and #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_PADDING
* for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_get_padding (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1692,8 +1626,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_padding (GtkStyleContext *context,
* Gets the margin for a given state as a #GtkBorder.
* See gtk_style_property_get() and #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_MARGIN
* for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_style_context_get_margin (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1879,8 +1811,6 @@ snapshot_insertion_cursor (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
* @direction: the #PangoDirection of the text
*
* Draws a text caret on @cr at the specified index of @layout.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
void
gtk_render_insertion_cursor (GtkStyleContext *context,
@@ -1964,8 +1894,6 @@ gtk_render_insertion_cursor (GtkStyleContext *context,
* @direction: the #PangoDirection of the text
*
* Draws a text caret using @snapshot at the specified index of @layout.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
**/
void
gtk_snapshot_render_insertion_cursor (GtkSnapshot *snapshot,
@@ -2176,8 +2104,6 @@ G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS
* the format of the returned string, it may change.
*
* Returns: a newly allocated string representing @context
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
char *
gtk_style_context_to_string (GtkStyleContext *context,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.h b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.h
index 0b58d5e..bfe5130 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.h
@@ -178,8 +178,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* A CSS class to match labels.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_LABEL "label"
@@ -261,8 +259,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* A CSS class that gets added to windows which have client-side decorations.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CSD "csd"
@@ -300,8 +296,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* and text views.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TOUCH_SELECTION "touch-selection"
@@ -356,8 +350,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* A CSS class to match statusbars.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_STATUSBAR "statusbar"
@@ -792,8 +784,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* a toplevel window.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TITLE "title"
@@ -804,8 +794,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* a toplevel window.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SUBTITLE "subtitle"
@@ -817,8 +805,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* a hidden page that changed state.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_NEEDS_ATTENTION "needs-attention"
@@ -829,8 +815,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* primary suggested action in a specific context.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SUGGESTED_ACTION "suggested-action"
@@ -842,8 +826,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* to the user.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DESTRUCTIVE_ACTION "destructive-action"
@@ -853,8 +835,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* A CSS class that matches popovers.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_POPOVER "popover"
@@ -866,8 +846,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* A CSS class that is added to the toplevel windows used for menus.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_POPUP "popup"
@@ -877,8 +855,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* A CSS class that is added to message dialogs.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MESSAGE_DIALOG "message-dialog"
@@ -890,8 +866,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* without it.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_FLAT "flat"
@@ -912,8 +886,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* area.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_OVERSHOOT "overshoot"
@@ -925,8 +897,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* by scrolling.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_UNDERSHOOT "undershoot"
@@ -939,8 +909,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* style it as black text on white background.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PAPER "paper"
@@ -951,8 +919,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* a monospace font.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MONOSPACE "monospace"
@@ -963,8 +929,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass
* Used by #GtkPaned.
*
* Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
#define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_WIDE "wide"
@@ -974,11 +938,11 @@ GType gtk_style_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST;
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkStyleContext * gtk_style_context_new (void);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
GtkStyleProvider *provider,
guint priority);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_style_context_remove_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display,
GtkStyleProvider *provider);
@@ -1018,10 +982,10 @@ void gtk_style_context_set_state (GtkStyleContext *context,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkStateFlags gtk_style_context_get_state (GtkStyleContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_style_context_set_scale (GtkStyleContext *context,
gint scale);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_style_context_get_scale (GtkStyleContext *context);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -1029,7 +993,7 @@ void gtk_style_context_set_path (GtkStyleContext *context,
GtkWidgetPath *path);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GtkWidgetPath * gtk_style_context_get_path (GtkStyleContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_style_context_set_parent (GtkStyleContext *context,
GtkStyleContext *parent);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -1054,10 +1018,10 @@ void gtk_style_context_set_display (GtkStyleContext *context,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay *gtk_style_context_get_display (GtkStyleContext *context);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context,
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkFrameClock *gtk_style_context_get_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -1069,10 +1033,10 @@ gboolean gtk_style_context_lookup_color (GtkStyleContext *context,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_style_context_get_color (GtkStyleContext *context,
GdkRGBA *color);
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16_FOR(gtk_render_background)
+GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(gtk_render_background)
void gtk_style_context_get_background_color (GtkStyleContext *context,
GdkRGBA *color);
-GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16_FOR(gtk_render_frame)
+GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(gtk_render_frame)
void gtk_style_context_get_border_color (GtkStyleContext *context,
GdkRGBA *color);
@@ -1089,7 +1053,7 @@ void gtk_style_context_get_margin (GtkStyleContext *context,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_style_context_reset_widgets (GdkDisplay *display);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_render_insertion_cursor
(GtkStyleContext *context,
cairo_t *cr,
@@ -1105,7 +1069,7 @@ typedef enum {
GTK_STYLE_CONTEXT_PRINT_SHOW_STYLE = 1 << 1
} GtkStyleContextPrintFlags;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
char * gtk_style_context_to_string (GtkStyleContext *context,
GtkStyleContextPrintFlags flags);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkswitch.c b/gtk/gtkswitch.c
index a4d7d38..b25ffc9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkswitch.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkswitch.c
@@ -533,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_switch_class_init (GtkSwitchClass *klass)
*
* The backend state that is controlled by the switch.
* See #GtkSwitch::state-set for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
switch_props[PROP_STATE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("state",
@@ -595,8 +593,6 @@ gtk_switch_class_init (GtkSwitchClass *klass)
* position of the switch.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop the signal emission
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
signals[STATE_SET] =
g_signal_new (I_("state-set"),
@@ -672,8 +668,6 @@ gtk_switch_init (GtkSwitch *self)
* Creates a new #GtkSwitch widget.
*
* Returns: the newly created #GtkSwitch instance
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_switch_new (void)
@@ -687,8 +681,6 @@ gtk_switch_new (void)
* @is_active: %TRUE if @sw should be active, and %FALSE otherwise
*
* Changes the state of @sw to the desired one.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_switch_set_active (GtkSwitch *sw,
@@ -732,8 +724,6 @@ gtk_switch_set_active (GtkSwitch *sw,
* Gets whether the #GtkSwitch is in its “on” or “off” state.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the #GtkSwitch is active, and %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_switch_get_active (GtkSwitch *sw)
@@ -757,8 +747,6 @@ gtk_switch_get_active (GtkSwitch *sw)
* called from a #GtkSwitch::state-set signal handler.
*
* See #GtkSwitch::state-set for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_switch_set_state (GtkSwitch *sw,
@@ -795,8 +783,6 @@ gtk_switch_set_state (GtkSwitch *sw,
* Gets the underlying state of the #GtkSwitch.
*
* Returns: the underlying state
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
gboolean
gtk_switch_get_state (GtkSwitch *sw)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkswitch.h b/gtk/gtkswitch.h
index da19795..f525364 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkswitch.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkswitch.h
@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ void gtk_switch_set_active (GtkSwitch *sw,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_switch_get_active (GtkSwitch *sw);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_switch_set_state (GtkSwitch *sw,
gboolean state);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_switch_get_state (GtkSwitch *sw);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtktestutils.c b/gtk/gtktestutils.c
index 1a35d2e..43293c9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktestutils.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktestutils.c
@@ -70,8 +70,6 @@
*
* Like gtk_init() and g_test_init(), any known arguments will be
* processed and stripped from @argc and @argv.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_test_init (int *argcp,
@@ -126,8 +124,6 @@ quit_main_loop_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
* This function is intended to be used for syncing with actions that
* depend on @widget relayouting or on interaction with the display
* server.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
void
gtk_test_widget_wait_for_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -158,8 +154,6 @@ static guint n_all_registered_types = 0;
*
* Returns: (array length=n_types zero-terminated=1) (transfer none):
* 0-terminated array of type ids
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
const GType*
gtk_test_list_all_types (guint *n_types)
@@ -175,8 +169,6 @@ gtk_test_list_all_types (guint *n_types)
* Force registration of all core Gtk+ and Gdk object types.
* This allowes to refer to any of those object types via
* g_type_from_name() after calling this function.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_test_register_all_types (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktestutils.h b/gtk/gtktestutils.h
index a64e2db..1ea7c0a 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktestutils.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktestutils.h
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_test_register_all_types (void);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const GType* gtk_test_list_all_types (guint *n_types);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_test_widget_wait_for_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c
index 5e60188..e6c1a6c 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c
@@ -419,8 +419,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass)
*
* The text content of the buffer. Without child widgets and images,
* see gtk_text_buffer_get_text() for more information.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
text_buffer_props[PROP_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_string ("text",
@@ -433,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass)
* GtkTextBuffer:has-selection:
*
* Whether the buffer has some text currently selected.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
text_buffer_props[PROP_HAS_SELECTION] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-selection",
@@ -449,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass)
* The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning
* of the buffer). It is useful for getting notified when the
* cursor moves.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
text_buffer_props[PROP_CURSOR_POSITION] =
g_param_spec_int ("cursor-position",
@@ -465,8 +459,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass)
*
* The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying
* and as DND source.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
text_buffer_props[PROP_COPY_TARGET_LIST] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("copy-target-list",
@@ -480,8 +472,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass)
*
* The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting
* and as DND destination.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
text_buffer_props[PROP_PASTE_TARGET_LIST] =
g_param_spec_boxed ("paste-target-list",
@@ -838,8 +828,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass)
* The paste-done signal is emitted after paste operation has been completed.
* This is useful to properly scroll the view to the end of the pasted text.
* See gtk_text_buffer_paste_clipboard() for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
signals[PASTE_DONE] =
g_signal_new (I_("paste-done"),
@@ -2338,8 +2326,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_create_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
*
* Emits the #GtkTextBuffer::mark-set signal as notification of the mark's
* initial placement.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_text_buffer_add_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -2628,8 +2614,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_place_cursor (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* inefficient since the temporarily-selected region will force stuff
* to be recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which can
* be optimized.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_text_buffer_select_range (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -3314,8 +3298,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_set_modified (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* Indicates whether the buffer has some text currently selected.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the there is text selected
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_buffer_get_has_selection (GtkTextBuffer *buffer)
@@ -3821,8 +3803,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_delete_selection (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* re-initialized to point to the location where text was deleted.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the buffer was modified
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_buffer_backspace (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
@@ -4722,8 +4702,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_attributes (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
* #GtkTextBuffer::insert-text signal, possibly multiple times; insertion
* actually occurs in the default handler for the signal. @iter will point
* to the end of the inserted text on return.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_text_buffer_insert_markup (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h
index 2181c5e..51668cb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ void gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags_by_name (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
const gchar *first_tag_name,
...) G_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED;
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_buffer_insert_markup (GtkTextBuffer *buffer,
GtkTextIter *iter,
const gchar *markup,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextiter.c b/gtk/gtktextiter.c
index e7dd2c8..e16f3a5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextiter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextiter.c
@@ -452,8 +452,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_free (GtkTextIter *iter)
* is not useful in applications, because iterators can be assigned
* with `GtkTextIter i = j;`. The
* function is used by language bindings.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_text_iter_assign (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -1166,7 +1164,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_toggled_tags (const GtkTextIter *iter,
* parameters.
*
* Returns: whether @iter is the start of a range tagged with @tag
- * Since: 3.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_starts_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -2710,8 +2707,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_lines (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count)
* already at the end of the buffer.
*
* Returns: whether @iter can be dereferenced
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -2750,8 +2745,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
* every iteration, if your first iteration is on line 0.)
*
* Returns: whether @iter moved
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -2791,8 +2784,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter)
* moves backward by 0 - @count lines.
*
* Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_lines (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -2831,8 +2822,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_lines (GtkTextIter *iter,
* moves forward by 0 - @count lines.
*
* Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_lines (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3297,8 +3286,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_word_starts (GtkTextIter *iter,
* algorithms).
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3317,8 +3304,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end (GtkTextIter *iter)
* algorithms).
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3334,8 +3319,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start (GtkTextIter *iter)
* Calls gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end() up to @count times.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_ends (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3354,8 +3337,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_ends (GtkTextIter *iter,
* Calls gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start() up to @count times.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_starts (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3691,8 +3672,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
* gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3708,8 +3687,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
* gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
@@ -3726,8 +3703,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter)
* gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
@@ -3747,8 +3722,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
* gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextiter.h b/gtk/gtktextiter.h
index dbc89d1..890244e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextiter.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktextiter.h
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkTextIter *gtk_text_iter_copy (const GtkTextIter *iter);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_iter_free (GtkTextIter *iter);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_iter_assign (GtkTextIter *iter,
const GtkTextIter *other);
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GSList *gtk_text_iter_get_toggled_tags (const GtkTextIter *iter,
gboolean toggled_on);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_text_iter_starts_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter,
GtkTextTag *tag);
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_word_ends (GtkTextIter *iter,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_text_iter_backward_word_starts (GtkTextIter *iter,
gint count);
-
+
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextmark.c b/gtk/gtktextmark.c
index 4e966ce..12c6e2d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextmark.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextmark.c
@@ -255,8 +255,6 @@ gtk_text_mark_get_property (GObject *object,
* side of the text you’re typing).
*
* Returns: new #GtkTextMark
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
GtkTextMark *
gtk_text_mark_new (const gchar *name,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktexttag.c b/gtk/gtktexttag.c
index d6c1a55..f357b3e 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktexttag.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktexttag.c
@@ -210,8 +210,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* GtkTextTag:background-rgba:
*
* Background color as a #GdkRGBA.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_BACKGROUND_RGBA,
@@ -241,8 +239,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* GtkTextTag:foreground-rgba:
*
* Foreground color as a #GdkRGBA.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_FOREGROUND_RGBA,
@@ -494,8 +490,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* If #GtkTextTag:underline is set to %PANGO_UNDERLINE_ERROR, an alternate
* color may be applied instead of the foreground. Setting this property
* will always override those defaults.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_UNDERLINE_RGBA,
@@ -510,8 +504,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
*
* This property modifies the color of strikeouts. If not set, strikeouts
* will use the forground color.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_STRIKETHROUGH_RGBA,
@@ -547,8 +539,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* Note that there may still be problems with the support for invisible
* text, in particular when navigating programmatically inside a buffer
* containing invisible segments.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_INVISIBLE,
@@ -562,8 +552,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* GtkTextTag:paragraph-background:
*
* The paragraph background color as a string.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_PARAGRAPH_BACKGROUND,
@@ -577,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* GtkTextTag:paragraph-background-rgba:
*
* The paragraph background color as a #GdkRGBA.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_PARAGRAPH_BACKGROUND_RGBA,
@@ -595,8 +581,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
*
* When set to %TRUE, other fonts will be substituted
* where the current font is missing glyphs.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_FALLBACK,
@@ -610,8 +594,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* GtkTextTag:letter-spacing:
*
* Extra spacing between graphemes, in Pango units.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_LETTER_SPACING,
@@ -625,8 +607,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* GtkTextTag:font-features:
*
* OpenType font features, as a string.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_FONT_FEATURES,
@@ -644,8 +624,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* When set to %TRUE the margins of this tag are added to the margins
* of any other non-accumulative margins present. When set to %FALSE
* the margins override one another (the default).
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ACCUMULATIVE_MARGIN,
@@ -751,8 +729,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* GtkTextTag:underline-rgba-set:
*
* If the #GtkTextTag:underline-rgba property has been set.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
ADD_SET_PROP ("underline-rgba-set", PROP_UNDERLINE_RGBA_SET,
P_("Underline RGBA set"),
@@ -762,8 +738,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass)
* GtkTextTag:strikethrough-rgba-set:
*
* If the #GtkTextTag:strikethrough-rgba property has been set.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
ADD_SET_PROP ("strikethrough-rgba-set", PROP_STRIKETHROUGH_RGBA_SET,
P_("Strikethrough RGBA set"),
@@ -2039,8 +2013,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_set_priority (GtkTextTag *tag,
*
* The signal is already emitted when setting a #GtkTextTag property. This
* function is useful for a #GtkTextTag subclass.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_text_tag_changed (GtkTextTag *tag,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktexttag.h b/gtk/gtktexttag.h
index b6daa7c..454cd93 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktexttag.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktexttag.h
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ gint gtk_text_tag_get_priority (GtkTextTag *tag);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_tag_set_priority (GtkTextTag *tag,
gint priority);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_tag_changed (GtkTextTag *tag,
gboolean size_changed);
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextview.c b/gtk/gtktextview.c
index 171467c..9e69647 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktextview.c
@@ -857,8 +857,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
* to the padding from the theme.
*
* Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-top.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TOP_MARGIN,
@@ -878,8 +876,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
* to the padding from the theme.
*
* Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-bottom.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_BOTTOM_MARGIN,
@@ -946,8 +942,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
* Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the
* system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings
* #GtkSettings:gtk-im-module property.
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_IM_MODULE,
@@ -964,8 +958,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
*
* This property can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input
* methods to adjust their behaviour.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_INPUT_PURPOSE,
@@ -982,8 +974,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
*
* Additional hints (beyond #GtkTextView:input-purpose) that
* allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_INPUT_HINTS,
@@ -999,8 +989,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
*
* If :populate-all is %TRUE, the #GtkTextView::populate-popup
* signal is also emitted for touch popups.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_POPULATE_ALL,
@@ -1015,8 +1003,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
*
* If %TRUE, set the %GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MONOSPACE style class on the
* text view to indicate that a monospace font is desired.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MONOSPACE,
@@ -1358,8 +1344,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
*
* This signal is only emitted if the text at the given position
* is actually editable.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
signals[PREEDIT_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("preedit-changed"),
@@ -1384,7 +1368,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
*
* Returns: %GDK_EVENT_STOP to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
* event. %GDK_EVENT_PROPAGATE to propagate the event further.
- * Since: 3.16
*/
signals[EXTEND_SELECTION] =
g_signal_new (I_("extend-selection"),
@@ -1408,8 +1391,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass)
* which gets emitted to present the Emoji chooser for the @text_view.
*
* The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-. and Ctrl-;
- *
- * Since: 3.22.27
*/
signals[INSERT_EMOJI] =
g_signal_new (I_("insert-emoji"),
@@ -2024,8 +2005,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GtkTextView *text_view)
* The rectangle position is in buffer coordinates; use
* gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords() to convert these
* coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_text_view_get_cursor_locations (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -2103,8 +2082,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_iter_at_location (GtkTextView *text_view,
* characters.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the position is over text
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_get_iter_at_position (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -3252,8 +3229,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_right_margin (GtkTextView *text_view)
*
* Note that this function is confusingly named.
* In CSS terms, the value set here is padding.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_text_view_set_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -3286,8 +3261,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Gets the top margin for text in the @text_view.
*
* Returns: top margin in pixels
- *
- * Since: 3.18
**/
gint
gtk_text_view_get_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -3306,8 +3279,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view)
*
* Note that this function is confusingly named.
* In CSS terms, the value set here is padding.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_text_view_set_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -3336,8 +3307,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Gets the bottom margin for text in the @text_view.
*
* Returns: bottom margin in pixels
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
gint
gtk_text_view_get_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -3528,8 +3497,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_cursor_visible (GtkTextView *text_view)
* This function should be called in response to user input
* (e.g. from derived classes that override the textview's
* #GtkWidget::key-press-event handler).
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_text_view_reset_cursor_blink (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -6857,8 +6824,6 @@ gtk_text_view_toggle_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view)
* Returns whether the #GtkTextView is in overwrite mode or not.
*
* Returns: whether @text_view is in overwrite mode or not.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_get_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -6874,8 +6839,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view)
* @overwrite: %TRUE to turn on overwrite mode, %FALSE to turn it off
*
* Changes the #GtkTextView overwrite mode.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_text_view_set_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -6899,8 +6862,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view,
* If @accepts_tab is %TRUE, a tab character is inserted. If @accepts_tab
* is %FALSE the keyboard focus is moved to the next widget in the focus
* chain.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -6927,8 +6888,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab (GtkTextView *text_view,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if pressing the Tab key inserts a tab character,
* %FALSE if pressing the Tab key moves the keyboard focus.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_get_accepts_tab (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -7725,8 +7684,6 @@ gtk_text_view_destroy_layout (GtkTextView *text_view)
*
* This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer
* would confuse on-going input method behavior.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
void
gtk_text_view_reset_im_context (GtkTextView *text_view)
@@ -7777,8 +7734,6 @@ gtk_text_view_reset_im_context (GtkTextView *text_view)
* ]|
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event.
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_im_context_filter_keypress (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -10058,8 +10013,6 @@ gtk_text_view_move_visually (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Sets the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property which
* can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input
* methods to adjust their behaviour.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
@@ -10084,10 +10037,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view,
* @text_view: a #GtkTextView
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
-
GtkInputPurpose
gtk_text_view_get_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view)
{
@@ -10109,8 +10059,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view)
*
* Sets the #GtkTextView:input-hints property, which
* allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
@@ -10135,10 +10083,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view,
* @text_view: a #GtkTextView
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-hints property.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
-
GtkInputHints
gtk_text_view_get_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view)
{
@@ -10161,8 +10106,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view)
* Sets the #GtkTextView:monospace property, which
* indicates that the text view should use monospace
* fonts.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
void
gtk_text_view_set_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -10193,8 +10136,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view,
* Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:monospace property.
*
* Return: %TRUE if monospace fonts are desired
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
gboolean
gtk_text_view_get_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktextview.h b/gtk/gtktextview.h
index 9881e4c..2fa4fe3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktextview.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktextview.h
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ typedef enum
/**
* GtkTextViewLayer:
- * @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT: The layer rendered below the text (but above the background). Since:
3.20
- * @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT: The layer rendered above the text. Since: 3.20
+ * @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT: The layer rendered below the text (but above the background).
+ * @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT: The layer rendered above the text.
*
* Used to reference the layers of #GtkTextView for the purpose of customized
* drawing with the ::draw_layer vfunc.
@@ -89,8 +89,6 @@ typedef enum
*
* Granularity types that extend the text selection. Use the
* #GtkTextView::extend-selection signal to customize the selection.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
typedef enum
{
@@ -144,16 +142,15 @@ struct _GtkTextView
* keybinding signal.
* @create_buffer: The create_buffer vfunc is called to create a #GtkTextBuffer
* for the text view. The default implementation is to just call
- * gtk_text_buffer_new(). Since: 3.10
+ * gtk_text_buffer_new().
* @draw_layer: The draw_layer vfunc is called before and after the text
* view is drawing its own text. Applications can override this vfunc
* in a subclass to draw customized content underneath or above the
* text. In the %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT and %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT
* the drawing is done in the buffer coordinate space, but the older (deprecated)
* layers %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW and %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE work in viewport
- * coordinates, which makes them unnecessarily hard to use. Since: 3.14
- * @extend_selection: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::extend-selection
- * signal. Since 3.16
+ * coordinates, which makes them unnecessarily hard to use.
+ * @extend_selection: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::extend-selection signal.
*/
struct _GtkTextViewClass
{
@@ -241,7 +238,7 @@ void gtk_text_view_set_cursor_visible (GtkTextView *text_view,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_text_view_get_cursor_visible (GtkTextView *text_view);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_view_reset_cursor_blink (GtkTextView *text_view);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -398,15 +395,15 @@ void gtk_text_view_set_right_margin (GtkTextView *text_vi
gint right_margin);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_text_view_get_right_margin (GtkTextView *text_view);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_view_set_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view,
gint top_margin);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_text_view_get_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_view_set_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view,
gint bottom_margin);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_text_view_get_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_view_set_indent (GtkTextView *text_view,
@@ -419,22 +416,22 @@ void gtk_text_view_set_tabs (GtkTextView *text_vi
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoTabArray* gtk_text_view_get_tabs (GtkTextView *text_view);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_view_set_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view,
GtkInputPurpose purpose);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkInputPurpose gtk_text_view_get_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_view_set_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view,
GtkInputHints hints);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkInputHints gtk_text_view_get_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_text_view_set_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view,
gboolean monospace);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_text_view_get_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view);
G_END_DECLS
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c
index 074d507..eed4321 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c
@@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ gtk_toggle_tool_button_class_init (GtkToggleToolButtonClass *klass)
* GtkToggleToolButton:active:
*
* If the toggle tool button should be pressed in.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ACTIVE,
@@ -311,8 +309,6 @@ button_toggled (GtkWidget *widget,
* Returns a new #GtkToggleToolButton
*
* Returns: a newly created #GtkToggleToolButton
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkToolItem *
gtk_toggle_tool_button_new (void)
@@ -333,8 +329,6 @@ gtk_toggle_tool_button_new (void)
* Sets the status of the toggle tool button. Set to %TRUE if you
* want the GtkToggleButton to be “pressed in”, and %FALSE to raise it.
* This action causes the toggled signal to be emitted.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active (GtkToggleToolButton *button,
@@ -359,8 +353,6 @@ gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active (GtkToggleToolButton *button,
* Returns %TRUE if the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the toggle tool button is pressed in, %FALSE if not
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_active (GtkToggleToolButton *button)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolbar.c b/gtk/gtktoolbar.c
index 262ab9f..5d923e8 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoolbar.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoolbar.c
@@ -1929,8 +1929,6 @@ logical_to_physical (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
* hierarchy. When an item is set as drop highlight item it can not
* added to any widget hierarchy or used as highlight item for another
* toolbar.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_toolbar_set_drop_highlight_item (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
@@ -2371,8 +2369,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_new (void)
* Insert a #GtkToolItem into the toolbar at position @pos. If @pos is
* 0 the item is prepended to the start of the toolbar. If @pos is
* negative, the item is appended to the end of the toolbar.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_toolbar_insert (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
@@ -2399,8 +2395,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_insert (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
* It is an error if @item is not a child of the toolbar.
*
* Returns: the position of item on the toolbar.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gint
gtk_toolbar_get_item_index (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
@@ -2506,8 +2500,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_unset_style (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
* Returns the number of items on the toolbar.
*
* Returns: the number of items on the toolbar
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gint
gtk_toolbar_get_n_items (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
@@ -2531,8 +2523,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_n_items (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The @n'th #GtkToolItem on @toolbar,
* or %NULL if there isn’t an @n'th item.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkToolItem *
gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
@@ -2570,8 +2560,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
* or #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy, will be available in an overflow menu,
* which can be opened by an added arrow button. If %FALSE, @toolbar will
* request enough size to fit all of its child items without any overflow.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
@@ -2605,8 +2593,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
* See gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the toolbar has an overflow menu.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_toolbar_get_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
@@ -2630,8 +2616,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar)
* @x and @y are in @toolbar coordinates.
*
* Returns: The position corresponding to the point (@x, @y) on the toolbar.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gint
gtk_toolbar_get_drop_index (GtkToolbar *toolbar,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c
index 5f25715..bd317d6 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c
@@ -233,8 +233,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_class_init (GtkToolButtonClass *klass)
* The name of the themed icon displayed on the item.
* This property only has an effect if not overridden by
* #GtkToolButton:label-widget or #GtkToolButton:icon-widget
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ICON_NAME,
@@ -832,8 +830,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_toolbar_reconfigured (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* label.
*
* Returns: A new #GtkToolButton
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkToolItem *
gtk_tool_button_new (GtkWidget *icon_widget,
@@ -860,8 +856,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_new (GtkWidget *icon_widget,
* property only has an effect if not overridden by a non-%NULL
* #GtkToolButton:label-widget property. If both the #GtkToolButton:label-widget
* and #GtkToolButton:label properties are %NULL, @button will not have a label.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tool_button_set_label (GtkToolButton *button,
@@ -900,8 +894,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_label (GtkToolButton *button,
* string is owned by GTK+, and must not be modified or freed.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The label, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
const gchar *
gtk_tool_button_get_label (GtkToolButton *button)
@@ -924,8 +916,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_get_label (GtkToolButton *button)
*
* Labels shown on tool buttons never have mnemonics on them; this property
* only affects the menu item on the overflow menu.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline (GtkToolButton *button,
@@ -953,8 +943,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline (GtkToolButton *button,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if underscores in the label property are used as
* mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_tool_button_get_use_underline (GtkToolButton *button)
@@ -974,8 +962,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_get_use_underline (GtkToolButton *button)
* The #GtkToolButton:icon-name property only has an effect if not
* overridden by non-%NULL #GtkToolButton:label-widget or
* #GtkToolButton:icon-widget properties.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_tool_button_set_icon_name (GtkToolButton *button,
@@ -1004,8 +990,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_icon_name (GtkToolButton *button,
*
* Returns: (nullable): the icon name or %NULL if the tool button has
* no themed icon
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
const gchar*
gtk_tool_button_get_icon_name (GtkToolButton *button)
@@ -1021,8 +1005,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_get_icon_name (GtkToolButton *button)
* @icon_widget: (allow-none): the widget used as icon, or %NULL
*
* Sets @icon as the widget used as icon on @button.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GtkToolButton *button,
@@ -1063,8 +1045,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GtkToolButton *button,
* Sets @label_widget as the widget that will be used as the label
* for @button. If @label_widget is %NULL the #GtkToolButton:label property is used
* as label. If #GtkToolButton:label is also %NULL, @button does not have a label.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button,
@@ -1106,8 +1086,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The widget used as label
* on @button, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tool_button_get_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button)
@@ -1126,8 +1104,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_get_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The widget used as icon
* on @button, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tool_button_get_icon_widget (GtkToolButton *button)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolitem.c b/gtk/gtktoolitem.c
index ad132a0..ab0f78b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoolitem.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoolitem.c
@@ -318,8 +318,6 @@ _gtk_tool_item_create_menu_proxy (GtkToolItem *item)
* Creates a new #GtkToolItem
*
* Returns: the new #GtkToolItem
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkToolItem *
gtk_tool_item_new (void)
@@ -341,8 +339,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_new (void)
*
* Returns: a #PangoEllipsizeMode indicating how text in @tool_item
* should be ellipsized.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
PangoEllipsizeMode
gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -368,8 +364,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
*
* Returns: a #GtkOrientation indicating the orientation
* used for @tool_item
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkOrientation
gtk_tool_item_get_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -404,8 +398,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
*
* Returns: A #GtkToolbarStyle indicating the toolbar style used
* for @tool_item.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkToolbarStyle
gtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_style (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -431,8 +423,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_style (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
*
* Returns: a #gfloat indicating the horizontal text alignment
* used for @tool_item
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
gfloat
gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -458,8 +448,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
*
* Returns: a #GtkOrientation indicating the text orientation
* used for @tool_item
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
GtkOrientation
gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -484,8 +472,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* and use the size group for labels.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkSizeGroup
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
GtkSizeGroup *
gtk_tool_item_get_text_size_group (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -510,8 +496,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_text_size_group (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* is more room on the toolbar then needed for the items. The
* effect is that the item gets bigger when the toolbar gets bigger
* and smaller when the toolbar gets smaller.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_tool_item_set_expand (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
@@ -537,8 +521,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_expand (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
* See gtk_tool_item_set_expand().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item is allocated extra space.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_tool_item_get_expand (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -556,8 +538,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_expand (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* Sets whether @tool_item is to be allocated the same size as other
* homogeneous items. The effect is that all homogeneous items will have
* the same width as the widest of the items.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
@@ -584,8 +564,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the item is the same size as other homogeneous
* items.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_tool_item_get_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -603,8 +581,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* gtk_tool_item_set_is_important()
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item is considered important.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -624,8 +600,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* when the toolbar style is %GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ. The result is that
* only tool buttons with the “is_important” property set have labels, an
* effect known as “priority text”
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GtkToolItem *tool_item, gboolean is_important)
@@ -651,8 +625,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GtkToolItem *tool_item, gboolean is_important)
*
* Sets the text to be displayed as tooltip on the item.
* See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
@@ -674,8 +646,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
*
* Sets the markup text to be displayed as tooltip on the item.
* See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_markup (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
@@ -696,8 +666,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_markup (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
* @visible_horizontal: Whether @tool_item is visible when in horizontal mode
*
* Sets whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked horizontally.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GtkToolItem *toolitem,
@@ -726,8 +694,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GtkToolItem *toolitem,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are
* docked horizontally.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_tool_item_get_visible_horizontal (GtkToolItem *toolitem)
@@ -747,8 +713,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_visible_horizontal (GtkToolItem *toolitem)
* vertically. Some tool items, such as text entries, are too wide to be
* useful on a vertically docked toolbar. If @visible_vertical is %FALSE
* @tool_item will not appear on toolbars that are docked vertically.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem,
@@ -776,8 +740,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem,
* See gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical().
*
* Returns: Whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_tool_item_get_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem)
@@ -797,8 +759,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem)
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkMenuItem that is going to appear in the
* overflow menu for @tool_item.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tool_item_retrieve_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -829,8 +789,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_retrieve_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The #GtkMenuItem passed to
* gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item(), if the @menu_item_ids
* match.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
@@ -856,8 +814,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
*
* The function must be called when the tool item changes what it
* will do in response to the #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy signal.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
@@ -885,8 +841,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
* should also be used with gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item().
*
* See also #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
@@ -925,8 +879,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item,
* Emits the signal #GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured on @tool_item.
* #GtkToolbar and other #GtkToolShell implementations use this function
* to notify children, when some aspect of their configuration changes.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_tool_item_toolbar_reconfigured (GtkToolItem *tool_item)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolshell.c b/gtk/gtktoolshell.c
index caa75d1..ba1cf70 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktoolshell.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktoolshell.c
@@ -84,8 +84,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_real_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolShell *shell)
* instead.
*
* Returns: the current orientation of @shell
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GtkOrientation
gtk_tool_shell_get_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell)
@@ -102,8 +100,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell)
* instead.
*
* Returns: the current style of @shell
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GtkToolbarStyle
gtk_tool_shell_get_style (GtkToolShell *shell)
@@ -121,8 +117,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_style (GtkToolShell *shell)
*
* Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on
* gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu() instead.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
void
gtk_tool_shell_rebuild_menu (GtkToolShell *shell)
@@ -142,8 +136,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_rebuild_menu (GtkToolShell *shell)
* instead.
*
* Returns: the current text orientation of @shell
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
GtkOrientation
gtk_tool_shell_get_text_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell)
@@ -162,8 +154,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_text_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell)
* instead.
*
* Returns: the current text alignment of @shell
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
gfloat
gtk_tool_shell_get_text_alignment (GtkToolShell *shell)
@@ -182,8 +172,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_text_alignment (GtkToolShell *shell)
* instead.
*
* Returns: the current ellipsize mode of @shell
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
PangoEllipsizeMode
gtk_tool_shell_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolShell *shell)
@@ -202,8 +190,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolShell *shell)
* instead.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the current text size group of @shell
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
GtkSizeGroup *
gtk_tool_shell_get_text_size_group (GtkToolShell *shell)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktooltip.c b/gtk/gtktooltip.c
index 80b340a..6d9c6e3 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktooltip.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktooltip.c
@@ -234,8 +234,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_dispose (GObject *object)
* Sets the text of the tooltip to be @markup, which is marked up
* with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
* If @markup is %NULL, the label will be hidden.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tooltip_set_markup (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
@@ -253,8 +251,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_markup (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
*
* Sets the text of the tooltip to be @text. If @text is %NULL, the label
* will be hidden. See also gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tooltip_set_text (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
@@ -272,8 +268,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_text (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
*
* Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be
* @texture. If @texure is %NULL, the image will be hidden.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_tooltip_set_icon (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
@@ -293,8 +287,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_icon (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
* Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be
* the icon indicated by @icon_name with the size indicated
* by @size. If @icon_name is %NULL, the image will be hidden.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
void
gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_icon_name (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
@@ -314,8 +306,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_icon_name (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
* Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text)
* to be the icon indicated by @gicon with the size indicated
* by @size. If @gicon is %NULL, the image will be hidden.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
@@ -338,9 +328,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
* By default a box with a #GtkImage and #GtkLabel is embedded in
* the tooltip, which can be configured using gtk_tooltip_set_markup()
* and gtk_tooltip_set_icon().
-
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tooltip_set_custom (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
@@ -370,8 +357,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_custom (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
* For setting tooltips on #GtkTreeView, please refer to the convenience
* functions for this: gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row() and
* gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
@@ -396,8 +381,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
* visible tooltip, or to show/hide the current tooltip. This function is
* useful to call when, for example, the state of the widget changed by a
* key press.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (GdkDisplay *display)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktooltip.h b/gtk/gtktooltip.h
index 70091f8..1c826d5 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktooltip.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktooltip.h
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ void gtk_tooltip_set_markup (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_tooltip_set_text (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
const gchar *text);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_tooltip_set_icon (GtkTooltip *tooltip,
GdkTexture *texture);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemenu.c b/gtk/gtktreemenu.c
index 13b9fb4..16d5959 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemenu.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemenu.c
@@ -226,8 +226,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class)
* This signal is emitted to notify that a menu item in the #GtkTreeMenu
* was activated and provides the path string from the #GtkTreeModel
* to specify which row was selected.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
tree_menu_signals[SIGNAL_MENU_ACTIVATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("menu-activate"),
@@ -242,8 +240,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class)
* GtkTreeMenu:model:
*
* The #GtkTreeModel from which the menu is constructed.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_MODEL,
@@ -265,8 +261,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class)
* If you dont provide a root for the #GtkTreeMenu then the whole
* model will be added to the menu. Specifying a root allows you
* to build a menu for a given #GtkTreePath and its children.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ROOT,
@@ -284,8 +278,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class)
*
* You can provide a different cell area at object construction
* time, otherwise the #GtkTreeMenu will use a #GtkCellAreaBox.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_CELL_AREA,
@@ -300,8 +292,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class)
*
* If wrap-width is set to a positive value, items in the popup will be laid
* out along multiple columns, starting a new row on reaching the wrap width.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_WRAP_WIDTH,
@@ -320,8 +310,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class)
* of type %G_TYPE_INT in the model. The value in that column for each item
* will determine how many rows that item will span in the popup. Therefore,
* values in this column must be greater than zero.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_ROW_SPAN_COL,
@@ -341,8 +329,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class)
* will determine how many columns that item will span in the popup.
* Therefore, values in this column must be greater than zero, and the sum of
* an item’s column position + span should not exceed #GtkTreeMenu:wrap-width.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (object_class,
PROP_COL_SPAN_COL,
@@ -1396,8 +1382,6 @@ gtk_tree_menu_set_model_internal (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
* Creates a new #GtkTreeMenu.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu with no model or root.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
_gtk_tree_menu_new (void)
@@ -1412,8 +1396,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_new (void)
* Creates a new #GtkTreeMenu using @area to render its cells.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu with no model or root.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
_gtk_tree_menu_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -1432,8 +1414,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
* Creates a new #GtkTreeMenu hierarchy from the provided @model and @root using @area to render its cells.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
_gtk_tree_menu_new_full (GtkCellArea *area,
@@ -1453,8 +1433,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_new_full (GtkCellArea *area,
* @model: (allow-none): the #GtkTreeModel to build the menu hierarchy from, or %NULL.
*
* Sets @model to be used to build the menu heirarhcy.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
_gtk_tree_menu_set_model (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
@@ -1476,8 +1454,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_model (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkTreeModel which is used
* for @menu’s hierarchy.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkTreeModel *
_gtk_tree_menu_get_model (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
@@ -1498,8 +1474,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_model (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
*
* Sets the root of a @menu’s hierarchy to be @path. @menu must already
* have a model set and @path must point to a valid path inside the model.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
_gtk_tree_menu_set_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
@@ -1532,8 +1506,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
*
* Returns: (transfer full) (allow-none): A newly created #GtkTreePath
* pointing to the root of @menu which must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkTreePath *
_gtk_tree_menu_get_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
@@ -1558,8 +1530,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
* for @menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, @menu is in table mode.
*
* Returns: the wrap width.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
_gtk_tree_menu_get_wrap_width (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
@@ -1580,8 +1550,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_wrap_width (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
*
* Sets the wrap width which is used to determine the number of columns
* for @menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, @menu is in table mode.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
_gtk_tree_menu_set_wrap_width (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
@@ -1613,8 +1581,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_wrap_width (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
* a menu item should span.
*
* Returns: the column in @menu’s model containing row span information, or -1.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
_gtk_tree_menu_get_row_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
@@ -1636,8 +1602,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_row_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
* Sets the column with row span information for @menu to be @row_span.
* The row span column contains integers which indicate how many rows
* a menu item should span.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
_gtk_tree_menu_set_row_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
@@ -1669,8 +1633,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_row_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
* a menu item should span.
*
* Returns: the column in @menu’s model containing column span information, or -1.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
_gtk_tree_menu_get_column_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
@@ -1692,8 +1654,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_column_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
* Sets the column with column span information for @menu to be @column_span.
* The column span column contains integers which indicate how many columns
* a menu item should span.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
_gtk_tree_menu_set_column_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
@@ -1723,8 +1683,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_column_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
* Gets the current #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc separator function.
*
* Returns: the current row separator function.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc
_gtk_tree_menu_get_row_separator_func (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
@@ -1748,8 +1706,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_row_separator_func (GtkTreeMenu *menu)
* Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine
* whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator
* function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
_gtk_tree_menu_set_row_separator_func (GtkTreeMenu *menu,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodel.c b/gtk/gtktreemodel.c
index 303a911..7c00a88 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodel.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodel.c
@@ -660,8 +660,6 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_from_string (const gchar *path)
* Creates a new path with @first_index and @varargs as indices.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices (gint first_index,
@@ -695,8 +693,6 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices (gint first_index,
* Creates a new path with the given @indices array of @length.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_path_new_from_indicesv (gint *indices,
@@ -886,8 +882,6 @@ gtk_tree_path_get_indices (GtkTreePath *path)
*
* Returns: (array length=depth) (transfer none): The current
* indices, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint *
gtk_tree_path_get_indices_with_depth (GtkTreePath *path,
@@ -1316,8 +1310,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
*
* Returns: a newly-allocated string.
* Must be freed with g_free().
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
gchar *
gtk_tree_model_get_string_from_iter (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1482,8 +1474,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_previous_default (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
* set to be invalid.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_iter_previous (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -1948,8 +1938,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
*
* This should be called by models when their rows have been
* reordered.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered_with_length (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
@@ -2426,8 +2414,6 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_get_path (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
* Returns the model that the row reference is monitoring.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the model
- *
- * Since: 2.8
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_row_reference_get_model (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
@@ -2463,8 +2449,6 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_valid (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
* Copies a #GtkTreeRowReference.
*
* Returns: a copy of @reference
- *
- * Since: 2.2
*/
GtkTreeRowReference *
gtk_tree_row_reference_copy (GtkTreeRowReference *reference)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodel.h b/gtk/gtktreemodel.h
index 3edece2..9d6ad21 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodel.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodel.h
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ GtkTreePath *gtk_tree_path_new_from_string (const gchar *path);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkTreePath *gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices (gint first_index,
...);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkTreePath *gtk_tree_path_new_from_indicesv (gint *indices,
gsize length);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ void gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
GtkTreePath *path,
GtkTreeIter *iter,
gint *new_order);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered_with_length (GtkTreeModel *tree_model,
GtkTreePath *path,
GtkTreeIter *iter,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c
index 46d2b8e..a371cae 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c
@@ -3763,8 +3763,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_root (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
* and @root as the virtual root.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): A new #GtkTreeModel.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_model_filter_new (GtkTreeModel *child_model,
@@ -3785,8 +3783,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_new (GtkTreeModel *child_model,
* Returns a pointer to the child model of @filter.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): A pointer to a #GtkTreeModel.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkTreeModel *
gtk_tree_model_filter_get_model (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter)
@@ -3838,8 +3834,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_get_model (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter)
* Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() or
* gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column() can only be called
* once for a given filter model.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
@@ -3877,8 +3871,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
*
* Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func()
* can only be called once for a given filter model.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
@@ -3915,8 +3907,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
* Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() or
* gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column() can only be called
* once for a given filter model.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
@@ -3945,8 +3935,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
*
* Returns: %TRUE, if @filter_iter was set, i.e. if @child_iter is a
* valid iterator pointing to a visible row in child model.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_iter_to_iter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
@@ -3987,8 +3975,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_iter_to_iter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
* @filter_iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on @filter.
*
* Sets @child_iter to point to the row pointed to by @filter_iter.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_iter_to_child_iter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
@@ -4126,8 +4112,6 @@ gtk_real_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filte
* is returned.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
@@ -4169,8 +4153,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
* does not point to a location in the child model, %NULL is returned.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
GtkTreePath *
gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_path_to_child_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter,
@@ -4252,8 +4234,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter_helper (GtkTreeModel *model,
*
* Emits ::row_changed for each row in the child model, which causes
* the filter to re-evaluate whether a row is visible or not.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter)
@@ -4276,8 +4256,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter)
* being filtered is static (and doesn’t change often) and there has been
* a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a side effect of this function,
* all unreffed iters will be invalid.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
void
gtk_tree_model_filter_clear_cache (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c b/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c
index aeffee9..2e3b808 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c
@@ -2766,8 +2766,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_iter_is_valid_helper (GtkTreeIter *iter,
* Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeModelSort.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_model_sort_iter_is_valid (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeselection.c b/gtk/gtktreeselection.c
index 1a4db39..3bafad7 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeselection.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeselection.c
@@ -123,8 +123,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_class_init (GtkTreeSelectionClass *class)
*
* Selection mode.
* See gtk_tree_selection_set_mode() for more information on this property.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
properties[PROP_MODE] = g_param_spec_enum ("mode",
P_("Mode"),
@@ -414,8 +412,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
* Returns the current selection function.
*
* Returns: The function.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GtkTreeSelectionFunc
gtk_tree_selection_get_select_function (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
@@ -547,8 +543,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
* ]|
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected
row.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
GList *
gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
@@ -668,8 +662,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_count_selected_rows_helper (GtkRBTree *tree,
* Returns the number of rows that have been selected in @tree.
*
* Returns: The number of rows selected.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
gint
gtk_tree_selection_count_selected_rows (GtkTreeSelection *selection)
@@ -1409,8 +1401,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_select_range (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
*
* Unselects a range of nodes, determined by @start_path and @end_path
* inclusive.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_tree_selection_unselect_range (GtkTreeSelection *selection,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreestore.c b/gtk/gtktreestore.c
index 332be4e..4da0576 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreestore.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreestore.c
@@ -1088,8 +1088,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_valist_internal (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
* the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
* function is mainly intended for language bindings or in case
* the number of columns to change is not known until run-time.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_tree_store_set_valuesv (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -1510,8 +1508,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_insert_after (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
* repeatedly can affect the performance of the program,
* gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() should generally be preferred when
* inserting rows in a sorted tree store.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -1589,8 +1585,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
* A variant of gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() which takes
* the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
* function is mainly intended for language bindings.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_tree_store_insert_with_valuesv (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -1919,8 +1913,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_iter_is_valid_helper (GtkTreeIter *iter,
* Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_store_iter_is_valid (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -2261,8 +2253,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_reorder_func (gconstpointer a,
* Reorders the children of @parent in @tree_store to follow the order
* indicated by @new_order. Note that this function only works with
* unsorted stores.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_tree_store_reorder (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -2349,8 +2339,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_reorder (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
*
* Swaps @a and @b in the same level of @tree_store. Note that this function
* only works with unsorted stores.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_tree_store_swap (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -2815,8 +2803,6 @@ free_paths_and_out:
* @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only
* works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be
* moved to the end of the level.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_tree_store_move_before (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
@@ -2836,8 +2822,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_move_before (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
* @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only
* works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved
* to the start of the level.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_tree_store_move_after (GtkTreeStore *tree_store,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeview.c b/gtk/gtktreeview.c
index c392531..4a4bd86 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeview.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeview.c
@@ -1071,8 +1071,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
* Only enable this option if all rows are the same height.
* Please see gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode() for more
* information on this option.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
tree_view_props[PROP_FIXED_HEIGHT_MODE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("fixed-height-mode",
@@ -1091,8 +1089,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
*
* This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g.
* in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
tree_view_props[PROP_HOVER_SELECTION] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hover-selection",
@@ -1110,8 +1106,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
*
* This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g.
* in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
tree_view_props[PROP_HOVER_EXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hover-expand",
@@ -1124,8 +1118,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
* GtkTreeView:show-expanders:
*
* %TRUE if the view has expanders.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
tree_view_props[PROP_SHOW_EXPANDERS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("show-expanders",
@@ -1138,8 +1130,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
* GtkTreeView:level-indentation:
*
* Extra indentation for each level.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
tree_view_props[PROP_LEVEL_INDENTATION] =
g_param_spec_int ("level-indentation",
@@ -1184,8 +1174,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class)
*
* The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "row-activated" signal
* will be emitted after a single click.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
tree_view_props[PROP_ACTIVATE_ON_SINGLE_CLICK] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("activate-on-single-click",
@@ -8011,8 +7999,6 @@ column_sizing_notify (GObject *object,
* rows have the same height.
* Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all
* columns are of type %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -8062,8 +8048,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tree_view is in fixed height mode
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_fixed_height_mode (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -11277,8 +11261,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Returns whether all header columns are clickable.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise %FALSE
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -11301,8 +11283,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
*
* Cause the #GtkTreeView::row-activated signal to be emitted
* on a single click instead of a double click.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -11326,8 +11306,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -11597,8 +11575,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func (GtkTreeView *tree_vie
* Queries the number of columns in the given @tree_view.
*
* Returns: The number of columns in the @tree_view
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
guint
gtk_tree_view_get_n_columns (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -12066,8 +12042,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_collapse_all (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
*
* Expands the row at @path. This will also expand all parent rows of
* @path as necessary.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_expand_to_path (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -12706,8 +12680,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_cursor (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* If @path is invalid for @model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset
* and the function will return without failing.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13151,8 +13123,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_visible_rect (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the
* tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_tree_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13183,8 +13153,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_tree_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
* to widget coordinates.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13214,8 +13182,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* @by: (out): return location for bin_window Y coordinate
*
* Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13241,8 +13207,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* @wy: (out): return location for widget Y coordinate
*
* Converts bin_window coordinates to widget relative coordinates.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13269,8 +13233,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
* to bin_window coordinates.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13297,8 +13259,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the
* tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_tree_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13330,8 +13290,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_tree_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.
*
* Returns: %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_visible_range (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -13409,8 +13367,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_visible_range (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank,
* %FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_is_blank_at_pos (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -14156,8 +14112,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* will be returned.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the entry currently in use as search entry.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkEntry *
gtk_tree_view_get_search_entry (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -14180,8 +14134,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_search_entry (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing %NULL for
* @entry will make the interactive search code use the built-in popup
* entry again.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_search_entry (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -14244,8 +14196,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_entry (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* @destroy: (allow-none): Destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL
*
* Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_search_position_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -14272,8 +14222,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_position_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view
* Returns the positioning function currently in use.
*
* Returns: the currently used function for positioning the search dialog.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkTreeViewSearchPositionFunc
gtk_tree_view_get_search_position_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -14961,8 +14909,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_stop_editing (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer.
* Currently, this works only for the selection modes
* %GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -14985,8 +14931,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover selection mode
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -15002,8 +14946,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view.
* Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer
* moves over them.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15026,8 +14968,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover expansion mode
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -15043,8 +14983,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* Enables or disables rubber banding in @tree_view. If the selection mode
* is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select
* multiple rows by dragging the mouse.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15069,8 +15007,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if rubber banding in @tree_view is enabled.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -15087,8 +15023,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being
* done in @tree_view.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_is_rubber_banding_active (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -15109,8 +15043,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_is_rubber_banding_active (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* Returns the current row separator function.
*
* Returns: the current row separator function.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc
gtk_tree_view_get_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -15130,8 +15062,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine
* whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator
* function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15161,8 +15091,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns: a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines
* are enabled.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkTreeViewGridLines
gtk_tree_view_get_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -15179,8 +15107,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* enable.
*
* Sets which grid lines to draw in @tree_view.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15224,8 +15150,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if tree lines are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
* otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -15242,8 +15166,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
*
* Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in @tree_view.
* This does not have any visible effects for lists.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15294,8 +15216,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* can set a custom indentation in this case using
* gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation().
* This does not have any visible effects for lists.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15320,8 +15240,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if expanders are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE
* otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -15341,8 +15259,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* pixels, a value of 0 disables this feature and in this case only the default
* indentation will be used.
* This does not have any visible effects for lists.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15362,8 +15278,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns: the amount of extra indentation for child levels in
* @tree_view. A return value of 0 means that this feature is disabled.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gint
gtk_tree_view_get_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
@@ -15382,8 +15296,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
* Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the row at @path.
* See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
* See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15415,8 +15327,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* mouse cursor for this function to operate correctly.
*
* See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15513,8 +15423,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
* to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE.
*
* Returns: whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_get_tooltip_context (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15631,8 +15539,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_query_cb (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(),
* so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
@@ -15673,8 +15579,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
*
* Returns: the index of the tooltip column that is currently being
* used, or -1 if this is disabled.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gint
gtk_tree_view_get_tooltip_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeview.h b/gtk/gtktreeview.h
index c4c0879..6134810 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeview.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeview.h
@@ -230,9 +230,9 @@ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
gboolean setting);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
gboolean single);
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ gint gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func (GtkTreeView
gpointer data,
GDestroyNotify dnotify);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_tree_view_get_n_columns (GtkTreeView *tree_view);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkTreeViewColumn *gtk_tree_view_get_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view,
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c
index f688d9e..578b5ec 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c
@@ -372,8 +372,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_class_init (GtkTreeViewColumnClass *class)
*
* Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting. Setting the sort column ID makes
the column header
* clickable. Set to -1 to make the column unsortable.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
tree_column_props[PROP_SORT_COLUMN_ID] =
g_param_spec_int ("sort-column-id",
@@ -390,8 +388,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_class_init (GtkTreeViewColumnClass *class)
*
* If no area is specified when creating the tree view column with gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area()
* a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
tree_column_props[PROP_CELL_AREA] =
g_param_spec_object ("cell-area",
@@ -1500,8 +1496,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_new (void)
* Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn using @area to render its cells.
*
* Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkTreeViewColumn *
gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area)
@@ -1954,8 +1948,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
* Returns the current X offset of @tree_column in pixels.
*
* Returns: The current X offset of @tree_column.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gint
gtk_tree_view_column_get_x_offset (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2309,8 +2301,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_title (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
*
* Along with “fixed-width”, the “expand” property changes when the column is
* resized by the user.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_column_set_expand (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
@@ -2344,8 +2334,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_expand (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
* Returns %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_tree_view_column_get_expand (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -2888,8 +2876,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_cell_is_visible (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
*
* Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @cell, if the column contains
* 2 or more editable and activatable cells.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_column_focus_cell (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
@@ -2992,8 +2978,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_cell_get_position (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column,
*
* Flags the column, and the cell renderers added to this column, to have
* their sizes renegotiated.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_tree_view_column_queue_resize (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -3014,8 +2998,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_queue_resize (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The tree view wherein @column has
* been inserted if any, %NULL otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tree_view_column_get_tree_view (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
@@ -3032,8 +3014,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_tree_view (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
* Returns the button used in the treeview column header
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The button for the column header.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_tree_view_column_get_button (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column)
diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h
index 97649dc..0c5d022 100644
--- a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h
+++ b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing (GtkTreeViewCol
GtkTreeViewColumnSizing type);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkTreeViewColumnSizing gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_tree_view_column_get_x_offset (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_tree_view_column_get_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c b/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c
index 4dcf4ff..71b5fc1 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c
@@ -160,8 +160,6 @@ gtk_volume_button_class_init (GtkVolumeButtonClass *klass)
* if the symbolic icons are not available in your installed
* theme, then the normal (potentially colorful) icons will
* be used.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SYMBOLIC,
@@ -198,8 +196,6 @@ gtk_volume_button_init (GtkVolumeButton *button)
* the functions from #GtkScaleButton.
*
* Returns: a new #GtkVolumeButton
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_volume_button_new (void)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidget.c b/gtk/gtkwidget.c
index b2e80c9..d74e126 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwidget.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkwidget.c
@@ -1074,8 +1074,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
*
* Before 3.20, several widgets (GtkButton, GtkFileChooserButton,
* GtkComboBox) implemented this property individually.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-on-click",
@@ -1109,8 +1107,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:cursor:
*
* The cursor used by @widget. See gtk_widget_set_cursor() for details.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
widget_props[PROP_CURSOR] =
g_param_spec_object("cursor",
@@ -1126,8 +1122,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
* the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
* whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
@@ -1150,8 +1144,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
*
* Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
* are set, the last one wins.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT] =
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
@@ -1174,8 +1166,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
*
* Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup
* are set, the last one wins.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP] =
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
@@ -1188,8 +1178,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:window:
*
* The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
widget_props[PROP_WINDOW] =
g_param_spec_object ("window",
@@ -1202,8 +1190,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:halign:
*
* How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_HALIGN] =
g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
@@ -1217,8 +1203,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:valign:
*
* How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_VALIGN] =
g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
@@ -1237,8 +1221,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-start",
@@ -1257,8 +1239,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-end",
@@ -1276,8 +1256,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
@@ -1295,8 +1273,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
@@ -1311,8 +1287,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
*
* Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
* margin on any side.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_MARGIN] =
g_param_spec_int ("margin",
@@ -1326,8 +1300,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:hexpand:
*
* Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
@@ -1340,8 +1312,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:hexpand-set:
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND_SET] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
@@ -1354,8 +1324,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:vexpand:
*
* Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
@@ -1368,8 +1336,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:vexpand-set:
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND_SET] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
@@ -1382,8 +1348,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:expand:
*
* Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_props[PROP_EXPAND] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
@@ -1399,8 +1363,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* more details about window opacity.
*
* Before 3.8 this was only available in GtkWindow
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
widget_props[PROP_OPACITY] =
g_param_spec_double ("opacity",
@@ -1415,8 +1377,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
*
* The scale factor of the widget. See gtk_widget_get_scale_factor() for
* more details about widget scaling.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR] =
g_param_spec_int ("scale-factor",
@@ -1430,8 +1390,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* GtkWidget:css-name:
*
* The name of this widget in the CSS tree.
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
widget_props[PROP_CSS_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("css-name",
@@ -1597,8 +1555,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
*
* The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
* changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
@@ -1639,8 +1595,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* The ::style-updated signal is a convenience signal that is emitted when the
* #GtkStyleContext::changed signal is emitted on the @widget's associated
* #GtkStyleContext as returned by gtk_widget_get_style_context().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
@@ -1738,8 +1692,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[DRAW] =
g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
@@ -1831,8 +1783,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent widget(s).
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
@@ -2030,8 +1980,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
@@ -2321,8 +2269,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
* destined function calls.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
@@ -3778,8 +3724,6 @@ static guint tick_callback_id;
*
* Returns: an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback
* by passing it to gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback()
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
guint
gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -3829,8 +3773,6 @@ gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Removes a tick callback previously registered with
* gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -4133,8 +4075,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget);
* reposition its contents.
*
* An example user of this function is gtk_widget_set_halign().
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_queue_allocate (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -4224,8 +4164,6 @@ gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
* except that the widget is not invalidated.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -4263,8 +4201,6 @@ gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkFrameClock,
* or %NULL if widget is unrealized
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
GdkFrameClock*
gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -4345,8 +4281,6 @@ get_box_padding (GtkCssStyle *style,
* Normally you would only use this function in widget
* implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
* #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -4444,8 +4378,6 @@ invalidate:
* In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted. The given
* allocation will be forced to be bigger than the widget's minimum size,
* as well as at least 0×0 in size.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -5029,8 +4961,6 @@ gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
* its ancestors mapped.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -5585,8 +5515,6 @@ gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
* Note that special-purpose widgets may contain special code for
* rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
* and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6042,8 +5970,6 @@ gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
* @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
_gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6331,8 +6257,6 @@ gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
* Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
* widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6357,8 +6281,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -6377,8 +6299,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
* input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -6403,8 +6323,6 @@ gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
* gtk_widget_has_focus().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle”
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -6465,8 +6383,6 @@ gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
* Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where
* you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the
* application.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6497,8 +6413,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with
* the mouse.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -6517,8 +6431,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget)
* Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* “default”.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6543,8 +6455,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
* gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -6563,8 +6473,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
* its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -6631,8 +6539,6 @@ gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* “default”.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6660,8 +6566,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focused,
* %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -6681,8 +6585,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
* See also gtk_grab_add().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -6712,8 +6614,6 @@ _gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
* by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6864,8 +6764,6 @@ gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
* down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
* state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6896,8 +6794,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
* values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
* See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6925,8 +6821,6 @@ gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
* should look at gtk_style_context_get_state().
*
* Returns: The state flags for widget
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkStateFlags
gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -6948,8 +6842,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
* This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
* but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
* some condition.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -6996,8 +6888,6 @@ _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
* See gtk_widget_set_visible().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is visible
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7019,8 +6909,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
* See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7055,8 +6943,6 @@ gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* This function should only be called by widget implementations,
* and they should call it in their init() function.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -7080,8 +6966,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
* gtk_widget_set_has_window().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7101,8 +6985,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
* Toplevel widgets have no parent widget.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7127,8 +7009,6 @@ _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
* to if it is mapped and visible.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7146,8 +7026,6 @@ gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
* Determines whether @widget is realized.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7168,8 +7046,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
* “realize” or “unrealize” implementation.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -7187,8 +7063,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
* Whether the widget is mapped.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7262,8 +7136,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
* own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7281,8 +7153,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
* it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7652,8 +7522,6 @@ reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data)
* by updating its widget path. #GtkContainers may want
* to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
* style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -7975,8 +7843,6 @@ gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Sets the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering in this widget.
* When not set, the default font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -8006,8 +7872,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget,
* the defaults font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the #cairo_font_options_t or %NULL if not set
- *
- * Since: 3.18
**/
const cairo_font_options_t *
gtk_widget_get_font_options (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -8036,8 +7900,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data)
*
* Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering. When not set, the widget
* will inherit the font map from its parent.
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -8068,8 +7930,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget,
* Gets the font map that has been set with gtk_widget_set_font_map().
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #PangoFontMap, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.18
*/
PangoFontMap *
gtk_widget_get_font_map (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -8315,8 +8175,6 @@ _gtk_widget_scale_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
* See gdk_window_get_scale_factor().
*
* Returns: the scale factor for @widget
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -8356,8 +8214,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget)
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
GdkDisplay*
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -8467,8 +8323,6 @@ gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -8495,8 +8349,6 @@ gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
* Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
* ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
* or window manager that is used.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -9818,8 +9670,6 @@ gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
* Sets a shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
* transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
* for more information.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -9919,8 +9769,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_csd_input_shape (GtkWidget *widget,
* Sets an input shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
* windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
* gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -9946,8 +9794,6 @@ gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
* be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_new (void)
@@ -9995,8 +9841,6 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
* accessibles of the parent class.
*
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
@@ -10033,8 +9877,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
* and the accessible’s default role will be used instead.
*
* This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
@@ -11340,8 +11182,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
*
* Returns: The start margin of @widget
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11358,8 +11198,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Sets the start margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-start property.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11385,8 +11223,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget,
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
*
* Returns: The end margin of @widget
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11403,8 +11239,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Sets the end margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-end property.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11430,8 +11264,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget,
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
*
* Returns: The top margin of @widget
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11448,8 +11280,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Sets the top margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11473,8 +11303,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
*
* Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11491,8 +11319,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11520,8 +11346,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
* realized yet.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkClipboard *
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11542,8 +11366,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
* realized yet.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkClipboard *
gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11571,8 +11393,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget)
* Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
* mnemonic labels; free this list
* with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
GList *
gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11599,8 +11419,6 @@ gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
* widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
* its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
* to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11628,8 +11446,6 @@ gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
* must have previously been added to the list with
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11673,8 +11489,6 @@ gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
* hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
* the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
* tooltip window will be used.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11710,8 +11524,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
* using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
GtkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11728,8 +11540,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
* Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
* is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
* information.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11779,8 +11589,6 @@ gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
* handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11799,8 +11607,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11827,8 +11633,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
* gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11847,8 +11651,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11869,8 +11671,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -11889,8 +11689,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Returns: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -11912,8 +11710,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Historically, in GTK+ the clip area has been equal to the allocation
* retrieved via gtk_widget_get_allocation().
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_clip (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12023,8 +11819,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_clip (GtkWidget *widget,
* the value returned by this function.
*
* If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12062,8 +11856,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget,
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
* is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
* but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12098,8 +11890,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
* details about those functions.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget contains (@x, @y).
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_contains (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12137,8 +11927,6 @@ gtk_widget_contains (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The widget descendant at the given
* coordinate or %NULL if none.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_pick (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12239,8 +12027,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
* widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate.
*
* Returns: the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none
- *
- * Since: 3.10
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -12266,8 +12052,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget)
* widget’s init() function.
*
* Note that this function does not add any reference to @window.
- *
- * Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12301,8 +12085,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
* this up. This is now deprecated and you should use gtk_widget_register_window()
* instead. Old code will keep working as is, although some new features like
* transparency might not work perfectly.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_widget_register_window (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12331,8 +12113,6 @@ gtk_widget_register_window (GtkWidget *widget,
* Unregisters a #GdkWindow from the widget that was previously set up with
* gtk_widget_register_window(). You need to call this when the window is
* no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
void
gtk_widget_unregister_window (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12359,8 +12139,6 @@ gtk_widget_unregister_window (GtkWidget *widget,
* Returns the widget’s window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): @widget’s window.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
*/
GdkWindow*
gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -12396,8 +12174,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
* @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
* that if custom #GdkWindows are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
* gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12470,8 +12246,6 @@ gtk_widget_update_alpha (GtkWidget *widget)
* shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.
*
* For child widgets it doesn’t work if any affected widget has a native window.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12506,8 +12280,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget,
* See gtk_widget_set_opacity().
*
* Returns: the requested opacity for this widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
**/
gdouble
gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -12548,8 +12320,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Returns: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
* if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -12778,8 +12548,6 @@ _gtk_widget_remove_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
* adding the style classes from @widget.
*
* Returns: the position where the data was inserted
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gint
gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -12892,8 +12660,6 @@ gtk_widget_clear_path (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* If this function is not called for a given class, the name
* of the parent class is used.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
@@ -12924,8 +12690,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
* gtk_widget_class_set_css_name() for details.
*
* Returns: the CSS name of the given class
- *
- * Since: 3.20
*/
const char *
gtk_widget_class_get_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class)
@@ -13011,8 +12775,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
* See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
*
* Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
GdkModifierType
gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -13101,8 +12863,6 @@ _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* If @group is %NULL, a previously inserted group for @name is removed
* from @widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.6
*/
void
gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -13286,8 +13046,6 @@ setup_template_child (GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data,
* composite templates, it’s important to build the composite widgets
* before the construct properties are set. Properties passed to g_object_new()
* should take precedence over properties set in the private template XML.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -13384,8 +13142,6 @@ gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
* in the widget’s instance initializer.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
@@ -13408,8 +13164,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
*
* Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template()
* in the widget’s instance initializer.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
@@ -13453,8 +13207,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
*
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
@@ -13485,8 +13237,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
*
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
@@ -13538,8 +13288,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
*
* Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
* initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template().
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
@@ -13606,8 +13354,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_template_child (GtkWidget *widget,
* #GActionGroup's available to @widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer container): a %NULL-terminated array of strings.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
const gchar **
gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -13635,8 +13381,6 @@ gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes (GtkWidget *widget)
* If no action group was found matching @prefix, then %NULL is returned.
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #GActionGroup or %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GActionGroup *
gtk_widget_get_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -14225,8 +13969,6 @@ gtk_widget_render (GtkWidget *widget,
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's first child
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -14241,8 +13983,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget)
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's last child
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -14257,8 +13997,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget)
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's next sibling
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -14273,8 +14011,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's previous sibling
- *
- * Since: 3.90
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -14297,8 +14033,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used
* to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
void
gtk_widget_insert_after (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -14335,8 +14069,6 @@ gtk_widget_insert_after (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used
* to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent.
- *
- * Since: 3.92
*/
void
gtk_widget_insert_before (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -14476,8 +14208,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget)
*
* If the @cursor is NULL, @widget will use the cursor inherited from the
* parent widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -14512,8 +14242,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* On top of that, this function allows @name to be %NULL, which will
* do the same as calling gtk_widget_set_cursor() with a %NULL cursor.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -14544,8 +14272,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the cursor curently in use or %NULL
* to use the default.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
**/
GdkCursor *
gtk_widget_get_cursor (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -14587,8 +14313,6 @@ gtk_widget_init_legacy_controller (GtkWidget *widget)
* events, see gtk_widget_contains().
*
* Returns: The width of @widget
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
int
gtk_widget_get_width (GtkWidget *widget)
@@ -14619,8 +14343,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_width (GtkWidget *widget)
* events, see gtk_widget_contains().
*
* Returns: The height of @widget
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
int
gtk_widget_get_height (GtkWidget *widget)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidget.h b/gtk/gtkwidget.h
index 0e7a7cb..58b7f3d 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwidget.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkwidget.h
@@ -90,8 +90,6 @@ typedef void (*GtkCallback) (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* Returns: %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE if the tick callback should continue to be called,
* %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the tick callback should be removed.
- *
- * Since: 3.8
*/
typedef gboolean (*GtkTickCallback) (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkFrameClock *frame_clock,
@@ -430,9 +428,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_queue_allocate (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkFrameClock* gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -443,7 +441,7 @@ void gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
int for_size,
@@ -512,14 +510,14 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean focus_on_click);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -620,10 +618,10 @@ void gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkWindow * gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_register_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_unregister_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window);
@@ -631,9 +629,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation,
int *baseline);
@@ -641,12 +639,12 @@ void gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gtk_widget_get_width (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
int gtk_widget_get_height (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_get_clip (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *clip);
@@ -667,10 +665,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *width,
gint *height);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget,
double opacity);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
double gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -679,15 +677,15 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget* gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkDisplay * gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkSettings* gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkClipboard *gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkClipboard *gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget);
@@ -727,10 +725,10 @@ void gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean support_multidevice);
/* Accessibility support */
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GType type);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
AtkRole role);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -748,14 +746,14 @@ GtkAlign gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAlign align);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -781,11 +779,11 @@ gboolean gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
gint *dest_x,
gint *dest_y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_widget_contains (GtkWidget *widget,
gdouble x,
gdouble y);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_widget_pick (GtkWidget *widget,
gdouble x,
gdouble y);
@@ -797,10 +795,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoContext *gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoContext *gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_font_options_t *options);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const cairo_font_options_t *gtk_widget_get_font_options (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoLayout *gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
@@ -828,13 +826,13 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkCursor *cursor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const char *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkCursor * gtk_widget_get_cursor (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -887,30 +885,30 @@ GtkStyleContext * gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const char *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gtk_widget_class_get_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkModifierType gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkModifierIntent intent);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name,
GActionGroup *group);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
guint gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTickCallback callback,
gpointer user_data,
GDestroyNotify notify);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
guint id);
@@ -923,8 +921,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* This macro is a convenience wrapper around the
* gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full() function.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
#define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback(widget_class, callback) \
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), \
@@ -944,8 +940,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName
* instance structure.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
#define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child(widget_class, TypeName, member_name) \
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (widget_class, \
@@ -968,8 +962,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName
* instance structure.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
#define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal(widget_class, TypeName, member_name) \
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (widget_class, \
@@ -991,8 +983,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
* This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName
* private data structure (it uses G_PRIVATE_OFFSET(), so the private struct
* must be added with G_ADD_PRIVATE()).
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
#define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private(widget_class, TypeName, member_name) \
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (widget_class, \
@@ -1015,8 +1005,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
*
* This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName
* private data structure.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
#define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal_private(widget_class, TypeName, member_name) \
gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (widget_class, \
@@ -1024,66 +1012,66 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget,
TRUE, \
G_PRIVATE_OFFSET (TypeName, member_name))
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GObject *gtk_widget_get_template_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type,
const gchar *name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GBytes *template_bytes);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const gchar *resource_name);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const gchar *callback_name,
GCallback callback_symbol);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
GtkBuilderConnectFunc connect_func,
gpointer connect_data,
GDestroyNotify connect_data_destroy);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
const gchar *name,
gboolean internal_child,
gssize struct_offset);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GActionGroup *gtk_widget_get_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *prefix);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const gchar ** gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoFontMap *font_map);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
PangoFontMap * gtk_widget_get_font_map (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_insert_after (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent,
GtkWidget *previous_sibling);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_insert_before (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent,
GtkWidget *next_sibling);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *child);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_snapshot_child (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *child,
GtkSnapshot *snapshot);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.c b/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.c
index 8f15f14..c82f170 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.c
@@ -109,8 +109,6 @@ struct _GtkWidgetPath
* Returns an empty widget path.
*
* Returns: (transfer full): A newly created, empty, #GtkWidgetPath
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkWidgetPath *
gtk_widget_path_new (void)
@@ -143,8 +141,6 @@ gtk_path_element_copy (GtkPathElement *dest,
* Returns a copy of @path
*
* Returns: (transfer full): a copy of @path
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkWidgetPath *
gtk_widget_path_copy (const GtkWidgetPath *path)
@@ -178,8 +174,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_copy (const GtkWidgetPath *path)
* Increments the reference count on @path.
*
* Returns: @path itself.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
GtkWidgetPath *
gtk_widget_path_ref (GtkWidgetPath *path)
@@ -197,8 +191,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_ref (GtkWidgetPath *path)
*
* Decrements the reference count on @path, freeing the structure
* if the reference count reaches 0.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_unref (GtkWidgetPath *path)
@@ -232,8 +224,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_unref (GtkWidgetPath *path)
*
* Decrements the reference count on @path, freeing the structure
* if the reference count reaches 0.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_free (GtkWidgetPath *path)
@@ -251,8 +241,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_free (GtkWidgetPath *path)
* widget and its topmost container.
*
* Returns: the number of elements in the path
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gint
gtk_widget_path_length (const GtkWidgetPath *path)
@@ -274,8 +262,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_length (const GtkWidgetPath *path)
* g_print() the path or dump it in a gdb session.
*
* Returns: A new string describing @path.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
char *
gtk_widget_path_to_string (const GtkWidgetPath *path)
@@ -349,8 +335,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_to_string (const GtkWidgetPath *path)
* @type: widget type to prepend
*
* Prepends a widget type to the widget hierachy represented by @path.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_prepend_type (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -374,8 +358,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_prepend_type (GtkWidgetPath *path,
* Appends a widget type to the widget hierarchy represented by @path.
*
* Returns: the position where the element was inserted
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gint
gtk_widget_path_append_type (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -410,8 +392,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_append_type (GtkWidgetPath *path,
* involved widgets when the @siblings path changes.
*
* Returns: the position where the element was inserted.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
**/
gint
gtk_widget_path_append_with_siblings (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -495,8 +475,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_sibling_index (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
* hierarchy defined in @path.
*
* Returns: (nullable): the name or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
const char *
gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -525,8 +503,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
*
* When set, the object name overrides the object type when matching
* CSS.
- *
- * Since: 3.20
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_name (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -554,8 +530,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_name (GtkWidgetPath *path,
* hierarchy defined in @path.
*
* Returns: a widget type
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GType
gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -581,8 +555,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
*
* Sets the object type for a given position in the widget hierarchy
* defined by @path.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_type (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -611,8 +583,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_type (GtkWidgetPath *path,
* @path
*
* Returns: The state flags
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
GtkStateFlags
gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -653,9 +623,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
* |[<!-- language="C" -->
* gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (path, pos, gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (path, pos) & ~flag);
* ]|
- *
- *
- * Since: 3.14
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -710,8 +677,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
*
* Sets the widget name for the widget found at position @pos
* in the widget hierarchy defined by @path.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -742,8 +707,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (GtkWidgetPath *path,
* that operates on #GQuarks.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget at @pos has this name
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qname (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -767,8 +730,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qname (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
* %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget at @pos has this name
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_path_iter_has_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -798,8 +759,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_has_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
* Adds the class @name to the widget at position @pos in
* the hierarchy defined in @path. See
* gtk_style_context_add_class().
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -836,8 +795,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_add_qclass (GtkWidgetPath *path,
*
* Removes the class @name from the widget at position @pos in
* the hierarchy defined in @path.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_iter_remove_class (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -869,8 +826,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_remove_class (GtkWidgetPath *path,
*
* Removes all classes from the widget at position @pos in the
* hierarchy defined in @path.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_path_iter_clear_classes (GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -901,8 +856,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_clear_classes (GtkWidgetPath *path,
* classes, This is a list of strings, the #GSList contents
* are owned by GTK+, but you should use g_slist_free() to
* free the list itself.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GSList *
gtk_widget_path_iter_list_classes (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -940,8 +893,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_list_classes (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
* with GQuarks.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget at @pos has the class defined.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qclass (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -972,8 +923,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qclass (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
* defined, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the class @name is defined for the widget at @pos
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_path_iter_has_class (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -1005,8 +954,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_has_class (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
* is representing.
*
* Returns: The object type
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GType
gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path)
@@ -1029,8 +976,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path)
* is @type, or a subtype of it.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget represented by @path is of type @type
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_path_is_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
@@ -1055,8 +1000,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_is_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
* in @path is of type @type, or any subtype of it.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if any parent is of type @type
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_path_has_parent (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.h b/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.h
index 6fcc49b..5a03775 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.h
@@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_path_new (void);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_path_copy (const GtkWidgetPath *path);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_path_ref (GtkWidgetPath *path);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_path_unref (GtkWidgetPath *path);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_path_free (GtkWidgetPath *path);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
char * gtk_widget_path_to_string (const GtkWidgetPath *path);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_widget_path_length (const GtkWidgetPath *path);
@@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ gint gtk_widget_path_append_type (GtkWidgetPath *path,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_path_prepend_type (GtkWidgetPath *path,
GType type);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_widget_path_append_with_siblings(GtkWidgetPath *path,
GtkWidgetPath *siblings,
guint sibling_index);
/* gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget() is declared in gtkwidget.c */
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gint gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
GtkWidget *widget);
@@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_type (GtkWidgetPath *path,
gint pos,
GType type);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
const char * gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
gint pos);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_name (GtkWidgetPath *path,
gint pos,
const char *name);
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qname (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
gint pos,
GQuark qname);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkStateFlags gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (const GtkWidgetPath *path,
gint pos);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (GtkWidgetPath *path,
gint pos,
GtkStateFlags state);
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwindow.c b/gtk/gtkwindow.c
index 3e20ca8..45e109b 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwindow.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkwindow.c
@@ -850,8 +850,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
* The :startup-id is a write-only property for setting window's
* startup notification identifier. See gtk_window_set_startup_id()
* for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
*/
window_props[PROP_STARTUP_ID] =
g_param_spec_string ("startup-id",
@@ -927,8 +925,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
*
* This property is maintained by GTK+ based on user input,
* and should not be set by applications.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
window_props[PROP_MNEMONICS_VISIBLE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("mnemonics-visible",
@@ -944,8 +940,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
*
* This property is maintained by GTK+ based on user input
* and should not be set by applications.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
window_props[PROP_FOCUS_VISIBLE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-visible",
@@ -959,8 +953,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
*
* The :icon-name property specifies the name of the themed icon to
* use as the window icon. See #GtkIconTheme for more details.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
window_props[PROP_ICON_NAME] =
g_param_spec_string ("icon-name",
@@ -1016,8 +1008,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
* GtkWindow:accept-focus:
*
* Whether the window should receive the input focus.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
window_props[PROP_ACCEPT_FOCUS] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("accept-focus",
@@ -1030,8 +1020,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
* GtkWindow:focus-on-map:
*
* Whether the window should receive the input focus when mapped.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
window_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_MAP] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-on-map",
@@ -1044,8 +1032,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
* GtkWindow:decorated:
*
* Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
window_props[PROP_DECORATED] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("decorated",
@@ -1058,8 +1044,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
* GtkWindow:deletable:
*
* Whether the window frame should have a close button.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
window_props[PROP_DELETABLE] =
g_param_spec_boolean ("deletable",
@@ -1073,8 +1057,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
*
* The window gravity of the window. See gtk_window_move() and #GdkGravity for
* more details about window gravity.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
window_props[PROP_GRAVITY] =
g_param_spec_enum ("gravity",
@@ -1089,8 +1071,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
*
* The transient parent of the window. See gtk_window_set_transient_for() for
* more details about transient windows.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
window_props[PROP_TRANSIENT_FOR] =
g_param_spec_object ("transient-for",
@@ -1109,8 +1089,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
* for instance a #GtkMenu created by a #GtkComboBox, a completion
* popup window created by #GtkEntry or a typeahead search entry
* created by #GtkTreeView.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
*/
window_props[PROP_ATTACHED_TO] =
g_param_spec_object ("attached-to",
@@ -1138,8 +1116,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
* Normally, the connection between the application and the window
* will remain until the window is destroyed, but you can explicitly
* remove it by setting the :application property to %NULL.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
window_props[PROP_APPLICATION] =
g_param_spec_object ("application",
@@ -1157,8 +1133,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
*
* This signal is emitted whenever the currently focused widget in
* this window changes.
- *
- * Since: 2.24
*/
window_signals[SET_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("set-focus"),
@@ -1322,8 +1296,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass)
* gtk_window_maximize() or gtk_window_unmaximize().
*
* Returns: whether the window has a maximized state.
- *
- * Since: 3.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_window_is_maximized (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -1355,8 +1327,6 @@ _gtk_window_toggle_maximized (GtkWindow *window)
*
* This function can be used with close buttons in custom
* titlebars.
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_window_close (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -2687,8 +2657,6 @@ gtk_window_set_role (GtkWindow *window,
* function generating a window map event.
*
* This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets.
- *
- * Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_window_set_startup_id (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -2895,8 +2863,6 @@ gtk_window_set_default (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the default widget, or %NULL
* if there is none.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_window_get_default_widget (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3567,8 +3533,6 @@ gtk_window_get_transient_for (GtkWindow *window)
* between two toplevels instead.
*
* Passing %NULL for @attach_widget detaches the window.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
void
gtk_window_set_attached_to (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -3613,8 +3577,6 @@ gtk_window_set_attached_to (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the widget where the window
* is attached, or %NULL if the window is not attached to any widget.
- *
- * Since: 3.4
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_window_get_attached_to (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3631,8 +3593,6 @@ gtk_window_get_attached_to (GtkWindow *window)
* Gets the #GtkApplication associated with the window (if any).
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkApplication, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
GtkApplication *
gtk_window_get_application (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3675,8 +3635,6 @@ gtk_window_release_application (GtkWindow *window)
*
* This is equivalent to calling gtk_application_remove_window() and/or
* gtk_application_add_window() on the old/new applications as relevant.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_window_set_application (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -3771,8 +3729,6 @@ gtk_window_get_type_hint (GtkWindow *window)
*
* Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display
* the window in the task bar. This function sets this hint.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -3803,8 +3759,6 @@ gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GtkWindow *window,
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint()
*
* Returns: %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in taskbar
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_skip_taskbar_hint (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3824,8 +3778,6 @@ gtk_window_get_skip_taskbar_hint (GtkWindow *window)
* (A "pager" is any desktop navigation tool such as a workspace
* switcher that displays a thumbnail representation of the windows
* on the screen.)
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -3856,8 +3808,6 @@ gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GtkWindow *window,
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in pager
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_skip_pager_hint (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3874,8 +3824,6 @@ gtk_window_get_skip_pager_hint (GtkWindow *window)
*
* Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment to draw
* the users attention to the window. This function sets this hint.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -3906,8 +3854,6 @@ gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GtkWindow *window,
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_urgency_hint()
*
* Returns: %TRUE if window is urgent
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_urgency_hint (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3924,8 +3870,6 @@ gtk_window_get_urgency_hint (GtkWindow *window)
*
* Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
* the input focus. This function sets this hint.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_window_set_accept_focus (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -3956,8 +3900,6 @@ gtk_window_set_accept_focus (GtkWindow *window,
* Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_accept_focus().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if window should receive the input focus
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_accept_focus (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -3975,8 +3917,6 @@ gtk_window_get_accept_focus (GtkWindow *window)
* Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
* the input focus when the window is mapped. This function sets this
* hint.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_window_set_focus_on_map (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -4008,8 +3948,6 @@ gtk_window_set_focus_on_map (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Returns: %TRUE if window should receive the input focus when
* mapped.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_focus_on_map (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -4080,8 +4018,6 @@ gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent (GtkWindow *window)
*
* If @setting is %TRUE, then clicking the close button on the window
* will not destroy it, but only hide it.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_window_set_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -4106,8 +4042,6 @@ gtk_window_set_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window,
* Returns whether the window will be hidden when the close button is clicked.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the window will be hidden
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -4233,8 +4167,6 @@ on_titlebar_title_notify (GtkHeaderBar *titlebar,
* Depending on the system, this function may not work for a window
* that is already visible, so you set the titlebar before calling
* gtk_widget_show().
- *
- * Since: 3.10
*/
void
gtk_window_set_titlebar (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -4301,8 +4233,6 @@ out:
* gtk_window_set_titlebar().
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the custom titlebar, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.16
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_window_get_titlebar (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -4417,8 +4347,6 @@ gtk_window_get_decorated (GtkWindow *window)
*
* On Windows, this function always works, since there’s no window manager
* policy involved.
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
void
gtk_window_set_deletable (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -4462,8 +4390,6 @@ gtk_window_set_deletable (GtkWindow *window,
* via gtk_window_set_deletable().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the window has been set to have a close button
- *
- * Since: 2.10
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_deletable (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -4900,8 +4826,6 @@ update_themed_icon (GtkWindow *window)
*
* Note that this has nothing to do with the WM_ICON_NAME
* property which is mentioned in the ICCCM.
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
void
gtk_window_set_icon_name (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -4938,8 +4862,6 @@ gtk_window_set_icon_name (GtkWindow *window,
*
* Returns: (nullable): the icon name or %NULL if the window has
* no themed icon
- *
- * Since: 2.6
*/
const gchar *
gtk_window_get_icon_name (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -5020,8 +4942,6 @@ load_texture_verbosely (const char *filename,
* with a surface created by loading the image from @filename.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if setting the icon succeeded.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_set_icon_from_file (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -5099,8 +5019,6 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon_list (GList *list)
*
* Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
* had gtk_window_set_icon() called on them from a surface.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_window_set_default_icon (GdkTexture *icon)
@@ -5121,8 +5039,6 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon (GdkTexture *icon)
* Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't
* had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them from a named
* themed icon, see gtk_window_set_icon_name().
- *
- * Since: 2.6
**/
void
gtk_window_set_default_icon_name (const gchar *name)
@@ -5171,8 +5087,6 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon_name (const gchar *name)
* gtk_window_set_default_icon_name().
*
* Returns: the fallback icon name for windows
- *
- * Since: 2.16
*/
const gchar *
gtk_window_get_default_icon_name (void)
@@ -5190,8 +5104,6 @@ gtk_window_get_default_icon_name (void)
* on disk. Warns on failure if @err is %NULL.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if setting the icon succeeded.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_set_default_icon_from_file (const gchar *filename,
@@ -7460,8 +7372,6 @@ _gtk_window_query_nonaccels (GtkWindow *window,
* overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a widget in the focus chain handled the event.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_window_propagate_key_event (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -9431,8 +9341,6 @@ gtk_window_present (GtkWindow *window)
* Presents a window to the user in response to a user interaction.
* If you need to present a window without a timestamp, use
* gtk_window_present(). See gtk_window_present() for details.
- *
- * Since: 2.8
**/
void
gtk_window_present_with_time (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -9674,8 +9582,6 @@ gtk_window_unmaximize (GtkWindow *window)
* don’t write code that crashes if not.
*
* You can track iconification via the #GdkWindow::state property
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_window_fullscreen (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -9759,8 +9665,6 @@ gtk_window_fullscreen_on_monitor (GtkWindow *window,
* state. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.
*
* You can track iconification via the #GdkWindow::state property
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_window_unfullscreen (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -9802,8 +9706,6 @@ gtk_window_unfullscreen (GtkWindow *window)
* the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not
* be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their
* dialogs.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_window_set_keep_above (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -9848,8 +9750,6 @@ gtk_window_set_keep_above (GtkWindow *window,
* the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not
* be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their
* dialogs.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_window_set_keep_below (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -10053,8 +9953,6 @@ gtk_window_begin_move_drag (GtkWindow *window,
* Sets the #GdkDisplay where the @window is displayed; if
* the window is already mapped, it will be unmapped, and
* then remapped on the new display.
- *
- * Since: 3.94
*/
void
gtk_window_set_display (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -10156,8 +10054,6 @@ gtk_window_get_display (GtkWindow *window)
* differently in an active window from a widget in an inactive window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the window part of the current active window.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_window_is_active (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -10176,8 +10072,6 @@ gtk_window_is_active (GtkWindow *window)
* window group.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkWindowGroup for a window or the default group
- *
- * Since: 2.10
*/
GtkWindowGroup *
gtk_window_get_group (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -10437,8 +10331,6 @@ gtk_window_free_key_hash (GtkWindow *window)
* overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a mnemonic or accelerator was found and activated.
- *
- * Since: 2.4
*/
gboolean
gtk_window_activate_key (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -10587,8 +10479,6 @@ _gtk_window_set_is_active (GtkWindow *window,
* In that example, you would disable startup notification
* temporarily, show your splash screen, then re-enable it so that
* showing the main window would automatically result in notification.
- *
- * Since: 2.2
**/
void
gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification (gboolean setting)
@@ -10603,8 +10493,6 @@ gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification (gboolean setting)
* Gets the type of the window. See #GtkWindowType.
*
* Returns: the type of the window
- *
- * Since: 2.20
**/
GtkWindowType
gtk_window_get_window_type (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -10622,8 +10510,6 @@ gtk_window_get_window_type (GtkWindow *window)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if mnemonics are supposed to be visible
* in this window.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -10639,8 +10525,6 @@ gtk_window_get_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window)
* @setting: the new value
*
* Sets the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property.
- *
- * Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_window_set_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -10702,8 +10586,6 @@ _gtk_window_schedule_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window)
*
* Returns: %TRUE if “focus rectangles” are supposed to be visible
* in this window.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
gboolean
gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window)
@@ -10719,8 +10601,6 @@ gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window)
* @setting: the new value
*
* Sets the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property.
- *
- * Since: 3.2
*/
void
gtk_window_set_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -10753,8 +10633,6 @@ gtk_window_set_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window,
* bindings which may need to keep the window alive until their
* wrapper object is garbage collected. There is no justification
* for ever calling this function in an application.
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_window_set_has_user_ref_count (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -11098,8 +10976,6 @@ gtk_window_set_debugging (gboolean enable,
* Opens or closes the [interactive debugger][interactive-debugging],
* which offers access to the widget hierarchy of the application
* and to useful debugging tools.
- *
- * Since: 3.14
*/
void
gtk_window_set_interactive_debugging (gboolean enable)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwindow.h b/gtk/gtkwindow.h
index e196030..89547fb 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwindow.h
+++ b/gtk/gtkwindow.h
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ struct _GtkWindow
* @keys_changed: Signal gets emitted when the set of accelerators or
* mnemonics that are associated with window changes.
* @enable_debugging: Class handler for the #GtkWindow::enable-debugging
- * keybinding signal. Since: 3.14
- * @close_request: Class handler for the #GtkWindow::close-request signal. Since: 3.94
+ * keybinding signal.
+ * @close_request: Class handler for the #GtkWindow::close-request signal.
*/
struct _GtkWindowClass
{
@@ -189,10 +189,10 @@ void gtk_window_set_transient_for (GtkWindow *window,
GtkWindow *parent);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWindow *gtk_window_get_transient_for (GtkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_attached_to (GtkWindow *window,
GtkWidget *attach_widget);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_window_get_attached_to (GtkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_type_hint (GtkWindow *window,
@@ -229,20 +229,20 @@ void gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GtkWindow *window,
gboolean setting);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent (GtkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window,
gboolean setting);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_window_get_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window,
gboolean setting);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_window_get_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window,
gboolean setting);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ void gtk_window_set_gravity (GtkWindow *window,
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GdkGravity gtk_window_get_gravity (GtkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_display (GtkWindow *window,
GdkDisplay *display);
@@ -369,10 +369,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_fullscreen (GtkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_unfullscreen (GtkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_fullscreen_on_monitor (GtkWindow *window,
GdkMonitor *monitor);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_close (GtkWindow *window);
GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_keep_above (GtkWindow *window, gboolean setting);
@@ -436,16 +436,16 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_application (GtkWindow *window,
GtkApplication *application);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_titlebar (GtkWindow *window,
GtkWidget *titlebar);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
GtkWidget *gtk_window_get_titlebar (GtkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
gboolean gtk_window_is_maximized (GtkWindow *window);
-GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14
+GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL
void gtk_window_set_interactive_debugging (gboolean enable);
G_DEFINE_AUTOPTR_CLEANUP_FUNC(GtkWindow, g_object_unref)
diff --git a/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.c b/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.c
index 38befc5..da1ddc9 100644
--- a/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.c
+++ b/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.c
@@ -206,8 +206,6 @@ gtk_window_group_remove_window (GtkWindowGroup *window_group,
*
* Returns: (element-type GtkWindow) (transfer container): A
* newly-allocated list of windows inside the group.
- *
- * Since: 2.14
**/
GList *
gtk_window_group_list_windows (GtkWindowGroup *window_group)
@@ -240,8 +238,6 @@ gtk_window_group_list_windows (GtkWindowGroup *window_group)
* see gtk_grab_add().
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the current grab widget of the group
- *
- * Since: 2.22
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (GtkWindowGroup *window_group)
@@ -361,8 +357,6 @@ _gtk_window_group_remove_device_grab (GtkWindowGroup *window_group,
* Returns the current grab widget for @device, or %NULL if none.
*
* Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The grab widget, or %NULL
- *
- * Since: 3.0
*/
GtkWidget *
gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (GtkWindowGroup *window_group,
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
